win32 library

Support for programming against the Win32 API on Windows operating systems.

This library provides a wrapper around many useful functions from the API, along with the necessary constants and structs that are supplied. With thousands of APIs and interfaces in the Win32 API, many of which cover areas that would be unlikely to be useful to a Dart or Flutter developer, this library is not intended to be exhaustive. Instead, we focus on the core Win32 APIs that are typically used for Windows development, along with Win32 and COM APIs that are likely to be wrapped by a Flutter plugin author.

Win32 is at its heart a C-based API, and accordingly adopts the style and idioms of that language, including heavy usage of pointers, structs allocated on the heap, and null-terminated strings. As a result, you may choose to wrap the exposed APIs in your application to make their invocation more idiomatic for a Dart consumer.

For more conceptual material about programming Win32 apps with Dart, consult the documentation.

Classes

ACCEL struct: Defines an accelerator key used in an accelerator table.
ACCENT_POLICY: Determines how a window's background is rendered.
ACL struct: The ACL structure is the header of an access control list (ACL). A complete ACL consists of an ACL structure followed by an ordered list of zero or more access control entries (ACEs).
ACTCTX struct: The ACTCTX structure is used by the CreateActCtx function to create the activation context.
ACTIVATEOPTIONS: Flags used to support design mode, debugging, and testing scenarios.
ADDJOB_INFO_1 struct: The ADDJOB_INFO_1 structure identifies a print job as well as the directory and file in which an application can store that job.
ALTTABINFO struct: Contains status information for the application-switching (ALT+TAB) window.
ApplicationActivationManager com
APPX_PACKAGE_SETTINGS struct: Represents package settings used to create a package.
AppxFactory com
APTTYPE enum: Specifies different types of apartments.
APTTYPEQUALIFIER enum: Specifies the set of possible COM apartment type qualifiers.
ARRAYDESC struct: Describes an array, its element type, and its dimension.
ASSEMBLYMETADATA struct: Contains information about the referenced assembly, including its version and its level of support for locales, processors, and operating systems.
AUDCLNT_BUFFERFLAGS enum: The AUDCLNT_BUFFERFLAGS enumeration defines flags that indicate the status of an audio endpoint buffer.
AUDCLNT_SHAREMODE enum: The AUDCLNT_SHAREMODE enumeration defines constants that indicate whether an audio stream will run in shared mode or in exclusive mode.
AUDCLNT_STREAMOPTIONS enum: Defines values that describe the characteristics of an audio stream.
AudioClientProperties struct: The AudioClientProperties structure is used to set the parameters that describe the properties of the client's audio stream.
AutomationElementMode enum: Contains values that specify the type of reference to use when returning UI Automation elements.
BIND_OPTS struct: Contains parameters used during a moniker-binding operation.
BITMAP struct: The BITMAP structure defines the type, width, height, color format, and bit values of a bitmap.
BITMAPFILEHEADER struct: The BITMAPFILEHEADER structure contains information about the type, size, and layout of a file that contains a DIB.
BITMAPINFO struct: The BITMAPINFO structure defines the dimensions and color information for a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
BITMAPINFOHEADER struct: The BITMAPINFOHEADER structure contains information about the dimensions and color format of a device-independent bitmap (DIB).
BITMAPV5HEADER struct: The BITMAPV5HEADER structure is the bitmap information header file. It is an extended version of the BITMAPINFOHEADER structure.
BLENDFUNCTION struct: The BLENDFUNCTION structure controls blending by specifying the blending functions for source and destination bitmaps.
BLOB struct: The BLOB structure, derived from Binary Large Object, contains information about a block of data.
BLUETOOTH_ADDRESS struct: The BLUETOOTH_ADDRESS structure provides the address of a Bluetooth device.
BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATE_RESPONSE struct: The BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATE_RESPONSE structure contains information passed in response to a BTH_REMOTE_AUTHENTICATE_REQUEST event.
BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_CALLBACK_PARAMS struct: The BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_CALLBACK_PARAMS structure contains specific configuration information about the Bluetooth device responding to an authentication request.
BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_METHOD enum: The BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_METHOD enumeration defines the supported authentication types during device pairing.
BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIREMENTS enum: The BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIREMENTS enumeration specifies the 'Man in the Middle' protection required for authentication.
BLUETOOTH_COD_PAIRS struct: The BLUETOOTH_COD_PAIRS structure provides for specification and retrieval of Bluetooth Class Of Device (COD) information.
BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO struct: The BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO structure provides information about a Bluetooth device.
BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_SEARCH_PARAMS struct: The BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_SEARCH_PARAMS structure specifies search criteria for Bluetooth device searches.
BLUETOOTH_FIND_RADIO_PARAMS struct: The BLUETOOTH_FIND_RADIO_PARAMS structure facilitates enumerating installed Bluetooth radios.
BLUETOOTH_GATT_VALUE_CHANGED_EVENT struct: The BLUETOOTH_GATT_VALUE_CHANGED_EVENT structure describes a changed attribute value.
BLUETOOTH_GATT_VALUE_CHANGED_EVENT_REGISTRATION struct: The BLUETOOTH_GATT_VALUE_CHANGED_EVENT_REGISTRATION structure describes one or more characteristics that have changed.
BLUETOOTH_IO_CAPABILITY enum: The BLUETOOTH_IO_CAPABILITY enumeration defines the input/output capabilities of a Bluetooth Device.
BLUETOOTH_NUMERIC_COMPARISON_INFO struct: The BLUETOOTH_NUMERIC_COMPARISON_INFO structure contains the numeric value used for authentication via numeric comparison.
BLUETOOTH_OOB_DATA_INFO struct: The BLUETOOTH_OOB_DATA_INFO structure contains data used to authenticate prior to establishing an Out-of-Band device pairing.
BLUETOOTH_PASSKEY_INFO struct: The BLUETOOTH_PASSKEY_INFO structure contains a passkey value used for authentication. A passkey is similar to a password, except that a passkey value is used for authentication only once.
BLUETOOTH_PIN_INFO struct: The BLUETOOTH_PIN_INFO structure contains information used for authentication via PIN.
BLUETOOTH_RADIO_INFO struct: The BLUETOOTH_RADIO_INFO structure provides information about a Bluetooth radio.
BLUETOOTH_SELECT_DEVICE_PARAMS struct: The BLUETOOTH_SELECT_DEVICE_PARAMS structure facilitates and manages the visibility, authentication, and selection of Bluetooth devices and services.
BSMINFO struct: Contains information about a window that denied a request from BroadcastSystemMessageEx.
BSTR: A string data type that is commonly used by OLE Automation, as well as some COM methods.
BSTRBLOB struct
BTH_DEVICE_INFO struct: The BTH_DEVICE_INFO structure stores information about a Bluetooth device.
BTH_HCI_EVENT_INFO struct: The BTH_HCI_EVENT_INFO structure is used in connection with obtaining WM_DEVICECHANGE messages for Bluetooth.
BTH_L2CAP_EVENT_INFO struct: The BTH_L2CAP_EVENT_INFO structure contains data about events associated with an L2CAP channel.
BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC struct: The BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC structure describes a Bluetooth Low Energy (LE) generic attribute (GATT) profile characteristic.
BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE struct: The BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE structure describes a Bluetooth Low Energy (LE) generic attribute (GATT) profile characteristic value.
BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR struct: The BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR structure describes a Bluetooth Low Energy (LE) generic attribute (GATT) profile descriptor.
BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE struct: The BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE structure describes a parent characteristic.
BTH_LE_GATT_SERVICE struct: The BTH_LE_GATT_SERVICE structure describes a Bluetooth Low Energy (LE) generic attribute (GATT) profile service.
BTH_LE_UUID struct: The BTH_LE_UUID structure contains information about a Bluetooth Low Energy (LE) Universally Unique Identifier (UUID).
BTH_QUERY_DEVICE struct: The BTH_QUERY_DEVICE structure is used when querying for the presence of a Bluetooth device.
BTH_QUERY_SERVICE struct: The BTH_QUERY_SERVICE structure is used to query a Bluetooth service.
BTH_RADIO_IN_RANGE struct: The BTH_RADIO_IN_RANGE structure stores data about Bluetooth devices within communication range.
BTH_SET_SERVICE struct: The BTH_SET_SERVICE structure provides service information for the specified Bluetooth service.
BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION struct: Contains information that the GetFileInformationByHandle function retrieves.
CABOOL struct
CABSTR struct
CABSTRBLOB struct
CAC struct
CACHE_DESCRIPTOR struct: Describes the cache attributes.
CACLIPDATA struct
CACLSID struct
CACY struct
CADATE struct
CADBL struct
CAFILETIME struct
CAFLT struct
CAH struct
CAI struct
CAL struct
CALPSTR struct
CALPWSTR struct
CAPROPVARIANT struct
CASCODE struct
CAUB struct
CAUH struct
CAUI struct
CAUL struct
CBT_CREATEWND struct: Contains information passed to a WH_CBT hook procedure, CBTProc, before a window is created.
CBTACTIVATESTRUCT struct: Contains information passed to a WH_CBT hook procedure, CBTProc, before a window is activated.
CERT_CONTEXT struct: The CERT_CONTEXT structure contains both the encoded and decoded representations of a certificate. A certificate context returned by one of the functions defined in Wincrypt.h must be freed by calling the CertFreeCertificateContext function. The CertDuplicateCertificateContext function can be called to make a duplicate copy (which also must be freed by calling CertFreeCertificateContext).
CERT_EXTENSION struct: The CERT_EXTENSION structure contains the extension information for a certificate, Certificate Revocation List (CRL) or Certificate Trust List (CTL).
CERT_INFO struct: The CERT_INFO structure contains the information of a certificate.
CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO struct: The CERT_PUBLIC_KEY_INFO structure contains a public key and its algorithm.
CHANGEFILTERSTRUCT struct: Contains extended result information obtained by calling the ChangeWindowMessageFilterEx function.
CHAR_INFO struct: Specifies a Unicode or ANSI character and its attributes. This structure is used by console functions to read from and write to a console screen buffer.
CHOOSECOLOR struct: Contains information the ChooseColor function uses to initialize the Color dialog box. After the user closes the dialog box, the system returns information about the user's selection in this structure.
CHOOSEFONT struct: Contains information that the ChooseFont function uses to initialize the Font dialog box. After the user closes the dialog box, the system returns information about the user's selection in this structure.
CIEXYZ struct: The CIEXYZ structure contains the x,y, and z coordinates of a specific color in a specified color space.
CIEXYZTRIPLE struct: The CIEXYZTRIPLE structure contains the x,y, and z coordinates of the three colors that correspond to the red, green, and blue endpoints for a specified logical color space.
CLIENT_ID struct: The CLIENT_ID structure contains identifiers of a process and a thread.
CLIPDATA struct
CoalesceEventsOptions enum: Contains possible values for the CoalesceEvents property, which indicates whether an accessible technology client receives all events, or a subset where duplicate events are detected and filtered.
COLORADJUSTMENT struct: The COLORADJUSTMENT structure defines the color adjustment values used by the StretchBlt and StretchDIBits functions when the stretch mode is HALFTONE. You can set the color adjustment values by calling the SetColorAdjustment function.
COMDLG_FILTERSPEC struct: Used generically to filter elements.
COMMCONFIG struct: Contains information about the configuration state of a communications device.
COMMPROP struct: Contains information about a communications driver.
COMMTIMEOUTS struct: Contains the time-out parameters for a communications device. The parameters determine the behavior of ReadFile, WriteFile, ReadFileEx, and WriteFileEx operations on the device.
COMObject com: A representation of a generic COM object. All Dart COM objects inherit from this class.
COMSTAT struct: Contains information about a communications device. This structure is filled by the ClearCommError function.
ConnectionRecoveryBehaviorOptions enum: Contains possible values for the ConnectionRecoveryBehavior property, which indicates whether an accessible technology client adjusts provider request timeouts when the provider is non-responsive.
CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO struct: Contains information about the console cursor.
CONSOLE_READCONSOLE_CONTROL struct: Contains information for a console read operation.
CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO struct: Contains information about a console screen buffer.
CONSOLE_SELECTION_INFO struct: Contains information for a console selection.
COORD struct: Defines the coordinates of a character cell in a console screen buffer. The origin of the coordinate system (0,0) is at the top, left cell of the buffer.
COR_FIELD_OFFSET struct: Stores the offset, within a class, of the specified field.
CorElementType: Specifies a common language runtime Type, a type modifier, or information about a type in a metadata type signature.
CorEventAttr: Contains values that describe the metadata of an event.
CorFieldAttr: Contains values that describe metadata about a field.
CorGenericParamAttr: Contains values that describe the Type parameters for generic types.
CorMethodAttr: Contains values that describe the features of a method.
CorMethodImpl: Contains values that describe method implementation features.
CorNativeType: Contains values that describe native unmanaged types.
CorOpenFlags enum: Contains flag values that control metadata behavior upon opening manifest files.
CorParamAttr: Contains values that describe the metadata of a method parameter.
CorPEKind: Contains values that describe a portable executable (PE) file.
CorPinvokeMap: Specifies options for a PInvoke call.
CorPropertyAttr: Contains values that describe the metadata of a property.
CORRECTIVE_ACTION enum: Identifies the type of corrective action to be taken for a spelling error.
CorTokenType: Indicates the type of a metadata token.
CorTypeAttr: Contains values that indicate type metadata.
CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS struct: Contains optional extended parameters for CreateFile2.
CREATESTRUCT struct: Defines the initialization parameters passed to the window procedure of an application. These members are identical to the parameters of the CreateWindowEx function.
CREDENTIAL struct: The CREDENTIAL structure contains an individual credential.
CREDENTIAL_ATTRIBUTE struct: The CREDENTIAL_ATTRIBUTE structure contains an application-defined attribute of the credential. An attribute is a keyword-value pair. It is up to the application to define the meaning of the attribute.
CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER struct: The CRYPT_ALGORITHM_IDENTIFIER structure specifies an algorithm used to encrypt a private key. The structure includes the object identifier (OID) of the algorithm and any needed parameters for that algorithm. The parameters contained in its CRYPT_OBJID_BLOB are encoded.
CRYPT_BIT_BLOB struct: The CRYPT_BIT_BLOB structure contains a set of bits represented by an array of bytes.
CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB struct: Contains an arbitrary array of bytes. The structure definition includes aliases appropriate to the various functions that use it.
CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT struct: The CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT structure provides the text of a prompt and information about when and where that prompt is to be displayed when using the CryptProtectData and CryptUnprotectData functions.
CUIAutomation com
CUIAutomation8 com
CURSORINFO struct: Contains global cursor information.
CWPRETSTRUCT struct: Defines the message parameters passed to a WH_CALLWNDPROCRET hook procedure, CallWndRetProc.
CWPSTRUCT struct: Defines the message parameters passed to a WH_CALLWNDPROC hook procedure, CallWndProc.
CY struct: A currency number stored as an 8-byte, two's complement integer, scaled by 10,000 to give a fixed-point number with 15 digits to the left of the decimal point and 4 digits to the right. This IDispatch::GetTypeInfo representation provides a range of 922337203685477.5807 to -922337203685477.5808.
DCB struct: Defines the control setting for a serial communications device.
DEBUGHOOKINFO struct: Contains debugging information passed to a WH_DEBUG hook procedure, DebugProc.
DECIMAL struct: Represents a decimal data type that provides a sign and scale for a number (as in coordinates.) Decimal variables are stored as 96-bit (12-byte) unsigned integers scaled by a variable power of 10. The power of 10 scaling factor specifies the number of digits to the right of the decimal point, and ranges from 0 to 28.
DESIGNVECTOR struct: The DESIGNVECTOR structure is used by an application to specify values for the axes of a multiple master font.
DESKTOP_SLIDESHOW_DIRECTION enum: The direction that the slideshow should advance.
DESKTOP_SLIDESHOW_OPTIONS enum: Desktop wallpaper slideshow settings for shuffling images.
DESKTOP_SLIDESHOW_STATE enum: Gets the current status of the slideshow.
DESKTOP_WALLPAPER_POSITION enum: Specifies how the desktop wallpaper should be displayed.
DesktopWallpaper com
DEV_BROADCAST_DEVICEINTERFACE_ struct: Contains information about a class of devices.
DEV_BROADCAST_HDR struct: Serves as a standard header for information related to a device event reported through the WM_DEVICECHANGE message.
DEV_BROADCAST_VOLUME struct: Contains information about a logical volume.
DEVMODE struct: The DEVMODE data structure contains information about the initialization and environment of a printer or a display device.
DIALOG_CONTROL_DPI_CHANGE_BEHAVIORS enum: Describes per-monitor DPI scaling behavior overrides for child windows within dialogs. The values in this enumeration are bitfields and can be combined.
DIALOG_DPI_CHANGE_BEHAVIORS enum: In Per Monitor v2 contexts, dialogs will automatically respond to DPI changes by resizing themselves and re-computing the positions of their child windows (here referred to as re-layouting). This enum works in conjunction with SetDialogDpiChangeBehavior in order to override the default DPI scaling behavior for dialogs.
DIBSECTION struct: The DIBSECTION structure contains information about a DIB created by calling the CreateDIBSection function. A DIBSECTION structure includes information about the bitmap's dimensions, color format, color masks, optional file mapping object, and optional bit values storage offset. An application can obtain a filled-in DIBSECTION structure for a given DIB by calling the GetObject function.
DISK_EXTENT struct: Represents a disk extent.
DISK_GEOMETRY struct: Describes the geometry of disk devices and media.
DISK_GEOMETRY_EX struct: Describes the extended geometry of disk devices and media.
Dispatcher: A lightweight wrapper for the IDispatch interface, enabling method and property invocation on COM objects that support late binding.
DISPLAY_DEVICE struct: The DISPLAY_DEVICE structure receives information about the display device specified by the iDevNum parameter of the EnumDisplayDevices function.
DISPLAYCONFIG_2DREGION struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_2DREGION structure represents a point or an offset in a two-dimensional space.
DISPLAYCONFIG_DESKTOP_IMAGE_INFO struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_DESKTOP_IMAGE_INFO structure contains information about the image displayed on the desktop.
DISPLAYCONFIG_DEVICE_INFO_HEADER struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_DEVICE_INFO_HEADER structure contains display information about the device.
DISPLAYCONFIG_MODE_INFO struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_MODE_INFO structure contains either source mode or target mode information.
DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_INFO struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_INFO structure is used to describe a single path from a target to a source.
DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_SOURCE_INFO struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_SOURCE_INFO structure contains source information for a single path.
DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_TARGET_INFO struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_TARGET_INFO structure contains target information for a single path.
DISPLAYCONFIG_RATIONAL struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_RATIONAL structure describes a fractional value that represents vertical and horizontal frequencies of a video mode (that is, vertical sync and horizontal sync).
DISPLAYCONFIG_SOURCE_MODE struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_SOURCE_MODE structure represents a point or an offset in a two-dimensional space.
DISPLAYCONFIG_TARGET_MODE struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_TARGET_MODE structure describes a display path target mode.
DISPLAYCONFIG_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO struct: The DISPLAYCONFIG_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO structure contains information about the video signal for a display.
DISPPARAMS struct: Contains the arguments passed to a method or property.
DLGITEMTEMPLATE struct: Defines the dimensions and style of a control in a dialog box. One or more of these structures are combined with a DLGTEMPLATE structure to form a standard template for a dialog box.
DLGTEMPLATE struct: Defines the dimensions and style of a dialog box. This structure, always the first in a standard template for a dialog box, also specifies the number of controls in the dialog box and therefore specifies the number of subsequent DLGITEMTEMPLATE structures in the template.
DLLVERSIONINFO struct: Receives DLL-specific version information. It is used with the DllGetVersion function.
DOC_INFO_1 struct: The DOC_INFO_1 structure describes a document that will be printed.
DOT11_AUTH_CIPHER_PAIR struct: The DOT11_AUTH_CIPHER_PAIR structure defines a pair of 802.11 authentication and cipher algorithms that can be enabled at the same time on the 802.11 station.
DOT11_BSSID_LIST struct: The DOT11_BSSID_LIST structure contains a list of basic service set (BSS) identifiers.
DOT11_NETWORK struct: The DOT11_NETWORK structure contains information about an available wireless network.
DOT11_NETWORK_LIST struct: The DOT11_NETWORK_LIST structure contains a list of 802.11 wireless networks.
DOT11_SSID struct: A DOT11_SSID structure contains the SSID of an interface.
DPI_AWARENESS enum: Identifies the dots per inch (dpi) setting for a thread, process, or window.
DPI_HOSTING_BEHAVIOR enum: Identifies the DPI hosting behavior for a window. This behavior allows windows created in the thread to host child windows with a different DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT.
DRAWTEXTPARAMS struct: The DRAWTEXTPARAMS structure contains extended formatting options for the DrawTextEx function.
DROPFILES struct: Defines the CF_HDROP clipboard format. The data that follows is a double null-terminated list of file names.
DSREG_JOIN_INFO struct: Contains information about how a device is joined to Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
DSREG_USER_INFO struct: Contains information about a user account that is used to join a device to Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
DTBGOPTS struct: Defines the options for the DrawThemeBackgroundEx function.
DTTOPTS struct: Defines the options for the DrawThemeTextEx function.
DWM_BLURBEHIND struct: Specifies Desktop Window Manager (DWM) blur-behind properties. Used by the DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow function.
DWM_WINDOW_CORNER_PREFERENCE
DWMWINDOWATTRIBUTE: Flags used by the DwmGetWindowAttribute and DwmSetWindowAttribute functions to specify window attributes for Desktop Window Manager (DWM) non-client rendering.
EAP_METHOD_TYPE struct: The EAP_METHOD_TYPE structure contains type, identification, and author information about an EAP method.
EAP_TYPE struct: The EAP_TYPE structure contains type and vendor identification information for an EAP method.
ELEMDESC struct: Contains the type description and process-transfer information for a variable, a function, or a function parameter.
ENUM_PAGE_FILE_INFORMATION struct: Contains information about a pagefile.
ENUM_SERVICE_STATUS struct: Contains the name of a service in a service control manager database and information about that service. It is used by the EnumDependentServices and EnumServicesStatus functions.
ENUM_SERVICE_STATUS_PROCESS struct: Contains the name of a service in a service control manager database and information about the service. It is used by the EnumServicesStatusEx function.
ENUMLOGFONTEX struct: The ENUMLOGFONTEX structure contains information about an enumerated font.
EVENTMSG struct: Contains information about a hardware message sent to the system message queue. This structure is used to store message information for the JournalPlaybackProc callback function.
EXCEPINFO struct: Describes an exception that occurred during IDispatch::Invoke.
ExtendedProperty struct: Contains information about an extended property.
FILE_SEGMENT_ELEMENT struct: Union that contains a 64-bit value that points to a page of data.
FileOpenDialog com
FILEOPENDIALOGOPTIONS enum: Common dialog constants & enumerations Defines the set of options available to an Open or Save dialog.
FileSaveDialog com
FILETIME struct: Contains a 64-bit value representing the number of 100-nanosecond intervals since January 1, 1601 (UTC).
FINDREPLACE struct: Contains information that the FindText and ReplaceText functions use to initialize the Find and Replace dialog boxes. The FINDMSGSTRING registered message uses this structure to pass the user's search or replacement input to the owner window of a Find or Replace dialog box.
FOCUS_EVENT_RECORD struct: Describes a focus event in a console INPUT_RECORD structure. These events are used internally and should be ignored.
FUNCDESC struct: Describes a function.
GESTURECONFIG struct: Gets and sets the configuration for enabling gesture messages and the type of this configuration.
GESTUREINFO struct: Stores information about a gesture.
GESTURENOTIFYSTRUCT struct: When transmitted with WM_GESTURENOTIFY messages, passes information about a gesture.
GUID struct: Represents a native globally unique identifier (GUID).
Guid: Represents an immutable GUID (globally unique identifier).
GUITHREADINFO struct: Contains information about a GUI thread.
HARDWAREINPUT struct: Contains information about a simulated message generated by an input device other than a keyboard or mouse.
HWAVEIN struct: Handle of an open waveform-audio input device.
IAgileObject com: Marks an interface as agile across apartments.
IApplicationActivationManager com: Provides methods which activate Windows Store apps for the Launch, File, and Protocol extensions. You will normally use this interface in debuggers and design tools.
IAppxFactory com: Creates objects for reading and writing app packages.
IAppxFile com: Retrieves information about a payload or footprint file in a package.
IAppxFilesEnumerator com: Enumerates the payload files in a package.
IAppxManifestApplication com: Provides access to attribute values of the application.
IAppxManifestApplicationsEnumerator com: Enumerates the applications defined in the package manifest.
IAppxManifestOSPackageDependency com
IAppxManifestPackageDependenciesEnumerator com: Enumerates the package dependencies defined in the package manifest.
IAppxManifestPackageDependency com: Describes the dependency of one package on another package.
IAppxManifestPackageId com: Provides access to the package identity.
IAppxManifestProperties com: Provides read-only access to the properties section of a package manifest.
IAppxManifestReader com: Represents an object model of the package manifest that provides methods to access manifest elements and attributes.
IAppxManifestReader2 com: Represents an object model of the package manifest that provides methods to access manifest elements and attributes.
IAppxManifestReader3 com: Represents an object model of the package manifest that provides methods to access manifest elements and attributes.
IAppxManifestReader4 com: Represents an object model of the package manifest that provides methods to access manifest elements and attributes.
IAppxManifestReader5 com: Represents an object model of the package manifest that provides methods to access manifest elements and attributes.
IAppxManifestReader6 com: Represents an object model of the package manifest that provides methods to access manifest elements and attributes.
IAppxManifestReader7 com: Represents an object model of the package manifest that provides methods to access manifest elements and attributes.
IAppxPackageReader com: Provides a read-only object model for app packages.
IAudioCaptureClient com: The IAudioCaptureClient interface enables a client to read input data from a capture endpoint buffer. The client obtains a reference to the IAudioCaptureClient interface on a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_IAudioCaptureClient.
IAudioClient com: The IAudioClient interface enables a client to create and initialize an audio stream between an audio application and the audio engine (for a shared-mode stream) or the hardware buffer of an audio endpoint device (for an exclusive-mode stream).
IAudioClient2 com: The IAudioClient2 interface is derived from the IAudioClient interface, with a set of additional methods that enable a Windows Audio Session API (WASAPI) audio client to do the following: opt in for offloading, query stream properties, and get information from the hardware that handles offloading.
IAudioClient3 com: The IAudioClient3 interface is derived from the IAudioClient2 interface, with a set of additional methods that enable a Windows Audio Session API (WASAPI) audio client to query for the audio engine's supported periodicities and current periodicity as well as request initialization of a shared audio stream with a specified periodicity.
IAudioClientDuckingControl com: Provides a method, SetDuckingOptionsForCurrentStream, that allows an app to specify that the system shouldn't duck the audio of other streams when the app's audio render stream is active.
IAudioClock com: The IAudioClock interface enables a client to monitor a stream's data rate and the current position in the stream. The client obtains a reference to the IAudioClock interface of a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_IAudioClock.
IAudioClock2 com: The IAudioClock2 interface is used to get the current device position. The client obtains a reference to the IAudioClock interface of a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_IAudioClock.
IAudioClockAdjustment com: The IAudioClockAdjustment interface is used to adjust the sample rate of a stream. The client obtains a reference to the IAudioClockAdjustment interface of a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_IAudioClockAdjustment. Adjusting the sample rate is not supported for exclusive mode streams.
IAudioRenderClient com: The IAudioRenderClient interface enables a client to write output data to a rendering endpoint buffer. The client obtains a reference to the IAudioRenderClient interface of a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_IAudioRenderClient.
IAudioSessionControl com: The IAudioSessionControl interface enables a client to configure the control parameters for an audio session and to monitor events in the session. The IAudioClient::Initialize method initializes a stream object and assigns the stream to an audio session. The client obtains a reference to the IAudioSessionControl interface on a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_IAudioSessionControl.
IAudioSessionControl2 com: The IAudioSessionControl2 interface can be used by a client to get information about the audio session.
IAudioSessionEnumerator com: The IAudioSessionEnumerator interface enumerates audio sessions on an audio device. To get a reference to the IAudioSessionEnumerator interface of the session enumerator object, the application must call IAudioSessionManager2::GetSessionEnumerator.
IAudioSessionManager com: The IAudioSessionManager interface enables a client to access the session controls and volume controls for both cross-process and process-specific audio sessions. The client obtains a reference to an IAudioSessionManager interface by calling the IMMDevice::Activate method with parameter iid set to REFIID IID_IAudioSessionManager.
IAudioSessionManager2 com: The IAudioSessionManager2 interface enables an application to manage submixes for the audio device.
IAudioStreamVolume com: The IAudioStreamVolume interface enables a client to control and monitor the volume levels for all of the channels in an audio stream. The client obtains a reference to the IAudioStreamVolume interface on a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_IAudioStreamVolume.
IBindCtx com: Provides access to a bind context, which is an object that stores information about a particular moniker binding operation.
IChannelAudioVolume com: The IChannelAudioVolume interface enables a client to control and monitor the volume levels for all of the channels in the audio session that the stream belongs to. This is the session that the client assigned the stream to during the call to the IAudioClient::Initialize method. The client obtains a reference to the IChannelAudioVolume interface on a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_IChannelAudioVolume.
IClassFactory com: Creates a call object for processing calls to the methods of an asynchronous interface.
ICONINFO struct: Contains information about an icon or a cursor.
ICONINFOEX struct: Contains information about an icon or a cursor. Extends ICONINFO. Used by GetIconInfoEx.
IConnectionPoint com: Supports connection points for connectable objects.
IConnectionPointContainer com: Supports connection points for connectable objects.
IDesktopWallpaper com: Provides methods for managing the desktop wallpaper.
IDispatch com: Exposes objects, methods and properties to programming tools and other applications that support Automation.
IDLDESC struct: Contains the IDL attributes of a type.
IEnumIDList com: Exposes a standard set of methods used to enumerate the pointers to item identifier lists (PIDLs) of the items in a Shell folder. When a folder's IShellFolder::EnumObjects method is called, it creates an enumeration object and passes a pointer to the object's IEnumIDList interface back to the calling application.
IEnumMoniker com: Enumerates the components of a moniker or the monikers in a table of monikers.
IEnumNetworkConnections com: The IEnumNetworkConnections interface provides a standard enumerator for network connections. It enumerates active, disconnected, or all network connections within a network. This interface can be obtained from the INetwork interface.
IEnumNetworks com: The IEnumNetworks interface is a standard enumerator for networks. It enumerates all networks available on the local machine. This interface can be obtained from the INetworkListManager interface.
IEnumResources com: Exposes resource enumeration methods.
IEnumSpellingError com: An enumeration of the spelling errors.
IEnumString com: Enumerate strings. LPWSTR is the type that indicates a pointer to a zero-terminated string of wide, or Unicode, characters.
IEnumVARIANT com: Provides a method for enumerating a collection of variants, including heterogeneous collections of objects and intrinsic types. Callers of this interface do not need to know the specific type (or types) of the elements in the collection.
IEnumWbemClassObject com: The IEnumWbemClassObject interface is used to enumerate Common Information Model (CIM) objects and is similar to a standard COM enumerator.
IErrorInfo com: IErrorInfo is defined by Automation; the following describes how the interface is used in OLE DB. IErrorInfo returns information about an error in addition to the return code. It returns the error message, name of the component and GUID of the interface in which the error occurred, and the name and topic of the Help file that applies to the error.
IFileDialog com: Exposes methods that initialize, show, and get results from the common file dialog.
IFileDialog2 com: Extends the IFileDialog interface by providing methods that allow the caller to name a specific, restricted location that can be browsed in the common file dialog as well as to specify alternate text to display as a label on the Cancel button.
IFileDialogCustomize com: Exposes methods that allow an application to add controls to a common file dialog.
IFileIsInUse com: Exposes methods that can be called to get information on or close a file that is in use by another application. When an application attempts to access a file and finds that file already in use, it can use the methods of this interface to gather information to present to the user in a dialog box.
IFileOpenDialog com: Extends the IFileDialog interface by adding methods specific to the open dialog.
IFileSaveDialog com: Extends the IFileDialog interface by adding methods specific to the save dialog, which include those that provide support for the collection of metadata to be persisted with the file.
IInitializeWithWindow com: Exposes a method through which a client can provide an owner window to a Windows Runtime (WinRT) object used in a desktop application.
IInspectable com: Provides functionality required for all Windows Runtime classes.
IKnownFolder com: Exposes methods that allow an application to retrieve information about a known folder's category, type, GUID, pointer to an item identifier list (PIDL) value, redirection capabilities, and definition. It provides a method for the retrieval of a known folder's IShellItem object. It also provides methods to get or set the path of the known folder.
IKnownFolderManager com: Exposes methods that create, enumerate or manage existing known folders.
IMetaDataAssemblyImport com: Provides methods to access and examine the contents of an assembly manifest.
IMetaDataDispenser com: Provides methods to create a new metadata scope, or open an existing one.
IMetaDataDispenserEx com: Extends the IMetaDataDispenser Interface interface to provide the capability to control how the metadata APIs operate on the current metadata scope.
IMetaDataImport com: Provides methods for importing and manipulating existing metadata from a portable executable (PE) file or other source, such as a type library or a stand-alone, run-time metadata binary.
IMetaDataImport2 com: Extends the IMetaDataImport interface to provide the capability of working with generic types.
IMetaDataTables com: Provides methods for the storage and retrieval of metadata information in tables.
IMetaDataTables2 com: Extends IMetaDataTables to include methods for working with metadata streams.
IMMDevice com: The IMMDevice interface encapsulates the generic features of a multimedia device resource.
IMMDeviceCollection com: The IMMDeviceCollection interface represents a collection of multimedia device resources.
IMMDeviceEnumerator com: The IMMDeviceEnumerator interface provides methods for enumerating multimedia device resources.
IMMEndpoint com: The IMMEndpoint interface represents an audio endpoint device.
IMMNotificationClient com: The IMMNotificationClient interface provides notifications when an audio endpoint device is added or removed, when the state or properties of an endpoint device change, or when there is a change in the default role assigned to an endpoint device.
IModalWindow com: Exposes a method that represents a modal window.
IMoniker com: Enables you to use a moniker object, which contains information that uniquely identifies a COM object. An object that has a pointer to the moniker object's IMoniker interface can locate, activate, and get access to the identified object without having any other specific information on where the object is actually located in a distributed system. Monikers are used as the basis for linking in COM. A linked object contains a moniker that identifies its source. When the user activates the linked object to edit it, the moniker is bound; this loads the link source into memory.
INetwork com: The INetwork interface represents a network on the local machine. It can also represent a collection of network connections with a similar network signature.
INetworkConnection com: The INetworkConnection interface represents a single network connection.
INetworkListManager com: The INetworkListManager interface provides a set of methods to perform network list management functions.
INetworkListManagerEvents com: INetworkListManagerEvents is a message sink interface that a client implements to get overall machine state related events. Applications that are interested on higher-level events, for example internet connectivity, implement this interface.
INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX struct: Carries information used to load common control classes from the dynamic-link library (DLL). This structure is used with the InitCommonControlsEx function.
INPUT struct: Used by SendInput to store information for synthesizing input events such as keystrokes, mouse movement, and mouse clicks.
INPUT_RECORD struct: Describes an input event in the console input buffer. These records can be read from the input buffer by using the ReadConsoleInput or PeekConsoleInput function, or written to the input buffer by using the WriteConsoleInput function.
INPUT_TRANSFORM struct: Defines the matrix that represents a transform on a message consumer. This matrix can be used to transform pointer input data from client coordinates to screen coordinates, while the inverse can be used to transform pointer input data from screen coordinates to client coordinates.
IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH struct: The IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES structure is the header node for a linked list of addresses for a particular adapter. This structure can simultaneously be used as part of a linked list of IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES structures.
IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS_XP struct: The IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS structure stores a single anycast IP address in a linked list of addresses for a particular adapter.
IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS_XP struct: The IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS structure stores a single DNS server address in a linked list of DNS server addresses for a particular adapter.
IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SUFFIX struct: The IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SUFFIX structure stores a DNS suffix in a linked list of DNS suffixes for a particular adapter.
IP_ADAPTER_GATEWAY_ADDRESS_LH struct: The IP_ADAPTER_GATEWAY_ADDRESS structure stores a single gateway address in a linked list of gateway addresses for a particular adapter.
IP_ADAPTER_INDEX_MAP struct: The IP_ADAPTER_INDEX_MAP structure stores the interface index associated with a network adapter with IPv4 enabled together with the name of the network adapter.
IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS_XP struct: The IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS structure stores a single multicast address in a linked-list of addresses for a particular adapter.
IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX_XP struct: The IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX structure stores an IP address prefix.
IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS_LH struct: The IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS structure stores a single unicast IP address in a linked list of IP addresses for a particular adapter.
IP_ADAPTER_WINS_SERVER_ADDRESS_LH struct: The IP_ADAPTER_WINS_SERVER_ADDRESS structure stores a single Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) server address in a linked list of WINS server addresses for a particular adapter.
IP_ADDR_STRING struct: The IP_ADDR_STRING structure represents a node in a linked-list of IPv4 addresses.
IP_ADDRESS_STRING struct: The IP_ADDRESS_STRING structure stores an IPv4 address in dotted decimal notation. The IP_ADDRESS_STRING structure definition is also the type definition for the IP_MASK_STRING structure.
IP_INTERFACE_INFO struct: The IP_INTERFACE_INFO structure contains a list of the network interface adapters with IPv4 enabled on the local system.
IP_PER_ADAPTER_INFO_W2KSP1 struct: The IP_PER_ADAPTER_INFO structure contains information specific to a particular adapter.
IPersist com: Provides the CLSID of an object that can be stored persistently in the system. Allows the object to specify which object handler to use in the client process, as it is used in the default implementation of marshaling.
IPersistFile com: Enables an object to be loaded from or saved to a disk file, rather than a storage object or stream. Because the information needed to open a file varies greatly from one application to another, the implementation of IPersistFile::Loadon the object must also open its disk file.
IPersistMemory com: Saves and loads objects from a stream.
IPersistStream com: Enables the saving and loading of objects that use a simple serial stream for their storage needs.
IPropertyStore com: This interface exposes methods used to enumerate and manipulate property values.
IProvideClassInfo com: Provides access to the type information for an object's coclass entry in its type library.
IRestrictedErrorInfo com: Represents the details of an error, including restricted error information.
IRunningObjectTable com: Manages access to the running object table (ROT), a globally accessible look-up table on each workstation. A workstation's ROT keeps track of those objects that can be identified by a moniker and that are currently running on the workstation. When a client tries to bind a moniker to an object, the moniker checks the ROT to see if the object is already running; this allows the moniker to bind to the current instance instead of loading a new one.
ISensor com: Represents a sensor.
ISensorCollection com: Represents a collection of sensors, such as all the sensors connected to a computer.
ISensorDataReport com: Represents a sensor data report. Sensor data reports contain data field values generated by a sensor and a time stamp that indicates when the data report was created.
ISensorManager com: Provides methods for discovering and retrieving available sensors and a method to request sensor manager events.
ISequentialStream com: The ISequentialStream interface supports simplified sequential access to stream objects. The IStream interface inherits its Read and Write methods from ISequentialStream.
IShellFolder com: Exposed by all Shell namespace folder objects, its methods are used to manage folders.
IShellItem com: Exposes methods that retrieve information about a Shell item. IShellItem and IShellItem2 are the preferred representations of items in any new code.
IShellItem2 com: Extends IShellItem with methods that retrieve various property values of the item. IShellItem and IShellItem2 are the preferred representations of items in any new code.
IShellItemArray com: Exposes methods that create and manipulate Shell item arrays.
IShellItemFilter com: Exposed by a client to specify how to filter the enumeration of a Shell item by a server application.
IShellItemImageFactory com: Exposes a method to return either icons or thumbnails for Shell items. If no thumbnail or icon is available for the requested item, a per-class icon may be provided from the Shell.
IShellItemResources com: Exposes methods to manipulate and query Shell item resources.
IShellLink com: Exposes methods that create, modify, and resolve Shell links.
IShellLinkDataList com: Exposes methods that allow an application to attach extra data blocks to a Shell link. These methods add, copy, or remove data blocks.
IShellLinkDual com
IShellService com: IShellService Exposes one method that declares ownership when a service component implementing a certain interface is shared among multiple clients, such as Windows Internet Explorer and Windows Explorer.
ISimpleAudioVolume com: The ISimpleAudioVolume interface enables a client to control the master volume level of an audio session. The IAudioClient::Initialize method initializes a stream object and assigns the stream to an audio session. The client obtains a reference to the ISimpleAudioVolume interface on a stream object by calling the IAudioClient::GetService method with parameter riid set to REFIID IID_ISimpleAudioVolume.
ISpeechAudioFormat com
ISpeechBaseStream com: The ISpeechBaseStream automation interface defines properties and methods for manipulating data streams.
ISpeechObjectToken com
ISpeechObjectTokens com: The ISpeechObjectTokens automation interface represents a collection of SpObjectToken objects.
ISpeechVoice com
ISpeechVoiceStatus com: The ISpeechVoiceStatus automation interface defines the types of information returned by the SpVoice.Status method.
ISpeechWaveFormatEx com
ISpellChecker com: Represents a particular spell checker for a particular language. The ISpellChecker can be used to check text, get suggestions, update user dictionaries, and maintain options.
ISpellChecker2 com: Represents a particular spell checker for a particular language, with the added ability to remove words from the added words dictionary, or from the ignore list. The ISpellChecker2 can also be used to check text, get suggestions, update user dictionaries, and maintain options, as can ISpellChecker from which it is derived.
ISpellCheckerChangedEventHandler com: Allows the caller to create a handler for notifications that the state of the speller has changed.
ISpellCheckerFactory com: A factory for instantiating a spell checker ISpellChecker as well as providing functionality for determining which languages are supported.
ISpellingError com: Provides information about a spelling error.
ISpEventSource com: Using the methods on ISpNotifySource an application can specify the mechanism by which it receives notifications. Applications can configure which events should trigger notifications and which events retrieve queued events. ISpEventSource inherits from the ISpNotifySource interface.
ISpNotifySource com: In both speech synthesis and speech recognition, applications receive notifications when words have been spoken or when phrases have been recognized. SAPI components that generate notifications implement an ISpNotifySource.
ISpVoice com: The ISpVoice interface enables an application to perform speech synthesis operations. Applications can speak text strings and text files, or play audio files through this interface. All of these can be done synchronously or asynchronously.
IStream com: The IStream interface lets you read and write data to stream objects. Stream objects contain the data in a structured storage object, where storages provide the structure. Simple data can be written directly to a stream but, most frequently, streams are elements nested within a storage object. They are similar to standard files.
ISupportErrorInfo com: Ensures that error information can be propagated up the call chain correctly. Automation objects that use the error handling interfaces must implement ISupportErrorInfo.
ITEMIDLIST struct: Contains a list of item identifiers.
ITypeInfo com: This section describes ITypeInfo, an interface typically used for reading information about objects. For example, an object browser tool can use ITypeInfo to extract information about the characteristics and capabilities of objects from type libraries.
IUIAutomation com: Exposes methods that enable Microsoft UI Automation client applications to discover, access, and filter UI Automation elements.
IUIAutomation2 com: Extends the IUIAutomation interface to expose additional methods for controlling Microsoft UI Automation functionality.
IUIAutomation3 com: Extends the IUIAutomation2 interface to expose additional methods for controlling Microsoft UI Automation functionality.
IUIAutomation4 com: Extends the IUIAutomation3 interface to expose additional methods for controlling Microsoft UI Automation functionality.
IUIAutomation5 com: Extends the IUIAutomation4 interface to expose additional methods for controlling Microsoft UI Automation functionality.
IUIAutomation6 com: Extends the IUIAutomation5 interface to expose additional methods for controlling Microsoft UI Automation functionality.
IUIAutomationAndCondition com: Exposes properties and methods that Microsoft UI Automation client applications can use to retrieve information about an AND-based property condition.
IUIAutomationAnnotationPattern com: Provides access to the properties of an annotation in a document.
IUIAutomationBoolCondition com: Represents a condition that can be either TRUE (selects all elements) or FALSE (selects no elements).
IUIAutomationCacheRequest com: Exposes properties and methods of a cache request. Client applications use this interface to specify the properties and control patterns to be cached when a Microsoft UI Automation element is obtained.
IUIAutomationCondition com: This is the primary interface for conditions used in filtering when searching for elements in the UI Automation tree.
IUIAutomationCustomNavigationPattern com: Exposes a method to support access by a Microsoft UI Automation client to controls that support a custom navigation order.
IUIAutomationDockPattern com: Provides access to a control that enables child elements to be arranged horizontally and vertically, relative to each other.
IUIAutomationDragPattern com: Provides access to information exposed by a UI Automation provider for an element that can be dragged as part of a drag-and-drop operation.
IUIAutomationDropTargetPattern com: Provides access to drag-and-drop information exposed by a Microsoft UI Automation provider for an element that can be the drop target of a drag-and-drop operation.
IUIAutomationElement com: Exposes methods and properties for a UI Automation element, which represents a UI item.
IUIAutomationElement2 com: Extends the IUIAutomationElement interface.
IUIAutomationElement3 com: Extends the IUIAutomationElement2 interface.
IUIAutomationElement4 com: Extends the IUIAutomationElement3 interface.
IUIAutomationElement5 com: Extends the IUIAutomationElement4 interface to provide access to current and cached landmark data.
IUIAutomationElement6 com: Extends the IUIAutomationElement5 interface to provide access to current and cached full descriptions.
IUIAutomationElement7 com: Extends the IUIAutomationElement6 interface.
IUIAutomationElement8 com: Extends the IUIAutomationElement7 interface.
IUIAutomationElement9 com: Extends the IUIAutomationElement8 interface.
IUIAutomationElementArray com: Represents a collection of UI Automation elements.
IUIAutomationExpandCollapsePattern com: Provides access to a control that can visually expand to display content, and collapse to hide content.
IUIAutomationGridItemPattern com: Provides access to a child control in a grid-style container that supports the IUIAutomationGridPattern interface.
IUIAutomationGridPattern com: Provides access to a control that acts as a container for a collection of child controls that are organized in a two-dimensional logical coordinate system that can be traversed by row and column.
IUIAutomationInvokePattern com: Exposes a method that enables a client application to invoke the action of a control (typically a button).
IUIAutomationItemContainerPattern com: Exposes a method that retrieves an item from a container, such as a virtual list.
IUIAutomationLegacyIAccessiblePattern com: Exposes methods and properties that enable Microsoft UI Automation clients to retrieve UI information from Microsoft Active Accessibility (MSAA) servers.
IUIAutomationMultipleViewPattern com: Provides access to a control that can switch between multiple representations of the same information or set of child controls.
IUIAutomationNotCondition com: Represents a condition that is the negative of another condition.
IUIAutomationObjectModelPattern com: Provides access to the underlying object model implemented by a control or application.
IUIAutomationOrCondition com: Represents a condition made up of multiple conditions, at least one of which must be true.
IUIAutomationPropertyCondition com: Represents a condition based on a property value that is used to find UI Automation elements.
IUIAutomationProxyFactory com: Exposes properties and methods of an object that creates a Microsoft UI Automation provider for UI elements that do not have native support for UI Automation. This interface is implemented by proxies.
IUIAutomationProxyFactoryEntry com: Represents a proxy factory in the table maintained by Microsoft UI Automation, and exposes properties and methods that can be used by client applications to interact with IUIAutomationProxyFactory objects.
IUIAutomationProxyFactoryMapping com: Exposes properties and methods for a table of proxy factories. Each table entry is represented by an IUIAutomationProxyFactoryEntry interface. The entries are in the order in which the system will attempt to use the proxies.
IUIAutomationRangeValuePattern com: Provides access to a control that presents a range of values.
IUIAutomationScrollItemPattern com: Exposes a method that enables an item in a scrollable view to be placed in a visible portion of the view.
IUIAutomationScrollPattern com: Provides access to a control that acts as a scrollable container for a collection of child elements.
IUIAutomationSelectionItemPattern com: Provides access to the selectable child items of a container control that supports IUIAutomationSelectionPattern.
IUIAutomationSelectionPattern com: Provides access to a control that contains selectable child items. The children of this element support IUIAutomationSelectionItemPattern.
IUIAutomationSelectionPattern2 com: Extends the IUIAutomationSelectionPattern interface to provide information about selected items.
IUIAutomationSpreadsheetItemPattern com: Enables a client application to retrieve information about an item (cell) in a spreadsheet.
IUIAutomationSpreadsheetPattern com: Enables a client application to access the items (cells) in a spreadsheet.
IUIAutomationStylesPattern com: Enables Microsoft UI Automation clients to retrieve the visual styles associated with an element in a document.
IUIAutomationSynchronizedInputPattern com: Provides access to the keyboard or mouse input of a control.
IUIAutomationTableItemPattern com: Provides access to a child element in a container that supports IUIAutomationTablePattern.
IUIAutomationTablePattern com: Provides access to a control that acts as a container for a collection of child elements.
IUIAutomationTextChildPattern com: Provides access a text-based control (or an object embedded in text) that is a child or descendant of another text-based control.
IUIAutomationTextEditPattern com: Provides access to a control that modifies text, for example a control that performs auto-correction or enables input composition through an Input Method Editor (IME).
IUIAutomationTextPattern com: Provides access to a control that contains text.
IUIAutomationTextPattern2 com: Extends the IUIAutomationTextPattern interface.
IUIAutomationTextRange com: Provides access to a span of continuous text in a container that supports the IUIAutomationTextPattern interface. Client applications can use the IUIAutomationTextRange interface to select, compare, and retrieve embedded objects from the text span.
IUIAutomationTextRange2 com: Extends the IUIAutomationTextRange interface to enable Microsoft UI Automation clients to programmatically invoke context menus.
IUIAutomationTextRange3 com: Extends the IUIAutomationTextRange2 interface to support faster access to the underlying rich text data on a text range.
IUIAutomationTextRangeArray com: Represents a collection of IUIAutomationTextRange objects.
IUIAutomationTogglePattern com: Provides access to a control that can cycle through a set of states, and maintain a state after it is set.
IUIAutomationTransformPattern com: Provides access to a control that can be moved, resized, or rotated.
IUIAutomationTransformPattern2 com: Extends the IUIAutomationTransformPattern interface to enable Microsoft UI Automation clients to programmatically access the viewport zooming functionality of a control.
IUIAutomationTreeWalker com: Exposes properties and methods that UI Automation client applications use to view and navigate the UI Automation elements on the desktop.
IUIAutomationValuePattern com: Provides access to a control that contains a value that does not span a range and that can be represented as a string.
IUIAutomationVirtualizedItemPattern com: Represents a virtualized item, which is an item that is represented by a placeholder automation element in the Microsoft UI Automation tree.
IUIAutomationWindowPattern com: Provides access to the fundamental functionality of a window.
IUnknown com: Enables clients to get pointers to other interfaces on a given object through the QueryInterface method, and manage the existence of the object through the AddRef and Release methods. All other COM interfaces are inherited, directly or indirectly, from IUnknown. Therefore, the three methods in IUnknown are the first entries in the vtable for every interface.
IUri com: Exposes methods and properties used to parse and build Uniform Resource Identifiers (URIs).
IVirtualDesktopManager com: Exposes methods that enable an application to interact with groups of windows that form virtual workspaces.
IWbemClassObject com: The IWbemClassObject interface contains and manipulates both class definitions and class object instances.
IWbemConfigureRefresher com: The IWbemConfigureRefresher interface is used by client code to add enumerators, objects, and nested refreshers into a refresher.
IWbemContext com: The IWbemContext interface is optionally used to communicate additional context information to providers when submitting IWbemServices calls to WMI. All primary calls in IWbemServices take an optional parameter pointing to an object of this type.
IWbemHiPerfEnum com: The IWbemHiPerfEnum interface is used in refresher operations to provide rapid access to enumerations of instance objects. WMI provides an implementation of this interface, which it passes to providers when IWbemHiPerfProvider::CreateRefreshableEnum is called, and it returns to clients when IWbemConfigureRefresher::AddEnum is called.
IWbemLocator com: Use the IWbemLocator interface to obtain the initial namespace pointer to the IWbemServices interface for WMI on a specific host computer. You can access Windows Management itself using the IWbemServices pointer, which is returned by the IWbemLocator::ConnectServer method.
IWbemObjectAccess com: The IWbemObjectAccess interface provides access to the methods and properties of an object. An IWbemObjectAccess object is a container for an instance updated by a refresher. With the IWbemObjectAccess interface, you can get and set properties by using property handles instead of object property names.
IWbemRefresher com: The IWbemRefresher interface provides an entry point through which refreshable objects such as enumerators or refresher objects, can be refreshed. Implementers of IWbemHiPerfProvider must provide an implementation of this interface.
IWbemServices com: The IWbemServices interface is used by clients and providers to access WMI services. The interface is implemented by WMI and WMI providers, and is the primary WMI interface.
IWebAuthenticationCoreManagerInterop com: Provides Win32 apps with access to certain functions of WebAuthenticationCoreManager that are otherwise available only to UWP apps.
IWinHttpRequest com: The IWinHttpRequest interface provides all of the nonevent methods for Microsoft Windows HTTP Services (WinHTTP).
JOB_INFO_1 struct: The JOB_INFO_1 structure specifies print-job information such as the job-identifier value, the name of the printer for which the job is spooled, the name of the machine that created the print job, the name of the user that owns the print job, and so on.
JOBOBJECT_IO_RATE_CONTROL_INFORMATION struct: Contains information used to control the I/O rate for a job.
KBDLLHOOKSTRUCT struct: Contains information about a low-level keyboard input event.
KEY_EVENT_RECORD struct: Describes a keyboard input event in a console INPUT_RECORD structure.
KEYBDINPUT struct: Contains information about a simulated keyboard event.
KNOWNFOLDER_DEFINITION struct: Defines the specifics of a known folder.
KnownFolderManager com
L2_NOTIFICATION_DATA struct: The L2_NOTIFICATION_DATA structure is used by the IHV Extensions DLL to send notifications to any service or applications that has registered for the notification.
LASTINPUTINFO struct: Contains the time of the last input.
LOGBRUSH struct: The LOGBRUSH structure defines the style, color, and pattern of a physical brush. It is used by the CreateBrushIndirect and ExtCreatePen functions.
LOGFONT struct: The LOGFONT structure defines the attributes of a font.
LOGPALETTE struct: The LOGPALETTE structure defines a logical palette.
LUID struct: A Locally Unique Identifier (LUID). This is a value guaranteed to be unique only on the system on which it was generated. The uniqueness of a locally unique identifier is guaranteed only until the system is restarted.
MAGCOLOREFFECT struct: Describes a color transformation matrix that a magnifier control uses to apply a color effect to magnified screen content.
MAGIMAGEHEADER struct: Describes an image format.
MAGTRANSFORM struct: Describes a transformation matrix that a magnifier control uses to magnify screen content.
MARGINS struct: Returned by the GetThemeMargins function to define the margins of windows that have visual styles applied.
MC_COLOR_TEMPERATURE enum: Describes a monitor's color temperature.
MC_DISPLAY_TECHNOLOGY_TYPE enum: Identifies monitor display technologies.
MC_DRIVE_TYPE enum: Specifies whether to set or get a monitor's red, green, or blue drive.
MC_GAIN_TYPE enum: Specifies whether to get or set a monitor's red, green, or blue gain.
MC_POSITION_TYPE enum: Specifies whether to get or set the vertical or horizontal position of a monitor's display area.
MC_SIZE_TYPE enum: Specifies whether to get or set the width or height of a monitor's display area.
MCI_OPEN_PARMS struct: The MCI_OPEN_PARMS structure contains information for the MCI_OPEN command.
MCI_PLAY_PARMS struct: The MCI_PLAY_PARMS structure contains positioning information for the MCI_PLAY command.
MCI_SEEK_PARMS struct: The MCI_SEEK_PARMS structure contains positioning information for the MCI_SEEK command.
MCI_STATUS_PARMS struct: The MCI_STATUS_PARMS structure contains information for the MCI_STATUS command.
MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION struct: Contains information about a range of pages in the virtual address space of a process. The VirtualQuery and VirtualQueryEx functions use this structure.
MEMORYSTATUSEX struct: Contains information about the current state of both physical and virtual memory, including extended memory. The GlobalMemoryStatusEx function stores information in this structure.
MENU_EVENT_RECORD struct: Describes a menu event in a console INPUT_RECORD structure. These events are used internally and should be ignored.
MENUBARINFO struct: Contains menu bar information.
MENUINFO struct: Contains information about a menu.
MENUITEMINFO struct: Contains information about a menu item.
MENUITEMTEMPLATE struct: Defines a menu item in a menu template.
MENUITEMTEMPLATEHEADER struct: Defines the header for a menu template. A complete menu template consists of a header and one or more menu item lists.
METAFILEPICT struct: Defines the metafile picture format used for exchanging metafile data through the clipboard.
MIDIEVENT struct: The MIDIEVENT structure describes a MIDI event in a stream buffer.
MIDIHDR struct: The MIDIHDR structure defines the header used to identify a MIDI system-exclusive or stream buffer.
MIDIINCAPS struct: The MIDIINCAPS structure describes the capabilities of a MIDI input device.
MIDIOUTCAPS struct: The MIDIOUTCAPS structure describes the capabilities of a MIDI output device.
MIDIPROPTEMPO struct: The MIDIPROPTEMPO structure contains the tempo property for a stream.
MIDIPROPTIMEDIV struct: The MIDIPROPTIMEDIV structure contains the time division property for a stream.
MIDISTRMBUFFVER struct: The MIDISTRMBUFFVER structure contains version information for a long MIDI event of the MEVT_VERSION type.
MINMAXINFO struct: Contains information about a window's maximized size and position and its minimum and maximum tracking size.
MMDeviceEnumerator com
MMTIME struct: The MMTIME structure contains timing information for different types of multimedia data.
MODEMDEVCAPS struct: Contains information about the capabilities of a modem.
MODEMSETTINGS struct: Contains information about a modem's configuration.
MODLOAD_DATA struct: Contains module data.
MODULEINFO struct: Contains the module load address, size, and entry point.
MONITOR_DPI_TYPE enum: Identifies the dots per inch (dpi) setting for a monitor.
MONITORINFO struct: The MONITORINFO structure contains information about a display monitor.
MONITORINFOEX struct: The MONITORINFOEX structure contains information about a display monitor.
MOUSE_EVENT_RECORD struct: Describes a mouse input event in a console INPUT_RECORD structure.
MOUSEHOOKSTRUCT struct: Contains information about a mouse event passed to a WH_MOUSE hook procedure, MouseProc.
MOUSEHOOKSTRUCTEX struct: Contains information about a mouse event passed to a WH_MOUSE hook procedure, MouseProc. This is an extension of the MOUSEHOOKSTRUCT structure that includes information about wheel movement or the use of the X button.
MOUSEINPUT struct: Contains information about a simulated mouse event.
MOUSEMOVEPOINT struct: Contains information about the mouse's location in screen coordinates.
MSG struct: Contains message information from a thread's message queue.
MSLLHOOKSTRUCT struct: Contains information about a low-level mouse input event.
NCCALCSIZE_PARAMS struct: Contains information that an application can use while processing the WM_NCCALCSIZE message to calculate the size, position, and valid contents of the client area of a window.
NDIS_OBJECT_HEADER struct: The NDIS_OBJECT_HEADER structure packages the object type, version, and size information that is required in many NDIS 6.0 structures.
NET_LUID_LH struct: The NET_LUID union is the locally unique identifier (LUID) for a network interface.
NetworkListManager com
NEWTEXTMETRIC struct: The NEWTEXTMETRIC structure contains data that describes a physical font.
NLM_SIMULATED_PROFILE_INFO struct: Used to specify values that are used by SetSimulatedProfileInfo to override current internet connection profile values in an RDP Child Session to support the simulation of specific metered internet connection conditions.
NONCLIENTMETRICS struct: Contains the scalable metrics associated with the nonclient area of a nonminimized window. This structure is used by the SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS and SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS actions of the SystemParametersInfo function.
NOTIFYICONDATA struct: Contains information that the system needs to display notifications in the notification area. Used by Shell_NotifyIcon.
OPENCARD_SEARCH_CRITERIA struct: The OPENCARD_SEARCH_CRITERIA structure is used by the SCardUIDlgSelectCard function in order to recognize cards that meet the requirements set forth by the caller. You can, however, call SCardUIDlgSelectCard without using this structure.
OPENCARDNAME struct: The OPENCARDNAME structure contains the information that the GetOpenCardName function uses to initialize a smart card Select Card dialog box. Calling SCardUIDlgSelectCard with OPENCARDNAME_EX is recommended over calling GetOpenCardName with OPENCARDNAME. OPENCARDNAME is provided for backward compatibility.
OPENCARDNAME_EX struct: The OPENCARDNAME_EX structure contains the information that the SCardUIDlgSelectCard function uses to initialize a smart card Select Card dialog box.
OPENFILENAME struct: Contains information that the GetOpenFileName and GetSaveFileName functions use to initialize an Open or Save As dialog box. After the user closes the dialog box, the system returns information about the user's selection in this structure.
OSINFO struct: Contains details about the operating system for an assembly or module.
OSVERSIONINFO struct: Contains operating system version information. The information includes major and minor version numbers, a build number, a platform identifier, and descriptive text about the operating system. This structure is used with the GetVersionEx function.
OSVERSIONINFOEX struct: Contains operating system version information. The information includes major and minor version numbers, a build number, a platform identifier, and information about product suites and the latest Service Pack installed on the system. This structure is used with the GetVersionEx and VerifyVersionInfo functions.
OVERLAPPED struct: Contains information used in asynchronous (or overlapped) input and output (I/O).
OVERLAPPED_ENTRY struct: Contains the information returned by a call to the GetQueuedCompletionStatusEx function.
PAINTSTRUCT struct: The PAINTSTRUCT structure contains information for an application. This information can be used to paint the client area of a window owned by that application.
PALETTEENTRY struct: The PALETTEENTRY structure specifies the color and usage of an entry in a logical palette. A logical palette is defined by a LOGPALETTE structure.
PARAMDESC struct: Contains information needed for transferring a structure element, parameter, or function return value between processes.
PARAMDESCEX struct: Contains information about the default value of a parameter.
PERFORMANCE_INFORMATION struct: Contains performance information.
PHYSICAL_MONITOR struct: Contains a handle and text description corresponding to a physical monitor.
POINT struct: The POINT structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point.
POINTER_INFO struct: Contains basic pointer information common to all pointer types. Applications can retrieve this information using the GetPointerInfo, GetPointerFrameInfo, GetPointerInfoHistory and GetPointerFrameInfoHistory functions.
POINTER_PEN_INFO struct: Defines basic pen information common to all pointer types.
POINTER_TOUCH_INFO struct: Defines basic touch information common to all pointer types.
POINTL struct: The POINTL structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point.
POINTS struct: The POINTS structure defines the x- and y-coordinates of a point.
POLYTEXT struct: The POLYTEXT structure describes how the PolyTextOut function should draw a string of text.
PORT_INFO_1 struct: The PORT_INFO_1 structure identifies a supported printer port.
PORT_INFO_2 struct: The PORT_INFO_2 structure identifies a supported printer port.
POWERBROADCAST_SETTING struct: Sent with a power setting event and contains data about the specific change.
PRINT_EXECUTION_DATA struct: Contains the execution context of the printer driver that calls GetPrintExecutionData.
PRINTER_DEFAULTS struct: The PRINTER_DEFAULTS structure specifies the default data type, environment, initialization data, and access rights for a printer.
PRINTER_INFO_1 struct: The PRINTER_INFO_1 structure specifies general printer information.
PRINTER_INFO_2 struct: The PRINTER_INFO_2 structure specifies detailed printer information.
PRINTER_INFO_3 struct: The PRINTER_INFO_3 structure specifies printer security information.
PRINTER_INFO_4 struct: The PRINTER_INFO_4 structure specifies general printer information. The structure can be used to retrieve minimal printer information on a call to EnumPrinters. Such a call is a fast and easy way to retrieve the names and attributes of all locally installed printers on a system and all remote printer connections that a user has established.
PRINTER_INFO_5 struct: The PRINTER_INFO_5 structure specifies detailed printer information.
PRINTER_INFO_6 struct: The PRINTER_INFO_6 specifies the status value of a printer.
PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO struct: The PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO structure contains printer information returned by the FindNextPrinterChangeNotification function. The function returns this information after a wait operation on a printer change notification object has been satisfied.
PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA struct: The PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA structure identifies a job or printer information field and provides the current data for that field.
PRINTER_OPTIONS struct: Represents printer options.
PROCESS_DPI_AWARENESS enum: Identifies dots per inch (dpi) awareness values. DPI awareness indicates how much scaling work an application performs for DPI versus how much is done by the system.
PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY struct: Contains information about a heap element. The HeapWalk function uses a PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY structure to enumerate the elements of a heap.
PROCESS_INFORMATION struct: Contains information about a newly created process and its primary thread. It is used with the CreateProcess, CreateProcessAsUser, CreateProcessWithLogonW, or CreateProcessWithTokenW function.
PropertyConditionFlags enum: The PropertyConditionFlags (uiautomationclient.h) enumeration contains values used in creating property conditions.
PROPERTYKEY struct: Specifies the FMTID/PID identifier that programmatically identifies a property.
PROPSPEC struct: The PROPSPEC structure is used by many of the methods of IPropertyStorage to specify a property either by its property identifier (ID) or the associated string name.
PROPVARIANT struct: Used in the ReadMultiple and WriteMultiple methods of IPropertyStorage to define the type tag and the value of a property in a property set.
PROPVARIANT_0
PROPVARIANT_0_0
PROPVARIANT_0_0_0
QUERY_SERVICE_CONFIG struct: Contains configuration information for an installed service. It is used by the QueryServiceConfig function.
QUERY_SERVICE_LOCK_STATUS struct: Contains information about the lock status of a service control manager database. It is used by the QueryServiceLockStatus function.
RAWHID struct: Describes the format of the raw input from a Human Interface Device (HID).
RAWINPUT struct: Contains the raw input from a device.
RAWINPUTDEVICE struct: Defines information for the raw input devices.
RAWINPUTDEVICELIST struct: Contains information about a raw input device.
RAWINPUTHEADER struct: Contains the header information that is part of the raw input data.
RAWKEYBOARD struct: Contains information about the state of the keyboard.
RAWMOUSE struct: Contains information about the state of the mouse.
RECT struct: The RECT structure defines a rectangle by the coordinates of its upper-left and lower-right corners.
RECTL struct: The RECTL structure defines a rectangle by the coordinates of its upper-left and lower-right corners.
RGBQUAD struct: The RGBQUAD structure describes a color consisting of relative intensities of red, green, and blue.
RO_INIT_TYPE enum: Determines the concurrency model used for incoming calls to the objects created by this thread.
SAFEARRAY struct: Represents a safe array.
SAFEARRAYBOUND struct: Represents the bounds of one dimension of the array.
SC_ACTION struct: Represents an action that the service control manager can perform.
SCARD_ATRMASK struct: The SCARD_ATRMASK structure is used by the SCardLocateCardsByATR function to locate cards.
SCARD_IO_REQUEST struct: The SCARD_IO_REQUEST structure begins a protocol control information structure. Any protocol-specific information then immediately follows this structure. The entire length of the structure must be aligned with the underlying hardware architecture word size. For example, in Win32 the length of any PCI information must be a multiple of four bytes so that it aligns on a 32-bit boundary.
SCARD_READERSTATE struct: The SCARD_READERSTATE structure is used by functions for tracking smart cards within readers.
ScrollAmount enum: Contains values that specify the direction and distance to scroll.
SCROLLBARINFO struct: The SCROLLBARINFO structure contains scroll bar information.
SCROLLINFO struct: The SCROLLINFO structure contains scroll bar parameters to be set by the SetScrollInfo function (or SBM_SETSCROLLINFO message), or retrieved by the GetScrollInfo function (or SBM_GETSCROLLINFO message)
SDP_ELEMENT_DATA struct: The SDP_ELEMENT_DATA structure stores SDP element data.
SDP_LARGE_INTEGER_16 struct: The union member for a 128-bit integer.
SDP_STRING_TYPE_DATA struct: The SDP_STRING_TYPE_DATA structure stores information about SDP string types.
SDP_ULARGE_INTEGER_16 struct: The union member for a 128-bit unsigned integer.
SdpAttributeRange struct: The SdpAttributeRange structure is used in a Bluetooth query to constrain the set of attributes to return in the query.
SdpQueryUuid struct: The SdpQueryUuid structure facilitates searching for UUIDs.
SdpQueryUuidUnion struct: The SdpQueryUuidUnion union contains the UUID on which to perform an SDP query. Used in conjunction with the SdpQueryUuid structure.
SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES struct: The SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES structure contains the security descriptor for an object and specifies whether the handle retrieved by specifying this structure is inheritable. This structure provides security settings for objects created by various functions, such as CreateFile, CreatePipe, CreateProcess, RegCreateKeyEx, or RegSaveKeyEx.
SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR struct: The SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR structure contains the security information associated with an object. Applications use this structure to set and query an object's security status.
Sensor com
SensorCollection com
SensorDataReport com
SensorManager com
SERVICE_CONTROL_STATUS_REASON_PARAMS struct: Contains service control parameters.
SERVICE_DELAYED_AUTO_START_INFO struct: Contains the delayed auto-start setting of an auto-start service.
SERVICE_DESCRIPTION struct: Contains a service description.
SERVICE_FAILURE_ACTIONS struct: Represents the action the service controller should take on each failure of a service. A service is considered failed when it terminates without reporting a status of SERVICE_STOPPED to the service controller.
SERVICE_FAILURE_ACTIONS_FLAG struct: Contains the failure actions flag setting of a service. This setting determines when failure actions are to be executed.
SERVICE_LAUNCH_PROTECTED_INFO struct: Indicates a service protection type.
SERVICE_NOTIFY_2 struct: Represents service status notification information. It is used by the NotifyServiceStatusChange function.
SERVICE_PREFERRED_NODE_INFO struct: Represents the preferred node on which to run a service.
SERVICE_PRESHUTDOWN_INFO struct: Contains preshutdown settings.
SERVICE_REQUIRED_PRIVILEGES_INFO struct: Represents the required privileges for a service.
SERVICE_SID_INFO struct: Represents a service security identifier (SID).
SERVICE_STATUS struct: Contains status information for a service. The ControlService, EnumDependentServices, EnumServicesStatus, and QueryServiceStatus functions use this structure. A service uses this structure in the SetServiceStatus function to report its current status to the service control manager.
SERVICE_STATUS_PROCESS struct: Contains process status information for a service. The ControlServiceEx, EnumServicesStatusEx, NotifyServiceStatusChange, and QueryServiceStatusEx functions use this structure.
SERVICE_TABLE_ENTRY struct: Specifies the ServiceMain function for a service that can run in the calling process. It is used by the StartServiceCtrlDispatcher function.
SERVICE_TIMECHANGE_INFO struct: Contains system time change settings.
SERVICE_TRIGGER struct: Represents a service trigger event. This structure is used by the SERVICE_TRIGGER_INFO structure.
SERVICE_TRIGGER_INFO struct: Contains trigger event information for a service. This structure is used by the ChangeServiceConfig2 and QueryServiceConfig2 functions.
SERVICE_TRIGGER_SPECIFIC_DATA_ITEM struct: Contains trigger-specific data for a service trigger event. This structure is used by the SERVICE_TRIGGER structure for SERVICE_TRIGGER_TYPE_CUSTOM, SERVICE_TRIGGER_TYPE_DEVICE_ARRIVAL, SERVICE_TRIGGER_TYPE_FIREWALL_PORT_EVENT, or SERVICE_TRIGGER_TYPE_NETWORK_ENDPOINT trigger events.
SHELL_ITEM_RESOURCE struct: Defines Shell item resource.
SHELLEXECUTEINFO struct: Contains information used by ShellExecuteEx.
ShellItem com
ShellLink com
SHFILEINFO struct: Contains information about a file object.
SHFILEOPSTRUCT struct: Contains information that the SHFileOperation function uses to perform file operations.
SHITEMID struct: Defines an item identifier.
SHQUERYRBINFO struct: Contains the size and item count information retrieved by the SHQueryRecycleBin function.
SIZE struct: The SIZE structure defines the width and height of a rectangle.
SMALL_RECT struct: Defines the coordinates of the upper left and lower right corners of a rectangle.
SOCKADDR_BTH struct: The SOCKADDR_BTH structure is used in conjunction with Bluetooth socket operations, defined by address family AF_BTH.
SOCKET_ADDRESS struct: The SOCKET_ADDRESS structure stores protocol-specific address information.
SOLE_AUTHENTICATION_SERVICE struct: Identifies an authentication service that a server is willing to use to communicate to a client.
SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA struct: An SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA structure defines a device interface in a device information set.
SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA_ struct: An SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA structure defines a device interface in a device information set.
SP_DEVINFO_DATA struct: An SP_DEVINFO_DATA structure defines a device instance that is a member of a device information set.
SPDRP enum: Device registry property codes.
SPEAKFLAGS
SpeechAudioFormatType enum: The SpeechAudioFormatType enumeration lists the supported stream formats.
SpeechRunState enum: The SpeechRunState enumeration lists the running states of a TTS voice.
SpeechStreamSeekPositionType enum: The SpeechStreamSeekPositionType enumeration lists the types of positioning from which a Seek method can be performed.
SpeechVoiceEvents enum: The SpeechVoiceEvents enumeration lists the types of events which a text-to-speech (TTS) engine can send to an SpVoice object.
SpeechVoicePriority enum: The SpeechVoicePriority enumeration lists the possible Priority settings of an SpVoice object.
SpeechVoiceSpeakFlags enum: The SpeechVoiceSpeakFlags enumeration lists flags that control the SpVoice.Speak method.
SpellCheckerFactory com
SPEVENT struct: SPEVENT contains information about an event. Events are passed from the text-to-speech (TTS) or speech recognition (SR) engines or audio devices back to applications.
SPEVENTSOURCEINFO struct: SPEVENTSOURCEINFO is used by ISpEventSource::GetInfo to pass back information about the event source. Event sources contain a queue, which hold events until a caller retrieves the events using ::GetEvents.
SpVoice com
SPVOICESTATUS struct: SPVOICESTATUS contains voice status information. This structure is returned by ISpVoice::GetStatus.
STARTUPINFO struct: Specifies the window station, desktop, standard handles, and appearance of the main window for a process at creation time.
STARTUPINFOEX struct: Specifies the window station, desktop, standard handles, and attributes for a new process. It is used with the CreateProcess and CreateProcessAsUser functions.
STATPROPSETSTG struct: The STATPROPSETSTG structure contains information about a property set.
STATPROPSTG struct: The STATPROPSTG structure contains data about a single property in a property set. This data is the property ID and type tag, and the optional string name that may be associated with the property.
STATSTG struct: The STATSTG structure contains statistical data about an open storage, stream, or byte-array object. This structure is used in the IEnumSTATSTG, ILockBytes, IStorage, and IStream interfaces.
STGM enum: The STGM constants are flags that indicate conditions for creating and deleting the object and access modes for the object.
STORAGE_DEVICE_NUMBER struct: Contains information about a device. This structure is used by the IOCTL_STORAGE_GET_DEVICE_NUMBER control code.
STRRET struct: Contains strings returned from the IShellFolder interface methods.
STYLESTRUCT struct: Contains the styles for a window.
SYMBOL_INFO struct: Contains symbol information.
SYSTEM_BASIC_INFORMATION struct: The SYSTEM_BASIC_INFORMATION structure contains information about the number of processors present in the system.
SYSTEM_BATTERY_STATE struct: Contains information about the current state of the system battery.
SYSTEM_CODEINTEGRITY_INFORMATION struct: The SYSTEM_CODEINTEGRITY_INFORMATION structure contains information about the code integrity policy.
SYSTEM_EXCEPTION_INFORMATION struct
SYSTEM_INFO struct: Contains information about the current computer system. This includes the architecture and type of the processor, the number of processors in the system, the page size, and other such information.
SYSTEM_INFORMATION_CLASS enum: Indicates the kind of system information to be retrieved.
SYSTEM_INTERRUPT_INFORMATION struct
SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION struct: Describes the relationship between the specified processor set. This structure is used with the GetLogicalProcessorInformation function.
SYSTEM_LOOKASIDE_INFORMATION struct
SYSTEM_PERFORMANCE_INFORMATION struct
SYSTEM_POLICY_INFORMATION struct
SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS struct: Contains information about the power status of the system.
SYSTEM_PROCESS_INFORMATION struct: The SYSTEM_PROCESS_INFORMATION structure contains information about a system process.
SYSTEM_PROCESSOR_PERFORMANCE_INFORMATION struct: The SYSTEM_PROCESSOR_PERFORMANCE_INFORMATION structure contains performance information for a processor.
SYSTEM_REGISTRY_QUOTA_INFORMATION struct
SYSTEM_THREAD_INFORMATION struct: The SYSTEM_THREAD_INFORMATION structure contains information about a thread running on a system.
SYSTEM_TIMEOFDAY_INFORMATION struct
SYSTEMTIME struct: Specifies a date and time, using individual members for the month, day, year, weekday, hour, minute, second, and millisecond. The time is either in coordinated universal time (UTC) or local time, depending on the function that is being called.
TASKDIALOG_BUTTON struct: The TASKDIALOG_BUTTON structure contains information used to display a button in a task dialog. The TASKDIALOGCONFIG structure uses this structure.
TASKDIALOGCONFIG struct: The TASKDIALOGCONFIG structure contains information used to display a task dialog. The TaskDialogIndirect function uses this structure.
TEXTMETRIC struct: The TEXTMETRIC structure contains basic information about a physical font. All sizes are specified in logical units; that is, they depend on the current mapping mode of the display context.
TITLEBARINFO struct: Contains title bar information.
TITLEBARINFOEX struct: Expands on the information described in the TITLEBARINFO structure by including the coordinates of each element of the title bar. This structure is sent with the WM_GETTITLEBARINFOEX message.
ToggleState enum: Contains values that specify the toggle state of a Microsoft UI Automation element that implements the Toggle control pattern.
TOKEN_APPCONTAINER_INFORMATION struct: The TOKEN_APPCONTAINER_INFORMATION structure specifies all the information in a token that is necessary for an app container.
TOKEN_INFORMATION_CLASS struct: The TOKEN_INFORMATION_CLASS enumeration contains values that specify the type of information being assigned to or retrieved from an access token.
TOUCHINPUT struct: Encapsulates data for touch input.
TOUCHPREDICTIONPARAMETERS struct: Contains hardware input details that can be used to predict touch targets and help compensate for hardware latency when processing touch and gesture input that contains distance and velocity data.
TPMPARAMS struct: Contains extended parameters for the TrackPopupMenuEx function.
TreeScope: The TreeScope enumeration contains values that specify the scope of various operations in the Microsoft UI Automation tree.
TreeTraversalOptions enum: The TreeTraversalOptions enumeration defines values that can be used to customize tree navigation order.
TYPEATTR struct: Contains attributes of a type.
TYPEDESC struct: Describes the type of a variable, the return type of a function, or the type of a function parameter.
UNICODE_STRING struct: The UNICODE_STRING structure is used by various Local Security Authority (LSA) functions to specify a Unicode string.
UNSIGNED_RATIO struct: Defines a data type used by the Desktop Window Manager (DWM) APIs. It represents a generic ratio and is used for different purposes and units even within a single API.
UPDATELAYEREDWINDOWINFO struct: Used by UpdateLayeredWindowIndirect to provide position, size, shape, content, and translucency information for a layered window.
VALENT struct: Contains information about a registry value. The RegQueryMultipleValues function uses this structure.
VARDESC struct: Describes a variable, constant, or data member.
VARENUM enum: Specifies the variant types.
VARIANT struct: The VARIANT type is used in Win32 to represent a dynamic type. It is represented as a struct containing a union of the types that could be stored.
VERSIONEDSTREAM struct
VirtualDesktopManager com
VOLUME_DISK_EXTENTS struct: Represents a physical location on a disk. It is the output buffer for the IOCTL_VOLUME_GET_VOLUME_DISK_EXTENTS control code.
VS_FIXEDFILEINFO struct: Contains version information for a file. This information is language and code page independent.
WAVEFORMATEX struct: The WAVEFORMATEX structure defines the format of waveform-audio data. Only format information common to all waveform-audio data formats is included in this structure. For formats that require additional information, this structure is included as the first member in another structure, along with the additional information.
WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE struct: The WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE structure defines the format of waveform-audio data for formats having more than two channels or higher sample resolutions than allowed by WAVEFORMATEX. It can also be used to define any format that can be defined by WAVEFORMATEX.
WAVEHDR struct: The WAVEHDR structure defines the header used to identify a waveform-audio buffer.
WAVEINCAPS struct: The WAVEINCAPS structure describes the capabilities of a waveform-audio input device.
WAVEOUTCAPS struct: The WAVEOUTCAPS structure describes the capabilities of a waveform-audio output device.
WbemClassObject com
WbemContext com
WbemLocator com
WbemRefresher com
WIN32_FIND_DATA struct: Contains information about the file that is found by the FindFirstFile, FindFirstFileEx, or FindNextFile function.
WINDOW_BUFFER_SIZE_RECORD struct: Describes a change in the size of the console screen buffer.
WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIBDATA: Describes a key/value pair that specifies a window composition attribute and its value.
WINDOWINFO struct: Contains window information.
WindowInteractionState enum: Contains values that specify the current state of the window for purposes of user interaction.
WINDOWPLACEMENT struct: Contains information about the placement of a window on the screen.
WINDOWPOS struct: Contains information about the size and position of a window.
WINDOWTHEMEATTRIBUTETYPE: Specifies the type of visual style attribute to set on a window.
WindowVisualState enum: Contains values that specify the visual state of a window.
WinHttpRequest com
WinHttpRequestAutoLogonPolicy enum: Possible settings for the Automatic Logon Policy.
WinHttpRequestOption enum: Options that can be set or retrieved for the current WinHTTP session.
WLAN_ASSOCIATION_ATTRIBUTES struct: The WLAN_ASSOCIATION_ATTRIBUTES structure contains association attributes for a connection.
WLAN_AUTH_CIPHER_PAIR_LIST struct: The WLAN_AUTH_CIPHER_PAIR_LIST structure contains a list of authentication and cipher algorithm pairs.
WLAN_AVAILABLE_NETWORK struct: The WLAN_AVAILABLE_NETWORK structure contains information about an available wireless network.
WLAN_AVAILABLE_NETWORK_LIST struct: The WLAN_AVAILABLE_NETWORK_LIST structure contains an array of information about available networks.
WLAN_BSS_ENTRY struct: The WLAN_BSS_ENTRY structure contains information about a basic service set (BSS).
WLAN_BSS_LIST struct: The WLAN_BSS_LIST structure contains a list of basic service set (BSS) entries.
WLAN_CONNECTION_ATTRIBUTES struct: The WLAN_CONNECTION_ATTRIBUTES structure defines the attributes of a wireless connection.
WLAN_CONNECTION_NOTIFICATION_DATA struct: The WLAN_CONNECTION_NOTIFICATION_DATA structure contains information about connection related notifications.
WLAN_CONNECTION_PARAMETERS struct: The WLAN_CONNECTION_PARAMETERS structure specifies the parameters used when using the WlanConnect function.
WLAN_COUNTRY_OR_REGION_STRING_LIST struct: A WLAN_COUNTRY_OR_REGION_STRING_LIST structure contains a list of supported country or region strings.
WLAN_DEVICE_SERVICE_GUID_LIST struct: Contains an array of device service GUIDs.
WLAN_DEVICE_SERVICE_NOTIFICATION_DATA struct: A structure that represents a device service notification.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_CONNECTION_SETTINGS struct: The WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_CONNECTION_SETTINGS structure contains information about the connection settings on the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_DATA_PEER_STATE_CHANGE struct: The WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_DATA_PEER_STATE_CHANGE structure contains information about a network state change for a data peer on the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_PEER_STATE struct: The WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_PEER_STATE structure contains information about the peer state for a peer on the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_RADIO_STATE struct: The WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_RADIO_STATE structure contains information about the radio state on the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_SECURITY_SETTINGS struct: The WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_SECURITY_SETTINGS structure contains information about the security settings on the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_STATE_CHANGE struct: The WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_STATE_CHANGE structure contains information about a network state change on the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_STATUS struct: The WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_STATUS structure contains information about the status of the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_INTERFACE_CAPABILITY struct: The WLAN_INTERFACE_CAPABILITY structure contains information about the capabilities of an interface.
WLAN_INTERFACE_INFO struct: The WLAN_INTERFACE_INFO structure contains information about a wireless LAN interface.
WLAN_INTERFACE_INFO_LIST struct: The WLAN_INTERFACE_INFO_LIST structure contains an array of NIC interface information.
WLAN_MAC_FRAME_STATISTICS struct: The WLAN_MAC_FRAME_STATISTICS structure contains information about sent and received MAC frames.
WLAN_MSM_NOTIFICATION_DATA struct: The WLAN_MSM_NOTIFICATION_DATA structure contains information about media specific module (MSM) connection related notifications.
WLAN_PHY_FRAME_STATISTICS struct: The WLAN_PHY_FRAME_STATISTICS structure contains information about sent and received PHY frames.
WLAN_PHY_RADIO_STATE struct: The WLAN_PHY_RADIO_STATE structure specifies the radio state on a specific physical layer (PHY) type.
WLAN_PROFILE_INFO struct: The WLAN_PROFILE_INFO structure contains basic information about a profile.
WLAN_PROFILE_INFO_LIST struct: The WLAN_PROFILE_INFO_LIST structure contains a list of wireless profile information.
WLAN_RADIO_STATE struct: The WLAN_RADIO_STATE structure specifies the radio state on a list of physical layer (PHY) types.
WLAN_RATE_SET struct: The set of supported data rates.
WLAN_RAW_DATA struct: The WLAN_RAW_DATA structure contains raw data in the form of a blob that is used by some Native Wifi functions.
WLAN_RAW_DATA_LIST struct: The WLAN_RAW_DATA_LIST structure contains raw data in the form of an array of data blobs that are used by some Native Wifi functions.
WLAN_SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES struct: The WLAN_SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES structure defines the security attributes for a wireless connection.
WLAN_STATISTICS struct: The WLAN_STATISTICS structure contains assorted statistics about an interface.
WNDCLASS struct: Contains the window class attributes that are registered by the RegisterClass function.
WNDCLASSEX struct: Contains window class information. It is used with the RegisterClassEx and GetClassInfoEx functions. The WNDCLASSEX structure is similar to the WNDCLASS structure. There are two differences. WNDCLASSEX includes the cbSize member, which specifies the size of the structure, and the hIconSm member, which contains a handle to a small icon associated with the window class.
WSL_DISTRIBUTION_FLAGS enum: The WSL_DISTRIBUTION_FLAGS enumeration specifies the behavior of a distribution in the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL).
WTA_OPTIONS struct: Defines options that are used to set window visual style attributes.
XFORM struct: The XFORM structure specifies a world-space to page-space transformation.
XINPUT_BATTERY_INFORMATION struct: Contains information on battery type and charge state.
XINPUT_CAPABILITIES struct: Describes the capabilities of a connected controller. The XInputGetCapabilities function returns XINPUT_CAPABILITIES.
XINPUT_GAMEPAD struct: Describes the current state of the controller.
XINPUT_KEYSTROKE struct: Specifies keystroke data returned by XInputGetKeystroke.
XINPUT_STATE struct: Represents the state of a controller.
XINPUT_VIBRATION struct: Specifies motor speed levels for the vibration function of a controller.

Enums

TrustLevel enum: Represents the trust level of an activatable class.

Extension Types

ACCEL_VIRT_FLAGS enum
ACCENT_STATE: Affects the rendering of the background of a window.
ACTIVATE_KEYBOARD_LAYOUT_FLAGS enum
ADVANCED_FEATURE_FLAGS enum
ANIMATE_WINDOW_FLAGS enum
APPX_CAPABILITIES enum: Specifies the capabilities or privileges requested by a package.
APPX_CAPABILITY_CLASS_TYPE enum
APPX_COMPRESSION_OPTION enum: Specifies the degree of compression used to store the file in the package.
APPX_FOOTPRINT_FILE_TYPE enum: Specifies the type of footprint file in a package.
APPX_PACKAGE_ARCHITECTURE enum: Specifies the processor architectures supported by a package.
AUDIO_DUCKING_OPTIONS enum: Specifies audio ducking options.
AUDIO_STREAM_CATEGORY enum: Specifies the category of an audio stream.
AudioSessionState enum: Defines constants that indicate the current state of an audio session.
AUTHENTICATION_REQUIREMENTS enum
BACKGROUND_MODE enum
BATTERY_DEVTYPE enum
BATTERY_LEVEL enum
BATTERY_TYPE enum
BI_COMPRESSION enum
BROADCAST_SYSTEM_MESSAGE_FLAGS enum
BROADCAST_SYSTEM_MESSAGE_INFO enum
BRUSH_STYLE enum
BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_TYPE enum: Describes the different types of Bluetooth LE generic attributes (GATT).
BTH_LE_GATT_EVENT_TYPE enum: Describes the different types of Bluetooth Low Energy (LE) generic attribute (GATT) profile events.
CALLCONV enum: Identifies the calling convention used by a member function described in the METHODDATA structure.
CASCADE_WINDOWS_HOW enum
CDCONTROLSTATEF enum
CDS_TYPE enum
CERT_QUERY_ENCODING_TYPE enum
CHANGE_WINDOW_MESSAGE_FILTER_FLAGS enum
CHOOSECOLOR_FLAGS enum
CHOOSEFONT_FLAGS enum
CHOOSEFONT_FONT_TYPE enum
CLEAR_COMM_ERROR_FLAGS enum
CLIPBOARD_FORMAT enum
CLSCTX enum: Values that are used in activation calls to indicate the execution contexts in which an object is to be run.
COINIT enum: Determines the concurrency model used for incoming calls to objects created by this thread.
COINITBASE enum
COMM_EVENT_MASK enum
COMMPROP_STOP_PARITY enum
CONSOLE_CHARACTER_ATTRIBUTES enum
CONSOLE_MODE enum
CREATE_EVENT enum
CRED_FLAGS enum
CRED_PERSIST enum
CRED_TYPE enum
CURSORINFO_FLAGS enum
CWP_FLAGS enum
DCB_PARITY enum
DCB_STOP_BITS enum
DEFINE_DOS_DEVICE_FLAGS enum
DESKTOP_ACCESS_FLAGS enum
DESKTOP_CONTROL_FLAGS enum
DEV_BROADCAST_HDR_DEVICE_TYPE enum
DEVICE_SCALE_FACTOR enum: Indicates a spoofed device scale factor, as a percent.
DEVICE_STATE enum
DEVMODE_COLLATE enum
DEVMODE_COLOR enum
DEVMODE_DISPLAY_FIXED_OUTPUT enum
DEVMODE_DISPLAY_ORIENTATION enum
DEVMODE_DUPLEX enum
DEVMODE_FIELD_FLAGS enum
DEVMODE_TRUETYPE_OPTION enum
DFC_TYPE enum
DFCS_STATE enum
DIB_USAGE enum
DISP_CHANGE enum
DISPATCH_FLAGS enum
DISPLAY_DEVICE_STATE_FLAGS enum
DISPLAYCONFIG_DEVICE_INFO_TYPE enum: Specifies the type of display device info to configure or obtain through the DisplayConfigSetDeviceInfo or DisplayConfigGetDeviceInfo function.
DISPLAYCONFIG_MODE_INFO_TYPE enum: Specifies that the information that is contained within the DISPLAYCONFIG_MODE_INFO structure is either source or target mode.
DISPLAYCONFIG_PIXELFORMAT enum: Specifies pixel format in various bits per pixel (BPP) values.
DISPLAYCONFIG_ROTATION enum: Specifies the clockwise rotation of the display.
DISPLAYCONFIG_SCALING enum: Specifies the scaling transformation applied to content displayed on a video present network (VidPN) present path.
DISPLAYCONFIG_SCANLINE_ORDERING enum: Specifies the method that the display uses to create an image on a screen.
DISPLAYCONFIG_VIDEO_OUTPUT_TECHNOLOGY enum: Specifies the target's connector type.
DLG_BUTTON_CHECK_STATE enum
DockPosition enum: Contains values that specify the location of a docking window represented by the Dock control pattern.
DOT11_AUTH_ALGORITHM enum: Defines a wireless LAN authentication algorithm.
DOT11_BSS_TYPE enum: Defines a basic service set (BSS) network type.
DOT11_CIPHER_ALGORITHM enum: Defines a cipher algorithm for data encryption and decryption.
DOT11_PHY_TYPE enum: Defines an 802.11 PHY and media type.
DOT11_RADIO_STATE enum: Specifies an 802.11 radio state.
DRAW_CAPTION_FLAGS enum
DRAW_EDGE_FLAGS enum
DRAW_TEXT_FORMAT enum
DRAW_THEME_PARENT_BACKGROUND_FLAGS enum
DRAWEDGE_FLAGS enum
DRAWSTATE_FLAGS enum
DSREG_JOIN_TYPE enum: Specifies the possible ways that a device can be joined to Microsoft Azure Active Directory.
DTTOPTS_FLAGS enum
DUPLICATE_HANDLE_OPTIONS enum
DWM_SHOWCONTACT enum: Specifies the input operations for which visual feedback should be provided.
EDataFlow enum: Defines constants that indicate the direction in which audio data flows between an audio endpoint device and an application.
ENABLE_SCROLL_BAR_ARROWS enum
ENUM_DISPLAY_SETTINGS_FLAGS enum
ENUM_DISPLAY_SETTINGS_MODE enum
ENUM_PROCESS_MODULES_EX_FLAGS enum
ENUM_SERVICE_STATE enum
ENUM_SERVICE_TYPE enum
EPrintXPSJobOperation enum: Specifies whether an XPS print job is in the spooling or the rendering phase.
EPrintXPSJobProgress enum: Specifies what the spooler is currently doing as it processes an XPS print job.
ERole enum: Defines constants that indicate the role that the system has assigned to an audio endpoint device.
ESCAPE_COMM_FUNCTION enum
ETO_OPTIONS enum
EXECUTION_STATE enum
ExpandCollapseState enum: Contains values that specify the state of a UI element that can be expanded and collapsed.
FACILITY_CODE enum
FILE_ACCESS_RIGHTS enum
FILE_ACTION enum
FILE_CREATION_DISPOSITION enum
FILE_DEVICE_TYPE enum
FILE_FLAGS_AND_ATTRIBUTES enum
FILE_INFO_BY_HANDLE_CLASS enum: Identifies the type of file information that GetFileInformationByHandleEx should retrieve or SetFileInformationByHandle should set.
FILE_NOTIFY_CHANGE enum
FILE_SHARE_MODE enum
FILE_TYPE enum
FILE_USAGE_TYPE enum: Constants used by IFileIsInUse::GetUsage to indicate how a file in use is being used.
FILEOPERATION_FLAGS enum
FIND_FIRST_EX_FLAGS enum
FINDEX_INFO_LEVELS enum: Defines values that are used with the FindFirstFileEx function to specify the information level of the returned data.
FINDEX_SEARCH_OPS enum: Defines values that are used with the FindFirstFileEx function to specify the type of filtering to perform.
FINDREPLACE_FLAGS enum
FIRMWARE_TABLE_PROVIDER enum
FONT_CHARSET enum
FONT_CLIP_PRECISION enum
FONT_OUTPUT_PRECISION enum
FONT_QUALITY enum
FONT_RESOURCE_CHARACTERISTICS enum
FOREGROUND_WINDOW_LOCK_CODE enum
FORMAT_MESSAGE_OPTIONS enum
FUNCFLAGS enum: Specifies function flags.
FUNCKIND enum: Specifies the function type.
GDI_IMAGE_TYPE enum
GDI_REGION_TYPE enum
GENERIC_ACCESS_RIGHTS enum
GESTURE_TYPE enum: Identifies the gesture type specified in DwmRenderGesture.
GESTURECONFIG_ID enum
GET_ADAPTERS_ADDRESSES_FLAGS enum
GET_ANCESTOR_FLAGS enum
GET_CLASS_LONG_INDEX enum
GET_DCX_FLAGS enum
GET_DEVICE_CAPS_INDEX enum
GET_FILE_VERSION_INFO_FLAGS enum
GET_FILEEX_INFO_LEVELS enum: Defines values that are used with the GetFileAttributesEx and GetFileAttributesTransacted functions to specify the information level of the returned data.
GET_MENU_DEFAULT_ITEM_FLAGS enum
GET_MOUSE_MOVE_POINTS_EX_RESOLUTION enum
GET_STOCK_OBJECT_FLAGS enum
GET_WINDOW_CMD enum
GETFINALPATHNAMEBYHANDLE_FLAGS enum
GETPROPERTYSTOREFLAGS enum: Indicates flags that modify the property store object retrieved by methods that create a property store, such as IShellItem2::GetPropertyStore or IPropertyStoreFactory::GetPropertyStore.
GLOBAL_ALLOC_FLAGS enum
GUITHREADINFO_FLAGS enum
HANDLE_FLAGS enum
HATCH_BRUSH_STYLE enum
HDC_MAP_MODE enum
HEAP_FLAGS enum
HEAP_INFORMATION_CLASS enum: Specifies the class of heap information to be set or retrieved.
HOT_KEY_MODIFIERS enum
IDLFLAGS enum
IF_OPER_STATUS enum: Specifies the operational status of an interface.
IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE enum
IMAGE_FLAGS enum
IMAGEHLP_EXTENDED_OPTIONS enum: Lists the extended symbol options that you can get and set by using the SymGetExtendedOption and SymSetExtendedOption functions.
IMPLTYPEFLAGS enum
INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX_ICC enum
INPUT_TYPE enum
INVOKEKIND enum: Specifies the way a function is invoked.
JOBOBJECTINFOCLASS enum
KBDLLHOOKSTRUCT_FLAGS enum
KEYBD_EVENT_FLAGS enum
KNOWN_FOLDER_FLAG enum: Defines constants that specify special retrieval options for known folders.
LAYERED_WINDOW_ATTRIBUTES_FLAGS enum
LiveSetting enum: Contains possible values for the LiveSetting property.
LOAD_LIBRARY_FLAGS enum
LOCK_FILE_FLAGS enum
LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_RELATIONSHIP enum: Represents the relationship between the processor set identified in the corresponding SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION or SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION_EX structure.
MACHINE_ATTRIBUTES enum: Specifies the ways in which an architecture of code can run on a host operating system.
MAP_VIRTUAL_KEY_TYPE enum
MEDIA_TYPE enum: Represents the various forms of device media.
MENU_ITEM_FLAGS enum
MENU_ITEM_MASK enum
MENU_ITEM_STATE enum
MENU_ITEM_TYPE enum
MENUINFO_MASK enum
MENUINFO_STYLE enum
MESSAGEBOX_RESULT enum
MESSAGEBOX_STYLE enum
MIDI_WAVE_OPEN_TYPE enum
MODEM_SPEAKER_VOLUME enum
MODEM_STATUS_FLAGS enum
MODEMDEVCAPS_DIAL_OPTIONS enum
MODEMDEVCAPS_SPEAKER_MODE enum
MODEMDEVCAPS_SPEAKER_VOLUME enum
MODEMSETTINGS_SPEAKER_MODE enum
MODLOAD_DATA_TYPE enum
MONITOR_FROM_FLAGS enum
MOUSE_EVENT_FLAGS enum
MOUSE_STATE enum
MSG_WAIT_FOR_MULTIPLE_OBJECTS_EX_FLAGS enum
MSGFLTINFO_STATUS enum
MW_FILTERMODE enum
NAMED_PIPE_MODE enum
NavigateDirection enum: Contains values used to specify the direction of navigation within the Microsoft UI Automation tree.
NET_IF_CONNECTION_TYPE enum: Specifies the NDIS network interface connection type.
NL_DAD_STATE enum: Specifies information about the duplicate address detection (DAD) state for an IPv4 or IPv6 address.
NL_PREFIX_ORIGIN enum: Specifies the origin of an IPv4 or IPv6 address prefix, and is used with the IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS structure.
NL_SUFFIX_ORIGIN enum: Specifies the origin of an IPv4 or IPv6 address suffix, and is used with the IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS structure.
NLM_CONNECTION_COST enum: Specifies a set of cost levels and cost flags supported in Windows 8 Cost APIs.
NLM_DOMAIN_TYPE enum: A set of flags that specify the domain type of a network.
NLM_NETWORK_CATEGORY enum: A set of flags that specify the category type of a network.
NOTIFY_ICON_DATA_FLAGS enum
NOTIFY_ICON_INFOTIP_FLAGS enum
NOTIFY_ICON_MESSAGE enum
NOTIFY_ICON_STATE enum
OBJECT_IDENTIFIER enum
OBJECT_SECURITY_INFORMATION enum
OPEN_FILENAME_FLAGS enum
OPEN_FILENAME_FLAGS_EX enum
OPEN_THEME_DATA_FLAGS enum
ORIENTATION_PREFERENCE enum: Indicates the screen orientation preference for a desktop app process.
OrientationType enum: Contains values that specify the orientation of a control.
OS_PRODUCT_TYPE enum
PAGE_PROTECTION_FLAGS enum
PAGE_TYPE enum
PARAMFLAGS enum
PEEK_MESSAGE_REMOVE_TYPE enum
PEN_STYLE enum
POINTER_BUTTON_CHANGE_TYPE enum: Identifies a change in the state of a button associated with a pointer.
POINTER_FLAGS enum
POINTER_INPUT_TYPE enum
PRINT_EXECUTION_CONTEXT enum: Represents the execution context when GetPrintExecutionData is called.
PRINT_WINDOW_FLAGS enum
PRINTER_ACCESS_RIGHTS enum
PROCESS_ACCESS_RIGHTS enum
PROCESS_CREATION_FLAGS enum
PROCESS_NAME_FORMAT enum
PROCESSOR_ARCHITECTURE enum
PROCESSOR_CACHE_TYPE enum: Represents the type of processor cache identified in the corresponding CACHE_DESCRIPTOR structure.
PROPSPEC_KIND enum
PURGE_COMM_FLAGS enum
QUEUE_STATUS_FLAGS enum
RAW_INPUT_DATA_COMMAND_FLAGS enum
RAW_INPUT_DEVICE_INFO_COMMAND enum
RAWINPUTDEVICE_FLAGS enum
REDRAW_WINDOW_FLAGS enum
REG_CREATE_KEY_DISPOSITION enum
REG_NOTIFY_FILTER enum
REG_OPEN_CREATE_OPTIONS enum
REG_ROUTINE_FLAGS enum
REG_SAM_FLAGS enum
REG_SAVE_FORMAT enum
REG_VALUE_TYPE enum
REGISTER_NOTIFICATION_FLAGS enum
REGISTER_TOUCH_WINDOW_FLAGS enum
RGN_COMBINE_MODE enum
RID_DEVICE_INFO_TYPE enum
ROP_CODE enum
ROT_FLAGS enum
RowOrColumnMajor enum: Contains values that specify whether data in a table should be read primarily by row or by column.
RPC_C_AUTHN_LEVEL enum
RPC_C_IMP_LEVEL enum
SC_ACTION_TYPE enum
SC_ENUM_TYPE enum
SC_STATUS_TYPE enum
SCARD_SCOPE enum
SCARD_STATE enum
SCROLL_WINDOW_FLAGS enum
SCROLLBAR_COMMAND enum
SCROLLBAR_CONSTANTS enum
SCROLLINFO_MASK enum
SDP_SPECIFICTYPE enum
SDP_TYPE enum
SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_CONTROL enum
SEND_MESSAGE_TIMEOUT_FLAGS enum
SEND_RECV_FLAGS enum
SensorState enum: Defines possible operational states for sensors.
SERVICE_CONFIG enum
SERVICE_DIRECTORY_TYPE enum: Specifies the type of a per-service directory path.
SERVICE_ERROR enum
SERVICE_NOTIFY enum
SERVICE_REGISTRY_STATE_TYPE enum: Specifies a state type for a service registry key.
SERVICE_RUNS_IN_PROCESS enum
SERVICE_SHARED_DIRECTORY_TYPE enum: Specifies the type of a per-service shared directory path.
SERVICE_SHARED_REGISTRY_STATE_TYPE enum: Specifies a state type for a service registry key.
SERVICE_START_TYPE enum
SERVICE_STATUS_CURRENT_STATE enum
SERVICE_TRIGGER_ACTION enum
SERVICE_TRIGGER_SPECIFIC_DATA_ITEM_DATA_TYPE enum
SERVICE_TRIGGER_TYPE enum
SET_DISPLAY_CONFIG_FLAGS enum
SET_FILE_POINTER_MOVE_METHOD enum
SET_THEME_APP_PROPERTIES_FLAGS enum
SET_WINDOW_POS_FLAGS enum
SETUP_DI_GET_CLASS_DEVS_FLAGS enum
SETUP_DI_PROPERTY_CHANGE_SCOPE enum
SETUP_DI_REGISTRY_PROPERTY enum
SFGAO_FLAGS enum
SHGDNF enum
SHGFI_FLAGS enum
SHOW_WINDOW_CMD enum
SHUTDOWN_FLAGS enum
SHUTDOWN_REASON enum
SIATTRIBFLAGS enum
SIIGBF enum
SND_FLAGS enum
SpeechTokenContext enum
SpeechTokenShellFolder enum
SPEVENTENUM enum
SPVISEMES enum
SPVPRIORITY enum
STARTUPINFOW_FLAGS enum
STATIC_STYLES enum
STD_HANDLE enum
STREAM_INFO_LEVELS enum: Defines values that are used with the FindFirstStreamW function to specify the information level of the returned data.
STREAM_SEEK enum: Specify the origin from which to calculate the new seek-pointer location.
STRETCH_BLT_MODE enum
SupportedTextSelection enum: Contains values that specify the supported text selection attribute.
SYM_LOAD_FLAGS enum
SYMBOL_INFO_FLAGS enum
SYNCHRONIZATION_ACCESS_RIGHTS enum
SynchronizedInputType enum: Contains values that specify the type of synchronized input.
SYS_COLOR_INDEX enum
SYSTEM_CURSOR_ID enum
SYSTEM_METRICS_INDEX enum
SYSTEM_PARAMETERS_INFO_ACTION enum
SYSTEM_PARAMETERS_INFO_UPDATE_FLAGS enum
TextEditChangeType enum: Describes the text editing change being performed by controls when text-edit events are raised or handled.
TextPatternRangeEndpoint enum: Contains values that specify the endpoints of a text range.
TextUnit enum: Contains values that specify units of text for the purposes of navigation.
THEME_PROPERTY_SYMBOL_ID enum
THREAD_CREATION_FLAGS enum
THREAD_ERROR_MODE enum
TILE_WINDOWS_HOW enum
TMPF_FLAGS enum
TOKEN_ACCESS_MASK enum
TOUCHEVENTF_FLAGS enum
TOUCHINPUTMASKF_MASK enum
TRACK_POPUP_MENU_FLAGS enum
TUNNEL_TYPE enum: Defines the encapsulation method used by a tunnel, as described by the Internet Assigned Names Authority (IANA).
TYPEKIND enum: Specifies a type.
UIA_ANNOTATIONTYPE enum
UIA_CONTROLTYPE_ID enum
UIA_EVENT_ID enum
UIA_HEADINGLEVEL_ID enum
UIA_LANDMARKTYPE_ID enum
UIA_METADATA_ID enum
UIA_PATTERN_ID enum
UIA_PROPERTY_ID enum
UIA_STYLE_ID enum
UIA_TEXTATTRIBUTE_ID enum
UNMAP_VIEW_OF_FILE_FLAGS enum
UPDATE_LAYERED_WINDOW_FLAGS enum
Uri_PROPERTY enum
USER_OBJECT_INFORMATION_INDEX enum
VAR_CHANGE_FLAGS enum
VARFLAGS enum: Specifies variable flags.
VARKIND enum: Specifies the variable type.
VER_FIND_FILE_FLAGS enum
VER_FIND_FILE_STATUS enum
VER_FLAGS enum
VER_INSTALL_FILE_FLAGS enum
VER_INSTALL_FILE_STATUS enum
VIRTUAL_ALLOCATION_TYPE enum
VIRTUAL_FREE_TYPE enum
VIRTUAL_KEY enum
VS_FIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_FLAGS enum
VS_FIXEDFILEINFO_FILE_OS enum
WAIT_EVENT enum
WBEM_COMPARISON_FLAG enum: Contains flags that define the comparison to perform when using the IWbemClassObject::CompareTo method.
WBEM_CONDITION_FLAG_TYPE enum: Contains flags used with the IWbemClassObject::GetNames method.
WIN32_ERROR enum
WINDOW_DISPLAY_AFFINITY enum
WINDOW_EX_STYLE enum
WINDOW_LONG_PTR_INDEX enum
WINDOW_MESSAGE_FILTER_ACTION enum
WINDOW_STYLE enum
WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB: Specifies options used by the WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIBDATA structure.
WINDOWPLACEMENT_FLAGS enum
WINDOWS_HOOK_ID enum
WINSOCK_SHUTDOWN_HOW enum
WLAN_AUTOCONF_OPCODE enum: Specifies an automatic configuration parameter.
WLAN_CONNECTION_MODE enum: Defines the mode of connection.
WLAN_CONNECTION_NOTIFICATION_FLAGS enum
WLAN_FILTER_LIST_TYPE enum: Indicates types of filter lists.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_OPCODE enum: Specifies the possible values of the operation code for the properties to query or set on the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_PEER_AUTH_STATE enum: Specifies the possible values for the authentication state of a peer on the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_REASON enum: Specifies the possible values for the result of a wireless Hosted Network function call.
WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_STATE enum: Specifies the possible values for the network state of the wireless Hosted Network.
WLAN_IHV_CONTROL_TYPE enum: Specifies the type of software bypassed by a vendor-specific method.
WLAN_INTERFACE_STATE enum: Indicates the state of an interface.
WLAN_INTERFACE_TYPE enum: Specifies the wireless interface type.
WLAN_INTF_OPCODE enum: Defines various opcodes used to set and query parameters on a wireless interface.
WLAN_NOTIFICATION_SOURCES enum
WLAN_OPCODE_VALUE_TYPE enum: Specifies the origin of automatic configuration (auto config) settings.
WLAN_SECURABLE_OBJECT enum: Defines the securable objects used by Native Wifi Functions.
WLAN_SET_EAPHOST_FLAGS enum
WNDCLASS_STYLES enum
XINPUT_CAPABILITIES_FLAGS enum
XINPUT_DEVSUBTYPE enum
XINPUT_DEVTYPE enum
XINPUT_FLAG enum
XINPUT_GAMEPAD_BUTTON_FLAGS enum
XINPUT_KEYSTROKE_FLAGS enum
XINPUT_VIRTUAL_KEY enum
ZoomUnit enum: Contains possible values for the IUIAutomationTransformPattern2::ZoomByUnit method, which zooms the viewport of a control by the specified unit.

Extensions

BLUETOOTH_ADDRESS_Extension on BLUETOOTH_ADDRESS
BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATE_RESPONSE_Extension on BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATE_RESPONSE
BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_CALLBACK_PARAMS_Extension on BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_CALLBACK_PARAMS
BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE
BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension_1 on BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE
BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension_2 on BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE
BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension_3 on BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE
BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE_Extension on BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE
BTH_LE_UUID_Extension on BTH_LE_UUID
CHAR_INFO_Extension on CHAR_INFO
CY_Extension on CY
DECIMAL__Anonymous1_e__Union_Extension on DECIMAL
DECIMAL__Anonymous2_e__Union_Extension on DECIMAL
DECIMAL_Extension on DECIMAL
DECIMAL_Extension_1 on DECIMAL
DEVMODEW__Anonymous1_e__Union_Extension on DEVMODE
DEVMODEW__Anonymous1_e__Union_Extension_1 on DEVMODE
DEVMODEW_Extension on DEVMODE
DEVMODEW_Extension_1 on DEVMODE
DialogItemTemplateHelper on Pointer<DLGITEMTEMPLATE>
DialogTemplateHelper on Pointer<DLGTEMPLATE>
DISPLAYCONFIG_MODE_INFO_Extension on DISPLAYCONFIG_MODE_INFO
DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_SOURCE_INFO__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_SOURCE_INFO
DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_SOURCE_INFO_Extension on DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_SOURCE_INFO
DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_TARGET_INFO__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_TARGET_INFO
DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_TARGET_INFO_Extension on DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_TARGET_INFO
DISPLAYCONFIG_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on DISPLAYCONFIG_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO
DISPLAYCONFIG_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO_Extension on DISPLAYCONFIG_VIDEO_SIGNAL_INFO
ELEMDESC_Extension on ELEMDESC
HexConversion on int
IN_ADDR__S_un_e__Union_Extension on IN_ADDR
IN_ADDR__S_un_e__Union_Extension_1 on IN_ADDR
IN_ADDR_Extension on IN_ADDR
INPUT_Extension on INPUT
INPUT_RECORD_Extension on INPUT_RECORD
INPUT_TRANSFORM__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on INPUT_TRANSFORM
INPUT_TRANSFORM_Extension on INPUT_TRANSFORM
IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH__Anonymous1_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH
IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH__Anonymous2_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH
IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH
IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH_Extension_1 on IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH
IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS_XP__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS_XP
IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS_XP_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_ANYCAST_ADDRESS_XP
IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS_XP__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS_XP
IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS_XP_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_DNS_SERVER_ADDRESS_XP
IP_ADAPTER_GATEWAY_ADDRESS_LH__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_GATEWAY_ADDRESS_LH
IP_ADAPTER_GATEWAY_ADDRESS_LH_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_GATEWAY_ADDRESS_LH
IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS_XP__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS_XP
IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS_XP_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_MULTICAST_ADDRESS_XP
IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX_XP__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX_XP
IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX_XP_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_PREFIX_XP
IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS_LH__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS_LH
IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS_LH_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_UNICAST_ADDRESS_LH
IP_ADAPTER_WINS_SERVER_ADDRESS_LH__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_WINS_SERVER_ADDRESS_LH
IP_ADAPTER_WINS_SERVER_ADDRESS_LH_Extension on IP_ADAPTER_WINS_SERVER_ADDRESS_LH
KEY_EVENT_RECORD_Extension on KEY_EVENT_RECORD
MMTIME__u_e__Union_Extension on MMTIME
MMTIME__u_e__Union_Extension_1 on MMTIME
MMTIME_Extension on MMTIME
NET_LUID_LH_Extension on NET_LUID_LH
NOTIFYICONDATAW_Extension on NOTIFYICONDATA
OVERLAPPED__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on OVERLAPPED
OVERLAPPED_Extension on OVERLAPPED
PointerGUIDExtension on Pointer<GUID>
PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA__NotifyData_e__Union_Extension on PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA
PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA_Extension on PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA
PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY
PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension_1 on PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY
PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY_Extension on PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY
PROPSPEC_Extension on PROPSPEC
PROPVARIANT_0_0_0_Extension on PROPVARIANT
PROPVARIANT_0_0_Extension on PROPVARIANT
PROPVARIANT_0_Extension on PROPVARIANT
RAWINPUT_Extension on RAWINPUT
RAWMOUSE__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on RAWMOUSE
RAWMOUSE_Extension on RAWMOUSE
SDP_ELEMENT_DATA__data_e__Union_Extension on SDP_ELEMENT_DATA
SDP_ELEMENT_DATA__data_e__Union_Extension_1 on SDP_ELEMENT_DATA
SDP_ELEMENT_DATA__data_e__Union_Extension_2 on SDP_ELEMENT_DATA
SDP_ELEMENT_DATA__data_e__Union_Extension_3 on SDP_ELEMENT_DATA
SDP_ELEMENT_DATA_Extension on SDP_ELEMENT_DATA
SetString on Pointer<Utf16>: Sets the memory starting at the pointer location to the string supplied.
SetStringArray on List<String>
SHELLEXECUTEINFOW_Extension on SHELLEXECUTEINFO
StringUtf8Pointer on String
STRRET_Extension on STRRET
SYSTEM_INFO__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on SYSTEM_INFO
SYSTEM_INFO_Extension on SYSTEM_INFO
SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension on SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION
SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION__Anonymous_e__Union_Extension_1 on SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION
SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION_Extension on SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION
TASKDIALOGCONFIG_Extension on TASKDIALOGCONFIG
TASKDIALOGCONFIG_Extension_1 on TASKDIALOGCONFIG
TYPEDESC_Extension on TYPEDESC
Uint8ListBlobConversion on Uint8List
Utf16Conversion on Pointer<Utf16>
VARDESC_Extension on VARDESC
WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE_Extension on WAVEFORMATEXTENSIBLE
WinRTStringConversion on Pointer<HSTRING>

Constants

ACCENT_DISABLED → const ACCENT_STATE: The default value, background is black.
ACCENT_ENABLE_ACRYLICBLURBEHIND → const ACCENT_STATE: Background is GradientColor, with acrylic blur effect.
ACCENT_ENABLE_BLURBEHIND → const ACCENT_STATE: Background is GradientColor, with blur effect.
ACCENT_ENABLE_GRADIENT → const ACCENT_STATE: Background is GradientColor, alpha channel ignored.
ACCENT_ENABLE_HOSTBACKDROP → const ACCENT_STATE: Unknown.
ACCENT_ENABLE_TRANSPARENTGRADIENT → const ACCENT_STATE: Background is GradientColor.
ACCENT_INVALID_STATE → const ACCENT_STATE: Unknown. Seems to draw background fully transparent.
ACCESS_SYSTEM_SECURITY → const int: Specifies access to the system security portion of the security descriptor.
ALL_PROCESSOR_GROUPS → const int: All processor groups.
ASPECTX → const int: Relative width of a device pixel used for line drawing.
ASPECTXY → const int: Diagonal width of the device pixel used for line drawing.
ASPECTY → const int: Relative height of a device pixel used for line drawing.
AW_ACTIVATE → const int: Activates the window.
AW_BLEND → const int: Uses a fade effect.
AW_CENTER → const int: Makes the window appear to collapse inward if AW_HIDE is used or expand outward if the AW_HIDE is not used. The various direction flags have no effect.
AW_HIDE → const int: Hides the window. By default, the window is shown.
AW_HOR_NEGATIVE → const int: Animates the window from right to left. This flag can be used with roll or slide animation
AW_HOR_POSITIVE → const int: Animates the window from left to right. This flag can be used with roll or slide animation.
AW_SLIDE → const int: Uses slide animation. By default, roll animation is used.
AW_VER_NEGATIVE → const int: Animates the window from bottom to top. This flag can be used with roll or slide animation.
AW_VER_POSITIVE → const int: Animates the window from top to bottom. This flag can be used with roll or slide animation.
BI_BITFIELDS → const int: Specifies that the bitmap is not compressed and that the color masks for the red, green, and blue components of each pixel are specified in the bV5RedMask, bV5GreenMask, and bV5BlueMask members. This is valid when used with 16- and 32-bpp bitmaps.
BI_JPEG → const int: Specifies that the image is compressed using the JPEG file Interchange Format. JPEG compression trades off compression against loss; it can achieve a compression ratio of 20:1 with little noticeable loss.
BI_PNG → const int: Specifies that the image is compressed using the PNG file Interchange Format.
BI_RGB → const int: An uncompressed format.
BI_RLE4 → const int: An RLE format for bitmaps with 4 bpp. The compression format is a two-byte format consisting of a count byte followed by two word-length color indexes.
BI_RLE8 → const int: A run-length encoded (RLE) format for bitmaps with 8 bpp. The compression format is a two-byte format consisting of a count byte followed by a byte containing a color index. If bV5Compression is BI_RGB and the bV5BitCount member is 16, 24, or 32, the bitmap array specifies the actual intensities of blue, green, and red rather than using color table indexes.
BITSPIXEL → const int: Number of adjacent color bits for each pixel.
BLACKONWHITE → const int: Performs a Boolean AND operation using the color values for the eliminated and existing pixels. If the bitmap is a monochrome bitmap, this mode preserves black pixels at the expense of white pixels.
BLTALIGNMENT → const int: Preferred horizontal drawing alignment, expressed as a multiple of pixels. For best drawing performance, windows should be horizontally aligned to a multiple of this value. A value of zero indicates that the device is accelerated, and any alignment may be used.
BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_CONNECTION_AUTHENTICATED → const int: The client requests the data to be transmitted over an authenticated channel.
BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_CONNECTION_ENCRYPTED → const int: The client requests the data to be transmitted over an encrypted channel.
BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_FORCE_READ_FROM_CACHE → const int: The characteristic value is to be read from the cache (regardless of whether it is present in the cache or not).
BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_FORCE_READ_FROM_DEVICE → const int: The characteristic value is to be read directly from the device. This overwrites the one in the cache if one is already present.
BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_NONE → const int: The client does not have specific GATT requirements (default).
BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_RETURN_ALL → const int
BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_SIGNED_WRITE → const int: Signed write. Profile drivers must use with BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_WRITE_WITHOUT_RESPONSE in order to produce signed write without a response.
BLUETOOTH_GATT_FLAG_WRITE_WITHOUT_RESPONSE → const int: Write without response.
BS_3STATE → const int: Creates a button that is the same as a check box, except that the box can be grayed as well as checked or cleared. Use the grayed state to show that the state of the check box is not determined.
BS_AUTO3STATE → const int: Creates a button that is the same as a three-state check box, except that the box changes its state when the user selects it. The state cycles through checked, indeterminate, and cleared.
BS_AUTOCHECKBOX → const int: Creates a button that is the same as a check box, except that the check state automatically toggles between checked and cleared each time the user selects the check box.
BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON → const int: Creates a button that is the same as a radio button, except that when the user selects it, the system automatically sets the button's check state to checked and automatically sets the check state for all other buttons in the same group to cleared.
BS_BITMAP → const int: Specifies that the button displays a bitmap. See the Remarks section for its interaction with BS_ICON.
BS_BOTTOM → const int: Places text at the bottom of the button rectangle.
BS_CENTER → const int: Centers text horizontally in the button rectangle.
BS_CHECKBOX → const int: Creates a small, empty check box with text. By default, the text is displayed to the right of the check box. To display the text to the left of the check box, combine this flag with the BS_LEFTTEXT style (or with the equivalent BS_RIGHTBUTTON style).
BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON → const int: Creates a push button that behaves like a BS_PUSHBUTTON style button, but has a distinct appearance. If the button is in a dialog box, the user can select the button by pressing the ENTER key, even when the button does not have the input focus. This style is useful for enabling the user to quickly select the most likely (default) option.
BS_DIBPATTERN → const int: A pattern brush defined by a device-independent bitmap (DIB) specification.
BS_DIBPATTERN8X8 → const int: A pattern brush defined by a device-independent bitmap (DIB) specification.
BS_DIBPATTERNPT → const int: A pattern brush defined by a device-independent bitmap (DIB) specification.
BS_FLAT → const int: Specifies that the button is two-dimensional; it does not use the default shading to create a 3-D image.
BS_GROUPBOX → const int: Creates a rectangle in which other controls can be grouped. Any text associated with this style is displayed in the rectangle's upper left corner.
BS_HATCHED → const int: Hatched brush.
BS_HOLLOW → const int: Hollow brush.
BS_ICON → const int: Specifies that the button displays an icon. See the Remarks section for its interaction with BS_BITMAP.
BS_LEFT → const int: Left-justifies the text in the button rectangle. However, if the button is a check box or radio button that does not have the BS_RIGHTBUTTON style, the text is left justified on the right side of the check box or radio button.
BS_LEFTTEXT → const int: Places text on the left side of the radio button or check box when combined with a radio button or check box style. Same as the BS_RIGHTBUTTON style.
BS_MULTILINE → const int: Wraps the button text to multiple lines if the text string is too long to fit on a single line in the button rectangle.
BS_NOTIFY → const int: Enables a button to send BN_KILLFOCUS and BN_SETFOCUS notification codes to its parent window. Note that buttons send the BN_CLICKED notification code regardless of whether it has this style. To get BN_DBLCLK notification codes, the button must have the BS_RADIOBUTTON or BS_OWNERDRAW style.
BS_NULL → const int: Hollow brush.
BS_OWNERDRAW → const int: Creates an owner-drawn button. The owner window receives a WM_DRAWITEM message when a visual aspect of the button has changed. Do not combine the BS_OWNERDRAW style with any other button styles.
BS_PATTERN → const int: Pattern brush defined by a memory bitmap.
BS_PATTERN8X8 → const int: Pattern brush defined by a memory bitmap.
BS_PUSHBOX → const int: Defines a push-box control, which is identical to a PUSHBUTTON, except that it does not display a button face or frame; only the text appears.
BS_PUSHBUTTON → const int: Creates a push button that posts a WM_COMMAND message to the owner window when the user selects the button.
BS_PUSHLIKE → const int: Makes a button (such as a check box, three-state check box, or radio button) look and act like a push button. The button looks raised when it isn't pushed or checked, and sunken when it is pushed or checked.
BS_RADIOBUTTON → const int: Creates a small circle with text. By default, the text is displayed to the right of the circle. To display the text to the left of the circle, combine this flag with the BS_LEFTTEXT style (or with the equivalent BS_RIGHTBUTTON style). Use radio buttons for groups of related, but mutually exclusive choices.
BS_RIGHT → const int: Right-justifies text in the button rectangle. However, if the button is a check box or radio button that does not have the BS_RIGHTBUTTON style, the text is right justified on the right side of the check box or radio button.
BS_RIGHTBUTTON → const int: Positions a radio button's circle or a check box's square on the right side of the button rectangle. Same as the BS_LEFTTEXT style.
BS_SOLID → const int: Solid brush.
BS_TEXT → const int: Specifies that the button displays text.
BS_TOP → const int: Places text at the top of the button rectangle.
BS_TYPEMASK → const int: Do not use this style. A composite style bit that results from using the OR operator on BS_* style bits. It can be used to mask out valid BS_* bits from a given bitmask. Note that this is out of date and does not correctly include all valid styles. Thus, you should not use this style.
BS_USERBUTTON → const int: Obsolete, but provided for compatibility with 16-bit versions of Windows. Applications should use BS_OWNERDRAW instead.
BS_VCENTER → const int: Places text in the middle (vertically) of the button rectangle.
CALLBACK_EVENT → const int: The dwCallback parameter is an event handle.
CALLBACK_FUNCTION → const int: The dwCallback parameter is a callback procedure address.
CALLBACK_NULL → const int: No callback mechanism. This is the default setting.
CALLBACK_THREAD → const int: The dwCallback parameter is a thread identifier.
CALLBACK_WINDOW → const int: The dwCallback parameter is a window handle.
CBR_110 → const int: 110 bps.
CBR_115200 → const int: 115200 bps.
CBR_1200 → const int: 1200 bps.
CBR_128000 → const int: 128000 bps.
CBR_14400 → const int: 14400 bps.
CBR_19200 → const int: 19200 bps.
CBR_2400 → const int: 2400 bps.
CBR_256000 → const int: 256000 bps.
CBR_300 → const int: 300 bps.
CBR_38400 → const int: 38400 bps.
CBR_4800 → const int: 4800 bps.
CBR_56000 → const int: 56000 bps.
CBR_57600 → const int: 57600 bps.
CBR_600 → const int: 600 bps.
CBR_9600 → const int: 9600 bps.
CC_ANYCOLOR → const int: Causes the dialog box to display all available colors in the set of basic colors.
CC_ENABLEHOOK → const int: Enables the hook procedure specified in the lpfnHook member of this structure. This flag is used only to initialize the dialog box.
CC_ENABLETEMPLATE → const int: The hInstance and lpTemplateName members specify a dialog box template to use in place of the default template. This flag is used only to initialize the dialog box.
CC_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE → const int: The hInstance member identifies a data block that contains a preloaded dialog box template. The system ignores the lpTemplateName member if this flag is specified. This flag is used only to initialize the dialog box.
CC_FULLOPEN → const int: Causes the dialog box to display the additional controls that allow the user to create custom colors. If this flag is not set, the user must click the Define Custom Color button to display the custom color controls.
CC_PREVENTFULLOPEN → const int: Disables the Define Custom Color button.
CC_RGBINIT → const int: Causes the dialog box to use the color specified in the rgbResult member as the initial color selection.
CC_SHOWHELP → const int: Causes the dialog box to display the Help button. The hwndOwner member must specify the window to receive the HELPMSGSTRING registered messages that the dialog box sends when the user clicks the Help button.
CC_SOLIDCOLOR → const int: Causes the dialog box to display only solid colors in the set of basic colors.
CF_ANSIONLY → const int: This flag is obsolete.
CF_APPLY → const int: Causes the dialog box to display the Apply button. You should provide a hook procedure to process WM_COMMAND messages for the Apply button. The hook procedure can send the WM_CHOOSEFONT_GETLOGFONT message to the dialog box to retrieve the address of the structure that contains the current selections for the font.
CF_BITMAP → const int: A handle to a bitmap (HBITMAP).
CF_BOTH → const int: This flag is ignored for font enumeration.
CF_DIB → const int: A memory object containing a BITMAPINFO structure followed by the bitmap bits.
CF_DIBV5 → const int: A memory object containing a BITMAPV5HEADER structure followed by the bitmap color space information and the bitmap bits.
CF_DIF → const int: Software Arts' Data Interchange Format.
CF_DSPBITMAP → const int: Bitmap display format associated with a private format.
CF_DSPENHMETAFILE → const int: Enhanced metafile display format associated with a private format.
CF_DSPMETAFILEPICT → const int: Metafile-picture display format associated with a private format.
CF_DSPTEXT → const int: Text display format associated with a private format.
CF_EFFECTS → const int: Causes the dialog box to display the controls that allow the user to specify strikeout, underline, and text color options. If this flag is set, you can use the rgbColors member to specify the initial text color. You can use the lfStrikeOut and lfUnderline members of the structure pointed to by lpLogFont to specify the initial settings of the strikeout and underline check boxes. ChooseFont can use these members to return the user's selections.
CF_ENABLEHOOK → const int: Enables the hook procedure specified in the lpfnHook member of this structure.
CF_ENABLETEMPLATE → const int: Indicates that the hInstance and lpTemplateName members specify a dialog box template to use in place of the default template.
CF_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE → const int: Indicates that the hInstance member identifies a data block that contains a preloaded dialog box template. The system ignores the lpTemplateName member if this flag is specified.
CF_ENHMETAFILE → const int: A handle to an enhanced metafile (HENHMETAFILE).
CF_FIXEDPITCHONLY → const int: ChooseFont should enumerate and allow selection of only fixed-pitch fonts.
CF_FORCEFONTEXIST → const int: ChooseFont should indicate an error condition if the user attempts to select a font or style that is not listed in the dialog box.
CF_GDIOBJFIRST → const int: Start of a range of integer values for application-defined GDI object clipboard formats. The range ends with CF_GDIOBJLAST.
CF_GDIOBJLAST → const int: End of a range of integer values for application-defined GDI object clipboard formats.
CF_HDROP → const int: A handle to type HDROP that identifies a list of files. An application can retrieve information about the files by passing the handle to the DragQueryFile function.
CF_INACTIVEFONTS → const int: ChooseFont should additionally display fonts that are set to Hide in Fonts Control Panel.
CF_INITTOLOGFONTSTRUCT → const int: ChooseFont should use the structure pointed to by the lpLogFont member to initialize the dialog box controls.
CF_LIMITSIZE → const int: ChooseFont should select only font sizes within the range specified by the nSizeMin and nSizeMax members.
CF_LOCALE → const int: The data is a handle (HGLOBAL) to the locale identifier (LCID) associated with text in the clipboard. When you close the clipboard, if it contains CF_TEXT data but no CF_LOCALE data, the system automatically sets the CF_LOCALE format to the current input language. You can use the CF_LOCALE format to associate a different locale with the clipboard text.
CF_METAFILEPICT → const int: Handle to a metafile picture format as defined by the METAFILEPICT structure. When passing a CF_METAFILEPICT handle by means of DDE, the application responsible for deleting hMem should also free the metafile referred to by the CF_METAFILEPICT handle.
CF_NOFACESEL → const int: When using a LOGFONT structure to initialize the dialog box controls, use this flag to prevent the dialog box from displaying an initial selection for the font name combo box. This is useful when there is no single font name that applies to the text selection.
CF_NOOEMFONTS → const int: Same as the CF_NOVECTORFONTS flag.
CF_NOSCRIPTSEL → const int: Disables the Script combo box. When this flag is set, the lfCharSet member of the LOGFONT structure is set to DEFAULT_CHARSET when ChooseFont returns. This flag is used only to initialize the dialog box.
CF_NOSIMULATIONS → const int: ChooseFont should not display or allow selection of font simulations.
CF_NOSIZESEL → const int: When using a structure to initialize the dialog box controls, use this flag to prevent the dialog box from displaying an initial selection for the Font Size combo box. This is useful when there is no single font size that applies to the text selection.
CF_NOSTYLESEL → const int: When using a LOGFONT structure to initialize the dialog box controls, use this flag to prevent the dialog box from displaying an initial selection for the Font Style combo box. This is useful when there is no single font style that applies to the text selection.
CF_NOVECTORFONTS → const int: ChooseFont should not allow vector font selections.
CF_NOVERTFONTS → const int: Causes the Font dialog box to list only horizontally oriented fonts.
CF_OEMTEXT → const int: Text format containing characters in the OEM character set. Each line ends with a carriage return/linefeed (CR-LF) combination. A null character signals the end of the data.
CF_OWNERDISPLAY → const int: Owner-display format. The clipboard owner must display and update the clipboard viewer window, and receive the WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME, WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD, WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD, WM_SIZECLIPBOARD, and WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD messages.
CF_PALETTE → const int: Handle to a color palette. Whenever an application places data in the clipboard that depends on or assumes a color palette, it should place the palette on the clipboard as well.
CF_PENDATA → const int: Data for the pen extensions to the Microsoft Windows for Pen Computing.
CF_PRINTERFONTS → const int: This flag is ignored for font enumeration. In Windows Vista or below, it caused the dialog box to list only the fonts supported by the printer associated with the device context or information context identified by the hDC member.
CF_PRIVATEFIRST → const int: Start of a range of integer values for private clipboard formats. The range ends with CF_PRIVATELAST.
CF_PRIVATELAST → const int: End of a range of integer values for private clipboard formats.
CF_RIFF → const int: Represents audio data more complex than can be represented in a CF_WAVE standard wave format.
CF_SCALABLEONLY → const int: Specifies that ChooseFont should allow only the selection of scalable fonts. Scalable fonts include vector fonts, scalable printer fonts, TrueType fonts, and fonts scaled by other technologies.
CF_SCREENFONTS → const int: This flag is ignored for font enumeration. In Windows Vista or below, it caused the dialog box to list only the screen fonts supported by the system.
CF_SCRIPTSONLY → const int: ChooseFont should allow selection of fonts for all non-OEM and Symbol character sets, as well as the ANSI character set.
CF_SELECTSCRIPT → const int: When specified on input, only fonts with the character set identified in the lfCharSet member of the LOGFONT structure are displayed. The user will not be allowed to change the character set specified in the Scripts combo box.
CF_SHOWHELP → const int: Causes the dialog box to display the Help button. The hwndOwner member must specify the window to receive the HELPMSGSTRING registered messages that the dialog box sends when the user clicks the Help button.
CF_SYLK → const int: Microsoft Symbolic Link (SYLK) format.
CF_TEXT → const int: Text format. Each line ends with a carriage return/linefeed (CR-LF) combination. A null character signals the end of the data. Use this format for ANSI text.
CF_TIFF → const int
CF_TTONLY → const int: ChooseFont should only enumerate and allow the selection of TrueType fonts.
CF_UNICODETEXT → const int: Unicode text format. Each line ends with a carriage return/linefeed (CR-LF) combination. A null character signals the end of the data.
CF_USESTYLE → const int: The lpszStyle member is a pointer to a buffer that contains style data that ChooseFont should use to initialize the Font Style combo box. When the user closes the dialog box, ChooseFont copies style data for the user's selection to this buffer.
CF_WAVE → const int: Represents audio data in one of the standard wave formats, such as 11 kHz or 22 kHz PCM.
CF_WYSIWYG → const int: Obsolete. ChooseFont ignores this flag.
CLIPCAPS → const int: Flag that indicates the clipping capabilities of the device. If the device can clip to a rectangle, it is 1. Otherwise, it is 0.
CLSCTX_ALL → const int: The combination of CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, CLSCTX_INPROC_HANDLER, CLSCTX_LOCAL_SERVER, and CLSCTX_REMOTE_SERVER.
CLSCTX_INPROC_HANDLER → const int: The code that manages objects of this class is an in-process handler. This is a DLL that runs in the client process and implements client-side structures of this class when instances of the class are accessed remotely.
CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER → const int: The code that creates and manages objects of this class is a DLL that runs in the same process as the caller of the function specifying the class context.
CLSCTX_LOCAL_SERVER → const int: The EXE code that creates and manages objects of this class runs on same machine but is loaded in a separate process space.
CLSCTX_REMOTE_SERVER → const int: A remote context. The LocalServer32 or LocalService code that creates and manages objects of this class is run on a different computer.
COINIT_APARTMENTTHREADED → const int: Initializes the thread for apartment-threaded object concurrency.
COINIT_DISABLE_OLE1DDE → const int: Disables DDE for OLE1 support.
COINIT_MULTITHREADED → const int: Initializes the thread for multithreaded object concurrency.
COINIT_SPEED_OVER_MEMORY → const int: Increase memory usage in an attempt to increase performance.
COINITBASE_MULTITHREADED → const int: Initializes the thread for multithreaded object concurrency.
COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER → const int: Active window border.
COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION → const int: Active window title bar.
COLOR_APPWORKSPACE → const int: Background color of multiple document interface (MDI) applications.
COLOR_BACKGROUND → const int: Desktop.
COLOR_BTNFACE → const int: Face color for three-dimensional display elements and for dialog box backgrounds.
COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT → const int: Highlight color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source.)
COLOR_BTNSHADOW → const int: Shadow color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing away from the light source).
COLOR_BTNTEXT → const int: Text on push buttons.
COLOR_CAPTIONTEXT → const int: Text in caption, size box, and scroll bar arrow box.
COLOR_GRAYTEXT → const int: Grayed (disabled) text.
COLOR_HIGHLIGHT → const int: Item(s) selected in a control.
COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT → const int: Text of item(s) selected in a control.
COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER → const int: Inactive window border.
COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION → const int: Inactive window caption.
COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT → const int: Color of text in an inactive caption.
COLOR_MENU → const int: Menu background.
COLOR_MENUTEXT → const int: Text in menus.
COLOR_SCROLLBAR → const int: Scroll bar gray area.
COLOR_WINDOW → const int: Window background.
COLOR_WINDOWFRAME → const int: Window frame.
COLOR_WINDOWTEXT → const int: Text in windows.
COLORMGMTCAPS → const int: Value that indicates the color management capabilities of the device.
COLORONCOLOR → const int: Deletes the pixels. This mode deletes all eliminated lines of pixels without trying to preserve their information.
COLORRES → const int: Actual color resolution of the device, in bits per pixel. This index is valid only if the device driver sets the RC_PALETTE bit in the RASTERCAPS index and is available only if the driver is compatible with 16-bit Windows.
CREATE_ALWAYS → const int: Creates a new file, always.
CREATE_NEW → const int: Creates a new file, only if it does not already exist.
CS_BYTEALIGNCLIENT → const int: Aligns the window's client area on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display.
CS_BYTEALIGNWINDOW → const int: Aligns the window on a byte boundary (in the x direction). This style affects the width of the window and its horizontal placement on the display.
CS_CLASSDC → const int: Allocates one device context to be shared by all windows in the class. Because window classes are process specific, it is possible for multiple threads of an application to create a window of the same class. It is also possible for the threads to attempt to use the device context simultaneously. When this happens, the system allows only one thread to successfully finish its drawing operation.
CS_DBLCLKS → const int: Sends a double-click message to the window procedure when the user double-clicks the mouse while the cursor is within a window belonging to the class.
CS_DROPSHADOW → const int: Enables the drop shadow effect on a window. The effect is turned on and off through SPI_SETDROPSHADOW. Typically, this is enabled for small, short-lived windows such as menus to emphasize their Z-order relationship to other windows. Windows created from a class with this style must be top-level windows; they may not be child windows.
CS_GLOBALCLASS → const int: Indicates that the window class is an application global class.
CS_HREDRAW → const int: Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the width of the client area.
CS_NOCLOSE → const int: Disables Close on the window menu.
CS_OWNDC → const int: Allocates a unique device context for each window in the class.
CS_PARENTDC → const int: Sets the clipping rectangle of the child window to that of the parent window so that the child can draw on the parent. A window with the CS_PARENTDC style bit receives a regular device context from the system's cache of device contexts. It does not give the child the parent's device context or device context settings. Specifying CS_PARENTDC enhances an application's performance.
CS_SAVEBITS → const int: Saves, as a bitmap, the portion of the screen image obscured by a window of this class. When the window is removed, the system uses the saved bitmap to restore the screen image, including other windows that were obscured. Therefore, the system does not send WM_PAINT messages to windows that were obscured if the memory used by the bitmap has not been discarded and if other screen actions have not invalidated the stored image.
CS_VREDRAW → const int: Redraws the entire window if a movement or size adjustment changes the height of the client area.
CURVECAPS → const int: Value that indicates the curve capabilities of the device.
DBT_CONFIGCHANGECANCELED → const int: A request to change the current configuration (dock or undock) has been canceled.
DBT_CONFIGCHANGED → const int: The current configuration has changed, due to a dock or undock.
DBT_CUSTOMEVENT → const int: A custom event has occurred.
DBT_DEVICEARRIVAL → const int: A device or piece of media has been inserted and is now available.
DBT_DEVICEQUERYREMOVE → const int: Permission is requested to remove a device or piece of media. Any application can deny this request and cancel the removal.
DBT_DEVICEQUERYREMOVEFAILED → const int: A request to remove a device or piece of media has been canceled.
DBT_DEVICEREMOVECOMPLETE → const int: A device or piece of media has been removed.
DBT_DEVICEREMOVEPENDING → const int: A device or piece of media is about to be removed. Cannot be denied.
DBT_DEVICETYPESPECIFIC → const int: A device-specific event has occurred.
DBT_DEVNODES_CHANGED → const int: A device has been added to or removed from the system.
DBT_QUERYCHANGECONFIG → const int: Permission is requested to change the current configuration (dock or undock).
DBT_USERDEFINED → const int: The meaning of this message is user-defined.
DEACTIVATE_ACTCTX_FLAG_FORCE_EARLY_DEACTIVATION → const int: Indicates how the activation context is to be deactivated.
DELETE → const int: The right to delete the object.
DESKTOPHORZRES → const int
DESKTOPVERTRES → const int
DEVICE_NOTIFY_SERVICE_HANDLE → const int: Notifications are sent to the HandlerEx callback function with a dwControl parameter of SERVICE_CONTROL_POWEREVENT and a dwEventType of PBT_POWERSETTINGCHANGE.
DEVICE_NOTIFY_WINDOW_HANDLE → const int: Notifications are sent using WM_POWERBROADCAST messages with a wParam parameter of PBT_POWERSETTINGCHANGE.
DICS_FLAG_CONFIGGENERAL → const int: (Obsolete. Do not use.)
DICS_FLAG_CONFIGSPECIFIC → const int: Make the change in the specified profile only.
DICS_FLAG_GLOBAL → const int: Make the change in all hardware profiles.
DIGCF_ALLCLASSES → const int: Return a list of installed devices for all device setup classes or all device interface classes.
DIGCF_DEFAULT → const int: Return only the device that is associated with the system default device interface, if one is set, for the specified device interface classes.
DIGCF_DEVICEINTERFACE → const int: Return devices that support device interfaces for the specified device interface classes.
DIGCF_PRESENT → const int: Return only devices that are currently present in a system.
DIGCF_PROFILE → const int: Return only devices that are a part of the current hardware profile.
DIREG_BOTH → const int: Both hardware and software keys.
DIREG_DEV → const int: Hardware key for the device.
DIREG_DRV → const int: Software key for the device.
DISABLE_NEWLINE_AUTO_RETURN → const int: When writing with WriteFile or WriteConsole, this adds an additional state to end-of-line wrapping that can delay the cursor move and buffer scroll operations.
DISPATCH_METHOD → const int: The member is invoked as a method. If a property has the same name, both this and the DISPATCH_PROPERTYGET flag can be set.
DISPATCH_PROPERTYGET → const int: The member is retrieved as a property or data member.
DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUT → const int: The member is changed as a property or data member.
DISPATCH_PROPERTYPUTREF → const int: The member is changed by a reference assignment, rather than a value assignment. This flag is valid only when the property accepts a reference to an object.
DISPLAY_DEVICE_ACTIVE → const int: DISPLAY_DEVICE_ACTIVE specifies whether a monitor is presented as being "on" by the respective GDI view.
DISPLAY_DEVICE_MIRRORING_DRIVER → const int: Represents a pseudo device used to mirror application drawing for remoting or other purposes. An invisible pseudo monitor is associated with this device. For example, NetMeeting uses it. Note that GetSystemMetrics (SM_MONITORS) only accounts for visible display monitors.
DISPLAY_DEVICE_MODESPRUNED → const int: The device has more display modes than its output devices support.
DISPLAY_DEVICE_PRIMARY_DEVICE → const int: The primary desktop is on the device. For a system with a single display card, this is always set. For a system with multiple display cards, only one device can have this set.
DISPLAY_DEVICE_REMOVABLE → const int: The device is removable; it cannot be the primary display.
DISPLAY_DEVICE_VGA_COMPATIBLE → const int: The device is VGA compatible.
DONT_RESOLVE_DLL_REFERENCES → const int: If this value is used, and the executable module is a DLL, the system does not call DllMain for process and thread initialization and termination. Also, the system does not load additional executable modules that are referenced by the specified module.
DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT_PER_MONITOR_AWARE → const int: Per monitor DPI aware. This window checks for the DPI when it is created and adjusts the scale factor whenever the DPI changes. These processes are not automatically scaled by the system.
DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT_PER_MONITOR_AWARE_V2 → const int: Also known as Per Monitor v2. An advancement over the original per-monitor DPI awareness mode, which enables applications to access new DPI-related scaling behaviors on a per top-level window basis.
DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT_SYSTEM_AWARE → const int: System DPI aware. This window does not scale for DPI changes. It will query for the DPI once and use that value for the lifetime of the process. If the DPI changes, the process will not adjust to the new DPI value. It will be automatically scaled up or down by the system when the DPI changes from the system value.
DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT_UNAWARE → const int: DPI unaware. This window does not scale for DPI changes and is always assumed to have a scale factor of 100% (96 DPI). It will be automatically scaled by the system on any other DPI setting.
DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT_UNAWARE_GDISCALED → const int: DPI unaware with improved quality of GDI-based content. This mode behaves similarly to DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT_UNAWARE, but also enables the system to automatically improve the rendering quality of text and other GDI-based primitives when the window is displayed on a high-DPI monitor.
DRIVERVERSION → const int: The device driver version.
DS_3DLOOK → const int: Obsolete. Do not use.
DS_ABSALIGN → const int: Indicates that the coordinates of the dialog box are screen coordinates. If this style is not specified, the coordinates are client coordinates.
DS_CENTER → const int: Centers the dialog box in the working area of the monitor that contains the owner window. If no owner window is specified, the dialog box is centered in the working area of a monitor determined by the system. The working area is the area not obscured by the taskbar or any appbars.
DS_CENTERMOUSE → const int: Centers the dialog box on the mouse cursor.
DS_CONTEXTHELP → const int: Includes a question mark in the title bar of the dialog box. When the user clicks the question mark, the cursor changes to a question mark with a pointer.
DS_CONTROL → const int: Creates a dialog box that works well as a child window of another dialog box, much like a page in a property sheet. This style allows the user to tab among the control windows of a child dialog box, use its accelerator keys, and so on.
DS_FIXEDSYS → const int: Causes the dialog box to use the monospace SYSTEM_FIXED_FONT instead of the default SYSTEM_FONT.
DS_LOCALEDIT → const int: Obsolete. Do not use.
DS_MODALFRAME → const int: Creates a dialog box with a modal dialog-box frame that can be combined with a title bar and window menu by specifying the WS_CAPTION and WS_SYSMENU styles.
DS_NOFAILCREATE → const int: Creates the dialog box even if errors occur for example, if a child window cannot be created or if the system cannot create a special data segment for an edit control.
DS_NOIDLEMSG → const int: Suppresses WM_ENTERIDLE messages that the system would otherwise send to the owner of the dialog box while the dialog box is displayed.
DS_SETFONT → const int: Indicates that the header of the dialog box template (either standard or extended) contains additional data specifying the font to use for text in the client area and controls of the dialog box.
DS_SETFOREGROUND → const int: Causes the system to use the SetForegroundWindow function to bring the dialog box to the foreground. This style is useful for modal dialog boxes that require immediate attention from the user regardless of whether the owner window is the foreground window.
DS_SHELLFONT → const int: Indicates that the dialog box should use the system font. The typeface member of the extended dialog box template must be set to MS Shell Dlg. Otherwise, this style has no effect.
DS_SYSMODAL → const int: Obsolete. Do not use.
DT_BOTTOM → const int: Justifies the text to the bottom of the rectangle. This value is used only with the DT_SINGLELINE value.
DT_CALCRECT → const int: Determines the width and height of the rectangle. If there are multiple lines of text, DrawText uses the width of the rectangle pointed to by the lpRect parameter and extends the base of the rectangle to bound the last line of text. If the largest word is wider than the rectangle, the width is expanded. If the text is less than the width of the rectangle, the width is reduced. If there is only one line of text, DrawText modifies the right side of the rectangle so that it bounds the last character in the line. In either case, DrawText returns the height of the formatted text but does not draw the text.
DT_CENTER → const int: Centers text horizontally in the rectangle.
DT_EDITCONTROL → const int: Duplicates the text-displaying characteristics of a multiline edit control. Specifically, the average character width is calculated in the same manner as for an edit control, and the function does not display a partially visible last line.
DT_END_ELLIPSIS → const int: For displayed text, if the end of a string does not fit in the rectangle, it is truncated and ellipses are added. If a word that is not at the end of the string goes beyond the limits of the rectangle, it is truncated without ellipses.
DT_EXPANDTABS → const int: Expands tab characters. The default number of characters per tab is eight. The DT_WORD_ELLIPSIS, DT_PATH_ELLIPSIS, and DT_END_ELLIPSIS values cannot be used with the DT_EXPANDTABS value.
DT_EXTERNALLEADING → const int: Includes the font external leading in line height. Normally, external leading is not included in the height of a line of text.
DT_HIDEPREFIX → const int: Ignores the ampersand (&) prefix character in the text. The letter that follows will not be underlined, but other mnemonic-prefix characters are still processed.
DT_INTERNAL → const int: Uses the system font to calculate text metrics.
DT_LEFT → const int: Aligns text to the left.
DT_MODIFYSTRING → const int: Modifies the specified string to match the displayed text. This value has no effect unless DT_END_ELLIPSIS or DT_PATH_ELLIPSIS is specified.
DT_NOCLIP → const int: Draws without clipping. DrawText is somewhat faster when DT_NOCLIP is used.
DT_NOFULLWIDTHCHARBREAK → const int: Prevents a line break at a DBCS (double-wide character string), so that the line breaking rule is equivalent to SBCS strings. For example, this can be used in Korean windows, for more readability of icon labels. This value has no effect unless DT_WORDBREAK is specified.
DT_NOPREFIX → const int: Turns off processing of prefix characters. Normally, DrawText interprets the mnemonic-prefix character & as a directive to underscore the character that follows, and the mnemonic-prefix characters && as a directive to print a single &. By specifying DT_NOPREFIX, this processing is turned off.
DT_PATH_ELLIPSIS → const int: For displayed text, replaces characters in the middle of the string with ellipses so that the result fits in the specified rectangle. If the string contains backslash (\) characters, DT_PATH_ELLIPSIS preserves as much as possible of the text after the last backslash.
DT_PREFIXONLY → const int: Draws only an underline at the position of the character following the ampersand (&) prefix character. Does not draw any other characters in the string.
DT_RIGHT → const int: Aligns text to the right.
DT_RTLREADING → const int: Layout in right-to-left reading order for bidirectional text when the font selected into the hdc is a Hebrew or Arabic font. The default reading order for all text is left-to-right.
DT_SINGLELINE → const int: Displays text on a single line only. Carriage returns and line feeds do not break the line.
DT_TABSTOP → const int: Sets tab stops. Bits 15-8 (high-order byte of the low-order word) of the uFormat parameter specify the number of characters for each tab. The default number of characters per tab is eight. The DT_CALCRECT, DT_EXTERNALLEADING, DT_INTERNAL, DT_NOCLIP, and DT_NOPREFIX values cannot be used with the DT_TABSTOP value.
DT_TOP → const int: Justifies the text to the top of the rectangle.
DT_VCENTER → const int: Centers text vertically. This value is used only with the DT_SINGLELINE value.
DT_WORD_ELLIPSIS → const int: Truncates any word that does not fit in the rectangle and adds ellipses.
DT_WORDBREAK → const int: Breaks words. Lines are automatically broken between words if a word would extend past the edge of the rectangle specified by the lpRect parameter. A carriage return-line feed sequence also breaks the line.
DTR_CONTROL_DISABLE → const int: Disables the DTR line when the device is opened and leaves it disabled.
DTR_CONTROL_ENABLE → const int: Enables the DTR line when the device is opened and leaves it on.
DTR_CONTROL_HANDSHAKE → const int: Enables DTR handshaking. If handshaking is enabled, it is an error for the application to adjust the line by using the EscapeCommFunction function.
DTT_APPLYOVERLAY → const int: The fApplyOverlay member value is valid.
DTT_BORDERCOLOR → const int: The crBorder member value is valid.
DTT_BORDERSIZE → const int: The iBorderSize member value is valid.
DTT_CALCRECT → const int: The pRect parameter of the DrawThemeTextEx function that uses this structure will be used as both an in and an out parameter. After the function returns, the pRect parameter will contain the rectangle that corresponds to the region calculated to be drawn.
DTT_CALLBACK → const int: The pfnDrawTextCallback member value is valid.
DTT_COLORPROP → const int: The iColorPropId member value is valid.
DTT_COMPOSITED → const int: Draws text with antialiased alpha. Use of this flag requires a top-down DIB section. This flag works only if the HDC passed to function DrawThemeTextEx has a top-down DIB section currently selected in it.
DTT_FONTPROP → const int: The iFontPropId member value is valid.
DTT_GLOWSIZE → const int: The iGlowSize member value is valid.
DTT_SHADOWCOLOR → const int: The crShadow member value is valid.
DTT_SHADOWOFFSET → const int: The ptShadowOffset member value is valid.
DTT_SHADOWTYPE → const int: The iTextShadowType member value is valid.
DTT_STATEID → const int: The iStateId member value is valid.
DTT_TEXTCOLOR → const int: The crText member value is valid.
DTT_VALIDBITS → const int: All valid bits
DWM_BB_BLURREGION → const int: A value for the hRgnBlur member has been specified.
DWM_BB_ENABLE → const int: A value for the fEnable member has been specified.
DWM_BB_TRANSITIONONMAXIMIZED → const int: A value for the fTransitionOnMaximized member has been specified.
EC_LEFTMARGIN → const int: Sets the left margin.
EC_RIGHTMARGIN → const int: Sets the right margin.
EC_USEFONTINFO → const int: Rich edit controls: Sets the left and right margins to a narrow width calculated using the text metrics of the control's current font.
EM_CANUNDO → const int: Determines whether there are any actions in an edit control's undo queue.
EM_CHARFROMPOS → const int: Gets information about the character closest to a specified point in the client area of an edit control.
EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER → const int: Resets the undo flag of an edit control.
EM_ENABLEFEATURE → const int: Allows enterprise data protection support and paste notifications to be set.
EM_FMTLINES → const int: Sets a flag that determines whether a multiline edit control includes soft line-break characters.
EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE → const int: Gets the zero-based index of the uppermost visible line in a multiline edit control.
EM_GETHANDLE → const int: Gets a handle of the memory currently allocated for a multiline edit control's text.
EM_GETIMESTATUS → const int: Gets a set of status flags that indicate how the edit control interacts with the Input Method Editor (IME).
EM_GETLIMITTEXT → const int: Gets the current text limit for an edit control.
EM_GETLINE → const int: Copies a line of text from an edit control and places it in a specified buffer.
EM_GETLINECOUNT → const int: Gets the number of lines in a multiline edit control.
EM_GETMARGINS → const int: Gets the widths of the left and right margins for an edit control.
EM_GETMODIFY → const int: Gets the state of an edit control's modification flag.
EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR → const int: Gets the password character that an edit control displays when the user enters text.
EM_GETRECT → const int: Gets the formatting rectangle of an edit control.
EM_GETSEL → const int: Gets the starting and ending character positions (in TCHARs) of the current selection in an edit control.
EM_GETTHUMB → const int: Gets the position of the scroll box (thumb) in the vertical scroll bar of a multiline edit control.
EM_GETWORDBREAKPROC → const int: Gets the address of the current Wordwrap function.
EM_LIMITTEXT → const int: Sets the text limit of an edit control.
EM_LINEFROMCHAR → const int: Gets the index of the line that contains the specified character index in a multiline edit control.
EM_LINEINDEX → const int: Gets the character index of the first character of a specified line in a multiline edit control.
EM_LINELENGTH → const int: Retrieves the length, in characters, of a line in an edit control.
EM_LINESCROLL → const int: Scrolls the text in a multiline edit control.
EM_POSFROMCHAR → const int: Retrieves the client area coordinates of a specified character in an edit control.
EM_REPLACESEL → const int: Replaces the selected text in an edit control or a rich edit control with the specified text.
EM_SCROLL → const int: Scrolls the text vertically in a multiline edit control.
EM_SCROLLCARET → const int: Scrolls the caret into view in an edit control.
EM_SETHANDLE → const int: Sets the handle of the memory that will be used by a multiline edit control.
EM_SETIMESTATUS → const int: Sets the status flags that determine how an edit control interacts with the Input Method Editor (IME).
EM_SETLIMITTEXT → const int: Sets the text limit of an edit control.
EM_SETMARGINS → const int: Sets the widths of the left and right margins for an edit control.
EM_SETMODIFY → const int: Sets or clears the modification flag for an edit control.
EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR → const int: Sets or removes the password character for an edit control.
EM_SETREADONLY → const int: Sets or removes the read-only style (ES_READONLY) of an edit control.
EM_SETRECT → const int: Sets the formatting rectangle of a multiline edit control.
EM_SETRECTNP → const int: Sets the formatting rectangle of a multiline edit control.
EM_SETSEL → const int: Selects a range of characters in an edit control.
EM_SETTABSTOPS → const int: The EM_SETTABSTOPS message sets the tab stops in a multiline edit control. When text is copied to the control, any tab character in the text causes space to be generated up to the next tab stop.
EM_SETWORDBREAKPROC → const int: Replaces an edit control's default Wordwrap function with an application-defined Wordwrap function.
EM_UNDO → const int: This message undoes the last edit control operation in the control's undo queue.
EN_ALIGN_LTR_EC → const int: Sent when the user has changed the edit control direction to left-to-right.
EN_ALIGN_RTL_EC → const int: Sent when the user has changed the edit control direction to right-to-left.
EN_CHANGE → const int: Sent when the user has taken an action that may have altered text in an edit control.
EN_ERRSPACE → const int: Sent when an edit control cannot allocate enough memory to meet a specific request.
EN_HSCROLL → const int: Sent when the user clicks an edit control's horizontal scroll bar.
EN_KILLFOCUS → const int: Sent when an edit control loses the keyboard focus.
EN_MAXTEXT → const int: Sent when the current text insertion has exceeded the specified number of characters for the edit control. The text insertion has been truncated.
EN_SETFOCUS → const int: Sent when an edit control receives the keyboard focus.
EN_UPDATE → const int: Sent when an edit control is about to redraw itself. This notification code is sent after the control has formatted the text, but before it displays the text. This makes it possible to resize the edit control window, if necessary.
EN_VSCROLL → const int: Sent when the user clicks an edit control's vertical scroll bar or when the user scrolls the mouse wheel over the edit control.
ENABLE_ECHO_INPUT → const int: Characters read by the ReadFile or ReadConsole function are written to the active screen buffer as they are read. This mode can be used only if the ENABLE_LINE_INPUT mode is also enabled.
ENABLE_EXTENDED_FLAGS → const int: Required to enable or disable extended flags. See ENABLE_INSERT_MODE and ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE.
ENABLE_INSERT_MODE → const int: When enabled, text entered in a console window will be inserted at the current cursor location and all text following that location will not be overwritten. When disabled, all following text will be overwritten.
ENABLE_LINE_INPUT → const int: The ReadFile or ReadConsole function returns only when a carriage return character is read. If this mode is disabled, the functions return when one or more characters are available.
ENABLE_LVB_GRID_WORLDWIDE → const int: The APIs for writing character attributes including WriteConsoleOutput and WriteConsoleOutputAttribute allow the usage of flags from character attributes to adjust the color of the foreground and background of text. Additionally, a range of DBCS flags was specified with the COMMON_LVB prefix. Historically, these flags only functioned in DBCS code pages for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean languages.
ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT → const int: If the mouse pointer is within the borders of the console window and the window has the keyboard focus, mouse events generated by mouse movement and button presses are placed in the input buffer. These events are discarded by ReadFile or ReadConsole, even when this mode is enabled.
ENABLE_PROCESSED_INPUT → const int: CTRL+C is processed by the system and is not placed in the input buffer. If the input buffer is being read by ReadFile or ReadConsole, other control keys are processed by the system and are not returned in the ReadFile or ReadConsole buffer. If the ENABLE_LINE_INPUT mode is also enabled, backspace, carriage return, and line feed characters are handled by the system.
ENABLE_PROCESSED_OUTPUT → const int: Characters written by the WriteFile or WriteConsole function or echoed by the ReadFile or ReadConsole function are examined for ASCII control sequences and the correct action is performed. Backspace, tab, bell, carriage return, and line feed characters are processed.
ENABLE_QUICK_EDIT_MODE → const int: This flag enables the user to use the mouse to select and edit text.
ENABLE_VIRTUAL_TERMINAL_INPUT → const int: Setting this flag directs the Virtual Terminal processing engine to convert user input received by the console window into Console Virtual Terminal Sequences that can be retrieved by a supporting application through ReadFile or ReadConsole functions.
ENABLE_VIRTUAL_TERMINAL_PROCESSING → const int: When writing with WriteFile or WriteConsole, characters are parsed for VT100 and similar control character sequences that control cursor movement, color/font mode, and other operations that can also be performed via the existing Console APIs. For more information, see Console Virtual Terminal Sequences.
ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT → const int: User interactions that change the size of the console screen buffer are reported in the console's input buffer. Information about these events can be read from the input buffer by applications using the ReadConsoleInput function, but not by those using ReadFile or ReadConsole.
ENABLE_WRAP_AT_EOL_OUTPUT → const int: When writing with WriteFile or WriteConsole or echoing with ReadFile or ReadConsole, the cursor moves to the beginning of the next row when it reaches the end of the current row. This causes the rows displayed in the console window to scroll up automatically when the cursor advances beyond the last row in the window. It also causes the contents of the console screen buffer to scroll up (discarding the top row of the console screen buffer) when the cursor advances beyond the last row in the console screen buffer. If this mode is disabled, the last character in the row is overwritten with any subsequent characters.
ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED → const int: Access is denied.
ERROR_ADAP_HDW_ERR → const int: A network adapter hardware error occurred.
ERROR_ALREADY_ASSIGNED → const int: The local device name is already in use.
ERROR_ARENA_TRASHED → const int: The storage control blocks were destroyed.
ERROR_BAD_COMMAND → const int: The device does not recognize the command.
ERROR_BAD_DEV_TYPE → const int: The network resource type is not correct.
ERROR_BAD_ENVIRONMENT → const int: The environment is incorrect.
ERROR_BAD_FORMAT → const int: An attempt was made to load a program with an incorrect format.
ERROR_BAD_LENGTH → const int: The program issued a command but the command length is incorrect.
ERROR_BAD_NET_NAME → const int: The network name cannot be found.
ERROR_BAD_NET_RESP → const int: The specified server cannot perform the requested operation.
ERROR_BAD_NETPATH → const int: The network path was not found.
ERROR_BAD_REM_ADAP → const int: The remote adapter is not compatible.
ERROR_BAD_UNIT → const int: The system cannot find the device specified.
ERROR_CANNOT_MAKE → const int: The directory or file cannot be created.
ERROR_CRC → const int: Data error (cyclic redundancy check).
ERROR_CURRENT_DIRECTORY → const int: The directory cannot be removed.
ERROR_DEV_NOT_EXIST → const int: The specified network resource or device is no longer available.
ERROR_DEVICE_NOT_CONNECTED → const int: The device is not connected.
ERROR_DUP_NAME → const int: You were not connected because a duplicate name exists on the network. If joining a domain, go to System in Control Panel to change the computer name and try again. If joining a workgroup, choose another workgroup name.
ERROR_EXCL_SEM_ALREADY_OWNED → const int: The exclusive semaphore is owned by another process.
ERROR_FAIL_I24 → const int: Fail on INT 24.
ERROR_FILE_EXISTS → const int: The file exists.
ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND → const int: The system cannot find the file specified.
ERROR_GEN_FAILURE → const int: A device attached to the system is not functioning.
ERROR_HANDLE_DISK_FULL → const int: The disk is full.
ERROR_HANDLE_EOF → const int: Reached the end of the file.
ERROR_INVALID_ACCESS → const int: The access code is invalid.
ERROR_INVALID_AT_INTERRUPT_TIME → const int: Cannot request exclusive semaphores at interrupt time.
ERROR_INVALID_BLOCK → const int: The storage control block address is invalid.
ERROR_INVALID_DATA → const int: The data is invalid.
ERROR_INVALID_DRIVE → const int: The system cannot find the drive specified.
ERROR_INVALID_FUNCTION → const int: Incorrect function.
ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE → const int: The handle is invalid.
ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER → const int: The parameter is incorrect.
ERROR_INVALID_PASSWORD → const int: The specified network password is not correct.
ERROR_LOCK_VIOLATION → const int: The process cannot access the file because another process has locked a portion of the file.
ERROR_NET_WRITE_FAULT → const int: A write fault occurred on the network.
ERROR_NETNAME_DELETED → const int: The specified network name is no longer available.
ERROR_NETWORK_ACCESS_DENIED → const int: Network access is denied.
ERROR_NETWORK_BUSY → const int: The network is busy.
ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES → const int: There are no more files.
ERROR_NO_PROC_SLOTS → const int: The system cannot start another process at this time.
ERROR_NO_SPOOL_SPACE → const int: Space to store the file waiting to be printed is not available on the server.
ERROR_NOT_DOS_DISK → const int: The specified disk or diskette cannot be accessed.
ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY → const int: Not enough memory resources are available to process this command.
ERROR_NOT_READY → const int: The device is not ready.
ERROR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE → const int: The system cannot move the file to a different disk drive.
ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED → const int: The request is not supported.
ERROR_OUT_OF_PAPER → const int: The printer is out of paper.
ERROR_OUT_OF_STRUCTURES → const int: Storage to process this request is not available.
ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY → const int: Not enough storage is available to complete this operation.
ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND → const int: The system cannot find the path specified.
ERROR_PRINT_CANCELLED → const int: Your file waiting to be printed was deleted.
ERROR_PRINTQ_FULL → const int: The printer queue is full.
ERROR_READ_FAULT → const int: The system cannot read from the specified device.
ERROR_REDIR_PAUSED → const int: The specified printer or disk device has been paused.
ERROR_REM_NOT_LIST → const int: Windows cannot find the network path. Verify that the network path is correct and the destination computer is not busy or turned off. If Windows still cannot find the network path, contact your network administrator.
ERROR_REQ_NOT_ACCEP → const int: No more connections can be made to this remote computer at this time because there are already as many connections as the computer can accept.
ERROR_SECTOR_NOT_FOUND → const int: The drive cannot find the sector requested.
ERROR_SEEK → const int: The drive cannot locate a specific area or track on the disk.
ERROR_SEM_IS_SET → const int: The semaphore is set and cannot be closed.
ERROR_SERVICE_NOT_ACTIVE → const int: The service has not been started.
ERROR_SHARING_BUFFER_EXCEEDED → const int: Too many files opened for sharing.
ERROR_SHARING_PAUSED → const int: The remote server has been paused or is in the process of being started.
ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION → const int: The process cannot access the file because it is being used by another process.
ERROR_SUCCESS → const int: The operation completed successfully.
ERROR_TOO_MANY_CMDS → const int: The network BIOS command limit has been reached.
ERROR_TOO_MANY_NAMES → const int: The name limit for the local computer network adapter card was exceeded.
ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES → const int: The system cannot open the file.
ERROR_TOO_MANY_SEM_REQUESTS → const int: The semaphore cannot be set again.
ERROR_TOO_MANY_SEMAPHORES → const int: Cannot create another system semaphore.
ERROR_TOO_MANY_SESS → const int: The network BIOS session limit was exceeded.
ERROR_UNEXP_NET_ERR → const int: An unexpected network error occurred.
ERROR_WRITE_FAULT → const int: The system cannot write to the specified device.
ERROR_WRITE_PROTECT → const int: The media is write protected.
ERROR_WRONG_DISK → const int: The wrong diskette is in the drive.
ES_AUTOHSCROLL → const int: Automatically scrolls text to the right by 10 characters when the user types a character at the end of the line. When the user presses the ENTER key, the control scrolls all text back to position zero.
ES_AUTOVSCROLL → const int: Automatically scrolls text up one page when the user presses the ENTER key on the last line.
ES_AWAYMODE_REQUIRED → const int: Enables away mode. This value must be specified with ES_CONTINUOUS.
ES_CENTER → const int: Centers text in a single-line or multiline edit control.
ES_CONTINUOUS → const int: Informs the system that the state being set should remain in effect until the next call that uses ES_CONTINUOUS and one of the other state flags is cleared.
ES_DISPLAY_REQUIRED → const int: Forces the display to be on by resetting the display idle timer.
ES_LEFT → const int: Aligns text with the left margin.
ES_LOWERCASE → const int: Converts all characters to lowercase as they are typed into the edit control.
ES_MULTILINE → const int: Designates a multiline edit control. The default is single-line edit control.
ES_NOHIDESEL → const int: Negates the default behavior for an edit control. The default behavior hides the selection when the control loses the input focus and inverts the selection when the control receives the input focus. If you specify ES_NOHIDESEL, the selected text is inverted, even if the control does not have the focus.
ES_NUMBER → const int: Allows only digits to be entered into the edit control. Note that, even with this set, it is still possible to paste non-digits into the edit control.
ES_OEMCONVERT → const int: Converts text entered in the edit control. The text is converted from the Windows character set to the OEM character set and then back to the Windows character set. This ensures proper character conversion when the application calls the CharToOem function to convert a Windows string in the edit control to OEM characters. This style is most useful for edit controls that contain file names that will be used on file systems that do not support Unicode.
ES_PASSWORD → const int: Displays an asterisk (*) for each character typed into the edit control. This style is valid only for single-line edit controls.
ES_READONLY → const int: Prevents the user from typing or editing text in the edit control.
ES_RIGHT → const int: Right-aligns text in a single-line or multiline edit control.
ES_SYSTEM_REQUIRED → const int: Forces the system to be in the working state by resetting the system idle timer.
ES_UPPERCASE → const int: Converts all characters to uppercase as they are typed into the edit control.
ES_USER_PRESENT → const int: This value is not supported. If ES_USER_PRESENT is combined with other esFlags values, the call will fail and none of the specified states will be set.
ES_WANTRETURN → const int: Specifies that a carriage return be inserted when the user presses the ENTER key while entering text into a multiline edit control in a dialog box. If you do not specify this style, pressing the ENTER key has the same effect as pressing the dialog box's default push button. This style has no effect on a single-line edit control.
EVENPARITY → const int: Even parity.
FACILITY_CERT → const int: The source of the error code is a certificate client or server
FACILITY_CONTROL → const int: The source of the error code is the control mechanism.
FACILITY_DISPATCH → const int: For late-binding IDispatch interface errors.
FACILITY_INTERNET → const int: The source of the error code is Wininet related.
FACILITY_ITF → const int: For most status codes returned from interface methods. The actual meaning of the error is defined by the interface. That is, two HRESULTs with exactly the same 32-bit value returned from two different interfaces might have different meanings.
FACILITY_NULL → const int: For broadly applicable common status codes such as S_OK.
FACILITY_RPC → const int: For status codes returned from remote procedure calls.
FACILITY_SECURITY → const int: The source of the error code is the Security API layer.
FACILITY_SSPI → const int: The source of the error code is the Security API layer.
FACILITY_STORAGE → const int: For status codes returned from IStorage or IStream method calls relating to structured storage. Status codes whose code (lower 16 bits) value is in the range of MS-DOS error codes (that is, less than 256) have the same meaning as the corresponding MS-DOS error.
FACILITY_WIN32 → const int: Used to provide a means of handling error codes from functions in the Windows API as an HRESULT. Error codes in 16-bit OLE that duplicated system error codes have also been changed to FACILITY_WIN32.
FACILITY_WINDOWS → const int: Used for additional error codes from Microsoft-defined interfaces.
FALSE → const int: Boolean false value returned from the Win32 API
FILE_CASE_PRESERVED_NAMES → const int: The file system supports preserved case of file names when it places a name on disk.
FILE_CASE_SENSITIVE_SEARCH → const int: The file system supports case-sensitive file names.
FILE_DAX_VOLUME → const int: The specified volume is a direct access (DAX) volume.
FILE_FILE_COMPRESSION → const int: The file system supports file-based compression.
FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS → const int: The file is being opened or created for a backup or restore operation. The system ensures that the calling process overrides file security checks when the process has SE_BACKUP_NAME and SE_RESTORE_NAME privileges.
FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE → const int: The file is to be deleted immediately after all of its handles are closed, which includes the specified handle and any other open or duplicated handles.
FILE_FLAG_FIRST_PIPE_INSTANCE → const int: If you attempt to create multiple instances of a pipe with this flag, creation of the first instance succeeds, but creation of the next instance fails with ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED.
FILE_FLAG_NO_BUFFERING → const int: The file or device is being opened with no system caching for data reads and writes. This flag does not affect hard disk caching or memory mapped files
FILE_FLAG_OPEN_NO_RECALL → const int: The file data is requested, but it should continue to be located in remote storage. It should not be transported back to local storage. This flag is for use by remote storage systems.
FILE_FLAG_OPEN_REPARSE_POINT → const int: Normal reparse point processing will not occur; CreateFile will attempt to open the reparse point. When a file is opened, a file handle is returned, whether or not the filter that controls the reparse point is operational.
FILE_FLAG_OVERLAPPED → const int: The file or device is being opened or created for asynchronous I/O. When subsequent I/O operations are completed on this handle, the event specified in the OVERLAPPED structure will be set to the signaled state. If this flag is specified, the file can be used for simultaneous read and write operations. If this flag is not specified, then I/O operations are serialized, even if the calls to the read and write functions specify an OVERLAPPED structure.
FILE_FLAG_POSIX_SEMANTICS → const int: Access will occur according to POSIX rules. This includes allowing multiple files with names, differing only in case, for file systems that support that naming.
FILE_FLAG_RANDOM_ACCESS → const int: Access is intended to be random. The system can use this as a hint to optimize file caching.
FILE_FLAG_SEQUENTIAL_SCAN → const int: Access is intended to be sequential from beginning to end. The system can use this as a hint to optimize file caching.
FILE_FLAG_SESSION_AWARE → const int: The file or device is being opened with session awareness. If this flag is not specified, then per-session devices (such as a device using RemoteFX USB Redirection) cannot be opened by processes running in session 0. This flag has no effect for callers not in session 0. This flag is supported only on server editions of Windows.
FILE_FLAG_WRITE_THROUGH → const int: Write operations will not go through any intermediate cache, they will go directly to disk.
FILE_NAMED_STREAMS → const int: The file system supports named data streams for a file.
FILE_PERSISTENT_ACLS → const int: The file system preserves and enforces access control lists (ACL). For example, the NTFS file system preserves and enforces ACLs, and the FAT file system does not.
FILE_READ_ONLY_VOLUME → const int: The specified volume is read-only.
FILE_RETURNS_CLEANUP_RESULT_INFO → const int: On a successful cleanup operation, the file system returns information that describes additional actions taken during cleanup, such as deleting the file. File system filters can examine this information in their post-cleanup callback.
FILE_SEQUENTIAL_WRITE_ONCE → const int: The specified volume can be written to one time only. The write must be performed in sequential order.
FILE_SUPPORTS_BLOCK_REFCOUNTING → const int: The file system supports block cloning, that is, sharing logical clusters between files on the same volume. The file system reallocates on writes to shared clusters.
FILE_SUPPORTS_ENCRYPTION → const int: The file system supports the Encrypted File System (EFS).
FILE_SUPPORTS_EXTENDED_ATTRIBUTES → const int: The specified volume supports extended attributes. An extended attribute is a piece of application-specific metadata that an application can associate with a file and is not part of the file's data.
FILE_SUPPORTS_GHOSTING → const int: The file system supports ghosting.
FILE_SUPPORTS_HARD_LINKS → const int: The file system supports direct links to other devices and partitions.
FILE_SUPPORTS_INTEGRITY_STREAMS → const int: The file system supports integrity streams.
FILE_SUPPORTS_OBJECT_IDS → const int: The specified volume supports object identifiers.
FILE_SUPPORTS_OPEN_BY_FILE_ID → const int: The file system supports open by FileID.
FILE_SUPPORTS_POSIX_UNLINK_RENAME → const int: The file system supports POSIX-style delete and rename operations.
FILE_SUPPORTS_REMOTE_STORAGE → const int: The file system supports remote storage.
FILE_SUPPORTS_REPARSE_POINTS → const int: The file system supports reparse points.
FILE_SUPPORTS_SPARSE_FILES → const int: The file system supports sparse files.
FILE_SUPPORTS_SPARSE_VDL → const int: The file system tracks whether each cluster of a file contains valid data (either from explicit file writes or automatic zeros) or invalid data (has not yet been written to or zeroed). File systems that use sparse valid data length (VDL) do not store a valid data length and do not require that valid data be contiguous within a file.
FILE_SUPPORTS_TRANSACTIONS → const int: The file system supports transaction processing.
FILE_SUPPORTS_USN_JOURNAL → const int: The specified volume supports update sequence number (USN) journals.
FILE_UNICODE_ON_DISK → const int: The file system supports Unicode in file names as they appear on disk.
FILE_VOLUME_IS_COMPRESSED → const int: The file system is a compressed volume. This does not affect how data is transferred over the network.
FILE_VOLUME_QUOTAS → const int: The file system supports disk quotas.
FO_COPY → const int: Copy the files specified in the pFrom member to the location specified in the pTo member.
FO_DELETE → const int: Delete the files specified in pFrom.
FO_MOVE → const int: Move the files specified in pFrom to the location specified in pTo.
FO_RENAME → const int: Rename the file specified in pFrom. You cannot use this flag to rename multiple files with a single function call. Use FO_MOVE instead.
FOF_ALLOWUNDO → const int: Preserve undo information, if possible.
FOF_FILESONLY → const int: Perform the operation only on files (not on folders) if a wildcard file name (.) is specified.
FOF_MULTIDESTFILES → const int: The pTo member specifies multiple destination files (one for each source file in pFrom) rather than one directory where all source files are to be deposited.
FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS → const int: Do not move connected files as a group. Only move the specified files.
FOF_NO_UI → const int: Perform the operation silently, presenting no UI to the user.
FOF_NOCONFIRMATION → const int: Respond with Yes to All for any dialog box that is displayed.
FOF_NOCONFIRMMKDIR → const int: Do not ask the user to confirm the creation of a new directory if the operation requires one to be created.
FOF_NOCOPYSECURITYATTRIBS → const int: Do not copy the security attributes of the file. The destination file receives the security attributes of its new folder.
FOF_NOERRORUI → const int: Do not display a dialog to the user if an error occurs.
FOF_NORECURSION → const int: Only perform the operation in the local directory. Do not operate recursively into subdirectories, which is the default behavior.
FOF_RENAMEONCOLLISION → const int: Give the file being operated on a new name in a move, copy, or rename operation if a file with the target name already exists at the destination.
FOF_SILENT → const int: Do not display a progress dialog box.
FOF_SIMPLEPROGRESS → const int: Display a progress dialog box but do not show individual file names as they are operated on.
FOF_WANTMAPPINGHANDLE → const int: If FOF_RENAMEONCOLLISION is specified and any files were renamed, assign a name mapping object that contains their old and new names to the hNameMappings member. This object must be freed using SHFreeNameMappings when it is no longer needed.
FOF_WANTNUKEWARNING → const int: Send a warning if a file is being permanently destroyed during a delete operation rather than recycled. This flag partially overrides FOF_NOCONFIRMATION.
FORMAT_MESSAGE_ARGUMENT_ARRAY → const int: The Arguments parameter is not a va_list structure, but is a pointer to an array of values that represent the arguments.
FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_HMODULE → const int: The lpSource parameter is a module handle containing the message-table resource(s) to search. If this lpSource handle is NULL, the current process's application image file will be searched. This flag cannot be used with FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_STRING.
FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_STRING → const int: The lpSource parameter is a pointer to a null-terminated string that contains a message definition. The message definition may contain insert sequences, just as the message text in a message table resource may. This flag cannot be used with FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_HMODULE or FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM.
FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM → const int: The function should search the system message-table resource(s) for the requested message. If this flag is specified with FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_HMODULE, the function searches the system message table if the message is not found in the module specified by lpSource. This flag cannot be used with FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_STRING.
FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS → const int: Insert sequences in the message definition are to be ignored and passed through to the output buffer unchanged. This flag is useful for fetching a message for later formatting. If this flag is set, the Arguments parameter is ignored.
FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK → const int: The function ignores regular line breaks in the message definition text. The function stores hard-coded line breaks in the message definition text into the output buffer. The function generates no new line breaks.
FR_DIALOGTERM → const int: If set in a FINDMSGSTRING message, indicates that the dialog box is closing. When you receive a message with this flag set, the dialog box handle returned by the FindText or ReplaceText function is no longer valid.
FR_DOWN → const int: If set, the Down button of the direction radio buttons in a Find dialog box is selected indicating that you should search from the current location to the end of the document. If not set, the Up button is selected so you should search to the beginning of the document. You can set this flag to initialize the dialog box. If set in a FINDMSGSTRING message, indicates the user's selection.
FR_ENABLEHOOK → const int: Enables the hook function specified in the lpfnHook member. This flag is used only to initialize the dialog box.
FR_ENABLETEMPLATE → const int: Indicates that the hInstance and lpTemplateName members specify a dialog box template to use in place of the default template. This flag is used only to initialize the dialog box.
FR_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE → const int: Indicates that the hInstance member identifies a data block that contains a preloaded dialog box template. The system ignores the lpTemplateName member if this flag is specified.
FR_FINDNEXT → const int: If set in a FINDMSGSTRING message, indicates that the user clicked the Find Next button in a Find or Replace dialog box. The lpstrFindWhat member specifies the string to search for.
FR_HIDEMATCHCASE → const int: If set when initializing a Find or Replace dialog box, hides the Match Case check box.
FR_HIDEUPDOWN → const int: If set when initializing a Find dialog box, hides the search direction radio buttons.
FR_HIDEWHOLEWORD → const int: If set when initializing a Find or Replace dialog box, hides the Match Whole Word Only check box.
FR_MATCHALEFHAMZA → const int: If set, the search differentiates between Arabic and Hebrew alefs with different accents. If not set, all alefs are matched by the alef character alone.
FR_MATCHCASE → const int: If set, the Match Case check box is selected indicating that the search should be case-sensitive. If not set, the check box is unselected so the search should be case-insensitive. You can set this flag to initialize the dialog box. If set in a FINDMSGSTRING message, indicates the user's selection.
FR_MATCHDIAC → const int: If set, the search operation considers Arabic and Hebrew diacritical marks. If not set, diacritical marks are ignored.
FR_MATCHKASHIDA → const int: If set, the search operation considers Arabic and Hebrew kashidas. If not set, kashidas are ignored.
FR_NOMATCHCASE → const int: If set when initializing a Find or Replace dialog box, disables the Match Case check box.
FR_NOUPDOWN → const int: If set when initializing a Find dialog box, disables the search direction radio buttons.
FR_NOWHOLEWORD → const int: If set when initializing a Find or Replace dialog box, disables the Whole Word check box.
FR_REPLACE → const int: If set in a FINDMSGSTRING message, indicates that the user clicked the Replace button in a Replace dialog box. The lpstrFindWhat member specifies the string to be replaced and the lpstrReplaceWith member specifies the replacement string.
FR_REPLACEALL → const int: If set in a FINDMSGSTRING message, indicates that the user clicked the Replace All button in a Replace dialog box. The lpstrFindWhat member specifies the string to be replaced and the lpstrReplaceWith member specifies the replacement string.
FR_SHOWHELP → const int: Causes the dialog box to display the Help button. The hwndOwner member must specify the window to receive the HELPMSGSTRING registered messages that the dialog box sends when the user clicks the Help button.
FR_WHOLEWORD → const int: If set, the Match Whole Word Only check box is selected indicating that you should search only for whole words that match the search string. If not set, the check box is unselected so you should also search for word fragments that match the search string. You can set this flag to initialize the dialog box. If set in a FINDMSGSTRING message, indicates the user's selection.
GCL_CBCLSEXTRA → const int: Sets the size, in bytes, of the extra memory associated with the class. Setting this value does not change the number of extra bytes already allocated.
GCL_CBWNDEXTRA → const int: Sets the size, in bytes, of the extra window memory associated with each window in the class. Setting this value does not change the number of extra bytes already allocated.
GCL_HBRBACKGROUND → const int: Replaces a handle to the background brush associated with the class.
GCL_HCURSOR → const int: Replaces a handle to the cursor associated with the class.
GCL_HICON → const int: Replaces a handle to the icon associated with the class.
GCL_HMODULE → const int: Replaces a handle to the module that registered the class.
GCL_MENUNAME → const int: Replaces the address of the menu name string. The string identifies the menu resource associated with the class.
GCL_STYLE → const int: Replaces the window-class style bits.
GCL_WNDPROC → const int: Replaces the address of the window procedure associated with the class.
GCW_ATOM → const int: Retrieves an ATOM value that uniquely identifies the window class.
GENERIC_ALL → const int: Specifies all defined access control on the object.
GENERIC_EXECUTE → const int: Specifies access control suitable for executing an action on the object.
GENERIC_READ → const int: Specifies access control suitable for reading the object.
GENERIC_WRITE → const int: Specifies access control suitable for updating attributes on the object.
GHND → const int: Combines GMEM_MOVABLE and GMEM_ZEROINIT.
GMEM_FIXED → const int: Allocates fixed memory. The return value is a pointer.
GMEM_MOVABLE → const int: Allocates movable memory. Memory blocks are never moved in physical memory, but they can be moved within the default heap. The return value is a handle to the memory object. To translate the handle into a pointer, use the GlobalLock function.
GMEM_ZEROINIT → const int: Initializes memory contents to zero.
GPTR → const int: Combines GMEM_FIXED and GMEM_ZEROINIT.
GUID_BLUETOOTH_GATT_SERVICE_DEVICE_INTERFACE → const String: Bluetooth LE Service device interface GUID
GUID_BLUETOOTHLE_DEVICE_INTERFACE → const String: Bluetooth LE device interface GUID
GUID_CLASS_MONITOR → const String
GUID_CONSOLE_DISPLAY_STATE → const String: The current monitor's display state has changed.
GW_CHILD → const int: The retrieved handle identifies the child window at the top of the Z order, if the specified window is a parent window; otherwise, the retrieved handle is NULL. The function examines only child windows of the specified window. It does not examine descendant windows.
GW_ENABLEDPOPUP → const int: The retrieved handle identifies the enabled popup window owned by the specified window (the search uses the first such window found using GW_HWNDNEXT); otherwise, if there are no enabled popup windows, the retrieved handle is that of the specified window.
GW_HWNDFIRST → const int: The retrieved handle identifies the window of the same type that is highest in the Z order. If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies a topmost window. If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies a top-level window. If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies a sibling window.
GW_HWNDLAST → const int: The retrieved handle identifies the window of the same type that is lowest in the Z order. If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies a topmost window. If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies a top-level window. If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies a sibling window.
GW_HWNDNEXT → const int: The retrieved handle identifies the window below the specified window in the Z order. If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies a topmost window. If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies a top-level window. If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies a sibling window.
GW_HWNDPREV → const int: The retrieved handle identifies the window above the specified window in the Z order. If the specified window is a topmost window, the handle identifies a topmost window. If the specified window is a top-level window, the handle identifies a top-level window. If the specified window is a child window, the handle identifies a sibling window.
GW_OWNER → const int: The retrieved handle identifies the specified window's owner window, if any. For more information, see Owned Windows.
GWL_EXSTYLE → const int: Gets/sets the extended window styles.
GWL_HINSTANCE → const int: Gets/sets a new application instance handle.
GWL_ID → const int: Gets/sets a new identifier of the child window. The window cannot be a top-level window.
GWL_STYLE → const int: Gets/sets a new window style.
GWL_USERDATA → const int: Gets/sets the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero.
GWL_WNDPROC → const int: Sets a new address for the window procedure. You cannot change this attribute if the window does not belong to the same process as the calling thread.
GWLP_HINSTANCE → const int: Sets a new application instance handle.
GWLP_HWNDPARENT → const int: Retrieves a handle to the parent window, if there is one.
GWLP_ID → const int: Sets a new identifier of the child window. The window cannot be a top-level window.
GWLP_USERDATA → const int: Sets the user data associated with the window. This data is intended for use by the application that created the window. Its value is initially zero.
GWLP_WNDPROC → const int: Sets a new address for the window procedure.
HALFTONE → const int: Maps pixels from the source rectangle into blocks of pixels in the destination rectangle. The average color over the destination block of pixels approximates the color of the source pixels.
HANDLE_FLAG_INHERIT → const int: If this flag is set, a child process created with the bInheritHandles parameter of CreateProcess set to TRUE will inherit the object handle.
HANDLE_FLAG_PROTECT_FROM_CLOSE → const int: If this flag is set, calling the CloseHandle function will not close the object handle.
HEAP_CREATE_ENABLE_EXECUTE → const int: All memory blocks that are allocated from this heap allow code execution, if the hardware enforces data execution prevention.
HEAP_GENERATE_EXCEPTIONS → const int: The system will raise an exception to indicate a function failure, such as an out-of-memory condition, instead of returning NULL.
HEAP_NO_SERIALIZE → const int: Serialized access will not be used for this allocation.
HEAP_REALLOC_IN_PLACE_ONLY → const int: There can be no movement when reallocating a memory block.
HEAP_ZERO_MEMORY → const int: The allocated memory will be initialized to zero. Otherwise, the memory is not initialized to zero.
HORZRES → const int: Width, in pixels, of the screen; or for printers, the width, in pixels, of the printable area of the page.
HORZSIZE → const int: Width, in millimeters, of the physical screen.
HS_BDIAGONAL → const int: 45-degree upward left-to-right hatch
HS_CROSS → const int: Horizontal and vertical crosshatch
HS_DIAGCROSS → const int: 45-degree crosshatch
HS_FDIAGONAL → const int: 45-degree downward left-to-right hatch
HS_HORIZONTAL → const int: Horizontal hatch
HS_VERTICAL → const int: Vertical hatch
HTBORDER → const int: In the border of a window that does not have a sizing border.
HTBOTTOM → const int: In the lower-horizontal border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window vertically).
HTBOTTOMLEFT → const int: In the lower-left corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally).
HTBOTTOMRIGHT → const int: In the lower-right corner of a border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window diagonally).
HTCAPTION → const int: In a title bar.
HTCLIENT → const int: In a client area.
HTCLOSE → const int: In a Close button.
HTERROR → const int: On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows (same as HTNOWHERE, except that the DefWindowProc function produces a system beep to indicate an error).
HTGROWBOX → const int: In a size box (same as HTSIZE).
HTHELP → const int: In a Help button.
HTHSCROLL → const int: In a horizontal scroll bar.
HTLEFT → const int: In the left border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally).
HTMAXBUTTON → const int: In a Maximize button.
HTMENU → const int: In a menu.
HTMINBUTTON → const int: In a Minimize button.
HTNOWHERE → const int: On the screen background or on a dividing line between windows.
HTREDUCE → const int: In a Minimize button.
HTRIGHT → const int: In the right border of a resizable window (the user can click the mouse to resize the window horizontally).
HTSIZE → const int: In a size box (same as HTGROWBOX).
HTSYSMENU → const int: In a window menu or in a Close button in a child window.
HTTOP → const int: In the upper-horizontal border of a window.
HTTOPLEFT → const int: In the upper-left corner of a window border.
HTTOPRIGHT → const int: In the upper-right corner of a window border.
HTTPREQUEST_PROXYSETTING_DEFAULT → const int: Default proxy setting. Equivalent to HTTPREQUEST_PROXYSETTING_PRECONFIG.
HTTPREQUEST_PROXYSETTING_DIRECT → const int: Indicates that all HTTP and HTTPS servers should be accessed directly.
HTTPREQUEST_PROXYSETTING_PRECONFIG → const int: Indicates that the proxy settings should be obtained from the registry.
HTTPREQUEST_PROXYSETTING_PROXY → const int: When HTTPREQUEST_PROXYSETTING_PROXY is specified, varProxyServer should be set to a proxy server string and varBypassList should be set to a domain bypass list string.
HTTPREQUEST_SETCREDENTIALS_FOR_PROXY → const int: Credentials are passed to a proxy.
HTTPREQUEST_SETCREDENTIALS_FOR_SERVER → const int: Credentials are passed to a server.
HTTRANSPARENT → const int: In a window currently covered by another window in the same thread (the message will be sent to underlying windows in the same thread until one of them returns a code that is not HTTRANSPARENT).
HTVSCROLL → const int: In the vertical scroll bar.
HTZOOM → const int: In a Maximize button.
HWND_BOTTOM → const int: Places the window at the bottom of the Z order. If the hWnd parameter identifies a topmost window, the window loses its topmost status and is placed at the bottom of all other windows.
HWND_BROADCAST → const int: Special HWND value for use with PostMessage() and SendMessage(). The message is sent to all top-level windows in the system, including disabled or invisible unowned windows, overlapped windows, and pop-up windows; but the message is not sent to child windows.
HWND_MESSAGE → const int: A message-only window enables you to send and receive messages. It is not visible, has no z-order, cannot be enumerated, and does not receive broadcast messages. The window simply dispatches messages.
HWND_NOTOPMOST → const int: Places the window above all non-topmost windows (that is, behind all topmost windows). This flag has no effect if the window is already a non-topmost window.
HWND_TOP → const int: Places the window at the top of the Z order.
HWND_TOPMOST → const int: Places the window above all non-topmost windows. The window maintains its topmost position even when it is deactivated.
ICON_BIG → const int: Retrieve the large icon for the window.
ICON_SMALL → const int: Retrieve the small icon for the window.
ICON_SMALL2 → const int: Retrieves the small icon provided by the application. If the application does not provide one, the system uses the system-generated icon for that window.
IMAGE_BITMAP → const int: Loads a bitmap.
IMAGE_CURSOR → const int: Loads a cursor.
IMAGE_ENHMETAFILE → const int: Loads an enhanced metafile.
IMAGE_ICON → const int: Loads an icon.
INFINITE → const int: Return only when the object is signaled.
KEY_ALL_ACCESS → const int: Combines the STANDARD_RIGHTS_REQUIRED, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, KEY_SET_VALUE, KEY_CREATE_SUB_KEY, KEY_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS, KEY_NOTIFY, and KEY_CREATE_LINK access rights.
KEY_CREATE_LINK → const int: Reserved for system use.
KEY_CREATE_SUB_KEY → const int: Required to create a subkey of a registry key.
KEY_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS → const int: Required to enumerate the subkeys of a registry key.
KEY_EXECUTE → const int: Equivalent to KEY_READ.
KEY_NOTIFY → const int: Required to request change notifications for a registry key or for subkeys of a registry key.
KEY_QUERY_VALUE → const int: Required to query the values of a registry key.
KEY_READ → const int: Combines the STANDARD_RIGHTS_READ, KEY_QUERY_VALUE, KEY_ENUMERATE_SUB_KEYS, and KEY_NOTIFY values.
KEY_SET_VALUE → const int: Required to create, delete, or set a registry value.
KEY_WOW64_32KEY → const int: Indicates that an application on 64-bit Windows should operate on the 32-bit registry view. This flag is ignored by 32-bit Windows.
KEY_WOW64_64KEY → const int: Indicates that an application on 64-bit Windows should operate on the 64-bit registry view. This flag is ignored by 32-bit Windows.
KEY_WRITE → const int: Combines the STANDARD_RIGHTS_WRITE, KEY_SET_VALUE, and KEY_CREATE_SUB_KEY access rights.
KF_ALTDOWN → const int: Manipulates the context code flag.
KF_DLGMODE → const int: Manipulates the dialog mode flag, which indicates whether a dialog box is active.
KF_EXTENDED → const int: Manipulates the extended key flag.
KF_MENUMODE → const int: Manipulates the menu mode flag, which indicates whether a menu is active.
KF_REPEAT → const int: Manipulates the previous key state flag.
KF_UP → const int: Manipulates the transition state flag.
LINECAPS → const int: Value that indicates the line capabilities of the device.
LLKHF_ALTDOWN → const int: Test the context code.
LLKHF_EXTENDED → const int: Test the extended-key flag.
LLKHF_INJECTED → const int: Test the event-injected (from any process) flag.
LLKHF_LOWER_IL_INJECTED → const int: Test the event-injected (from a process running at lower integrity level) flag.
LLKHF_UP → const int: Test the transition-state flag.
LLMHF_INJECTED → const int: Test the event-injected (from any process) flag.
LLMHF_LOWER_IL_INJECTED → const int: Test the event-injected (from a process running at lower integrity level) flag.
LOAD_IGNORE_CODE_AUTHZ_LEVEL → const int: If this value is used, the system does not check AppLocker rules or apply Software Restriction Policies for the DLL. This action applies only to the DLL being loaded and not to its dependencies. This value is recommended for use in setup programs that must run extracted DLLs during installation.
LOAD_LIBRARY_AS_DATAFILE → const int: If this value is used, the system maps the file into the calling process's virtual address space as if it were a data file. Nothing is done to execute or prepare to execute the mapped file. Therefore, you cannot call functions like GetModuleFileName, GetModuleHandle or GetProcAddress with this DLL. Using this value causes writes to read-only memory to raise an access violation. Use this flag when you want to load a DLL only to extract messages or resources from it.
LOAD_LIBRARY_AS_DATAFILE_EXCLUSIVE → const int: Similar to LOAD_LIBRARY_AS_DATAFILE, except that the DLL file is opened with exclusive write access for the calling process. Other processes cannot open the DLL file for write access while it is in use. However, the DLL can still be opened by other processes.
LOAD_LIBRARY_AS_IMAGE_RESOURCE → const int: If this value is used, the system maps the file into the process's virtual address space as an image file. However, the loader does not load the static imports or perform the other usual initialization steps. Use this flag when you want to load a DLL only to extract messages or resources from it.
LOAD_LIBRARY_REQUIRE_SIGNED_TARGET → const int: Specifies that the digital signature of the binary image must be checked at load time.
LOAD_LIBRARY_SAFE_CURRENT_DIRS → const int: If this value is used, loading a DLL for execution from the current directory is only allowed if it is under a directory in the Safe load list.
LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_APPLICATION_DIR → const int: If this value is used, the application's installation directory is searched for the DLL and its dependencies. Directories in the standard search path are not searched. This value cannot be combined with LOAD_WITH_ALTERED_SEARCH_PATH.
LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_DEFAULT_DIRS → const int: This value is a combination of LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_APPLICATION_DIR, LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_SYSTEM32, and LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_USER_DIRS. Directories in the standard search path are not searched. This value cannot be combined with LOAD_WITH_ALTERED_SEARCH_PATH.
LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_DLL_LOAD_DIR → const int: If this value is used, the directory that contains the DLL is temporarily added to the beginning of the list of directories that are searched for the DLL's dependencies. Directories in the standard search path are not searched.
LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_SYSTEM32 → const int: If this value is used, %windows%\system32 is searched for the DLL and its dependencies. Directories in the standard search path are not searched. This value cannot be combined with LOAD_WITH_ALTERED_SEARCH_PATH.
LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_USER_DIRS → const int: If this value is used, directories added using the AddDllDirectory or the SetDllDirectory function are searched for the DLL and its dependencies. If more than one directory has been added, the order in which the directories are searched is unspecified. Directories in the standard search path are not searched. This value cannot be combined with LOAD_WITH_ALTERED_SEARCH_PATH.
LOAD_WITH_ALTERED_SEARCH_PATH → const int: If this value is used and lpFileName specifies an absolute path, the system uses the alternate file search strategy discussed in the Remarks section to find associated executable modules that the specified module causes to be loaded. If this value is used and lpFileName specifies a relative path, the behavior is undefined.
LOCALE_SYSTEM_DEFAULT → const int: The default locale for the operating system.
LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT → const int: The default locale for the user or process.
LOGPIXELSX → const int: Number of pixels per logical inch along the screen width. In a system with multiple display monitors, this value is the same for all monitors.
LOGPIXELSY → const int: Number of pixels per logical inch along the screen height. In a system with multiple display monitors, this value is the same for all monitors.
LR_COPYDELETEORG → const int: Deletes the original image after creating the copy.
LR_COPYFROMRESOURCE → const int: Tries to reload an icon or cursor resource from the original resource file rather than simply copying the current image. This is useful for creating a different-sized copy when the resource file contains multiple sizes of the resource. Without this flag, CopyImage stretches the original image to the new size. If this flag is set, CopyImage uses the size in the resource file closest to the desired size.
LR_COPYRETURNORG → const int: Returns the original hImage if it satisfies the criteria for the copy—that is, correct dimensions and color depth—in which case the LR_COPYDELETEORG flag is ignored. If this flag is not specified, a new object is always created.
LR_CREATEDIBSECTION → const int: Causes the function to return a DIB section bitmap rather than a compatible bitmap. This flag is useful for loading a bitmap without mapping it to the colors of the display device.
LR_DEFAULTCOLOR → const int: The default flag; it does nothing.
LR_DEFAULTSIZE → const int: Uses the width or height specified by the system metric values for cursors or icons, if the cxDesired or cyDesired values are set to zero.
LR_LOADFROMFILE → const int: Loads the stand-alone image from the file specified by lpszName (icon, cursor, or bitmap file).
LR_LOADMAP3DCOLORS → const int: Searches the color table for the image and replaces shades of gray with the corresponding 3-D color.
LR_LOADTRANSPARENT → const int: Retrieves the color value of the first pixel in the image and replaces the corresponding entry in the color table with the default window color (COLOR_WINDOW). All pixels in the image that use that entry become the default window color. This value applies only to images that have corresponding color tables.
LR_MONOCHROME → const int: Loads the image in black and white.
LR_SHARED → const int: Shares the image handle if the image is loaded multiple times. If LR_SHARED is not set, a second call to LoadImage for the same resource will load the image again and return a different handle.
LR_VGACOLOR → const int: Uses true VGA colors.
LWA_ALPHA → const int: Use bAlpha to determine the opacity of the layered window.
LWA_COLORKEY → const int: Use crKey as the transparency color.
MARKPARITY → const int: Mark parity.
MAX_PATH → const int
MAXIMUM_ALLOWED → const int: Indicates that the caller is requesting the most access possible to the object.
MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE → const int: The message box contains three push buttons: Abort, Retry, and Ignore.
MB_APPLMODAL → const int: The user must respond to the message box before continuing work in the window identified by the hWnd parameter. However, the user can move to the windows of other threads and work in those windows.
MB_CANCELTRYCONTINUE → const int: The message box contains three push buttons: Cancel, Try Again, Continue. Use this message box type instead of MB_ABORTRETRYIGNORE.
MB_DEFAULT_DESKTOP_ONLY → const int: Same as desktop of the interactive window station.
MB_DEFBUTTON1 → const int: The first button is the default button.
MB_DEFBUTTON2 → const int: The second button is the default button.
MB_DEFBUTTON3 → const int: The third button is the default button.
MB_DEFBUTTON4 → const int: The fourth button is the default button.
MB_HELP → const int: Adds a Help button to the message box. When the user clicks the Help button or presses F1, the system sends a WM_HELP message to the owner.
MB_ICONASTERISK → const int: An icon consisting of a lowercase letter i in a circle appears in the message box.
MB_ICONERROR → const int: A stop-sign icon appears in the message box.
MB_ICONEXCLAMATION → const int: An exclamation-point icon appears in the message box.
MB_ICONHAND → const int: A stop-sign icon appears in the message box.
MB_ICONINFORMATION → const int: An icon consisting of a lowercase letter i in a circle appears in the message box.
MB_ICONQUESTION → const int: A question-mark icon appears in the message box.
MB_ICONSTOP → const int: A stop-sign icon appears in the message box.
MB_ICONWARNING → const int: An exclamation-point icon appears in the message box.
MB_OK → const int: The message box contains one push button: OK. This is the default.
MB_OKCANCEL → const int: The message box contains two push buttons: OK and Cancel.
MB_RETRYCANCEL → const int: The message box contains two push buttons: Retry and Cancel.
MB_RIGHT → const int: The text is right-justified.
MB_RTLREADING → const int: Displays message and caption text using right-to-left reading order on Hebrew and Arabic systems.
MB_SERVICE_NOTIFICATION → const int: The caller is a service notifying the user of an event. The function displays a message box on the current active desktop, even if there is no user logged on to the computer.
MB_SETFOREGROUND → const int: The message box becomes the foreground window. Internally, the system calls the SetForegroundWindow function for the message box.
MB_SYSTEMMODAL → const int: Same as MB_APPLMODAL except that the message box has the WS_EX_TOPMOST style.
MB_TASKMODAL → const int: Same as MB_APPLMODAL except that all the top-level windows belonging to the current thread are disabled if the hWnd parameter is NULL.
MB_TOPMOST → const int: The message box is created with the WS_EX_TOPMOST window style.
MB_YESNO → const int: The message box contains two push buttons: Yes and No.
MB_YESNOCANCEL → const int: The message box contains three push buttons: Yes, No, and Cancel.
MEM_COALESCE_PLACEHOLDERS → const int: To coalesce two adjacent placeholders, specify MEM_RELEASE | MEM_COALESCE_PLACEHOLDERS. When you coalesce placeholders, lpAddress and dwSize must exactly match those of the placeholder.
MEM_COMMIT → const int: Allocates memory charges (from the overall size of memory and the paging files on disk) for the specified reserved memory pages. The function also guarantees that when the caller later initially accesses the memory, the contents will be zero. Actual physical pages are not allocated unless/until the virtual addresses are actually accessed.
MEM_DECOMMIT → const int: Decommits the specified region of committed pages. After the operation, the pages are in the reserved state.
MEM_FREE → const int: Indicates free pages not accessible to the calling process and available to be allocated.
MEM_IMAGE → const int: Indicates that the memory pages within the region are mapped into the view of an image section.
MEM_LARGE_PAGES → const int: Allocates memory using large page support.
MEM_MAPPED → const int: Indicates that the memory pages within the region are mapped into the view of a section.
MEM_PHYSICAL → const int: Reserves an address range that can be used to map Address Windowing Extensions (AWE) pages.
MEM_PRESERVE_PLACEHOLDER → const int: Frees an allocation back to a placeholder (after you've replaced a placeholder with a private allocation using VirtualAlloc2 or Virtual2AllocFromApp).
MEM_PRIVATE → const int: Indicates that the memory pages within the region are private (that is, not shared by other processes).
MEM_RELEASE → const int: Releases the specified region of pages, or placeholder (for a placeholder, the address space is released and available for other allocations). After this operation, the pages are in the free state.
MEM_REPLACE_PLACEHOLDER → const int: Replaces a placeholder with a mapped view. Only data/pf-backed section views are supported (no images, physical memory, etc.). When you replace a placeholder, BaseAddress and ViewSize must exactly match those of the placeholder.
MEM_RESERVE → const int: Reserves a range of the process's virtual address space without allocating any actual physical storage in memory or in the paging file on disk.
MEM_RESERVE_PLACEHOLDER → const int: A placeholder is a type of reserved memory region.
MEM_RESET → const int: Indicates that data in the memory range specified by lpAddress and dwSize is no longer of interest. The pages should not be read from or written to the paging file. However, the memory block will be used again later, so it should not be decommitted. This value cannot be used with any other value.
MEM_RESET_UNDO → const int: MEM_RESET_UNDO should only be called on an address range to which MEM_RESET was successfully applied earlier. It indicates that the data in the specified memory range specified by lpAddress and dwSize is of interest to the caller and attempts to reverse the effects of MEM_RESET. If the function succeeds, that means all data in the specified address range is intact. If the function fails, at least some of the data in the address range has been replaced with zeroes.
MEM_TOP_DOWN → const int: Reserves an address range that can be used to map Address Windowing Extensions (AWE) pages.
MEM_UNMAP_WITH_TRANSIENT_BOOST → const int: Specifies that the priority of the pages being unmapped should be temporarily boosted (with automatic short term decay) because the caller expects that these pages will be accessed again shortly from another thread.
MEM_WRITE_WATCH → const int: Causes the system to track pages that are written to in the allocated region.
MF_BITMAP → const int: Uses a bitmap as the menu item. The lpNewItem parameter contains a handle to the bitmap.
MF_BYCOMMAND → const int: Indicates that flag gives the identifier of the menu item.
MF_BYPOSITION → const int: Indicates that flag gives the zero-based relative position of the menu item.
MF_CHECKED → const int: Places a check mark next to the menu item.
MF_DISABLED → const int: Disables the menu item so that it cannot be selected, but the flag does not gray it.
MF_ENABLED → const int: Enables the menu item so that it can be selected, and restores it from its grayed state.
MF_GRAYED → const int: Disables the menu item and grays it so that it cannot be selected.
MF_HILITE → const int: Highlights the menu item. If this flag is not specified, the highlighting is removed from the item.
MF_MENUBARBREAK → const int: Functions the same as the MF_MENUBREAK flag for a menu bar. For a drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu, the new column is separated from the old column by a vertical line.
MF_MENUBREAK → const int: Places the item on a new line (for a menu bar) or in a new column (for a drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu) without separating columns.
MF_OWNERDRAW → const int: Specifies that the item is an owner-drawn item. Before the menu is displayed for the first time, the window that owns the menu receives a WM_MEASUREITEM message to retrieve the width and height of the menu item. The WM_DRAWITEM message is then sent to the window procedure of the owner window whenever the appearance of the menu item must be updated.
MF_POPUP → const int: Specifies that the menu item opens a drop-down menu or submenu. The uIDNewItem parameter specifies a handle to the drop-down menu or submenu. This flag is used to add a menu name to a menu bar, or a menu item that opens a submenu to a drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu.
MF_SEPARATOR → const int: Draws a horizontal dividing line. This flag is used only in a drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. The line cannot be grayed, disabled, or highlighted. The lpNewItem and uIDNewItem parameters are ignored.
MF_STRING → const int: Specifies that the menu item is a text string; the lpNewItem parameter is a pointer to the string.
MF_UNCHECKED → const int: Does not place a check mark next to the item (default). If the application supplies check-mark bitmaps (see SetMenuItemBitmaps), this flag displays the clear bitmap next to the menu item.
MF_UNHILITE → const int: Removes highlighting from the menu item.
MIM_CLOSE → const int: The MIM_CLOSE message is sent to a MIDI input callback function when a MIDI input device is closed.
MIM_DATA → const int: The MIM_DATA message is sent to a MIDI input callback function when a MIDI message is received by a MIDI input device.
MIM_ERROR → const int: The MIM_ERROR message is sent to a MIDI input callback function when an invalid MIDI message is received.
MIM_LONGDATA → const int: The MIM_LONGDATA message is sent to a MIDI input callback function when a system-exclusive buffer has been filled with data and is being returned to the application.
MIM_LONGERROR → const int: The MIM_LONGERROR message is sent to a MIDI input callback function when an invalid or incomplete MIDI system-exclusive message is received.
MIM_MOREDATA → const int: The MIM_MOREDATA message is sent to a MIDI input callback function when a MIDI message is received by a MIDI input device but the application is not processing MIM_DATA messages fast enough to keep up with the input device driver. The callback function receives this message only when the application specifies MIDI_IO_STATUS in the call to the midiInOpen function.
MIM_OPEN → const int: The MIM_OPEN message is sent to a MIDI input callback function when a MIDI input device is opened.
MM_ANISOTROPIC → const int: Logical units are mapped to arbitrary units with arbitrarily scaled axes. Use the SetWindowExtEx and SetViewportExtEx functions to specify the units, orientation, and scaling.
MM_HIENGLISH → const int: Each logical unit is mapped to 0.001 inch. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up.
MM_HIMETRIC → const int: Each logical unit is mapped to 0.01 millimeter. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up.
MM_ISOTROPIC → const int: Logical units are mapped to arbitrary units with equally scaled axes; that is, one unit along the x-axis is equal to one unit along the y-axis. Use the SetWindowExtEx and SetViewportExtEx functions to specify the units and the orientation of the axes. Graphics device interface (GDI) makes adjustments as necessary to ensure the x and y units remain the same size (When the window extent is set, the viewport will be adjusted to keep the units isotropic).
MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN → const int: The MM_JOY1BUTTONDOWN message notifies the window that has captured joystick JOYSTICKID1 that a button has been pressed.
MM_JOY1BUTTONUP → const int: The MM_JOY1BUTTONUP message notifies the window that has captured joystick JOYSTICKID1 that a button has been released.
MM_JOY1MOVE → const int: The MM_JOY1MOVE message notifies the window that has captured joystick JOYSTICKID1 that the joystick position has changed.
MM_JOY1ZMOVE → const int: The MM_JOY1ZMOVE message notifies the window that has captured joystick JOYSTICKID1 that the joystick position on the z-axis has changed.
MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN → const int: The MM_JOY2BUTTONDOWN message notifies the window that has captured joystick JOYSTICKID2 that a button has been pressed.
MM_JOY2BUTTONUP → const int: The MM_JOY2BUTTONUP message notifies the window that has captured joystick JOYSTICKID2 that a button has been released.
MM_JOY2MOVE → const int: The MM_JOY2MOVE message notifies the window that has captured joystick JOYSTICKID2 that the joystick position has changed.
MM_JOY2ZMOVE → const int: The MM_JOY2ZMOVE message notifies the window that has captured joystick JOYSTICKID2 that the joystick position on the z-axis has changed.
MM_LOENGLISH → const int: Each logical unit is mapped to 0.01 inch. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up.
MM_LOMETRIC → const int: Each logical unit is mapped to 0.1 millimeter. Positive x is to the right; positive y is up.
MM_MCINOTIFY → const int: The MM_MCINOTIFY message notifies an application that an MCI device has completed an operation. MCI devices send this message only when the MCI_NOTIFY flag is used.
MM_MCISIGNAL → const int: The MM_MCISIGNAL message is sent to a window to notify an application that an MCI device has reached a position defined in a previous signal ( MCI_SIGNAL) command.
MM_MIM_CLOSE → const int: The MM_MIM_CLOSE message is sent to a window when a MIDI input device is closed.
MM_MIM_DATA → const int: The MM_MIM_DATA message is sent to a window when a complete MIDI message is received by a MIDI input device.
MM_MIM_ERROR → const int: The MM_MIM_ERROR message is sent to a window when an invalid MIDI message is received.
MM_MIM_LONGDATA → const int: The MM_MIM_LONGDATA message is sent to a window when either a complete MIDI system-exclusive message is received or when a buffer has been filled with system-exclusive data.
MM_MIM_LONGERROR → const int: The MM_MIM_LONGERROR message is sent to a window when an invalid or incomplete MIDI system-exclusive message is received.
MM_MIM_MOREDATA → const int: The MM_MIM_MOREDATA message is sent to a callback window when a MIDI message is received by a MIDI input device but the application is not processing MIM_DATA messages fast enough to keep up with the input device driver. The window receives this message only when the application specifies MIDI_IO_STATUS in the call to the midiInOpen function.
MM_MIM_OPEN → const int: The MM_MIM_OPEN message is sent to a window when a MIDI input device is opened.
MM_MIXM_CONTROL_CHANGE → const int: The MM_MIXM_CONTROL_CHANGE message is sent by a mixer device to notify an application that the state of a control associated with an audio line has changed. The application should refresh its display and cached values for the specified control.
MM_MIXM_LINE_CHANGE → const int: The MM_MIXM_LINE_CHANGE message is sent by a mixer device to notify an application that the state of an audio line on the specified device has changed. The application should refresh its display and cached values for the specified audio line.
MM_MOM_CLOSE → const int: The MM_MOM_CLOSE message is sent to a window when a MIDI output device is closed.
MM_MOM_DONE → const int: The MM_MOM_DONE message is sent to a window when the specified MIDI system-exclusive or stream buffer has been played and is being returned to the application.
MM_MOM_OPEN → const int: The MM_MOM_OPEN message is sent to a window when a MIDI output device is opened.
MM_MOM_POSITIONCB → const int: The MM_MOM_POSITIONCB message is sent to a window when an MEVT_F_CALLBACK event is reached in the MIDI output stream.
MM_TEXT → const int: Each logical unit is mapped to one device pixel. Positive x is to the right; positive y is down.
MM_TWIPS → const int: Each logical unit is mapped to one twentieth of a printer's point (1/1440 inch, also called a twip). Positive x is to the right; positive y is up.
MM_WIM_CLOSE → const int: The MM_WIM_CLOSE message is sent to a window when a waveform-audio input device is closed. The device handle is no longer valid after this message has been sent.
MM_WIM_DATA → const int: The MM_WIM_DATA message is sent to a window when waveform-audio data is present in the input buffer and the buffer is being returned to the application. The message can be sent either when the buffer is full or after the waveInReset function is called.
MM_WIM_OPEN → const int: The MM_WIM_OPEN message is sent to a window when a waveform-audio input device is opened.
MM_WOM_CLOSE → const int: The MM_WOM_CLOSE message is sent to a window when a waveform-audio output device is closed. The device handle is no longer valid after this message has been sent.
MM_WOM_DONE → const int: The MM_WOM_DONE message is sent to a window when the given output buffer is being returned to the application. Buffers are returned to the application when they have been played, or as the result of a call to the waveOutReset function.
MM_WOM_OPEN → const int: The MM_WOM_OPEN message is sent to a window when the given waveform-audio output device is opened.
MOM_CLOSE → const int: The MOM_CLOSE message is sent to a MIDI output callback function when a MIDI output device is closed.
MOM_DONE → const int: The MOM_DONE message is sent to a MIDI output callback function when the specified system-exclusive or stream buffer has been played and is being returned to the application.
MOM_OPEN → const int: The MOM_OPEN message is sent to a MIDI output callback function when a MIDI output device is opened.
MOM_POSITIONCB → const int: The MOM_POSITION message is sent when an MEVT_F_CALLBACK event is reached in the MIDI output stream.
MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST → const int: If the point is not contained within any display monitor, return a handle to the display monitor that is nearest to the point.
MONITOR_DEFAULTTONULL → const int: If the point is not contained within any display monitor, return NULL.
MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY → const int: If the point is not contained within any display monitor, return a handle to the primary display monitor.
MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY → const int: This is the primary display monitor.
MS_CLIPAROUNDCURSOR → const int: Clips the area of the magnifier window that surrounds the system cursor. This style enables the user to see screen content that is behind the magnifier window.
MS_INVERTCOLORS → const int: Displays the magnified screen content using inverted colors.
MS_SHOWMAGNIFIEDCURSOR → const int: Displays the magnified system cursor along with the magnified screen content.
MW_FILTERMODE_EXCLUDE → const int: Exclude the windows from magnification.
MW_FILTERMODE_INCLUDE → const int: Magnify the windows.
NIF_GUID → const int: Windows 7 and later: The guidItem is valid. Windows Vista and earlier: Reserved.
NIF_ICON → const int: The hIcon member is valid.
NIF_INFO → const int: To display the balloon notification, specify NIF_INFO and provide text in szInfo. To remove a balloon notification, specify NIF_INFO and provide an empty string through szInfo. To add a notification area icon without displaying a notification, do not set the NIF_INFO flag.
NIF_MESSAGE → const int: The uCallbackMessage member is valid.
NIF_REALTIME → const int: Windows Vista and later. If the balloon notification cannot be displayed immediately, discard it. Use this flag for notifications that represent real-time information which would be meaningless or misleading if displayed at a later time. For example, a message that states "Your telephone is ringing." NIF_REALTIME is meaningful only when combined with the NIF_INFO flag.
NIF_SHOWTIP → const int: Windows Vista and later. Use the standard tooltip. Normally, when uVersion is set to NOTIFYICON_VERSION_4, the standard tooltip is suppressed and can be replaced by the application-drawn, pop-up UI. If the application wants to show the standard tooltip with NOTIFYICON_VERSION_4, it can specify NIF_SHOWTIP to indicate the standard tooltip should still be shown.
NIF_STATE → const int: The dwState and dwStateMask members are valid.
NIF_TIP → const int: The szTip member is valid.
NIIF_ERROR → const int: An error icon.
NIIF_ICON_MASK → const int: Windows XP and later. Reserved.
NIIF_INFO → const int: An information icon.
NIIF_LARGE_ICON → const int: The large version of the icon should be used as the notification icon
NIIF_NONE → const int: No icon.
NIIF_NOSOUND → const int: Do not play the associated sound. Applies only to notifications.
NIIF_RESPECT_QUIET_TIME → const int: Do not display the balloon notification if the curr user is in "quiet time"
NIIF_USER → const int: Windows Vista and later: Use the icon identified in hBalloonIcon as the notification balloon's title icon.
NIIF_WARNING → const int: A warning icon.
NIM_ADD → const int: Adds an icon to the status area. The icon is given an identifier in the NOTIFYICONDATA structure pointed to by lpdata—either through its uID or guidItem member. This identifier is used in subsequent calls to Shell_NotifyIcon to perform later actions on the icon.
NIM_DELETE → const int: Deletes an icon from the status area. NOTIFYICONDATA structure pointed to by lpdata uses the ID originally assigned to the icon when it was added to the notification area (NIM_ADD) to identify the icon to be deleted.
NIM_MODIFY → const int: Modifies an icon in the status area. NOTIFYICONDATA structure pointed to by lpdata uses the ID originally assigned to the icon when it was added to the notification area (NIM_ADD) to identify the icon to be modified.
NIM_SETFOCUS → const int: Shell32.dll version 5.0 and later only. Returns focus to the taskbar notification area. Notification area icons should use this message when they have completed their UI operation. For example, if the icon displays a shortcut menu, but the user presses ESC to cancel it, use NIM_SETFOCUS to return focus to the notification area.
NIM_SETVERSION → const int: Shell32.dll version 5.0 and later only. Instructs the notification area to behave according to the version number specified in the uVersion member of the structure pointed to by lpdata. The version number specifies which members are recognized. NIM_SETVERSION must be called every time a notification area icon is added (NIM_ADD)>. It does not need to be called with NIM_MOFIDY. The version setting is not persisted once a user logs off.
NIN_BALLOONHIDE → const int: Sent when the balloon disappears. For example, when the icon is deleted. This message is not sent if the balloon is dismissed because of a timeout or if the user clicks the mouse. As of Windows 7, NIN_BALLOONHIDE is also sent when a notification with the NIIF_RESPECT_QUIET_TIME flag set attempts to display during quiet time (a user's first hour on a new computer). In that case, the balloon is never displayed at all.
NIN_BALLOONSHOW → const int: Sent when the balloon is shown (balloons are queued).
NIN_BALLOONTIMEOUT → const int: Sent when the balloon is dismissed because of a timeout.
NIN_BALLOONUSERCLICK → const int: Sent when the balloon is dismissed because the user clicked the mouse.
NIN_KEYSELECT → const int: If a user selects a notify icon with the keyboard and activates it with the SPACEBAR or ENTER key, the version 5.0 Shell sends the associated application an NIN_KEYSELECT notification. Earlier versions send WM_RBUTTONDOWN and WM_RBUTTONUP messages.
NIN_POPUPCLOSE → const int: Sent when a cursor no longer hovers over an icon to indicate that the rich pop-up UI should be closed.
NIN_POPUPOPEN → const int: Sent when the user hovers the cursor over an icon to indicate that the richer pop-up UI should be used in place of a standard textual tooltip.
NIN_SELECT → const int: If a user selects a notify icon with the mouse and activates it with the ENTER key, the Shell now sends the associated application an NIN_SELECT notification. Earlier versions send WM_RBUTTONDOWN and WM_RBUTTONUP messages.
NINF_KEY → const int
NIS_HIDDEN → const int: The icon is hidden.
NIS_SHAREDICON → const int: The icon resource is shared between multiple icons.
NO_ERROR → const int: The operation completed successfully.
NOPARITY → const int: No parity.
NOTIFY_FOR_ALL_SESSIONS → const int: All session notifications are to be received.
NOTIFY_FOR_THIS_SESSION → const int: Only session notifications involving the session attached to by the window identified by the hWnd parameter value are to be received.
NOTIFYICON_VERSION → const int
NOTIFYICON_VERSION_4 → const int
NULL → const int: A zero value; used to represent an empty bitmask.
NUMBRUSHES → const int: Number of device-specific brushes.
NUMCOLORS → const int: Number of entries in the device's color table, if the device has a color depth of no more than 8 bits per pixel. For devices with greater color depths, 1 is returned.
NUMFONTS → const int: Number of device-specific fonts.
NUMMARKERS → const int
NUMPENS → const int: Number of device-specific pens.
NUMRESERVED → const int: Number of reserved entries in the system palette. This index is valid only if the device driver sets the RC_PALETTE bit in the RASTERCAPS index and is available only if the driver is compatible with 16-bit Windows.
ODDPARITY → const int: Odd parity.
OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT → const int: The File Name list box allows multiple selections. If you also set the OFN_EXPLORER flag, the dialog box uses the Explorer-style user interface; otherwise, it uses the old-style user interface.
OFN_CREATEPROMPT → const int: If the user specifies a file that does not exist, this flag causes the dialog box to prompt the user for permission to create the file. If the user chooses to create the file, the dialog box closes and the function returns the specified name; otherwise, the dialog box remains open. If you use this flag with the OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT flag, the dialog box allows the user to specify only one nonexistent file.
OFN_DONTADDTORECENT → const int: Prevents the system from adding a link to the selected file in the file system directory that contains the user's most recently used documents. To retrieve the location of this directory, call the SHGetSpecialFolderLocation function with the CSIDL_RECENT flag.
OFN_ENABLEHOOK → const int: Enables the hook function specified in the lpfnHook member.
OFN_ENABLEINCLUDENOTIFY → const int: Causes the dialog box to send CDN_INCLUDEITEM notification messages to your OFNHookProc hook procedure when the user opens a folder. The dialog box sends a notification for each item in the newly opened folder. These messages enable you to control which items the dialog box displays in the folder's item list.
OFN_ENABLESIZING → const int: Enables the Explorer-style dialog box to be resized using either the mouse or the keyboard. By default, the Explorer-style Open and Save As dialog boxes allow the dialog box to be resized regardless of whether this flag is set. This flag is necessary only if you provide a hook procedure or custom template. The old-style dialog box does not permit resizing.
OFN_ENABLETEMPLATE → const int: The lpTemplateName member is a pointer to the name of a dialog template resource in the module identified by the hInstance member. If the OFN_EXPLORER flag is set, the system uses the specified template to create a dialog box that is a child of the default Explorer-style dialog box. If the OFN_EXPLORER flag is not set, the system uses the template to create an old-style dialog box that replaces the default dialog box.
OFN_ENABLETEMPLATEHANDLE → const int: The hInstance member identifies a data block that contains a preloaded dialog box template. The system ignores lpTemplateName if this flag is specified. If the OFN_EXPLORER flag is set, the system uses the specified template to create a dialog box that is a child of the default Explorer-style dialog box. If the OFN_EXPLORER flag is not set, the system uses the template to create an old-style dialog box that replaces the default dialog box.
OFN_EX_NOPLACESBAR → const int: If this flag is set, the places bar is not displayed. If this flag is not set, Explorer-style dialog boxes include a places bar containing icons for commonly-used folders, such as Favorites and Desktop.
OFN_EXPLORER → const int: Indicates that any customizations made to the Open or Save As dialog box use the Explorer-style customization methods.
OFN_EXTENSIONDIFFERENT → const int: The user typed a file name extension that differs from the extension specified by lpstrDefExt. The function does not use this flag if lpstrDefExt is NULL.
OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST → const int: The user can type only names of existing files in the File Name entry field. If this flag is specified and the user enters an invalid name, the dialog box procedure displays a warning in a message box. If this flag is specified, the OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST flag is also used. This flag can be used in an Open dialog box. It cannot be used with a Save As dialog box.
OFN_FORCESHOWHIDDEN → const int: Forces the showing of system and hidden files, thus overriding the user setting to show or not show hidden files. However, a file that is marked both system and hidden is not shown.
OFN_HIDEREADONLY → const int: Hides the Read Only check box.
OFN_LONGNAMES → const int: For old-style dialog boxes, this flag causes the dialog box to use long file names. If this flag is not specified, or if the OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT flag is also set, old-style dialog boxes use short file names (8.3 format) for file names with spaces. Explorer-style dialog boxes ignore this flag and always display long file names.
OFN_NOCHANGEDIR → const int: Restores the current directory to its original value if the user changed the directory while searching for files.
OFN_NODEREFERENCELINKS → const int: Directs the dialog box to return the path and file name of the selected shortcut (.LNK) file. If this value is not specified, the dialog box returns the path and file name of the file referenced by the shortcut.
OFN_NOLONGNAMES → const int: For old-style dialog boxes, this flag causes the dialog box to use short file names (8.3 format). Explorer-style dialog boxes ignore this flag and always display long file names.
OFN_NONETWORKBUTTON → const int: Hides and disables the Network button.
OFN_NOREADONLYRETURN → const int: The returned file does not have the Read Only check box selected and is not in a write-protected directory.
OFN_NOTESTFILECREATE → const int: The file is not created before the dialog box is closed. This flag should be specified if the application saves the file on a create-nonmodify network share. When an application specifies this flag, the library does not check for write protection, a full disk, an open drive door, or network protection. Applications using this flag must perform file operations carefully, because a file cannot be reopened once it is closed.
OFN_NOVALIDATE → const int: The common dialog boxes allow invalid characters in the returned file name. Typically, the calling application uses a hook procedure that checks the file name by using the FILEOKSTRING message. If the text box in the edit control is empty or contains nothing but spaces, the lists of files and directories are updated. If the text box in the edit control contains anything else, nFileOffset and nFileExtension are set to values generated by parsing the text. No default extension is added to the text, nor is text copied to the buffer specified by lpstrFileTitle. If the value specified by nFileOffset is less than zero, the file name is invalid. Otherwise, the file name is valid, and nFileExtension and nFileOffset can be used as if the OFN_NOVALIDATE flag had not been specified.
OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT → const int: Causes the Save As dialog box to generate a message box if the selected file already exists. The user must confirm whether to overwrite the file.
OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST → const int: The user can type only valid paths and file names. If this flag is used and the user types an invalid path and file name in the File Name entry field, the dialog box function displays a warning in a message box.
OFN_READONLY → const int: Causes the Read Only check box to be selected initially when the dialog box is created. This flag indicates the state of the Read Only check box when the dialog box is closed.
OFN_SHAREAWARE → const int: Specifies that if a call to the OpenFile function fails because of a network sharing violation, the error is ignored and the dialog box returns the selected file name. If this flag is not set, the dialog box notifies your hook procedure when a network sharing violation occurs for the file name specified by the user. If you set the OFN_EXPLORER flag, the dialog box sends the CDN_SHAREVIOLATION message to the hook procedure. If you do not set OFN_EXPLORER, the dialog box sends the SHAREVISTRING registered message to the hook procedure.
OFN_SHOWHELP → const int: Causes the dialog box to display the Help button. The hwndOwner member must specify the window to receive the HELPMSGSTRING registered messages that the dialog box sends when the user clicks the Help button. An Explorer-style dialog box sends a CDN_HELP notification message to your hook procedure when the user clicks the Help button.
ONE5STOPBITS → const int: 1.5 stop bits.
ONESTOPBIT → const int: 1 stop bit.
OPEN_ALWAYS → const int: Opens a file, always.
OPEN_EXISTING → const int: Opens a file or device, only if it exists.
PAGE_ENCLAVE_DECOMMIT → const int: Indicates that the page will be protected to prevent further use in an enclave.
PAGE_ENCLAVE_THREAD_CONTROL → const int: The page contains a thread control structure (TCS).
PAGE_ENCLAVE_UNVALIDATED → const int: The page contents that you supply are excluded from measurement with the EEXTEND instruction of the Intel SGX programming model.
PAGE_EXECUTE → const int: Enables execute access to the committed region of pages. An attempt to write to the committed region results in an access violation.
PAGE_EXECUTE_READ → const int: Enables execute or read-only access to the committed region of pages. An attempt to write to the committed region results in an access violation.
PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE → const int: Enables execute, read-only, or read/write access to the committed region of pages.
PAGE_EXECUTE_WRITECOPY → const int: Enables execute, read-only, or copy-on-write access to a mapped view of a file mapping object. An attempt to write to a committed copy-on-write page results in a private copy of the page being made for the process. The private page is marked as PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, and the change is written to the new page.
PAGE_GUARD → const int: Pages in the region become guard pages. Any attempt to access a guard page causes the system to raise a STATUS_GUARD_PAGE_VIOLATION exception and turn off the guard page status. Guard pages thus act as a one-time access alarm.
PAGE_NOACCESS → const int: Disables all access to the committed region of pages. An attempt to read from, write to, or execute the committed region results in an access violation.
PAGE_NOCACHE → const int: Sets all pages to be non-cachable. Applications should not use this attribute except when explicitly required for a device. Using the interlocked functions with memory that is mapped with SEC_NOCACHE can result in an EXCEPTION_ILLEGAL_INSTRUCTION exception.
PAGE_READONLY → const int: Enables read-only access to the committed region of pages. An attempt to write to the committed region results in an access violation. If Data Execution Prevention is enabled, an attempt to execute code in the committed region results in an access violation.
PAGE_READWRITE → const int: Enables read-only or read/write access to the committed region of pages. If Data Execution Prevention is enabled, attempting to execute code in the committed region results in an access violation.
PAGE_TARGETS_INVALID → const int: Sets all locations in the pages as invalid targets for CFG. Used along with any execute page protection like PAGE_EXECUTE, PAGE_EXECUTE_READ, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE and PAGE_EXECUTE_WRITECOPY. Any indirect call to locations in those pages will fail CFG checks and the process will be terminated. The default behavior for executable pages allocated is to be marked valid call targets for CFG.
PAGE_TARGETS_NO_UPDATE → const int: Pages in the region will not have their CFG information updated while the protection changes for VirtualProtect. For example, if the pages in the region was allocated using PAGE_TARGETS_INVALID, then the invalid information will be maintained while the page protection changes. This flag is only valid when the protection changes to an executable type like PAGE_EXECUTE, PAGE_EXECUTE_READ, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE and PAGE_EXECUTE_WRITECOPY. The default behavior for VirtualProtect protection change to executable is to mark all locations as valid call targets for CFG.
PAGE_WRITECOMBINE → const int: Sets all pages to be write-combined.
PAGE_WRITECOPY → const int: Enables read-only or copy-on-write access to a mapped view of a file mapping object. An attempt to write to a committed copy-on-write page results in a private copy of the page being made for the process. The private page is marked as PAGE_READWRITE, and the change is written to the new page. If Data Execution Prevention is enabled, attempting to execute code in the committed region results in an access violation.
PBM_DELTAPOS → const int: Advances the current position of a progress bar by a specified increment and redraws the bar to reflect the new position.
PBM_GETBARCOLOR → const int: Gets the color of the progress bar.
PBM_GETBKCOLOR → const int: Gets the background color of the progress bar.
PBM_GETPOS → const int: Retrieves the current position of the progress bar.
PBM_GETRANGE → const int: Retrieves information about the current high and low limits of a given progress bar control.
PBM_GETSTATE → const int: Gets the state of the progress bar.
PBM_GETSTEP → const int: Retrieves the step increment from a progress bar. The step increment is the amount by which the progress bar increases its current position whenever it receives a PBM_STEPIT message. By default, the step increment is set to 10.
PBM_SETBARCOLOR → const int: Sets the color of the progress indicator bar in the progress bar control.
PBM_SETBKCOLOR → const int: Sets the background color in the progress bar.
PBM_SETMARQUEE → const int: Sets the progress bar to marquee mode. This causes the progress bar to move like a marquee.
PBM_SETPOS → const int: Sets the current position for a progress bar and redraws the bar to reflect the new position.
PBM_SETRANGE → const int: Sets the minimum and maximum values for a progress bar and redraws the bar to reflect the new range.
PBM_SETRANGE32 → const int: Sets the minimum and maximum values for a progress bar to 32-bit values, and redraws the bar to reflect the new range
PBM_SETSTATE → const int: Sets the state of the progress bar.
PBM_SETSTEP → const int: Specifies the step increment for a progress bar. The step increment is the amount by which the progress bar increases its current position whenever it receives a PBM_STEPIT message. By default, the step increment is set to 10.
PBM_STEPIT → const int: Advances the current position for a progress bar by the step increment and redraws the bar to reflect the new position. An application sets the step increment by sending the PBM_SETSTEP message.
PBS_MARQUEE → const int: The progress indicator does not grow in size but instead moves repeatedly along the length of the bar, indicating activity without specifying what proportion of the progress is complete.
PBS_SMOOTH → const int: The progress bar displays progress status in a smooth scrolling bar instead of the default segmented bar.
PBS_SMOOTHREVERSE → const int: Determines the animation behavior that the progress bar should use when moving backward (from a higher value to a lower value). If this is set, then a "smooth" transition will occur, otherwise the control will "jump" to the lower value.
PBS_VERTICAL → const int: The progress bar displays progress status vertically, from bottom to top.
PBST_ERROR → const int: Error.
PBST_NORMAL → const int: In progress.
PBST_PAUSED → const int: Paused.
PBT_APMBATTERYLOW → const int: Notifies applications that the battery power is low.
PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE → const int: Notifies applications of a change in the power status of the computer, such as a switch from battery power to A/C. The system also broadcasts this event when remaining battery power slips below the threshold specified by the user or if the battery power changes by a specified percentage.
PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC → const int: Notifies applications that the system is resuming from sleep or hibernation. This event is delivered every time the system resumes and does not indicate whether a user is present.
PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND → const int: Notifies applications that the system has resumed operation after being suspended.
PBT_APMSUSPEND → const int: Notifies applications that the computer is about to enter a suspended state. This event is typically broadcast when all applications and installable drivers have returned TRUE to a previous PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND event.
PBT_POWERSETTINGCHANGE → const int: Power setting change event sent with a WM_POWERBROADCAST window message or in a HandlerEx notification callback for services.
PDEVICESIZE → const int: Reserved.
PHYSICALHEIGHT → const int: For printing devices: the height of the physical page, in device units. For example, a printer set to print at 600 dpi on 8.5-by-11-inch paper has a physical height value of 6600 device units. Note that the physical page is almost always greater than the printable area of the page, and never smaller.
PHYSICALOFFSETX → const int: For printing devices: the distance from the left edge of the physical page to the left edge of the printable area, in device units. For example, a printer set to print at 600 dpi on 8.5-by-11-inch paper, that cannot print on the leftmost 0.25-inch of paper, has a horizontal physical offset of 150 device units.
PHYSICALOFFSETY → const int: For printing devices: the distance from the top edge of the physical page to the top edge of the printable area, in device units. For example, a printer set to print at 600 dpi on 8.5-by-11-inch paper, that cannot print on the topmost 0.5-inch of paper, has a vertical physical offset of 300 device units.
PHYSICALWIDTH → const int: For printing devices: the width of the physical page, in device units. For example, a printer set to print at 600 dpi on 8.5-x11-inch paper has a physical width value of 5100 device units. Note that the physical page is almost always greater than the printable area of the page, and never smaller.
PIPE_ACCEPT_REMOTE_CLIENTS → const int: Connections from remote clients can be accepted and checked against the security descriptor for the pipe.
PIPE_ACCESS_DUPLEX → const int: The pipe is bi-directional; both server and client processes can read from and write to the pipe. This mode gives the server the equivalent of GENERIC_READ and GENERIC_WRITE access to the pipe. The client can specify GENERIC_READ or GENERIC_WRITE, or both, when it connects to the pipe using the CreateFile function.
PIPE_ACCESS_INBOUND → const int: The flow of data in the pipe goes from client to server only. This mode gives the server the equivalent of GENERIC_READ access to the pipe. The client must specify GENERIC_WRITE access when connecting to the pipe. If the client must read pipe settings by calling the GetNamedPipeInfo or GetNamedPipeHandleState functions, the client must specify GENERIC_WRITE and FILE_READ_ATTRIBUTES access when connecting to the pipe.
PIPE_ACCESS_OUTBOUND → const int: The flow of data in the pipe goes from server to client only. This mode gives the server the equivalent of GENERIC_WRITE access to the pipe. The client must specify GENERIC_READ access when connecting to the pipe. If the client must change pipe settings by calling the SetNamedPipeHandleState function, the client must specify GENERIC_READ and FILE_WRITE_ATTRIBUTES access when connecting to the pipe.
PIPE_CLIENT_END → const int: The handle refers to the client end of a named pipe instance. This is the default.
PIPE_NOWAIT → const int: Nonblocking mode is enabled. In this mode, ReadFile, WriteFile, and ConnectNamedPipe always return immediately.
PIPE_READMODE_BYTE → const int: Data is read from the pipe as a stream of bytes. This mode can be used with either PIPE_TYPE_MESSAGE or PIPE_TYPE_BYTE.
PIPE_READMODE_MESSAGE → const int: Data is read from the pipe as a stream of messages. This mode can be only used if PIPE_TYPE_MESSAGE is also specified.
PIPE_REJECT_REMOTE_CLIENTS → const int: Connections from remote clients are automatically rejected.
PIPE_SERVER_END → const int: The handle refers to the server end of a named pipe instance. If this value is not specified, the handle refers to the client end of a named pipe instance.
PIPE_TYPE_BYTE → const int: The named pipe is a byte pipe. This is the default.
PIPE_TYPE_MESSAGE → const int: The named pipe is a message pipe. If this value is not specified, the pipe is a byte pipe.
PIPE_UNLIMITED_INSTANCES → const int: The number of pipe instances that can be created is limited only by the availability of system resources.
PIPE_WAIT → const int: Blocking mode is enabled. When the pipe handle is specified in the ReadFile, WriteFile, or ConnectNamedPipe function, the operations are not completed until there is data to read, all data is written, or a client is connected. Use of this mode can mean waiting indefinitely in some situations for a client process to perform an action.
PLANES → const int: Number of color planes.
PM_NOREMOVE → const int: Messages are not removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage.
PM_NOYIELD → const int: Prevents the system from releasing any thread that is waiting for the caller to go idle.
PM_REMOVE → const int: Messages are removed from the queue after processing by PeekMessage.
POLYGONALCAPS → const int: Value that indicates the line capabilities of the device.
PRINTER_ENUM_CATEGORY_3D → const int: The function enumerates only 3D printers.
PRINTER_ENUM_CATEGORY_ALL → const int: PRINTER_ENUM_CATEGORY_ALL
PRINTER_ENUM_CONNECTIONS → const int: The function enumerates the list of printers to which the user has made previous connections.
PRINTER_ENUM_CONTAINER → const int: Indicates that the printer object is capable of containing enumerable objects. One such object is a print provider, which is a print server that contains printers.
PRINTER_ENUM_DEFAULT → const int: (Win9.x only) enumerates the default printer.
PRINTER_ENUM_EXPAND → const int: Indicates that the printer object contains further enumerable child objects.
PRINTER_ENUM_FAVORITE → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_HIDE → const int: Indicates that an application cannot display the printer object.
PRINTER_ENUM_ICON1 → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_ICON2 → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_ICON3 → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_ICON4 → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_ICON5 → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_ICON6 → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_ICON7 → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_ICON8 → const int: Indicates that, where appropriate, an application treats an object as a print server. A GUI application can<145> choose to display an icon of choice for this type of object.
PRINTER_ENUM_ICONMASK → const int
PRINTER_ENUM_LOCAL → const int: If the PRINTER_ENUM_NAME flag is not also passed, the function ignores the Name parameter, and enumerates the locally installed printers. If PRINTER_ENUM_NAME is also passed, the function enumerates the local printers on Name.
PRINTER_ENUM_NAME → const int: The function enumerates the printer identified by Name. This can be a server a domain, or a print provider. If Name is NULL, the function enumerates available print providers.
PRINTER_ENUM_NETWORK → const int: The function enumerates network printers in the computer's domain. This value is valid only if Level is 1.
PRINTER_ENUM_REMOTE → const int: The function enumerates network printers and print servers in the computer's domain. This value is valid only if Level is 1.
PRINTER_ENUM_SHARED → const int: The function enumerates printers that have the shared attribute. Cannot be used in isolation; use an OR operation to combine with another PRINTER_ENUM type.
PS_ALTERNATE → const int: The pen sets every other pixel. (This style is applicable only for cosmetic pens.)
PS_COSMETIC → const int: The pen is cosmetic.
PS_DASH → const int: The pen is dashed.
PS_DASHDOT → const int: The pen has alternating dashes and dots.
PS_DASHDOTDOT → const int: The pen has alternating dashes and double dots.
PS_DOT → const int: The pen is dotted.
PS_ENDCAP_FLAT → const int: End caps are flat.
PS_ENDCAP_MASK → const int: Mask for pen endcap styles.
PS_ENDCAP_ROUND → const int: End caps are round.
PS_ENDCAP_SQUARE → const int: End caps are square.
PS_GEOMETRIC → const int: The pen is geometric.
PS_INSIDEFRAME → const int: The pen is solid. When this pen is used in any GDI drawing function that takes a bounding rectangle, the dimensions of the figure are shrunk so that it fits entirely in the bounding rectangle, taking into account the width of the pen. This applies only to geometric pens.
PS_JOIN_BEVEL → const int: Line joins are beveled.
PS_JOIN_MASK → const int: Mask for pen join values.
PS_JOIN_MITER → const int: Line joins are mitered when they are within the current limit set by the SetMiterLimit function. A join is beveled when it would exceed the limit.
PS_JOIN_ROUND → const int: Line joins are round.
PS_NULL → const int: The pen is invisible.
PS_SOLID → const int: The pen is solid.
PS_STYLE_MASK → const int
PS_TYPE_MASK → const int: Mask for pen types.
PS_USERSTYLE → const int: The pen uses a styling array supplied by the user.
PURGE_RXABORT → const int: Terminates all outstanding overlapped read operations and returns immediately, even if the read operations have not been completed.
PURGE_RXCLEAR → const int: Clears the input buffer (if the device driver has one).
PURGE_TXABORT → const int: Terminates all outstanding overlapped write operations and returns immediately, even if the write operations have not been completed.
PURGE_TXCLEAR → const int: Clears the output buffer (if the device driver has one).
QS_ALLEVENTS → const int: An input, WM_TIMER, WM_PAINT, WM_HOTKEY, or posted message is in the queue.
QS_ALLINPUT → const int: Any message is in the queue.
QS_ALLPOSTMESSAGE → const int: A posted message (other than those listed here) is in the queue.
QS_HOTKEY → const int: A WM_HOTKEY message is in the queue.
QS_INPUT → const int: An input message is in the queue.
QS_KEY → const int: A WM_KEYUP, WM_KEYDOWN, WM_SYSKEYUP, or WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is in the queue.
QS_MOUSE → const int: A WM_MOUSEMOVE message or mouse-button message (WM_LBUTTONUP, WM_RBUTTONDOWN, and so on).
QS_MOUSEBUTTON → const int: A mouse-button message (WM_LBUTTONUP, WM_RBUTTONDOWN, and so on).
QS_MOUSEMOVE → const int: A WM_MOUSEMOVE message is in the queue.
QS_PAINT → const int: A WM_PAINT message is in the queue.
QS_POINTER → const int: A pointer message is in the queue.
QS_POSTMESSAGE → const int: A posted message (other than those listed here) is in the queue.
QS_RAWINPUT → const int: A raw input message is in the queue.
QS_SENDMESSAGE → const int: A message sent by another thread or application is in the queue.
QS_TIMER → const int: A WM_TIMER message is in the queue.
QS_TOUCH → const int: A touch message is in the queue.
RASTERCAPS → const int: Value that indicates the raster capabilities of the device.
READ_CONTROL → const int: The right to read the information in the object's security descriptor, not including the information in the system access control list (SACL).
REG_BINARY → const int: Binary data in any form.
REG_DWORD → const int: A 32-bit number.
REG_DWORD_BIG_ENDIAN → const int: A 32-bit number in big-endian format. Some UNIX systems support big-endian architectures.
REG_DWORD_LITTLE_ENDIAN → const int: A 32-bit number in little-endian format. Windows is designed to run on little-endian computer architectures. Therefore, this value is defined as REG_DWORD in the Windows header files.
REG_EXPAND_SZ → const int: A null-terminated string that contains unexpanded references to environment variables, for example, %PATH%. It's either a Unicode or an ANSI string, depending on whether you use the Unicode or ANSI functions
REG_LINK → const int: A null-terminated Unicode string that contains the target path of a symbolic link that was created by calling the RegCreateKeyEx function with REG_OPTION_CREATE_LINK.
REG_MULTI_SZ → const int: A sequence of null-terminated strings, terminated by an empty string (\0). The following is an example: String1\0String2\0String3\0LastString\0\0. The first \0 terminates the first string, the second-from-last \0 terminates the last string, and the final \0 terminates the sequence. Note that the final terminator must be factored into the length of the string.
REG_NONE → const int: No defined value type.
REG_NOTIFY_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES → const int: Notify the caller of changes to the attributes of the key, such as the security descriptor information.
REG_NOTIFY_CHANGE_LAST_SET → const int: Notify the caller of changes to a value of the key. This can include adding or deleting a value, or changing an existing value.
REG_NOTIFY_CHANGE_NAME → const int: Notify the caller if a subkey is added or deleted.
REG_NOTIFY_CHANGE_SECURITY → const int: Notify the caller of changes to the security descriptor of the key.
REG_NOTIFY_THREAD_AGNOSTIC → const int: Indicates that the lifetime of the registration must not be tied to the lifetime of the thread issuing the RegNotifyChangeKeyValue call.
REG_QWORD → const int: A 64-bit number.
REG_QWORD_LITTLE_ENDIAN → const int: A 64-bit number in little-endian format. Windows is designed to run on little-endian computer architectures. Therefore, this value is defined as REG_QWORD in the Windows header files.
REG_SZ → const int: A null-terminated string. It's either a Unicode or an ANSI string, depending on whether you use the Unicode or ANSI functions.
RID_HEADER → const int: Get the header information from the RAWINPUT structure.
RID_INPUT → const int: Get the raw data from the RAWINPUT structure.
RIDEV_APPKEYS → const int: If set, the application command keys are handled. RIDEV_APPKEYS can be specified only if RIDEV_NOLEGACY is specified for a keyboard device.
RIDEV_CAPTUREMOUSE → const int: If set, the mouse button click does not activate the other window. RIDEV_CAPTUREMOUSE can be specified only if RIDEV_NOLEGACY is specified for a mouse device.
RIDEV_DEVNOTIFY → const int: If set, this enables the caller to receive WM_INPUT_DEVICE_CHANGE notifications for device arrival and device removal.
RIDEV_EXCLUDE → const int: If set, this specifies the top level collections to exclude when reading a complete usage page. This flag only affects a TLC whose usage page is already specified with RIDEV_PAGEONLY.
RIDEV_EXINPUTSINK → const int: If set, this enables the caller to receive input in the background only if the foreground application does not process it. In other words, if the foreground application is not registered for raw input, then the background application that is registered will receive the input.
RIDEV_INPUTSINK → const int: If set, this enables the caller to receive the input even when the caller is not in the foreground. Note that hwndTarget must be specified.
RIDEV_NOHOTKEYS → const int: If set, the application-defined keyboard device hotkeys are not handled. However, the system hotkeys; for example, ALT+TAB and CTRL+ALT+DEL, are still handled. By default, all keyboard hotkeys are handled. RIDEV_NOHOTKEYS can be specified even if RIDEV_NOLEGACY is not specified and hwndTarget is NULL.
RIDEV_NOLEGACY → const int: If set, this prevents any devices specified by usUsagePage or usUsage from generating legacy messages. This is only for the mouse and keyboard.
RIDEV_PAGEONLY → const int: If set, this specifies all devices whose top level collection is from the specified usUsagePage. Note that usUsage must be zero. To exclude a particular top level collection, use RIDEV_EXCLUDE.
RIDEV_REMOVE → const int: If set, this removes the top level collection from the inclusion list. This tells the operating system to stop reading from a device which matches the top level collection.
RIDI_DEVICEINFO → const int: pData points to an RID_DEVICE_INFO structure.
RIDI_DEVICENAME → const int: pData points to a string that contains the device interface name.
RIDI_PREPARSEDDATA → const int: pData is a PHIDP_PREPARSED_DATA pointer to a buffer for a top-level collection's preparsed data.
RO_E_CHANGE_NOTIFICATION_IN_PROGRESS → const int: Operation is prohibited during change notification.
RO_E_CLOSED → const int: The object has been closed.
RO_E_ERROR_STRING_NOT_FOUND → const int: The text associated with this error code could not be found.
RO_E_EXCLUSIVE_WRITE → const int: Only one thread may access the object during a write operation.
RO_E_INVALID_METADATA_FILE → const int: Metadata file is invalid or corrupted.
RO_E_METADATA_INVALID_TYPE_FORMAT → const int: Typename has an invalid format.
RO_E_METADATA_NAME_IS_NAMESPACE → const int: Name is an existing namespace rather than a typename.
RO_E_METADATA_NAME_NOT_FOUND → const int: Typename or Namespace was not found in metadata file.
RTS_CONTROL_DISABLE → const int: Disables the RTS line when the device is opened and leaves it disabled.
RTS_CONTROL_ENABLE → const int: Enables the RTS line when the device is opened and leaves it on.
RTS_CONTROL_HANDSHAKE → const int: Enables RTS handshaking. The driver raises the RTS line when the "type-ahead" (input) buffer is less than one-half full and lowers the RTS line when the buffer is more than three-quarters full. If handshaking is enabled, it is an error for the application to adjust the line by using the EscapeCommFunction function.
RTS_CONTROL_TOGGLE → const int: Specifies that the RTS line will be high if bytes are available for transmission. After all buffered bytes have been sent, the RTS line will be low.
S_FALSE → const int: Operation successful
S_OK → const int: Operation successful
SB_BOTH → const int: Apply to the window's standard horizontal and vertical scroll bars.
SB_BOTTOM → const int: Scrolls to the lower right.
SB_CTL → const int: Apply to a scroll bar control.
SB_ENDSCROLL → const int: Ends scroll.
SB_HORZ → const int: Apply to the window's standard horizontal scroll bar.
SB_LEFT → const int: Scrolls to the upper left.
SB_LINEDOWN → const int: Scrolls one line down.
SB_LINELEFT → const int: Scrolls left by one unit.
SB_LINERIGHT → const int: Scrolls right by one unit.
SB_LINEUP → const int: Scrolls one line up.
SB_PAGEDOWN → const int: Scrolls one page down.
SB_PAGELEFT → const int: Scrolls left by the width of the window.
SB_PAGERIGHT → const int: Scrolls right by the width of the window.
SB_PAGEUP → const int: Scrolls one page up.
SB_RIGHT → const int: Scrolls to the lower right.
SB_THUMBPOSITION → const int: The user has dragged the scroll box (thumb) and released the mouse button.
SB_THUMBTRACK → const int: The user is dragging the scroll box. This message is sent repeatedly until the user releases the mouse button.
SB_TOP → const int: Scrolls to the upper left.
SB_VERT → const int: Apply to the window's standard vertical scroll bar.
SC_CLOSE → const int: Closes the window.
SC_CONTEXTHELP → const int: Changes the cursor to a question mark with a pointer. If the user then clicks a control in the dialog box, the control receives a WM_HELP message.
SC_DEFAULT → const int: Selects the default item; the user double-clicked the window menu.
SC_DLG_FORCE_UI → const int: Connects to the card selected by the user from the smart card Select Card dialog box.
SC_DLG_MINIMAL_UI → const int: Selects the smart card if only one smart card meets the criteria, or returns information about the user's selection if more than one smart card meets the criteria.
SC_DLG_NO_UI → const int: Selects the first available card.
SC_HOTKEY → const int: Activates the window associated with the application-specified hot key. The lParam parameter identifies the window to activate.
SC_HSCROLL → const int: Scrolls horizontally.
SC_KEYMENU → const int: Retrieves the window menu as a result of a keystroke.
SC_MAXIMIZE → const int: Maximizes the window.
SC_MINIMIZE → const int: Minimizes the window.
SC_MONITORPOWER → const int: Sets the state of the display. This command supports devices that have power-saving features, such as a battery-powered personal computer.
SC_MOUSEMENU → const int: Retrieves the window menu as a result of a mouse click.
SC_MOVE → const int: Moves the window.
SC_NEXTWINDOW → const int: Moves to the next window.
SC_PREVWINDOW → const int: Moves to the previous window.
SC_RESTORE → const int: Restores the window to its normal position and size.
SC_SCREENSAVE → const int: Executes the screen saver application.
SC_SIZE → const int: Sizes the window.
SC_TASKLIST → const int: Activates the Start menu.
SC_VSCROLL → const int: Scrolls vertically.
SCALINGFACTORX → const int: Scaling factor for the x-axis of the printer.
SCALINGFACTORY → const int: Scaling factor for the y-axis of the printer.
SCARD_ABSENT → const int: There is no card in the reader.
SCARD_AUDIT_CHV_FAILURE → const int: A smart card holder verification (CHV) attempt failed.
SCARD_AUDIT_CHV_SUCCESS → const int: A smart card holder verification (CHV) attempt succeeded.
SCARD_COLD_RESET → const int: Power down the smart card and power it up again.
SCARD_EJECT_CARD → const int: Eject the card on close.
SCARD_LEAVE_CARD → const int: Don't do anything special on close.
SCARD_NEGOTIABLE → const int: The card has been reset and is awaiting PTS negotiation.
SCARD_POWER_DOWN → const int: Remove power from the smart card.
SCARD_POWERED → const int: Power is being provided to the card, but the reader driver is unaware of the mode of the card.
SCARD_PRESENT → const int: There is a card in the reader, but it has not been moved into position for use.
SCARD_PROTOCOL_DEFAULT → const int: Use the implicit protocol of the card with standard parameters.
SCARD_PROTOCOL_OPTIMAL → const int: Use the best possible communication parameters.
SCARD_PROTOCOL_RAW → const int: The Raw Transfer protocol is in use.
SCARD_PROTOCOL_T0 → const int: The ISO 7816/3 T=0 protocol is in use.
SCARD_PROTOCOL_T1 → const int: The ISO 7816/3 T=1 protocol is in use.
SCARD_PROTOCOL_Tx → const int: Bitwise OR combination of both of the two International Standards Organization (IS0) transmission protocols SCARD_PROTOCOL_T0 and SCARD_PROTOCOL_T1.
SCARD_PROTOCOL_UNDEFINED → const int: No transmission protocol is active.
SCARD_PROVIDER_CARD_MODULE → const int: The function retrieves the name of the card module.
SCARD_PROVIDER_CSP → const int: The function retrieves the name of the cryptographic service provider.
SCARD_PROVIDER_KSP → const int: The function retrieves the name of the smart card key storage provider (KSP).
SCARD_PROVIDER_PRIMARY → const int: The function retrieves the name of the smart card's primary service provider as a GUID string.
SCARD_RESET_CARD → const int: Reset the card on close.
SCARD_SCOPE_SYSTEM → const int: Database operations are performed within the domain of the system. The calling application must have appropriate access permissions for any database actions.
SCARD_SCOPE_TERMINAL → const int: Database operations are performed within the domain of the current terminal.
SCARD_SCOPE_USER → const int: Database operations are performed within the domain of the user.
SCARD_SHARE_DIRECT → const int: This application is allocating the reader for its private use, and will be controlling it directly. No other applications are allowed access to it.
SCARD_SHARE_EXCLUSIVE → const int: This application is not willing to share the card with other applications.
SCARD_SHARE_SHARED → const int: This application is willing to share the card with other applications.
SCARD_SPECIFIC → const int: The card has been reset and specific communication protocols have been established.
SCARD_SWALLOWED → const int: There is a card in the reader in position for use. The card is not powered.
SCARD_UNKNOWN → const int: The reader driver has no information concerning the current state of the reader.
SCARD_UNPOWER_CARD → const int: Power down the card on close.
SCARD_WARM_RESET → const int: Reset the smart card without removing power.
SCF_ISSECURE → const int: Indicates whether the screen saver is secure.
SCS_32BIT_BINARY → const int: A 32-bit Windows-based application
SCS_64BIT_BINARY → const int: A 64-bit Windows-based application.
SCS_DOS_BINARY → const int: An MS-DOS – based application
SCS_OS216_BINARY → const int: A 16-bit OS/2-based application
SCS_PIF_BINARY → const int: A PIF file that executes an MS-DOS–based application
SCS_POSIX_BINARY → const int: A POSIX–based application
SCS_WOW_BINARY → const int: A 16-bit Windows-based application
SDC_ALLOW_CHANGES → const int: If required, the function can modify the specified source and target mode information in order to create a functional display path set.
SDC_ALLOW_PATH_ORDER_CHANGES → const int: A modifier to the SDC_TOPOLOGY_SUPPLIED flag that indicates that SetDisplayConfig should ignore the path order of the supplied topology when searching the database. When this flag is set, the topology set is the most recent topology that contains all the paths regardless of the path order.
SDC_APPLY → const int: The resulting topology, source, and target mode is set.
SDC_FORCE_MODE_ENUMERATION → const int: The caller requests that the driver is given an opportunity to update the GDI mode list while SetDisplayConfig sets the new display configuration. This flag value is only valid when the SDC_USE_SUPPLIED_DISPLAY_CONFIG and SDC_APPLY flag values are also specified.
SDC_NO_OPTIMIZATION → const int: A modifier to the SDC_APPLY flag. This causes the change mode to be forced all the way down to the driver for each active display.
SDC_PATH_PERSIST_IF_REQUIRED → const int: When the function processes a SDC_TOPOLOGY_XXX request, it can force path persistence on a target to satisfy the request if necessary. For information about the other flags that this flag can be combined with, see the following list.
SDC_SAVE_TO_DATABASE → const int: The resulting topology, source, and target mode are saved to the database.
SDC_TOPOLOGY_CLONE → const int: The caller requests the last clone configuration from the persistence database.
SDC_TOPOLOGY_EXTEND → const int: The caller requests the last extended configuration from the persistence database.
SDC_TOPOLOGY_EXTERNAL → const int: The caller requests the last external configuration from the persistence database.
SDC_TOPOLOGY_INTERNAL → const int: The caller requests the last internal configuration from the persistence database.
SDC_TOPOLOGY_SUPPLIED → const int: The caller provides the path data so the function only queries the persistence database to find and use the source and target mode.
SDC_USE_DATABASE_CURRENT → const int: The caller requests a combination of all four SDC_TOPOLOGY_XXX configurations. This value informs the API to set the last known display configuration for the current connected monitors.
SDC_USE_SUPPLIED_DISPLAY_CONFIG → const int: The topology, source, and target mode information that are supplied in the pathArray and the modeInfoArray parameters are used, rather than looking up the configuration in the database.
SDC_VALIDATE → const int: The system tests for the requested topology, source, and target mode information to determine whether it can be set.
SDC_VIRTUAL_MODE_AWARE → const int: A modifier to the SDC_USE_SUPPLIED_DISPLAY_CONFIG and SDC_TOPOLOGY_SUPPLIED flags that the caller is aware of virtual modes. Supported starting in Windows 10.
SDC_VIRTUAL_REFRESH_RATE_AWARE → const int: A modifier to the SDC_USE_SUPPLIED_DISPLAY_CONFIG and SDC_TOPOLOGY_SUPPLIED flags that the caller is aware of virtual refresh rates. Supported starting in Windows 11.
SEC_E_OK → const int: The operation completed successfully.
SEM_FAILCRITICALERRORS → const int: The system does not display the critical-error-handler message box. Instead, the system sends the error to the calling thread.
SEM_NOALIGNMENTFAULTEXCEPT → const int: The system automatically fixes memory alignment faults and makes them invisible to the application. It does this for the calling process and any descendant processes. This feature is only supported by certain processor architectures.
SEM_NOGPFAULTERRORBOX → const int: The system does not display the Windows Error Reporting dialog.
SEM_NOOPENFILEERRORBOX → const int: The OpenFile function does not display a message box when it fails to find a file. Instead, the error is returned to the caller. This error mode overrides the OF_PROMPT flag.
SHADEBLENDCAPS → const int: Value that indicates the shading and blending capabilities of the device.
SHUTDOWN_FORCE_OTHERS → const int: All sessions are forcefully logged off. If this flag is not set and users other than the current user are logged on to the computer specified by the lpMachineName parameter, this function fails with a return value of ERROR_SHUTDOWN_USERS_LOGGED_ON.
SHUTDOWN_FORCE_SELF → const int: Specifies that the originating session is logged off forcefully. If this flag is not set, the originating session is shut down interactively, so a shutdown is not guaranteed even if the function returns successfully.
SHUTDOWN_GRACE_OVERRIDE → const int: Overrides the grace period so that the computer is shut down immediately.
SHUTDOWN_HYBRID → const int: Beginning with InitiateShutdown running on Windows 8, you must include the SHUTDOWN_HYBRID flag with one or more of the flags in this table to specify options for the shutdown.
SHUTDOWN_INSTALL_UPDATES → const int: The computer installs any updates before starting the shutdown.
SHUTDOWN_NOREBOOT → const int: The computer is shut down but is not powered down or rebooted.
SHUTDOWN_POWEROFF → const int: The computer is shut down and powered down.
SHUTDOWN_RESTART → const int: The computer is shut down and rebooted.
SHUTDOWN_RESTARTAPPS → const int: The system is rebooted using the ExitWindowsEx function with the EWX_RESTARTAPPS flag. This restarts any applications that have been registered for restart using the RegisterApplicationRestart function.
SIF_ALL → const int: Combines SIF_RANGE, SIF_PAGE, SIF_POS and SIF_TRACKPOS.
SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL → const int: Disables the scroll bar instead of removing it, if the scroll bar's new parameters make the scroll bar unnecessary.
SIF_PAGE → const int: Copies the scroll page to the nPage member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi.
SIF_POS → const int: Copies the scroll position to the nPos member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi.
SIF_RANGE → const int: Copies the scroll range to the nMin and nMax members of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi.
SIF_TRACKPOS → const int: Copies the current scroll box tracking position to the nTrackPos member of the SCROLLINFO structure pointed to by lpsi.
SIZE_MAXHIDE → const int: Message is sent to all pop-up windows when some other window is maximized.
SIZE_MAXIMIZED → const int: The window has been maximized.
SIZE_MAXSHOW → const int: Message is sent to all pop-up windows when some other window has been restored to its former size.
SIZE_MINIMIZED → const int: The window has been minimized.
SIZE_RESTORED → const int: The window has been resized, but neither the SIZE_MINIMIZED nor SIZE_MAXIMIZED value applies.
SIZEPALETTE → const int: Number of entries in the system palette. This index is valid only if the device driver sets the RC_PALETTE bit in the RASTERCAPS index and is available only if the driver is compatible with 16-bit Windows.
SM_ARRANGE → const int: The flags that specify how the system arranged minimized windows.
SM_CLEANBOOT → const int: The value that specifies how the system is started.
SM_CMONITORS → const int: The number of display monitors on a desktop.
SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS → const int: The number of buttons on a mouse, or zero if no mouse is installed.
SM_CONVERTIBLESLATEMODE → const int: Reflects the state of the laptop or slate mode, 0 for Slate Mode and non-zero otherwise.
SM_CXBORDER → const int: The width of a window border, in pixels.
SM_CXCURSOR → const int: The width of a cursor, in pixels.
SM_CXDLGFRAME → const int: This value is the same as SM_CXFIXEDFRAME.
SM_CXDOUBLECLK → const int: The width of the rectangle around the location of a first click in a double-click sequence, in pixels. The second click must occur within the rectangle that is defined by SM_CXDOUBLECLK and SM_CYDOUBLECLK for the system to consider the two clicks a double-click.
SM_CXDRAG → const int: The number of pixels on either side of a mouse-down point that the mouse pointer can move before a drag operation begins. This allows the user to click and release the mouse button easily without unintentionally starting a drag operation. If this value is negative, it is subtracted from the left of the mouse-down point and added to the right of it.
SM_CXEDGE → const int: The width of a 3-D border, in pixels.
SM_CXFIXEDFRAME → const int: The thickness of the frame around the perimeter of a window that has a caption but is not sizable, in pixels. SM_CXFIXEDFRAME is the height of the horizontal border, and SM_CYFIXEDFRAME is the width of the vertical border.
SM_CXFOCUSBORDER → const int: The width of the left and right edges of the focus rectangle that the DrawFocusRect draws. This value is in pixels.
SM_CXFRAME → const int: This value is the same as SM_CXSIZEFRAME.
SM_CXFULLSCREEN → const int: The width of the client area for a full-screen window on the primary display monitor, in pixels.
SM_CXHSCROLL → const int: The width of the arrow bitmap on a horizontal scroll bar, in pixels.
SM_CXHTHUMB → const int: The width of the thumb box in a horizontal scroll bar, in pixels.
SM_CXICON → const int: The default width of an icon, in pixels.
SM_CXICONSPACING → const int: The width of a grid cell for items in large icon view, in pixels. Each item fits into a rectangle of size SM_CXICONSPACING by SM_CYICONSPACING when arranged. This value is always greater than or equal to SM_CXICON.
SM_CXMAXIMIZED → const int: The default width, in pixels, of a maximized top-level window on the primary display monitor.
SM_CXMAXTRACK → const int: The default maximum width of a window that has a caption and sizing borders, in pixels. This metric refers to the entire desktop. The user cannot drag the window frame to a size larger than these dimensions.
SM_CXMENUCHECK → const int: The width of the default menu check-mark bitmap, in pixels.
SM_CXMENUSIZE → const int: The width of menu bar buttons, such as the child window close button that is used in the multiple document interface, in pixels.
SM_CXMIN → const int: The minimum width of a window, in pixels.
SM_CXMINIMIZED → const int: The width of a minimized window, in pixels.
SM_CXMINSPACING → const int: The width of a grid cell for a minimized window, in pixels. Each minimized window fits into a rectangle this size when arranged. This value is always greater than or equal to SM_CXMINIMIZED.
SM_CXMINTRACK → const int: The minimum tracking width of a window, in pixels. The user cannot drag the window frame to a size smaller than these dimensions.
SM_CXPADDEDBORDER → const int: The amount of border padding for captioned windows, in pixels.
SM_CXSCREEN → const int: The width of the screen of the primary display monitor, in pixels.
SM_CXSIZE → const int: The width of a button in a window caption or title bar, in pixels.
SM_CXSIZEFRAME → const int: The thickness of the sizing border around the perimeter of a window that can be resized, in pixels. SM_CXSIZEFRAME is the width of the horizontal border, and SM_CYSIZEFRAME is the height of the vertical border.
SM_CXSMICON → const int: The recommended width of a small icon, in pixels. Small icons typically appear in window captions and in small icon view.
SM_CXSMSIZE → const int: The width of small caption buttons, in pixels.
SM_CXVIRTUALSCREEN → const int: The width of the virtual screen, in pixels. The virtual screen is the bounding rectangle of all display monitors. The SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN metric is the coordinates for the left side of the virtual screen.
SM_CXVSCROLL → const int: The width of a vertical scroll bar, in pixels.
SM_CYBORDER → const int: The height of a window border, in pixels.
SM_CYCAPTION → const int: The height of a caption area, in pixels.
SM_CYCURSOR → const int: The height of a cursor, in pixels.
SM_CYDLGFRAME → const int: This value is the same as SM_CYFIXEDFRAME.
SM_CYDOUBLECLK → const int: The height of the rectangle around the location of a first click in a double-click sequence, in pixels. The second click must occur within the rectangle defined by SM_CXDOUBLECLK and SM_CYDOUBLECLK for the system to consider the two clicks a double-click. The two clicks must also occur within a specified time.
SM_CYDRAG → const int: The number of pixels above and below a mouse-down point that the mouse pointer can move before a drag operation begins. This allows the user to click and release the mouse button easily without unintentionally starting a drag operation. If this value is negative, it is subtracted from above the mouse-down point and added below it.
SM_CYEDGE → const int: The height of a 3-D border, in pixels.
SM_CYFIXEDFRAME → const int: The thickness of the frame around the perimeter of a window that has a caption but is not sizable, in pixels. SM_CXFIXEDFRAME is the height of the horizontal border, and SM_CYFIXEDFRAME is the width of the vertical border.
SM_CYFOCUSBORDER → const int: The height of the top and bottom edges of the focus rectangle drawn by DrawFocusRect. This value is in pixels.
SM_CYFRAME → const int: This value is the same as SM_CYSIZEFRAME.
SM_CYFULLSCREEN → const int: The height of the client area for a full-screen window on the primary display monitor, in pixels.
SM_CYHSCROLL → const int: The height of a horizontal scroll bar, in pixels.
SM_CYICON → const int: The default height of an icon, in pixels.
SM_CYICONSPACING → const int: The height of a grid cell for items in large icon view, in pixels. Each item fits into a rectangle of size SM_CXICONSPACING by SM_CYICONSPACING when arranged. This value is always greater than or equal to SM_CYICON.
SM_CYKANJIWINDOW → const int: For double byte character set versions of the system, this is the height of the Kanji window at the bottom of the screen, in pixels.
SM_CYMAXIMIZED → const int: The default height, in pixels, of a maximized top-level window on the primary display monitor.
SM_CYMAXTRACK → const int: The default maximum height of a window that has a caption and sizing borders, in pixels. This metric refers to the entire desktop. The user cannot drag the window frame to a size larger than these dimensions.
SM_CYMENU → const int: The height of a single-line menu bar, in pixels.
SM_CYMENUCHECK → const int: The height of the default menu check-mark bitmap, in pixels.
SM_CYMENUSIZE → const int: The height of menu bar buttons, such as the child window close button that is used in the multiple document interface, in pixels.
SM_CYMIN → const int: The minimum height of a window, in pixels.
SM_CYMINIMIZED → const int: The height of a minimized window, in pixels.
SM_CYMINSPACING → const int: The height of a grid cell for a minimized window, in pixels. Each minimized window fits into a rectangle this size when arranged. This value is always greater than or equal to SM_CYMINIMIZED.
SM_CYMINTRACK → const int: The minimum tracking height of a window, in pixels. The user cannot drag the window frame to a size smaller than these dimensions.
SM_CYSCREEN → const int: The height of the screen of the primary display monitor, in pixels.
SM_CYSIZE → const int: The height of a button in a window caption or title bar, in pixels.
SM_CYSIZEFRAME → const int: The thickness of the sizing border around the perimeter of a window that can be resized, in pixels. SM_CXSIZEFRAME is the width of the horizontal border, and SM_CYSIZEFRAME is the height of the vertical border.
SM_CYSMCAPTION → const int: The height of a small caption, in pixels.
SM_CYSMICON → const int: The recommended height of a small icon, in pixels. Small icons typically appear in window captions and in small icon view.
SM_CYSMSIZE → const int: The height of small caption buttons, in pixels.
SM_CYVIRTUALSCREEN → const int: The height of the virtual screen, in pixels. The virtual screen is the bounding rectangle of all display monitors. The SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN metric is the coordinates for the top of the virtual screen.
SM_CYVSCROLL → const int: The height of the arrow bitmap on a vertical scroll bar, in pixels.
SM_CYVTHUMB → const int: The height of the thumb box in a vertical scroll bar, in pixels.
SM_DBCSENABLED → const int: Nonzero if User32.dll supports DBCS; otherwise, 0.
SM_DEBUG → const int: Nonzero if the debug version of User.exe is installed; otherwise, 0.
SM_DIGITIZER → const int: Nonzero if the current operating system is Windows 7 or Windows Server 2008 R2 and the Tablet PC Input service is started; otherwise, 0. The return value is a bitmask that specifies the type of digitizer input supported by the device.
SM_IMMENABLED → const int: Nonzero if Input Method Manager/Input Method Editor features are enabled; otherwise, 0.
SM_MAXIMUMTOUCHES → const int: Nonzero if there are digitizers in the system; otherwise, 0. SM_MAXIMUMTOUCHES returns the aggregate maximum of the maximum number of contacts supported by every digitizer in the system. If the system has only single-touch digitizers, the return value is 1. If the system has multi-touch digitizers, the return value is the number of simultaneous contacts the hardware can provide.
SM_MEDIACENTER → const int: Nonzero if the current operating system is the Windows XP, Media Center Edition, 0 if not.
SM_MENUDROPALIGNMENT → const int: Nonzero if drop-down menus are right-aligned with the corresponding menu-bar item; 0 if the menus are left-aligned.
SM_MIDEASTENABLED → const int: Nonzero if the system is enabled for Hebrew and Arabic languages, 0 if not.
SM_MOUSEHORIZONTALWHEELPRESENT → const int: Nonzero if a mouse with a horizontal scroll wheel is installed; otherwise 0.
SM_MOUSEPRESENT → const int: Nonzero if a mouse is installed; otherwise, 0. This value is rarely zero, because of support for virtual mice and because some systems detect the presence of the port instead of the presence of a mouse.
SM_MOUSEWHEELPRESENT → const int: Nonzero if a mouse with a vertical scroll wheel is installed; otherwise 0.
SM_NETWORK → const int: The least significant bit is set if a network is present; otherwise, it is cleared.
SM_PENWINDOWS → const int: Nonzero if the Microsoft Windows for Pen computing extensions are installed; zero otherwise.
SM_REMOTECONTROL → const int: This system metric is used in a Terminal Services environment to determine if the current Terminal Server session is being remotely controlled. Its value is nonzero if the current session is remotely controlled; otherwise, 0.
SM_REMOTESESSION → const int: This system metric is used in a Terminal Services environment. If the calling process is associated with a Terminal Services client session, the return value is nonzero. If the calling process is associated with the Terminal Services console session, the return value is 0
SM_SAMEDISPLAYFORMAT → const int: Nonzero if all the display monitors have the same color format, otherwise, 0. Two displays can have the same bit depth, but different color formats. For example, the red, green, and blue pixels can be encoded with different numbers of bits, or those bits can be located in different places in a pixel color value.
SM_SECURE → const int: This system metric should be ignored; it always returns 0.
SM_SERVERR2 → const int: The build number if the system is Windows Server 2003 R2; otherwise, 0.
SM_SHOWSOUNDS → const int: Nonzero if the user requires an application to present information visually in situations where it would otherwise present the information only in audible form; otherwise, 0.
SM_SHUTTINGDOWN → const int: Nonzero if the current session is shutting down; otherwise, 0.
SM_SLOWMACHINE → const int: Nonzero if the computer has a low-end (slow) processor; otherwise, 0.
SM_STARTER → const int: Nonzero if the current operating system is Windows 7 Starter Edition, Windows Vista Starter, or Windows XP Starter Edition; otherwise, 0.
SM_SWAPBUTTON → const int: Nonzero if the meanings of the left and right mouse buttons are swapped; otherwise, 0.
SM_SYSTEMDOCKED → const int: Reflects the state of the docking mode, 0 for Undocked Mode and non-zero otherwise.
SM_TABLETPC → const int: Nonzero if the current operating system is the Windows XP Tablet PC edition or if the current operating system is Windows Vista or Windows 7 and the Tablet PC Input service is started; otherwise, 0.
SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN → const int: The coordinates for the left side of the virtual screen. The virtual screen is the bounding rectangle of all display monitors. The SM_CXVIRTUALSCREEN metric is the width of the virtual screen.
SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN → const int: The coordinates for the top of the virtual screen. The virtual screen is the bounding rectangle of all display monitors. The SM_CYVIRTUALSCREEN metric is the height of the virtual screen.
SMTO_ABORTIFHUNG → const int: The function returns without waiting for the time-out period to elapse if the receiving thread appears to not respond or "hangs."
SMTO_BLOCK → const int: Prevents the calling thread from processing any other requests until the function returns.
SMTO_ERRORONEXIT → const int: The function should return 0 if the receiving window is destroyed or its owning thread dies while the message is being processed.
SMTO_NORMAL → const int: The calling thread is not prevented from processing other requests while waiting for the function to return.
SMTO_NOTIMEOUTIFNOTHUNG → const int: The function does not enforce the time-out period as long as the receiving thread is processing messages.
SND_ALIAS → const int: name is a registry alias
SND_ALIAS_ID → const int: alias is a predefined ID
SND_APPLICATION → const int: look for application specific association
SND_ASYNC → const int: play asynchronously
SND_FILENAME → const int: name is file name
SND_LOOP → const int: loop the sound until next sndPlaySound
SND_MEMORY → const int: pszSound points to a memory file
SND_NODEFAULT → const int: silence (!default) if sound not found
SND_NOSTOP → const int: don't stop any currently playing sound
SND_NOWAIT → const int: don't wait if the driver is busy
SND_PURGE → const int: purge non-static events for task
SND_RESOURCE → const int: name is resource name or atom
SND_RING → const int: Treat this as a "ring" from a communications app - don't duck me
SND_SENTRY → const int: Generate a SoundSentry event with this sound
SND_SYNC → const int: play synchronously (default)
SND_SYSTEM → const int: Treat this as a system sound
SPACEPARITY → const int: Space parity.
SPI_GETANIMATION → const int: Retrieves the animation effects associated with user actions. The pvParam parameter must point to an ANIMATIONINFO structure that receives the information. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(ANIMATIONINFO).
SPI_GETBEEP → const int: Determines whether the warning beeper is on.
SPI_GETBORDER → const int: Retrieves the border multiplier factor that determines the width of a window's sizing border. The pvParamparameter must point to an integer variable that receives this value.
SPI_GETDEFAULTINPUTLANG → const int: Retrieves the input locale identifier for the system default input language.
SPI_GETDRAGFULLWINDOWS → const int: Determines whether dragging of full windows is enabled. The pvParam parameter must point to a BOOL variable that receives TRUE if enabled, or FALSE otherwise.
SPI_GETFILTERKEYS → const int: Retrieves information about the FilterKeys accessibility feature. The pvParam parameter must point to a FILTERKEYS structure that receives the information. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(FILTERKEYS).
SPI_GETFONTSMOOTHING → const int: Determines whether the font smoothing feature is enabled. This feature uses font antialiasing to make font curves appear smoother by painting pixels at different gray levels.
SPI_GETHIGHCONTRAST → const int: Retrieves information about the HighContrast accessibility feature. The pvParam parameter must point to a HIGHCONTRAST structure that receives the information. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(HIGHCONTRAST).
SPI_GETICONMETRICS → const int: Retrieves the metrics associated with icons. The pvParam parameter must point to an ICONMETRICS structure that receives the information. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(ICONMETRICS).
SPI_GETICONTITLELOGFONT → const int: Retrieves the logical font information for the current icon-title font. The uiParam parameter specifies the size of a LOGFONT structure, and the pvParam parameter must point to the LOGFONT structure to fill in.
SPI_GETICONTITLEWRAP → const int: Determines whether icon-title wrapping is enabled. The pvParam parameter must point to a BOOL variable that receives TRUE if enabled, or FALSE otherwise.
SPI_GETKEYBOARDDELAY → const int: Retrieves the keyboard repeat-delay setting, which is a value in the range from 0 (approximately 250 ms delay) through 3 (approximately 1 second delay).
SPI_GETKEYBOARDPREF → const int: Determines whether the user relies on the keyboard instead of the mouse, and wants applications to display keyboard interfaces that would otherwise be hidden. The pvParam parameter must point to a BOOL variable that receives TRUE if the user relies on the keyboard; or FALSE otherwise.
SPI_GETKEYBOARDSPEED → const int: Retrieves the keyboard repeat-speed setting, which is a value in the range from 0 (approximately 2.5 repetitions per second) through 31 (approximately 30 repetitions per second). The actual repeat rates are hardware-dependent and may vary from a linear scale by as much as 20%. The pvParam parameter must point to a DWORD variable that receives the setting.
SPI_GETLOWPOWERTIMEOUT → const int: This parameter is not supported.
SPI_GETMENUDROPALIGNMENT → const int: Determines whether pop-up menus are left-aligned or right-aligned, relative to the corresponding menu-bar item. The pvParam parameter must point to a BOOL variable that receives TRUE if right-aligned, or FALSE otherwise.
SPI_GETMINIMIZEDMETRICS → const int: Retrieves the metrics associated with minimized windows. The pvParam parameter must point to a MINIMIZEDMETRICS structure that receives the information. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(MINIMIZEDMETRICS).
SPI_GETMOUSE → const int: Retrieves the two mouse threshold values and the mouse acceleration. The pvParam parameter must point to an array of three integers that receives these values. See mouse_event for further information.
SPI_GETMOUSEKEYS → const int: Retrieves information about the MouseKeys accessibility feature. The pvParam parameter must point to a MOUSEKEYS structure that receives the information. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(MOUSEKEYS).
SPI_GETMOUSETRAILS → const int: Determines whether the Mouse Trails feature is enabled. This feature improves the visibility of mouse cursor movements by briefly showing a trail of cursors and quickly erasing them.
SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS → const int: Retrieves the metrics associated with the nonclient area of nonminimized windows. The pvParam parameter must point to a NONCLIENTMETRICS structure that receives the information. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS).
SPI_GETPOWEROFFACTIVE → const int: This parameter is not supported.
SPI_GETPOWEROFFTIMEOUT → const int: This parameter is not supported.
SPI_GETSCREENREADER → const int: Determines whether a screen reviewer utility is running. A screen reviewer utility directs textual information to an output device, such as a speech synthesizer or Braille display. When this flag is set, an application should provide textual information in situations where it would otherwise present the information graphically.
SPI_GETSCREENSAVEACTIVE → const int: Determines whether screen saving is enabled. The pvParam parameter must point to a BOOL variable that receives TRUE if screen saving is enabled, or FALSE otherwise.
SPI_GETSCREENSAVETIMEOUT → const int: Retrieves the screen saver time-out value, in seconds. The pvParam parameter must point to an integer variable that receives the value.
SPI_GETTOGGLEKEYS → const int: Retrieves information about the ToggleKeys accessibility feature. The pvParam parameter must point to a TOGGLEKEYS structure that receives the information. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(TOGGLEKEYS).
SPI_GETWORKAREA → const int: Retrieves the size of the work area on the primary display monitor. The work area is the portion of the screen not obscured by the system taskbar or by application desktop toolbars. The pvParam parameter must point to a RECT structure that receives the coordinates of the work area, expressed in physical pixel size. Any DPI virtualization mode of the caller has no effect on this output.
SPI_ICONHORIZONTALSPACING → const int: Sets or retrieves the width, in pixels, of an icon cell.
SPI_ICONVERTICALSPACING → const int: Sets or retrieves the height, in pixels, of an icon cell.
SPI_SETANIMATION → const int: Sets the animation effects associated with user actions. The pvParam parameter must point to an ANIMATIONINFO structure that contains the new parameters. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(ANIMATIONINFO).
SPI_SETBEEP → const int: Turns the warning beeper on or off. The uiParam parameter specifies TRUE for on, or FALSE for off.
SPI_SETBORDER → const int: Sets the border multiplier factor that determines the width of a window's sizing border. The uiParam parameter specifies the new value.
SPI_SETCURSORS → const int: Reloads the system cursors. Set the uiParam parameter to zero and the pvParam parameter to NULL.
SPI_SETDEFAULTINPUTLANG → const int: Sets the default input language for the system shell and applications.
SPI_SETDESKPATTERN → const int: Sets the current desktop pattern.
SPI_SETDESKWALLPAPER → const int: Sets the desktop wallpaper.
SPI_SETDOUBLECLICKTIME → const int: Sets the double-click time for the mouse to the value of the uiParam parameter. If the uiParam value is greater than 5000 milliseconds, the system sets the double-click time to 5000 milliseconds.
SPI_SETDOUBLECLKHEIGHT → const int: Sets the height of the double-click rectangle to the value of the uiParam parameter.
SPI_SETDOUBLECLKWIDTH → const int: Sets the width of the double-click rectangle to the value of the uiParam parameter.
SPI_SETDRAGFULLWINDOWS → const int: Sets dragging of full windows either on or off. The uiParam parameter specifies TRUE for on, or FALSE for off.
SPI_SETDRAGHEIGHT → const int: Sets the height, in pixels, of the rectangle used to detect the start of a drag operation. Set uiParam to the new value. To retrieve the drag height, call GetSystemMetrics with the SM_CYDRAG flag.
SPI_SETDRAGWIDTH → const int: Sets the width, in pixels, of the rectangle used to detect the start of a drag operation. Set uiParam to the new value. To retrieve the drag width, call GetSystemMetrics with the SM_CXDRAG flag.
SPI_SETFILTERKEYS → const int: Sets the parameters of the FilterKeys accessibility feature. The pvParam parameter must point to a FILTERKEYS structure that contains the new parameters. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(FILTERKEYS).
SPI_SETFONTSMOOTHING → const int: Enables or disables the font smoothing feature, which uses font antialiasing to make font curves appear smoother by painting pixels at different gray levels.
SPI_SETHIGHCONTRAST → const int: Sets the parameters of the HighContrast accessibility feature. The pvParam parameter must point to a HIGHCONTRAST structure that contains the new parameters. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(HIGHCONTRAST).
SPI_SETICONMETRICS → const int: Sets the metrics associated with icons. The pvParam parameter must point to an ICONMETRICS structure that contains the new parameters. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(ICONMETRICS).
SPI_SETICONS → const int: Reloads the system icons. Set the uiParam parameter to zero and the pvParam parameter to NULL.
SPI_SETICONTITLELOGFONT → const int: Sets the font that is used for icon titles. The uiParam parameter specifies the size of a LOGFONT structure, and the pvParam parameter must point to a LOGFONT structure.
SPI_SETICONTITLEWRAP → const int: Turns icon-title wrapping on or off. The uiParam parameter specifies TRUE for on, or FALSE for off.
SPI_SETKEYBOARDDELAY → const int: Sets the keyboard repeat-delay setting.
SPI_SETKEYBOARDPREF → const int: Sets the keyboard preference. The uiParam parameter specifies TRUE if the user relies on the keyboard instead of the mouse, and wants applications to display keyboard interfaces that would otherwise be hidden; uiParam is FALSE otherwise.
SPI_SETKEYBOARDSPEED → const int: Sets the keyboard repeat-speed setting. The uiParam parameter must specify a value in the range from 0 (approximately 2.5 repetitions per second) through 31 (approximately 30 repetitions per second). The actual repeat rates are hardware-dependent and may vary from a linear scale by as much as 20%. If uiParam is greater than 31, the parameter is set to 31.
SPI_SETLANGTOGGLE → const int: Sets the hot key set for switching between input languages.
SPI_SETLOWPOWERACTIVE → const int: This parameter is not supported.
SPI_SETLOWPOWERTIMEOUT → const int: This parameter is not supported.
SPI_SETMENUDROPALIGNMENT → const int: Sets the alignment value of pop-up menus. The uiParam parameter specifies TRUE for right alignment, or FALSE for left alignment.
SPI_SETMINIMIZEDMETRICS → const int: Sets the metrics associated with minimized windows. The pvParam parameter must point to a MINIMIZEDMETRICS structure that contains the new parameters. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(MINIMIZEDMETRICS).
SPI_SETMOUSE → const int: Sets the two mouse threshold values and the mouse acceleration. The pvParam parameter must point to an array of three integers that specifies these values. See mouse_event for further information.
SPI_SETMOUSEBUTTONSWAP → const int: Swaps or restores the meaning of the left and right mouse buttons. The uiParam parameter specifies TRUE to swap the meanings of the buttons, or FALSE to restore their original meanings.
SPI_SETMOUSEKEYS → const int: Sets the parameters of the MouseKeys accessibility feature. The pvParam parameter must point to a MOUSEKEYS structure that contains the new parameters. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(MOUSEKEYS).
SPI_SETMOUSETRAILS → const int: Enables or disables the Mouse Trails feature, which improves the visibility of mouse cursor movements by briefly showing a trail of cursors and quickly erasing them.
SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS → const int: Sets the metrics associated with the nonclient area of nonminimized windows. The pvParam parameter must point to a NONCLIENTMETRICS structure that contains the new parameters. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS). Also, the lfHeight member of the LOGFONT structure must be a negative value.
SPI_SETPOWEROFFACTIVE → const int: This parameter is not supported.
SPI_SETPOWEROFFTIMEOUT → const int: This parameter is not supported.
SPI_SETSCREENREADER → const int: Determines whether a screen review utility is running. The uiParam parameter specifies TRUE for on, or FALSE for off.
SPI_SETSCREENSAVEACTIVE → const int: Sets the state of the screen saver. The uiParam parameter specifies TRUE to activate screen saving, or FALSE to deactivate it.
SPI_SETSCREENSAVETIMEOUT → const int: Sets the screen saver time-out value to the value of the uiParam parameter. This value is the amount of time, in seconds, that the system must be idle before the screen saver activates.
SPI_SETTOGGLEKEYS → const int: Sets the parameters of the ToggleKeys accessibility feature. The pvParam parameter must point to a TOGGLEKEYS structure that contains the new parameters. Set the cbSize member of this structure and the uiParam parameter to sizeof(TOGGLEKEYS).
SPI_SETWORKAREA → const int: Sets the size of the work area. The work area is the portion of the screen not obscured by the system taskbar or by application desktop toolbars. The pvParam parameter is a pointer to a RECT structure that specifies the new work area rectangle, expressed in virtual screen coordinates. In a system with multiple display monitors, the function sets the work area of the monitor that contains the specified rectangle.
SS_BITMAP → const int: A bitmap is to be displayed in the static control.
SS_BLACKFRAME → const int: A box with a frame drawn in the same color as the window frames. This color is black in the default color scheme.
SS_BLACKRECT → const int: A rectangle filled with the current window frame color. This color is black in the default color scheme.
SS_CENTER → const int: A simple rectangle and centers the text in the rectangle.
SS_CENTERIMAGE → const int: A bitmap is centered in the static control that contains it.
SS_EDITCONTROL → const int: The static control duplicates the text-displaying characteristics of a multiline edit control.
SS_ELLIPSISMASK → const int: Mask for text ellipsis styles.
SS_ENDELLIPSIS → const int: If the end of a string does not fit in the rectangle, it is truncated and ellipses are added.
SS_ENHMETAFILE → const int: An enhanced metafile is to be displayed in the static control.
SS_ETCHEDFRAME → const int: Draws the frame of the static control using the EDGE_ETCHED edge style.
SS_ETCHEDHORZ → const int: Draws the top and bottom edges of the static control using the EDGE_ETCHED edge style.
SS_ETCHEDVERT → const int: Draws the left and right edges of the static control using the EDGE_ETCHED edge style.
SS_GRAYFRAME → const int: A box with a frame drawn with the same color as the screen background (desktop). This color is gray in the default color scheme.
SS_GRAYRECT → const int: A rectangle filled with the current screen background color. This color is gray in the default color scheme.
SS_ICON → const int: An icon to be displayed in the dialog box.
SS_LEFT → const int: A simple rectangle and left-aligns the text in the rectangle.
SS_LEFTNOWORDWRAP → const int: A simple rectangle and left-aligns the text in the rectangle.
SS_NOPREFIX → const int: Prevents interpretation of any ampersand (&) characters in the control's text as accelerator prefix characters.
SS_NOTIFY → const int: Sends the parent window STN_CLICKED, STN_DBLCLK, STN_DISABLE, and STN_ENABLE notification codes when the user clicks or double-clicks the control.
SS_OWNERDRAW → const int: The owner of the static control is responsible for drawing the control. The owner window receives a WM_DRAWITEM message whenever the control needs to be drawn.
SS_PATHELLIPSIS → const int: Replaces characters in the middle of the string with ellipses so that the result fits in the specified rectangle.
SS_REALSIZECONTROL → const int: Adjusts the bitmap to fit the size of the static control.
SS_REALSIZEIMAGE → const int: Specifies that the actual resource width is used and the icon is loaded using LoadImage. SS_REALSIZEIMAGE is always used in conjunction with SS_ICON.
SS_RIGHT → const int: A simple rectangle and right-aligns the text in the rectangle.
SS_RIGHTJUST → const int: The lower right corner of a static control with the SS_BITMAP or SS_ICON style is to remain fixed when the control is resized.
SS_SIMPLE → const int: A simple rectangle and displays a single line of left-aligned text in the rectangle.
SS_SUNKEN → const int: Draws a half-sunken border around a static control.
SS_TYPEMASK → const int: A composite style bit that results from using the OR operator on SS_* style bits.
SS_USERITEM → const int: Specifies a user-defined item.
SS_WHITEFRAME → const int: A box with a frame drawn with the same color as the window background. This color is white in the default color scheme.
SS_WHITERECT → const int: A rectangle filled with the current window background color. This color is white in the default color scheme.
SS_WORDELLIPSIS → const int: Truncates any word that does not fit in the rectangle and adds ellipses. Using this style will force the control s text to be on one line with no word wrap.
STANDARD_RIGHTS_ALL → const int: Combines DELETE, READ_CONTROL, WRITE_DAC, WRITE_OWNER, and SYNCHRONIZE access.
STANDARD_RIGHTS_EXECUTE → const int: Currently defined to equal READ_CONTROL.
STANDARD_RIGHTS_READ → const int: Currently defined to equal READ_CONTROL.
STANDARD_RIGHTS_REQUIRED → const int: Combines DELETE, READ_CONTROL, WRITE_DAC, and WRITE_OWNER access.
STANDARD_RIGHTS_WRITE → const int: Currently defined to equal READ_CONTROL.
STARTF_FORCEOFFFEEDBACK → const int: Indicates that the feedback cursor is forced off while the process is starting. The Normal Select cursor is displayed.
STARTF_FORCEONFEEDBACK → const int: Indicates that the cursor is in feedback mode for two seconds after CreateProcess is called. The Working in Background cursor is displayed (see the Pointers tab in the Mouse control panel utility).
STARTF_PREVENTPINNING → const int: Indicates that any windows created by the process cannot be pinned on the taskbar.
STARTF_RUNFULLSCREEN → const int: Indicates that the process should be run in full-screen mode, rather than in windowed mode. This flag is only valid for console applications running on an x86 computer.
STARTF_TITLEISAPPID → const int: The lpTitle member contains an AppUserModelID. This identifier controls how the taskbar and Start menu present the application, and enables it to be associated with the correct shortcuts and Jump Lists. Generally, applications will use the SetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID and GetCurrentProcessExplicitAppUserModelID functions instead of setting this flag.
STARTF_TITLEISLINKNAME → const int: The lpTitle member contains the path of the shortcut file (.lnk) that the user invoked to start this process. This is typically set by the shell when a .lnk file pointing to the launched application is invoked. Most applications will not need to set this value.
STARTF_UNTRUSTEDSOURCE → const int: The command line came from an untrusted source.
STARTF_USECOUNTCHARS → const int: The dwXCountChars and dwYCountChars members contain additional information.
STARTF_USEFILLATTRIBUTE → const int: The dwFillAttribute member contains additional information.
STARTF_USEHOTKEY → const int: The hStdInput member contains additional information.
STARTF_USEPOSITION → const int: The dwX and dwY members contain additional information.
STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW → const int: The wShowWindow member contains additional information.
STARTF_USESIZE → const int: The dwXSize and dwYSize members contain additional information.
STARTF_USESTDHANDLES → const int: The hStdInput, hStdOutput, and hStdError members contain additional information.
STATUS_INFO_LENGTH_MISMATCH → const int: The specified information record length does not match the length that is required for the specified information class.
STATUS_INVALID_HANDLE → const int: An invalid HANDLE was specified.
STATUS_INVALID_INFO_CLASS → const int: The specified information class is not a valid information class for the specified object.
STATUS_NOT_IMPLEMENTED → const int: The requested operation is not implemented.
STATUS_SUCCESS → const int: The operation completed successfully.
STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL → const int: The requested operation was unsuccessful.
STD_ERROR_HANDLE → const int: The standard error device. Initially, this is the active console screen buffer, CONOUT$.
STD_INPUT_HANDLE → const int: The standard input device. Initially, this is the console input buffer, CONIN$.
STD_OUTPUT_HANDLE → const int: The standard output device. Initially, this is the active console screen buffer, CONOUT$.
STILL_ACTIVE → const int: The thread is still active.
STRETCH_ANDSCANS → const int: Performs a Boolean AND operation using the color values for the eliminated and existing pixels. If the bitmap is a monochrome bitmap, this mode preserves black pixels at the expense of white pixels.
STRETCH_DELETESCANS → const int: Deletes the pixels. This mode deletes all eliminated lines of pixels without trying to preserve their information.
STRETCH_HALFTONE → const int: Maps pixels from the source rectangle into blocks of pixels in the destination rectangle. The average color over the destination block of pixels approximates the color of the source pixels.
STRETCH_ORSCANS → const int: Performs a Boolean OR operation using the color values for the eliminated and existing pixels. If the bitmap is a monochrome bitmap, this mode preserves white pixels at the expense of black pixels.
SW_FORCEMINIMIZE → const int: Minimizes a window, even if the thread that owns the window is not responding.
SW_HIDE → const int: Hides the window and activates another window.
SW_MAXIMIZE → const int: Maximizes the specified window.
SW_MINIMIZE → const int: Minimizes the specified window and activates the next top-level window in the Z order.
SW_NORMAL → const int: If the window is minimized or maximized, the system restores it to its original size and position.
SW_RESTORE → const int: Activates and displays the window.
SW_SHOW → const int: Activates the window and displays it in its current size and position.
SW_SHOWDEFAULT → const int: Sets the show state based on the SW_ value specified in the STARTUPINFO structure passed to the CreateProcess function by the program that started the application.
SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED → const int: Activates the window and displays it as a maximized window.
SW_SHOWMINIMIZED → const int: Activates the window and displays it as a minimized window.
SW_SHOWMINNOACTIVE → const int: Displays the window as a minimized window.
SW_SHOWNA → const int: Displays the window in its current size and position.
SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE → const int: Displays a window in its most recent size and position.
SW_SHOWNORMAL → const int: Activates and displays a window.
SWP_ASYNCWINDOWPOS → const int: If the calling thread and the thread that owns the window are attached to different input queues, the system posts the request to the thread that owns the window. This prevents the calling thread from blocking its execution while other threads process the request.
SWP_DEFERERASE → const int: Prevents generation of the WM_SYNCPAINT message.
SWP_DRAWFRAME → const int: Draws a frame (defined in the window's class description) around the window.
SWP_FRAMECHANGED → const int: Applies new frame styles set using the SetWindowLong function. Sends a WM_NCCALCSIZE message to the window, even if the window's size is not being changed. If this flag is not specified, WM_NCCALCSIZE is sent only when the window's size is being changed.
SWP_HIDEWINDOW → const int: Hides the window.
SWP_NOACTIVATE → const int: Does not activate the window. If this flag is not set, the window is activated and moved to the top of either the topmost or non-topmost group (depending on the setting of the hWndInsertAfter parameter).
SWP_NOCOPYBITS → const int: Discards the entire contents of the client area. If this flag is not specified, the valid contents of the client area are saved and copied back into the client area after the window is sized or repositioned.
SWP_NOMOVE → const int: Retains the current position (ignores X and Y parameters).
SWP_NOOWNERZORDER → const int: Does not change the owner window's position in the Z order.
SWP_NOREDRAW → const int: Does not redraw changes. If this flag is set, no repainting of any kind occurs. This applies to the client area, the nonclient area (including the title bar and scroll bars), and any part of the parent window uncovered as a result of the window being moved. When this flag is set, the application must explicitly invalidate or redraw any parts of the window and parent window that need redrawing.
SWP_NOREPOSITION → const int: Same as the SWP_NOOWNERZORDER flag.
SWP_NOSENDCHANGING → const int: Prevents the window from receiving the WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING message.
SWP_NOSIZE → const int: Retains the current size (ignores the cx and cy parameters).
SWP_NOZORDER → const int: Retains the current Z order (ignores the hWndInsertAfter parameter).
SWP_SHOWWINDOW → const int: Displays the window.
SYMFLAG_CLR_TOKEN → const int: The symbol is a CLR token.
SYMFLAG_CONSTANT → const int: The symbol is a constant.
SYMFLAG_EXPORT → const int: The symbol is from the export table.
SYMFLAG_FORWARDER → const int: The symbol is a forwarder.
SYMFLAG_FRAMEREL → const int: Offsets are frame relative.
SYMFLAG_FUNCTION → const int: The symbol is a known function.
SYMFLAG_ILREL → const int: The symbol address is an offset relative to the beginning of the intermediate language block. This applies to managed code only.
SYMFLAG_LOCAL → const int: The symbol is a local variable.
SYMFLAG_METADATA → const int: The symbol is managed metadata.
SYMFLAG_PARAMETER → const int: The symbol is a parameter.
SYMFLAG_REGISTER → const int: The symbol is a register. The Register member is used.
SYMFLAG_REGREL → const int: Offsets are register relative.
SYMFLAG_SLOT → const int: The symbol is a managed code slot.
SYMFLAG_THUNK → const int: The symbol is a thunk.
SYMFLAG_TLSREL → const int: The symbol is an offset into the TLS data area.
SYMFLAG_VALUEPRESENT → const int: The Value member is used.
SYMFLAG_VIRTUAL → const int: The symbol is a virtual symbol created by the SymAddSymbol function.
SYMOPT_ALLOW_ABSOLUTE_SYMBOLS → const int: This symbol option allows DbgHelp to read symbols that are stored at an absolute address in memory. This option is not needed in the vast majority of cases.
SYMOPT_ALLOW_ZERO_ADDRESS → const int: If there is both an uncompressed and a compressed file available, favor the compressed file. This option is good for slow connections.
SYMOPT_AUTO_PUBLICS → const int: This symbol option causes DbgHelp to search the public symbol table in a .pdb file only as a last resort. If any matches are found when searching the private symbol data, the public symbols will not be searched. This improves symbol search speed.
SYMOPT_CASE_INSENSITIVE → const int: This symbol option causes all searches for symbol names to be case-insensitive.
SYMOPT_DEBUG → const int: This symbol option turns on noisy symbol loading. This instructs the debugger to display information about its search for symbols.
SYMOPT_DEFERRED_LOADS → const int: This symbol option is called deferred symbol loading or lazy symbol loading. When it is active, symbols are not actually loaded when the target modules are loaded. Instead, symbols are loaded by the debugger as they are needed.
SYMOPT_DISABLE_SYMSRV_AUTODETECT → const int: Disables the auto-detection of symbol server stores in the symbol path, even without the "SRV*" designation, maintaining compatibility with previous behavior.
SYMOPT_EXACT_SYMBOLS → const int: This symbol option causes the debugger to perform a strict evaluation of all symbol files.
SYMOPT_FAIL_CRITICAL_ERRORS → const int: This symbol option causes file access error dialog boxes to be suppressed.
SYMOPT_FAVOR_COMPRESSED → const int: If there is both an uncompressed and a compressed file available, favor the compressed file. This option is good for slow connections.
SYMOPT_FLAT_DIRECTORY → const int: Symbols are stored in the root directory of the default downstream store.
SYMOPT_IGNORE_CVREC → const int: This symbol option causes the symbol handler to ignore the CV record in the loaded image header when searching for symbols.
SYMOPT_IGNORE_IMAGEDIR → const int: Ignore the image directory.
SYMOPT_IGNORE_NT_SYMPATH → const int: This symbol option causes the debugger to ignore the environment variable settings for the symbol path and the executable image path.
SYMOPT_INCLUDE_32BIT_MODULES → const int: When debugging on 64-bit Windows, include any 32-bit modules.
SYMOPT_LOAD_ANYTHING → const int: This symbol option reduces the pickiness of the symbol handler when it is attempting to match symbols.
SYMOPT_LOAD_LINES → const int: This symbol option allows line number information to be read from source files. This option must be on for source debugging to work correctly.
SYMOPT_NO_CPP → const int: This symbol option turns off C++ translation. When this symbol option is set, :: is replaced by __ in all symbols.
SYMOPT_NO_IMAGE_SEARCH → const int: This symbol option prevents DbgHelp from searching the disk for a copy of the image when symbols are loaded.
SYMOPT_NO_PROMPTS → const int: This symbol option suppresses authentication dialog boxes from the proxy server. This may result in SymSrv being unable to access a symbol store on the internet.
SYMOPT_NO_PUBLICS → const int: This symbol option prevents DbgHelp from searching the public symbol table. This can make symbol enumeration and symbol searches much faster. If you are concerned solely with search speed, the SYMOPT_AUTO_PUBLICS option is generally preferable to this one.
SYMOPT_NO_UNQUALIFIED_LOADS → const int: This symbol option disables the symbol handler's automatic loading of modules. When this option is set and the debugger attempts to match a symbol, it will only search modules which have already been loaded.
SYMOPT_OMAP_FIND_NEAREST → const int: When code has been optimized and there is no symbol at the expected location, this option causes the nearest symbol to be used instead.
SYMOPT_OVERWRITE → const int: Overwrite the downlevel store from the symbol store.
SYMOPT_PUBLICS_ONLY → const int: This symbol option causes DbgHelp to ignore private symbol data, and search only the public symbol table for symbol information.
SYMOPT_SECURE → const int: (Kernel mode only) This symbol option indicates whether Secure Mode is active.
SYMOPT_UNDNAME → const int: This symbol option causes public symbol names to be undecorated when they are displayed, and causes searches for symbol names to ignore symbol decorations. Private symbol names are never decorated, regardless of whether this option is active.
SYNCHRONIZE → const int: The right to use the object for synchronization. This enables a thread to wait until the object is in the signaled state.
TECHNOLOGY → const int: Device technology
TEXTCAPS → const int: Value that indicates the text capabilities of the device.
TIME_BYTES → const int: Current byte offset from beginning of the file.
TIME_MIDI → const int: MIDI time.
TIME_MS → const int: Time in milliseconds.
TIME_SAMPLES → const int: Number of waveform-audio samples.
TIME_SMPTE → const int: SMPTE (Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers) time.
TIME_TICKS → const int: Ticks within a MIDI stream.
TMT_CAPTIONFONT → const int: The font used by window captions.
TMT_ICONTITLEFONT → const int: The font used for icons.
TMT_MENUFONT → const int: The font used by menus.
TMT_MSGBOXFONT → const int: The font used to display messages in a message box.
TMT_SMALLCAPTIONFONT → const int: The font used by window small captions.
TMT_STATUSFONT → const int: The font used in status messages.
TOKEN_ADJUST_DEFAULT → const int: Required to change the default owner, primary group, or DACL of an access token.
TOKEN_ADJUST_GROUPS → const int: Required to adjust the attributes of the groups in an access token.
TOKEN_ADJUST_PRIVILEGES → const int: Required to enable or disable the privileges in an access token.
TOKEN_ADJUST_SESSIONID → const int: Required to adjust the session ID of an access token. The SE_TCB_NAME privilege is required.
TOKEN_ALL_ACCESS → const int: Combines all possible access rights for a token.
TOKEN_ASSIGN_PRIMARY → const int: Required to attach a primary token to a process. The SE_ASSIGNPRIMARYTOKEN_NAME privilege is also required to accomplish this task.
TOKEN_DUPLICATE → const int: Required to duplicate an access token.
TOKEN_EXECUTE → const int: Same as STANDARD_RIGHTS_EXECUTE.
TOKEN_IMPERSONATE → const int: Required to attach an impersonation access token to a process.
TOKEN_QUERY → const int: Required to query an access token.
TOKEN_QUERY_SOURCE → const int: Required to query the source of an access token.
TOKEN_READ → const int: Combines STANDARD_RIGHTS_READ and TOKEN_QUERY.
TOKEN_WRITE → const int: Combines STANDARD_RIGHTS_WRITE, TOKEN_ADJUST_PRIVILEGES, TOKEN_ADJUST_GROUPS, and TOKEN_ADJUST_DEFAULT.
TPM_BOTTOMALIGN → const int: Positions the shortcut menu so that its bottom side is aligned with the coordinate specified by the y parameter.
TPM_CENTERALIGN → const int: Centers the shortcut menu horizontally relative to the coordinate specified by the x parameter.
TPM_HORIZONTAL → const int: If the menu cannot be shown at the specified location without overlapping the excluded rectangle, the system tries to accommodate the requested horizontal alignment before the requested vertical alignment.
TPM_HORNEGANIMATION → const int: Animates the menu from right to left.
TPM_HORPOSANIMATION → const int: Animates the menu from left to right.
TPM_LAYOUTRTL → const int: For right-to-left text layout, use TPM_LAYOUTRTL. By default, the text layout is left-to-right.
TPM_LEFTALIGN → const int: Positions the shortcut menu so that its left side is aligned with the coordinate specified by the x parameter.
TPM_LEFTBUTTON → const int: The user can select menu items with only the left mouse button.
TPM_NOANIMATION → const int: Displays menu without animation.
TPM_NONOTIFY → const int: The function does not send notification messages when the user clicks a menu item.
TPM_RECURSE → const int: Use the TPM_RECURSE flag to display a menu when another menu is already displayed. This is intended to support context menus within a menu.
TPM_RETURNCMD → const int: The function returns the menu item identifier of the user's selection in the return value.
TPM_RIGHTALIGN → const int: Positions the shortcut menu so that its right side is aligned with the coordinate specified by the x parameter.
TPM_RIGHTBUTTON → const int: The user can select menu items with both the left and right mouse buttons.
TPM_TOPALIGN → const int: Positions the shortcut menu so that its top side is aligned with the coordinate specified by the y parameter.
TPM_VCENTERALIGN → const int: Centers the shortcut menu vertically relative to the coordinate specified by the y parameter.
TPM_VERNEGANIMATION → const int: Animates the menu from bottom to top.
TPM_VERPOSANIMATION → const int: Animates the menu from top to bottom.
TPM_VERTICAL → const int: If the menu cannot be shown at the specified location without overlapping the excluded rectangle, the system tries to accommodate the requested vertical alignment before the requested horizontal alignment.
TPM_WORKAREA → const int: Restricts the pop-up window to within the work area.
TRUE → const int: Boolean true value returned from the Win32 API
TRUNCATE_EXISTING → const int: Opens a file and truncates it so that its size is zero bytes, only if it exists.
TWOSTOPBITS → const int: 2 stop bits.
UDS_ALIGNLEFT → const int: Positions the up-down control next to the left edge of the buddy window. The buddy window is moved to the right, and its width is decreased to accommodate the width of the up-down control.
UDS_ALIGNRIGHT → const int: Positions the up-down control next to the right edge of the buddy window. The width of the buddy window is decreased to accommodate the width of the up-down control.
UDS_ARROWKEYS → const int: Causes the up-down control to increment and decrement the position when the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW keys are pressed.
UDS_AUTOBUDDY → const int: Automatically selects the previous window in the z-order as the up-down control's buddy window.
UDS_HORZ → const int: Causes the up-down control's arrows to point left and right instead of up and down.
UDS_HOTTRACK → const int: Causes the control to exhibit "hot tracking" behavior. That is, it highlights the UP ARROW and DOWN ARROW on the control as the pointer passes over them.
UDS_NOTHOUSANDS → const int: Does not insert a thousands separator between every three decimal digits.
UDS_SETBUDDYINT → const int: Causes the up-down control to set the text of the buddy window (using the WM_SETTEXT message) when the position changes. The text consists of the position formatted as a decimal or hexadecimal string.
UDS_WRAP → const int: Causes the position to "wrap" if it is incremented or decremented beyond the ending or beginning of the range.
UIA_AcceleratorKeyPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AcceleratorKey property, which is a string containing the accelerator key (also called shortcut key) combinations for the automation element.
UIA_AccessKeyPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AccessKey property, which is a string containing the access key character for the automation element.
UIA_AnnotationAnnotationTypeIdPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AnnotationTypeId property of the Annotation control pattern.
UIA_AnnotationAnnotationTypeNamePropertyId → const int: Identifies the AnnotationTypeName property of the Annotation control pattern.
UIA_AnnotationAuthorPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Author property of the Annotation control pattern.
UIA_AnnotationDateTimePropertyId → const int: Identifies the DateTime property of the Annotation control pattern.
UIA_AnnotationObjectsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AnnotationObjects property, which is a list of annotation objects in a document, such as comment, header, footer, and so on.
UIA_AnnotationPatternId → const int: Identifies the Annotation control pattern.
UIA_AnnotationTargetPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Target property of the Annotation control pattern.
UIA_AnnotationTypesPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AnnotationTypes property, which is a list of the types of annotations in a document, such as comment, header, footer, and so on.
UIA_AppBarControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the AppBar control type.
UIA_AriaPropertiesPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AriaProperties property, which is a formatted string containing the Accessible Rich Internet Application (ARIA) property information for the automation element.
UIA_AriaRolePropertyId → const int: Identifies the AriaRole property, which is a string containing the Accessible Rich Internet Application (ARIA) role information for the automation element.
UIA_AutomationIdPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AutomationId property, which is a string containing the UI Automation identifier (ID) for the automation element.
UIA_BoundingRectanglePropertyId → const int: Identifies the BoundingRectangle property, which specifies the coordinates of the rectangle that completely encloses the automation element.
UIA_ButtonControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Button control type.
UIA_CalendarControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Calendar control type.
UIA_CenterPointPropertyId → const int: Identifies the CenterPoint property, which specifies the center X and Y point coordinates of the automation element.
UIA_CheckBoxControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the CheckBox control type.
UIA_ClassNamePropertyId → const int: Identifies the ClassName property, which is a string containing the class name for the automation element as assigned by the control developer.
UIA_ClickablePointPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ClickablePoint property, which is a point on the automation element that can be clicked.
UIA_ComboBoxControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the ComboBox control type.
UIA_ControllerForPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ControllerFor property, which is an array of automation elements that are manipulated by the automation element that supports this property.
UIA_ControlTypePropertyId → const int: Identifies the ControlType property, which is a class that identifies the type of the automation element.
UIA_CulturePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Culture property, which contains a locale identifier for the automation element (for example, 0x0409 for "en-US" or English (United States)).
UIA_CustomControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Custom control type.
UIA_CustomNavigationPatternId → const int: Identifies the CustomNavigation control pattern.
UIA_DataGridControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the DataGrid control type.
UIA_DataItemControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the DataItem control type.
UIA_DescribedByPropertyId → const int: Identifies the DescribedBy property, which is an array of elements that provide more information about the automation element.
UIA_DockDockPositionPropertyId → const int: Identifies the DockPosition property of the Dock control pattern.
UIA_DockPatternId → const int: Identifies the Dock control pattern.
UIA_DocumentControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Document control type.
UIA_DragDropEffectPropertyId → const int: Identifies the DropEffect property of the Drag control pattern.
UIA_DragDropEffectsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the DropEffects property of the Drag control pattern.
UIA_DragGrabbedItemsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the GrabbedItems property of the Drag control pattern.
UIA_DragIsGrabbedPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsGrabbed property of the Drag control pattern.
UIA_DragPatternId → const int: Identifies the Drag control pattern.
UIA_DropTargetDropTargetEffectPropertyId → const int: Identifies the DropTargetEffect property of the DropTarget control pattern.
UIA_DropTargetDropTargetEffectsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the DropTargetEffects property of the DropTarget control pattern.
UIA_DropTargetPatternId → const int: Identifies the DropTarget control pattern.
UIA_E_ELEMENTNOTAVAILABLE → const int: Indicates that a method was called on a virtualized element, or on an element that no longer exists, usually because it has been destroyed.
UIA_E_ELEMENTNOTENABLED → const int: Indicates that a method that requires an enabled element, such as Select or Expand, was called on an element that was disabled.
UIA_E_INVALIDOPERATION → const int: Indicates that the method attempted an operation that was not valid.
UIA_E_NOCLICKABLEPOINT → const int: Indicates that the GetClickablePoint method was called on an element that has no clickable point.
UIA_E_NOTSUPPORTED → const int: Indicates that the provider explicitly does not support the specified property or control pattern. UI Automation will return this error code to the caller without attempting to provide a default value or falling back to another provider.
UIA_E_PROXYASSEMBLYNOTLOADED → const int: Indicates that a problem occurred when loading an assembly that contains a client-side (proxy) provider.
UIA_E_TIMEOUT → const int: Indicates that the time allotted for a process or operation has expired.
UIA_EditControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Edit control type.
UIA_ExpandCollapseExpandCollapseStatePropertyId → const int: Identifies the ExpandCollapseState property of the ExpandCollapse control pattern.
UIA_ExpandCollapsePatternId → const int: Identifies the ExpandCollapse control pattern.
UIA_FillColorPropertyId → const int: Identifies the FillColor property, which specifies the color used to fill the automation element. This attribute is specified as a COLORREF, a 32-bit value used to specify an RGB or RGBA color.
UIA_FillTypePropertyId → const int: Identifies the FillType property, which specifies the pattern used to fill the automation element, such as none, color, gradient, picture, pattern, and so on.
UIA_FlowsFromPropertyId → const int: Identifies the FlowsFrom property, which is an array of automation elements that suggests the reading order before the current automation element.
UIA_FlowsToPropertyId → const int: Identifies the FlowsTo property, which is an array of automation elements that suggests the reading order after the current automation element.
UIA_FrameworkIdPropertyId → const int: Identifies the FrameworkId property, which is a string containing the name of the underlying UI framework that the automation element belongs to.
UIA_FullDescriptionPropertyId → const int: Identifies the FullDescription property, which exposes a localized string that can contain extended description text for an element.
UIA_GridColumnCountPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ColumnCount property of the Grid control pattern.
UIA_GridItemColumnPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Column property of the GridItem control pattern.
UIA_GridItemColumnSpanPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ColumnSpan property of the GridItem control pattern.
UIA_GridItemContainingGridPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ContainingGrid property of the GridItem control pattern.
UIA_GridItemPatternId → const int: Identifies the GridItem control pattern.
UIA_GridItemRowPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Row property of the GridItem control pattern.
UIA_GridItemRowSpanPropertyId → const int: Identifies the RowSpan property of the GridItem control pattern.
UIA_GridPatternId → const int: Identifies the Grid control pattern.
UIA_GridRowCountPropertyId → const int: Identifies the RowCount property of the Grid control pattern.
UIA_GroupControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Group control type.
UIA_HasKeyboardFocusPropertyId → const int: Identifies the HasKeyboardFocus property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the automation element has keyboard focus.
UIA_HeaderControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Header control type.
UIA_HeaderItemControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the HeaderItem control type.
UIA_HeadingLevelPropertyId → const int: Identifies the HeadingLevel property, which indicates the heading level of a UI Automation element.
UIA_HelpTextPropertyId → const int: Identifies the HelpText property, which is a help text string associated with the automation element.
UIA_HyperlinkControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Hyperlink control type.
UIA_ImageControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Image control type.
UIA_InvokePatternId → const int: Identifies the Invoke control pattern.
UIA_IsAnnotationPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsAnnotationPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Annotation control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsContentElementPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsContentElement property, which is a Boolean value that specifies whether the element appears in the content view of the automation element tree.
UIA_IsControlElementPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsControlElement property, which is a Boolean value that specifies whether the element appears in the control view of the automation element tree.
UIA_IsCustomNavigationPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsCustomNavigationPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the CustomNavigation control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsDataValidForFormPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsDataValidForForm property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the entered or selected value is valid for the form rule associated with the automation element.
UIA_IsDialogPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsDialog property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the automation element is a dialog window.
UIA_IsDockPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsDockPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Dock control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsDragPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsDragPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Drag control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsDropTargetPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsDropTargetPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the DropTarget control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsEnabledPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsEnabled property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the UI item referenced by the automation element is enabled and can be interacted with.
UIA_IsExpandCollapsePatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsExpandCollapsePatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the ExpandCollapse control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsGridItemPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsGridItemPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the GridItem control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsGridPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsGridPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Grid control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsInvokePatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsInvokePatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Invoke control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsItemContainerPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsItemContainerPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the ItemContainer control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsKeyboardFocusablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsKeyboardFocusable property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the automation element can accept keyboard focus.
UIA_IsLegacyIAccessiblePatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsLegacyIAccessiblePatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the LegacyIAccessible control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsMultipleViewPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsMultipleViewPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the MultipleView control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsObjectModelPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsObjectModelPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the ObjectModel control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsOffscreenPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsOffscreen property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the automation element is entirely scrolled out of view or collapsed out of view.
UIA_IsPasswordPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsPassword property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the automation element contains protected content or a password.
UIA_IsPeripheralPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsPeripheral property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the automation element represents peripheral UI.
UIA_IsRangeValuePatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsRangeValuePatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the RangeValue control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsRequiredForFormPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsRequiredForForm property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the automation element is required to be filled out on a form.
UIA_IsScrollItemPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsScrollItemPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the ScrollItem control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsScrollPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsScrollPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Scroll control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsSelectionItemPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsSelectionItemPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the SelectionItem control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsSelectionPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsSelectionPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Selection control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsSpreadsheetItemPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsSpreadsheetItemPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the SpreadsheetItem control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsSpreadsheetPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsSpreadsheetPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Spreadsheet control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsStylesPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsStylesPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Styles control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsSynchronizedInputPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsSynchronizedInputPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the SynchronizedInput control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTableItemPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTableItemPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the TableItem control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTablePatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTablePatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Table control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTextChildPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTextChildPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the TextChild control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTextEditPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTextEditPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the TextEdit control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTextPattern2AvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTextPattern2Available property, which indicates whether version two of the Text control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTextPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTextPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Text control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTogglePatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTogglePatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Toggle control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTransformPattern2AvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTransformPattern2Available property, which indicates whether version two of the Transform control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsTransformPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTransformPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Transform control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsValuePatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsValuePatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Value control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsVirtualizedItemPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsVirtualizedItemPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the VirtualizedItem control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_IsWindowPatternAvailablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsWindowPatternAvailable property, which indicates whether the Window control pattern is available for the automation element.
UIA_ItemContainerPatternId → const int: Identifies the ItemContainer control pattern.
UIA_ItemStatusPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ItemStatus property, which is a text string describing the status of an item of the automation element.
UIA_ItemTypePropertyId → const int: Identifies the ItemType property, which is a text string describing the type of the automation element.
UIA_LabeledByPropertyId → const int: Identifies the LabeledBy property, which is an automation element that contains the text label for this element.
UIA_LandmarkTypePropertyId → const int: Identifies the LandmarkType property, which is a Landmark Type Identifier associated with an element.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleChildIdPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ChildId property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleDefaultActionPropertyId → const int: Identifies the DefaultAction property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleDescriptionPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Description property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleHelpPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Help property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleKeyboardShortcutPropertyId → const int: Identifies the KeyboardShortcut property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleNamePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Name property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessiblePatternId → const int: Identifies the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleRolePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Role property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleSelectionPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Selection property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleStatePropertyId → const int: Identifies the State property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LegacyIAccessibleValuePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Value property of the LegacyIAccessible control pattern.
UIA_LevelPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Level property, which is a 1-based integer associated with an automation element.
UIA_ListControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the List control type.
UIA_ListItemControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the ListItem control type.
UIA_LiveSettingPropertyId → const int: Identifies the LiveSetting property, which is supported by an automation element that represents a live region.
UIA_LocalizedControlTypePropertyId → const int: Identifies the LocalizedControlType property, which is a text string describing the type of control that the automation element represents.
UIA_LocalizedLandmarkTypePropertyId → const int: Identifies the LocalizedLandmarkType, which is a text string describing the type of landmark that the automation element represents.
UIA_MenuBarControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the MenuBar control type.
UIA_MenuControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Menu control type.
UIA_MenuItemControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the MenuItem control type.
UIA_MultipleViewCurrentViewPropertyId → const int: Identifies the CurrentView property of the MultipleView control pattern.
UIA_MultipleViewPatternId → const int: Identifies the MultipleView control pattern.
UIA_MultipleViewSupportedViewsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the SupportedViews property of the MultipleView control pattern.
UIA_NamePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Name property, which is a string that holds the name of the automation element.
UIA_NativeWindowHandlePropertyId → const int: Identifies the NativeWindowHandle property, which is an integer that represents the handle (HWND) of the automation element window, if it exists; otherwise, this property is 0.
UIA_ObjectModelPatternId → const int: Identifies the ObjectModel control pattern.
UIA_OptimizeForVisualContentPropertyId → const int: Identifies the OptimizeForVisualContent property, which is a Boolean value that indicates whether the provider exposes only elements that are visible.
UIA_OrientationPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Orientation property, which indicates the orientation of the control represented by the automation element.
UIA_OutlineColorPropertyId → const int: Identifies the OutlineColor property, which specifies the color used for the outline of the automation element.
UIA_OutlineThicknessPropertyId → const int: Identifies the OutlineThickness property, which specifies the width for the outline of the automation element.
UIA_PaneControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Pane control type.
UIA_PositionInSetPropertyId → const int: Identifies the PositionInSet property, which is a 1-based integer associated with an automation element.
UIA_ProcessIdPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ProcessId property, which is an integer representing the process identifier (ID) of the automation element.
UIA_ProgressBarControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the ProgressBar control type.
UIA_ProviderDescriptionPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ProviderDescription property, which is a formatted string containing the source information of the UI Automation provider for the automation element, including proxy information.
UIA_RadioButtonControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the RadioButton control type.
UIA_RangeValueIsReadOnlyPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsReadOnly property of the RangeValue control pattern.
UIA_RangeValueLargeChangePropertyId → const int: Identifies the LargeChange property of the RangeValue control pattern.
UIA_RangeValueMaximumPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Maximum property of the RangeValue control pattern.
UIA_RangeValueMinimumPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Minimum property of the RangeValue control pattern.
UIA_RangeValuePatternId → const int: Identifies the RangeValue control pattern.
UIA_RangeValueSmallChangePropertyId → const int: Identifies the SmallChange property of the RangeValue control pattern.
UIA_RangeValueValuePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Value property of the RangeValue control pattern.
UIA_RotationPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Rotation property, which specifies the angle of rotation in unspecified units.
UIA_RuntimeIdPropertyId → const int: Identifies the RuntimeId property, which is an array of integers representing the identifier for an automation element.
UIA_ScrollBarControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the ScrollBar control type.
UIA_ScrollHorizontallyScrollablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the HorizontallyScrollable property of the Scroll control pattern.
UIA_ScrollHorizontalScrollPercentPropertyId → const int: Identifies the HorizontalScrollPercent property of the Scroll control pattern.
UIA_ScrollHorizontalViewSizePropertyId → const int: Identifies the HorizontalViewSize property of the Scroll control pattern.
UIA_ScrollItemPatternId → const int: Identifies the ScrollItem control pattern.
UIA_ScrollPatternId → const int: Identifies the Scroll control pattern.
UIA_ScrollVerticallyScrollablePropertyId → const int: Identifies the VerticallyScrollable property of the Scroll control pattern.
UIA_ScrollVerticalScrollPercentPropertyId → const int: Identifies the VerticalScrollPercent property of the Scroll control pattern.
UIA_ScrollVerticalViewSizePropertyId → const int: Identifies the VerticalViewSize property of the Scroll control pattern.
UIA_SelectionCanSelectMultiplePropertyId → const int: Identifies the CanSelectMultiple property of the Selection control pattern.
UIA_SelectionIsSelectionRequiredPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsSelectionRequired property of the Selection control pattern.
UIA_SelectionItemIsSelectedPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsSelected property of the SelectionItem control pattern.
UIA_SelectionItemPatternId → const int: Identifies the SelectionItem control pattern.
UIA_SelectionItemSelectionContainerPropertyId → const int: Identifies the SelectionContainer property of the SelectionItem control pattern.
UIA_SelectionPatternId → const int: Identifies the Selection control pattern.
UIA_SelectionSelectionPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Selection property of the Selection control pattern.
UIA_SemanticZoomControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the SemanticZoom control type.
UIA_SeparatorControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Separator control type.
UIA_SizeOfSetPropertyId → const int: Identifies the SizeOfSet property, which is a 1-based integer associated with an automation element.
UIA_SizePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Size property, which specifies the width and height of the automation element.
UIA_SliderControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Slider control type.
UIA_SpinnerControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Spinner control type.
UIA_SplitButtonControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the SplitButton control type.
UIA_SpreadsheetItemAnnotationObjectsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AnnotationObjects property of the SpreadsheetItem control pattern.
UIA_SpreadsheetItemAnnotationTypesPropertyId → const int: Identifies the AnnotationTypes property of the SpreadsheetItem control pattern.
UIA_SpreadsheetItemFormulaPropertyId → const int: Identifies the Formula property of the SpreadsheetItem control pattern.
UIA_SpreadsheetItemPatternId → const int: Identifies the SpreadsheetItem control pattern.
UIA_SpreadsheetPatternId → const int: Identifies the Spreadsheet control pattern.
UIA_StatusBarControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the StatusBar control type.
UIA_StylesExtendedPropertiesPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ExtendedProperties property of the Styles control pattern.
UIA_StylesFillColorPropertyId → const int: Identifies the FillColor property of the Styles control pattern.
UIA_StylesFillPatternColorPropertyId → const int: Identifies the FillPatternColor property of the Styles control pattern.
UIA_StylesFillPatternStylePropertyId → const int: Identifies the FillPatternStyle property of the Styles control pattern.
UIA_StylesPatternId → const int: Identifies the Styles control pattern.
UIA_StylesShapePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Shape property of the Styles control pattern.
UIA_StylesStyleIdPropertyId → const int: Identifies the StyleId property of the Styles control pattern.
UIA_StylesStyleNamePropertyId → const int: Identifies the StyleName property of the Styles control pattern.
UIA_SynchronizedInputPatternId → const int: Identifies the SynchronizedInput control pattern.
UIA_TabControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Tab control type.
UIA_TabItemControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the TabItem control type.
UIA_TableColumnHeadersPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ColumnHeaders property of the Table control pattern.
UIA_TableControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Table control type.
UIA_TableItemColumnHeaderItemsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ColumnHeaderItems property of the TableItem control pattern.
UIA_TableItemPatternId → const int: Identifies the TableItem control pattern.
UIA_TableItemRowHeaderItemsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the RowHeaderItems property of the TableItem control pattern.
UIA_TablePatternId → const int: Identifies the Table control pattern.
UIA_TableRowHeadersPropertyId → const int: Identifies the RowHeaders property of the Table control pattern.
UIA_TableRowOrColumnMajorPropertyId → const int: Identifies the RowOrColumnMajor property of the Table control pattern.
UIA_TextChildPatternId → const int: Identifies the TextChild control pattern.
UIA_TextControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Text control type.
UIA_TextEditPatternId → const int: Identifies the TextEdit control pattern.
UIA_TextPattern2Id → const int: Identifies the second version of the Text control pattern.
UIA_TextPatternId → const int: Identifies the Text control pattern.
UIA_ThumbControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Thumb control type.
UIA_TitleBarControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the TitleBar control type.
UIA_TogglePatternId → const int: Identifies the Toggle control pattern.
UIA_ToggleToggleStatePropertyId → const int: Identifies the ToggleState property of the Toggle control pattern.
UIA_ToolBarControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the ToolBar control type.
UIA_ToolTipControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the ToolTip control type.
UIA_Transform2CanZoomPropertyId → const int: Identifies the CanZoom property of the Transform control pattern.
UIA_Transform2ZoomLevelPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ZoomLevel property of the Transform control pattern.
UIA_Transform2ZoomMaximumPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ZoomMaximum property of the Transform control pattern.
UIA_Transform2ZoomMinimumPropertyId → const int: Identifies the ZoomMinimum property of the Transform control pattern.
UIA_TransformCanMovePropertyId → const int: Identifies the CanMove property of the Transform control pattern.
UIA_TransformCanResizePropertyId → const int: Identifies the CanResize property of the Transform control pattern.
UIA_TransformCanRotatePropertyId → const int: Identifies the CanRotate property of the Transform control pattern.
UIA_TransformPattern2Id → const int: Identifies the second version of the Transform control pattern.
UIA_TransformPatternId → const int: Identifies the Transform control pattern.
UIA_TreeControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Tree control type.
UIA_TreeItemControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the TreeItem control type.
UIA_ValueIsReadOnlyPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsReadOnly property of the Value control pattern.
UIA_ValuePatternId → const int: Identifies the Value control pattern.
UIA_ValueValuePropertyId → const int: Identifies the Value property of the Value control pattern.
UIA_VirtualizedItemPatternId → const int: Identifies the VirtualizedItem control pattern.
UIA_VisualEffectsPropertyId → const int: Identifies the VisualEffects property, which is a bit field that specifies effects on the automation element, such as shadow, reflection, glow, soft edges, or bevel.
UIA_WindowCanMaximizePropertyId → const int: Identifies the CanMaximize property of the Window control pattern.
UIA_WindowCanMinimizePropertyId → const int: Identifies the CanMinimize property of the Window control pattern.
UIA_WindowControlTypeId → const int: Identifies the Window control type.
UIA_WindowIsModalPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsModal property of the Window control pattern.
UIA_WindowIsTopmostPropertyId → const int: Identifies the IsTopmost property of the Window control pattern.
UIA_WindowPatternId → const int: Identifies the Window control pattern.
UIA_WindowWindowInteractionStatePropertyId → const int: Identifies the WindowInteractionState property of the Window control pattern.
UIA_WindowWindowVisualStatePropertyId → const int: Identifies the WindowVisualState property of the Window control pattern.
VARIANT_ALPHABOOL → const int: Converts a VT_BOOL value to a string containing either "True" or "False".
VARIANT_LOCALBOOL → const int: For conversions from VT_BOOL to VT_BSTR and back, uses the language specified by the locale in use on the local computer.
VARIANT_NOUSEROVERRIDE → const int: For conversions to or from VT_BSTR, passes LOCALE_NOUSEROVERRIDE to the core coercion routines.
VARIANT_NOVALUEPROP → const int: Prevents the function from attempting to coerce an object to a fundamental type by getting the Value property. Applications should set this flag only if necessary, because it makes their behavior inconsistent with other applications.
VER_AND → const int: All product suites specified in the wSuiteMask member must be present in the current system.
VER_EQUAL → const int
VER_GREATER → const int: The current value must be greater than the specified value.
VER_GREATER_EQUAL → const int: The current value must be greater than or equal to the specified value.
VER_LESS → const int: The current value must be less than the specified value.
VER_LESS_EQUAL → const int: The current value must be less than or equal to the specified value.
VER_OR → const int: At least one of the specified product suites must be present in the current system.
VERTRES → const int: Height, in raster lines, of the screen; or for printers, the height, in pixels, of the printable area of the page.
VERTSIZE → const int: Height, in millimeters, of the physical screen.
VREFRESH → const int: For display devices: the current vertical refresh rate of the device, in cycles per second (Hz). A vertical refresh rate value of 0 or 1 represents the display hardware's default refresh rate.
WAVE_ALLOWSYNC → const int: If this flag is specified, a synchronous waveform-audio device can be opened. If this flag is not specified while opening a synchronous driver, the device will fail to open.
WAVE_FORMAT_DIRECT → const int: If this flag is specified, the ACM driver does not perform conversions on the audio data.
WAVE_FORMAT_QUERY → const int: The function queries the device to determine whether it supports the given format, but it does not open the device.
WAVE_MAPPED → const int: If this flag is specified, the uDeviceID parameter specifies a waveform-audio device to be mapped to by the wave mapper.
WAVE_MAPPED_DEFAULT_COMMUNICATION_DEVICE → const int: If this flag is specified and the uDeviceID parameter is WAVE_MAPPER, the function opens the default communication device.
WCA_ACCENT_POLICY → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_ALLOW_NCPAINT → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_CAPTION_BUTTON_BOUNDS → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_CLOAK → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_CLOAKED → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_DISALLOW_PEEK → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_EVER_UNCLOAKED → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_EXCLUDED_FROM_DDA → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_EXCLUDED_FROM_LIVEPREVIEW → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_EXTENDED_FRAME_BOUNDS → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_FORCE_ACTIVEWINDOW_APPEARANCE → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_FORCE_ICONIC_REPRESENTATION → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_FREEZE_REPRESENTATION → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_HAS_ICONIC_BITMAP → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_HOLOGRAPHIC → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_LAST → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_NCADORNMENTINFO → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_NCRENDERING_ENABLED → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_NCRENDERING_EXILED → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_NCRENDERING_POLICY → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_NONCLIENT_RTL_LAYOUT → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_PASSIVEUPDATEMODE → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_THEME_ATTRIBUTES → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_TRANSITIONS_FORCEDISABLED → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_UNDEFINED → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_VIDEO_OVERLAY_ACTIVE → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WCA_VISUAL_OWNER → const WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIB
WDA_EXCLUDEFROMCAPTURE → const int: The window is displayed only on a monitor. Everywhere else, the window does not appear at all. One use for this affinity is for windows that show video recording controls, so that the controls are not included in the capture.
WDA_MONITOR → const int: The window content is displayed only on a monitor. Everywhere else, the window appears with no content.
WDA_NONE → const int: Imposes no restrictions on where the window can be displayed.
WH_CALLWNDPROC → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages before the system sends them to the destination window procedure.
WH_CALLWNDPROCRET → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages after they have been processed by the destination window procedure.
WH_CBT → const int: Installs a hook procedure that receives notifications useful to a CBT application.
WH_DEBUG → const int: Installs a hook procedure useful for debugging other hook procedures.
WH_FOREGROUNDIDLE → const int: Installs a hook procedure that will be called when the application's foreground thread is about to become idle. This hook is useful for performing low priority tasks during idle time.
WH_GETMESSAGE → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages posted to a message queue.
WH_JOURNALPLAYBACK → const int: Installs a hook procedure that posts messages previously recorded by a WH_JOURNALRECORD hook procedure.
WH_JOURNALRECORD → const int: Installs a hook procedure that records input messages posted to the system message queue.
WH_KEYBOARD → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors keystroke messages.
WH_KEYBOARD_LL → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors low-level keyboard input events.
WH_MOUSE → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors mouse messages.
WH_MOUSE_LL → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors low-level mouse input events.
WH_MSGFILTER → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages generated as a result of an input event in a dialog box, message box, menu, or scroll bar.
WH_SHELL → const int: Installs a hook procedure that receives notifications useful to shell applications.
WH_SYSMSGFILTER → const int: Installs a hook procedure that monitors messages generated as a result of an input event in a dialog box, message box, menu, or scroll bar. The hook procedure monitors these messages for all applications in the same desktop as the calling thread.
WHITEONBLACK → const int: Performs a Boolean OR operation using the color values for the eliminated and existing pixels. If the bitmap is a monochrome bitmap, this mode preserves white pixels at the expense of black pixels.
WM_ACTIVATE → const int: Sent to both the window being activated and the window being deactivated.
WM_ACTIVATEAPP → const int: Sent when a window belonging to a different application than the active window is about to be activated. The message is sent to the application whose window is being activated and to the application whose window is being deactivated.
WM_APP → const int: Used to define private messages, usually of the form WM_APP+x, where x is an integer value.
WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME → const int: Sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window to request the name of a CF_OWNERDISPLAY clipboard format.
WM_CANCELMODE → const int: Sent to cancel certain modes, such as mouse capture. For example, the system sends this message to the active window when a dialog box or message box is displayed. Certain functions also send this message explicitly to the specified window regardless of whether it is the active window. For example, the EnableWindow function sends this message when disabling the specified window.
WM_CHANGECBCHAIN → const int: Sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when a window is being removed from the chain.
WM_CHANGEUISTATE → const int: An application sends the WM_CHANGEUISTATE message to indicate that the UI state should be changed.
WM_CHAR → const int: Posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. The WM_CHAR message contains the character code of the key that was pressed.
WM_CHARTOITEM → const int: Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_CHAR message.
WM_CHILDACTIVATE → const int: Sent to a child window when the user clicks the window's title bar or when the window is activated, moved, or sized.
WM_CLEAR → const int: An application sends a WM_CLEAR message to an edit control or combo box to delete (clear) the current selection, if any, from the edit control.
WM_CLIPBOARDUPDATE → const int: The WM_CLIPBOARDUPDATE message signifies that clipboard contents have changed. To listen for this message, create a Clipboard Format Listener using the AddClipboardFormatListener() API. This has replaced the old SetClipboardViewer() API, and is a simpler, more efficient method of monitoring for clipboard changes.
WM_CLOSE → const int: Sent as a signal that a window or an application should terminate.
WM_COMMAND → const int: Sent when the user selects a command item from a menu, when a control sends a notification message to its parent window, or when an accelerator keystroke is translated.
WM_COMMNOTIFY → const int: Deprecated. This message is not sent in modern versions of Windows.
WM_COMPACTING → const int: Sent to all top-level windows when the system detects more than 12.5 percent of system time over a 30- to 60-second interval is being spent compacting memory. This indicates that system memory is low.
WM_COMPAREITEM → const int: Sent to determine the relative position of a new item in the sorted list of an owner-drawn combo box or list box. Whenever the application adds a new item, the system sends this message to the owner of a combo box or list box created with the CBS_SORT or LBS_SORT style.
WM_CONTEXTMENU → const int: Notifies a window that the user clicked the right mouse button (right-clicked) in the window.
WM_COPY → const int: An application sends the WM_COPY message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current selection to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format.
WM_CREATE → const int: Sent when an application requests that a window be created by calling the CreateWindowEx or CreateWindow function.
WM_CUT → const int: An application sends a WM_CUT message to an edit control or combo box to delete (cut) the current selection, if any, in the edit control and copy the deleted text to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format.
WM_DEADCHAR → const int: Posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_KEYUP message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_DEADCHAR specifies a character code generated by a dead key. A dead key is a key that generates a character, such as the umlaut (double-dot), that is combined with another character to form a composite character. For example, the umlaut-O character (Ö) is generated by typing the dead key for the umlaut character, and then typing the O key.
WM_DELETEITEM → const int: Sent to the owner of a list box or combo box when the list box or combo box is destroyed or when items are removed by the LB_DELETESTRING, LB_RESETCONTENT, CB_DELETESTRING, or CB_RESETCONTENT message. The system sends a WM_DELETEITEM message for each deleted item. The system sends the WM_DELETEITEM message for any deleted list box or combo box item with nonzero item data.
WM_DESTROY → const int: Sent when a window is being destroyed.
WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD → const int: Sent to the clipboard owner when a call to the EmptyClipboard function empties the clipboard.
WM_DEVICECHANGE → const int: Notifies an application of a change to the hardware configuration of a device or the computer.
WM_DEVMODECHANGE → const int: The WM_DEVMODECHANGE message is sent to all top-level windows whenever the user changes device-mode settings.
WM_DISPLAYCHANGE → const int: The WM_DISPLAYCHANGE message is sent to all windows when the display resolution has changed.
WM_DPICHANGED → const int: Sent when the effective dots per inch (dpi) for a window has changed. Requires Windows 8.1 or above.
WM_DPICHANGED_AFTERPARENT → const int: For Per Monitor v2 top-level windows, this message is sent to all HWNDs in the child HWND tree of the window that is undergoing a DPI change. This message occurs after the top-level window receives WM_DPICHANGED, and traverses the child tree from the bottom up. Requires Windows 10, version 1703 or higher.
WM_DPICHANGED_BEFOREPARENT → const int: For Per Monitor v2 top-level windows, this message is sent to all HWNDs in the child HWND tree of the window that is undergoing a DPI change. This message occurs before the top-level window receives WM_DPICHANGED, and traverses the child tree from the bottom up. Requires Windows 10, version 1703 or higher.
WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD → const int: Sent to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain when the content of the clipboard changes. This enables a clipboard viewer window to display the new content of the clipboard.
WM_DRAWITEM → const int: Sent to the parent window of an owner-drawn button, combo box, list box, or menu when a visual aspect of the button, combo box, list box, or menu has changed.
WM_DWMCOLORIZATIONCOLORCHANGED → const int: Informs all top-level windows that the colorization color has changed.
WM_ENABLE → const int: Sent when an application changes the enabled state of a window.
WM_ENDSESSION → const int: The WM_ENDSESSION message is sent to an application after the system processes the results of the WM_QUERYENDSESSION message. The WM_ENDSESSION message informs the application whether the session is ending.
WM_ENTERIDLE → const int: Sent to the owner window of a modal dialog box or menu that is entering an idle state. A modal dialog box or menu enters an idle state when no messages are waiting in its queue after it has processed one or more previous messages.
WM_ERASEBKGND → const int: Sent when the window background must be erased (for example, when a window is resized). The message is sent to prepare an invalidated portion of a window for painting.
WM_FONTCHANGE → const int: An application sends the WM_FONTCHANGE message to all top-level windows in the system after changing the pool of font resources.
WM_GESTURE → const int: Passes information about a gesture.
WM_GESTURENOTIFY → const int: Gives you a chance to set the gesture configuration.
WM_GETDLGCODE → const int: Sent to the window procedure associated with a control. By default, the system handles all keyboard input to the control; the system interprets certain types of keyboard input as dialog box navigation keys. To override this default behavior, the control can respond to the WM_GETDLGCODE message to indicate the types of input it wants to process itself.
WM_GETDPISCALEDSIZE → const int: This message tells the operating system that the window will be sized to dimensions other than the default. Requires Windows 10, version 1703 or higher.
WM_GETFONT → const int: Retrieves the font with which the control is currently drawing its text.
WM_GETHOTKEY → const int: Sent to determine the hot key associated with a window.
WM_GETICON → const int: Sent to a window to retrieve a handle to the large or small icon associated with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog, and the small icon in the window caption.
WM_GETMINMAXINFO → const int: Sent to a window when the size or position of the window is about to change. An application can use this message to override the window's default maximized size and position, or its default minimum or maximum tracking size.
WM_GETOBJECT → const int: Sent by both Microsoft Active Accessibility and Microsoft UI Automation to obtain information about an accessible object contained in a server application.
WM_GETTEXT → const int: Copies the text that corresponds to a window into a buffer provided by the caller.
WM_GETTEXTLENGTH → const int: Determines the length, in characters, of the text associated with a window.
WM_HELP → const int: Indicates that the user pressed the F1 key. If a menu is active when F1 is pressed, WM_HELP is sent to the window associated with the menu; otherwise, WM_HELP is sent to the window that has the keyboard focus. If no window has the keyboard focus, WM_HELP is sent to the currently active window.
WM_HOTKEY → const int: Posted when the user presses a hot key registered by the RegisterHotKey function. The message is placed at the top of the message queue associated with the thread that registered the hot key.
WM_HSCROLL → const int: The WM_HSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard horizontal scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a horizontal scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control.
WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD → const int: Sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window. This occurs when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's horizontal scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values.
WM_ICONERASEBKGND → const int: Deprecated. This message is not sent in modern versions of Windows.
WM_INITDIALOG → const int: Sent to the dialog box procedure immediately before a dialog box is displayed. Dialog box procedures typically use this message to initialize controls and carry out any other initialization tasks that affect the appearance of the dialog box.
WM_INITMENU → const int: Sent when a menu is about to become active. It occurs when the user clicks an item on the menu bar or presses a menu key. This allows the application to modify the menu before it is displayed.
WM_INITMENUPOPUP → const int: Sent when a drop-down menu or submenu is about to become active. This allows an application to modify the menu before it is displayed, without changing the entire menu.
WM_INPUT → const int: Sent to the window that is getting raw input.
WM_INPUT_DEVICE_CHANGE → const int: Sent to the window that registered to receive raw input.
WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE → const int: Sent to the topmost affected window after an application's input language has been changed. You should make any application-specific settings and pass the message to the DefWindowProc function, which passes the message to all first-level child windows. These child windows can pass the message to DefWindowProc to have it pass the message to their child windows, and so on.
WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST → const int: Posted to the window with the focus when the user chooses a new input language, either with the hotkey (specified in the Keyboard control panel application) or from the indicator on the system taskbar. An application can accept the change by passing the message to the DefWindowProc function or reject the change (and prevent it from taking place) by returning immediately.
WM_KEYDOWN → const int: Posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is pressed. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed.
WM_KEYUP → const int: Posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a nonsystem key is released. A nonsystem key is a key that is pressed when the ALT key is not pressed, or a keyboard key that is pressed when a window has the keyboard focus.
WM_KILLFOCUS → const int: Sent to a window immediately before it loses the keyboard focus.
WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK → const int: Posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_LBUTTONDOWN → const int: Posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_LBUTTONUP → const int: Posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK → const int: Posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_MBUTTONDOWN → const int: Posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_MBUTTONUP → const int: Posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_MEASUREITEM → const int: Sent to the owner window of a combo box, list box, list-view control, or menu item when the control or menu is created.
WM_MENUCHAR → const int: Sent when a menu is active and the user presses a key that does not correspond to any mnemonic or accelerator key. This message is sent to the window that owns the menu.
WM_MENUCOMMAND → const int: Sent when the user makes a selection from a menu.c
WM_MENUDRAG → const int: Sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the user drags a menu item.
WM_MENUGETOBJECT → const int: Sent to the owner of a drag-and-drop menu when the mouse cursor enters a menu item or moves from the center of the item to the top or bottom of the item.
WM_MENURBUTTONUP → const int: Sent when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is on a menu item.
WM_MENUSELECT → const int: Sent to a menu's owner window when the user selects a menu item.
WM_MOUSEACTIVATE → const int: Sent when the cursor is in an inactive window and the user presses a mouse button. The parent window receives this message only if the child window passes it to the DefWindowProc function.
WM_MOUSEHWHEEL → const int: Sent to the active window when the mouse's horizontal scroll wheel is tilted or rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it.
WM_MOUSEMOVE → const int: Posted to a window when the cursor moves. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_MOUSEWHEEL → const int: Sent to the focus window when the mouse wheel is rotated. The DefWindowProc function propagates the message to the window's parent. There should be no internal forwarding of the message, since DefWindowProc propagates it up the parent chain until it finds a window that processes it.
WM_MOVE → const int: Sent after a window has been moved.
WM_NCACTIVATE → const int: Sent to a window when its nonclient area needs to be changed to indicate an active or inactive state.
WM_NCCALCSIZE → const int: Sent when the size and position of a window's client area must be calculated. By processing this message, an application can control the content of the window's client area when the size or position of the window changes.
WM_NCCREATE → const int: Sent prior to the WM_CREATE message when a window is first created.
WM_NCDESTROY → const int: Notifies a window that its nonclient area is being destroyed. The DestroyWindow function sends the WM_NCDESTROY message to the window following the WM_DESTROY message.WM_DESTROY is used to free the allocated memory object associated with the window.
WM_NCHITTEST → const int: Sent to a window in order to determine what part of the window corresponds to a particular screen coordinate. This can happen, for example, when the cursor moves, when a mouse button is pressed or released, or in response to a call to a function such as WindowFromPoint. If the mouse is not captured, the message is sent to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is sent to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK → const int: Posted when the user double-clicks the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN → const int: Posted when the user presses the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCLBUTTONUP → const int: Posted when the user releases the left mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK → const int: Posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN → const int: Posted when the user presses the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCMBUTTONUP → const int: Posted when the user releases the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCMOUSEMOVE → const int: Posted to a window when the cursor is moved within the nonclient area of the window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCPAINT → const int: The WM_NCPAINT message is sent to a window when its frame must be painted.
WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK → const int: Posted when the user double-clicks the middle mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN → const int: Posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCRBUTTONUP → const int: Posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is within the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCXBUTTONDBLCLK → const int: Posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCXBUTTONDOWN → const int: Posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NCXBUTTONUP → const int: Posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the nonclient area of a window. This message is posted to the window that contains the cursor. If a window has captured the mouse, this message is not posted.
WM_NEXTDLGCTL → const int: Sent to a dialog box procedure to set the keyboard focus to a different control in the dialog box.
WM_NOTIFY → const int: Sent by a common control to its parent window when an event has occurred or the control requires some information.
WM_NOTIFYFORMAT → const int: Determines if a window accepts ANSI or Unicode structures in the WM_NOTIFY notification message. WM_NOTIFYFORMAT messages are sent from a common control to its parent window and from the parent window to the common control.
WM_NULL → const int: Performs no operation.
WM_PAINT → const int: The WM_PAINT message is sent when the system or another application makes a request to paint a portion of an application's window.
WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD → const int: Sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area needs repainting.
WM_PAINTICON → const int: Deprecated. This message is not sent in modern versions of Windows.
WM_PALETTECHANGED → const int: The WM_PALETTECHANGED message is sent to all top-level and overlapped windows after the window with the keyboard focus has realized its logical palette, thereby changing the system palette. This message enables a window that uses a color palette but does not have the keyboard focus to realize its logical palette and update its client area.
WM_PALETTEISCHANGING → const int: The WM_PALETTEISCHANGING message informs applications that an application is going to realize its logical palette.
WM_PASTE → const int: An application sends a WM_PASTE message to an edit control or combo box to copy the current content of the clipboard to the edit control at the current caret position. Data is inserted only if the clipboard contains data in CF_TEXT format.
WM_POWER → const int: Notifies applications that the system, typically a battery-powered personal computer, is about to enter a suspended mode.
WM_POWERBROADCAST → const int: Notifies applications that a power-management event has occurred.
WM_QUERYDRAGICON → const int: Sent to a minimized (iconic) window. The window is about to be dragged by the user but does not have an icon defined for its class. An application can return a handle to an icon or cursor. The system displays this cursor or icon while the user drags the icon.
WM_QUERYENDSESSION → const int: The WM_QUERYENDSESSION message is sent when the user chooses to end the session or when an application calls one of the system shutdown functions.
WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE → const int: The WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE message informs a window that it is about to receive the keyboard focus, giving the window the opportunity to realize its logical palette when it receives the focus.
WM_QUERYOPEN → const int: Sent to an icon when the user requests that the window be restored to its previous size and position.
WM_QUERYUISTATE → const int: An application sends the WM_QUERYUISTATE message to retrieve the UI state for a window.
WM_QUEUESYNC → const int: Sent by a computer-based training (CBT) application to separate user-input messages from other messages sent through the WH_JOURNALPLAYBACK procedure.
WM_QUIT → const int: Indicates a request to terminate an application, and is generated when the application calls the PostQuitMessage function. This message causes the GetMessage function to return zero.
WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK → const int: Posted when the user double-clicks the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_RBUTTONDOWN → const int: Posted when the user presses the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_RBUTTONUP → const int: Posted when the user releases the right mouse button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_RENDERALLFORMATS → const int: Sent to the clipboard owner before it is destroyed, if the clipboard owner has delayed rendering one or more clipboard formats. For the content of the clipboard to remain available to other applications, the clipboard owner must render data in all the formats it is capable of generating, and place the data on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function.
WM_RENDERFORMAT → const int: Sent to the clipboard owner if it has delayed rendering a specific clipboard format and if an application has requested data in that format. The clipboard owner must render data in the specified format and place it on the clipboard by calling the SetClipboardData function.
WM_SETCURSOR → const int: Sent to a window if the mouse causes the cursor to move within a window and mouse input is not captured.
WM_SETFOCUS → const int: Sent to a window after it has gained the keyboard focus.
WM_SETFONT → const int: Sets the font that a control is to use when drawing text.
WM_SETHOTKEY → const int: Sent to a window to associate a hot key with the window. When the user presses the hot key, the system activates the window.
WM_SETICON → const int: Associates a new large or small icon with a window. The system displays the large icon in the ALT+TAB dialog box, and the small icon in the window caption.
WM_SETREDRAW → const int: An application sends the WM_SETREDRAW message to a window to allow changes in that window to be redrawn or to prevent changes in that window from being redrawn.
WM_SETTEXT → const int: Sets the text of a window.
WM_SETTINGCHANGE → const int: A message that is sent to all top-level windows when the SystemParametersInfo function changes a system-wide setting or when policy settings have changed.
WM_SHOWWINDOW → const int: Sent to a window when the window is about to be hidden or shown.
WM_SIZE → const int: Sent to a window after its size has changed.
WM_SIZECLIPBOARD → const int: Sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and the clipboard viewer's client area has changed size.
WM_SPOOLERSTATUS → const int: The WM_SPOOLERSTATUS message is sent from Print Manager whenever a job is added to or removed from the Print Manager queue.
WM_STYLECHANGED → const int: Sent to a window after the SetWindowLong function has changed one or more of the window's styles.
WM_STYLECHANGING → const int: Sent to a window when the SetWindowLong function is about to change one or more of the window's styles.
WM_SYNCPAINT → const int: The WM_SYNCPAINT message is used to synchronize painting while avoiding linking independent GUI threads.
WM_SYSCHAR → const int: Posted to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. It specifies the character code of a system character key that is, a character key that is pressed while the ALT key is down.
WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE → const int: The WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE message is sent to all top-level windows when a change is made to a system color setting.
WM_SYSCOMMAND → const int: A window receives this message when the user chooses a command from the Window menu (formerly known as the system or control menu) or when the user chooses the maximize button, minimize button, restore button, or close button.
WM_SYSDEADCHAR → const int: Sent to the window with the keyboard focus when a WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is translated by the TranslateMessage function. WM_SYSDEADCHAR specifies the character code of a system dead key that is, a dead key that is pressed while holding down the ALT key.
WM_SYSKEYDOWN → const int: Posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user presses the F10 key (which activates the menu bar) or holds down the ALT key and then presses another key. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYDOWN message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter.
WM_SYSKEYUP → const int: Posted to the window with the keyboard focus when the user releases a key that was pressed while the ALT key was held down. It also occurs when no window currently has the keyboard focus; in this case, the WM_SYSKEYUP message is sent to the active window. The window that receives the message can distinguish between these two contexts by checking the context code in the lParam parameter.
WM_TCARD → const int: Sent to an application that has initiated a training card with Windows Help. The message informs the application when the user clicks an authorable button. An application initiates a training card by specifying the HELP_TCARD command in a call to the WinHelp function.
WM_TIMECHANGE → const int: A message that is sent whenever there is a change in the system time.
WM_TIMER → const int: Posted to the installing thread's message queue when a timer expires. The message is posted by the GetMessage or PeekMessage function.
WM_UNDO → const int: An application sends a WM_UNDO message to an edit control to undo the last operation. When this message is sent to an edit control, the previously deleted text is restored or the previously added text is deleted.
WM_UNINITMENUPOPUP → const int: Sent when a drop-down menu or submenu has been destroyed.
WM_UPDATEUISTATE → const int: An application sends the WM_UPDATEUISTATE message to change the UI state for the specified window and all its child windows.
WM_USER → const int: Used to define private messages for use by private window classes, usually in the form WM_USER+x, where x is an integer value.
WM_USERCHANGED → const int: Sent to all windows after the user has logged on or off. When the user logs on or off, the system updates the user-specific settings. The system sends this message immediately after updating the settings.
WM_VKEYTOITEM → const int: Sent by a list box with the LBS_WANTKEYBOARDINPUT style to its owner in response to a WM_KEYDOWN message.
WM_VSCROLL → const int: The WM_VSCROLL message is sent to a window when a scroll event occurs in the window's standard vertical scroll bar. This message is also sent to the owner of a vertical scroll bar control when a scroll event occurs in the control.
WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD → const int: Sent to the clipboard owner by a clipboard viewer window when the clipboard contains data in the CF_OWNERDISPLAY format and an event occurs in the clipboard viewer's vertical scroll bar. The owner should scroll the clipboard image and update the scroll bar values.
WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED → const int: Sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order has changed as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function.
WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING → const int: Sent to a window whose size, position, or place in the Z order is about to change as a result of a call to the SetWindowPos function or another window-management function.
WM_WININICHANGE → const int: An application sends the WM_WININICHANGE message to all top-level windows after making a change to the WIN.INI file. The SystemParametersInfo function sends this message after an application uses the function to change a setting in WIN.INI.
WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE → const int: Notifies applications of changes in session state.
WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK → const int: Posted when the user double-clicks the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_XBUTTONDOWN → const int: Posted when the user presses the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WM_XBUTTONUP → const int: Posted when the user releases the first or second X button while the cursor is in the client area of a window. If the mouse is not captured, the message is posted to the window beneath the cursor. Otherwise, the message is posted to the window that has captured the mouse.
WRITE_DAC → const int: The right to modify the discretionary access control list (DACL) in the object's security descriptor.
WRITE_OWNER → const int: The right to change the owner in the object's security descriptor.
WS_ACTIVECAPTION → const int: The window is active.
WS_BORDER → const int: The window has a thin-line border.
WS_CAPTION → const int: The window has a title bar (includes the WS_BORDER style).
WS_CHILD → const int: The window is a child window. A window with this style cannot have a menu bar. This style cannot be used with the WS_POPUP style.
WS_CHILDWINDOW → const int: Same as the WS_CHILD style.
WS_CLIPCHILDREN → const int: Excludes the area occupied by child windows when drawing occurs within the parent window. This style is used when creating the parent window.
WS_CLIPSIBLINGS → const int: Clips child windows relative to each other; that is, when a particular child window receives a WM_PAINT message, the WS_CLIPSIBLINGS style clips all other overlapping child windows out of the region of the child window to be updated. If WS_CLIPSIBLINGS is not specified and child windows overlap, it is possible, when drawing within the client area of a child window, to draw within the client area of a neighboring child window.
WS_DISABLED → const int: The window is initially disabled. A disabled window cannot receive input from the user. To change this after a window has been created, use the EnableWindow function.
WS_DLGFRAME → const int: The window has a border of a style typically used with dialog boxes. A window with this style cannot have a title bar.
WS_EX_ACCEPTFILES → const int: The window accepts drag-drop files.
WS_EX_APPWINDOW → const int: Forces a top-level window onto the taskbar when the window is visible.
WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE → const int: The window has a border with a sunken edge.
WS_EX_COMPOSITED → const int: Paints all descendants of a window in bottom-to-top painting order using double-buffering.
WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP → const int: The title bar of the window includes a question mark.
WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT → const int: The window itself contains child windows that should take part in dialog box navigation.
WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME → const int: The window has a double border; the window can, optionally, be created with a title bar by specifying the WS_CAPTION style in the dwStyle parameter.
WS_EX_LAYERED → const int: The window is a layered window. This style cannot be used if the window has a class style of either CS_OWNDC or CS_CLASSDC.
WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL → const int: If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading order alignment, the horizontal origin of the window is on the right edge. Increasing horizontal values advance to the left.
WS_EX_LEFT → const int: The window has generic left-aligned properties. This is the default.
WS_EX_LEFTSCROLLBAR → const int: If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading order alignment, the vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the left of the client area. For other languages, the style is ignored.
WS_EX_LTRREADING → const int: The window text is displayed using left-to-right reading-order properties. This is the default.
WS_EX_MDICHILD → const int: The window is a MDI child window.
WS_EX_NOACTIVATE → const int: A top-level window created with this style does not become the foreground window when the user clicks it. The system does not bring this window to the foreground when the user minimizes or closes the foreground window.
WS_EX_NOINHERITLAYOUT → const int: The window does not pass its window layout to its child windows.
WS_EX_NOPARENTNOTIFY → const int: The child window created with this style does not send the WM_PARENTNOTIFY message to its parent window when it is created or destroyed.
WS_EX_NOREDIRECTIONBITMAP → const int: The window does not render to a redirection surface. This is for windows that do not have visible content or that use mechanisms other than surfaces to provide their visual.
WS_EX_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW → const int: The window is an overlapped window.
WS_EX_PALETTEWINDOW → const int: The window is palette window, which is a modeless dialog box that presents an array of commands.
WS_EX_RIGHT → const int: The window has generic "right-aligned" properties. This depends on the window class. This style has an effect only if the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment; otherwise, the style is ignored.
WS_EX_RIGHTSCROLLBAR → const int: The vertical scroll bar (if present) is to the right of the client area. This is the default.
WS_EX_RTLREADING → const int: If the shell language is Hebrew, Arabic, or another language that supports reading-order alignment, the window text is displayed using right-to-left reading-order properties. For other languages, the style is ignored.
WS_EX_STATICEDGE → const int: The window has a three-dimensional border style intended to be used for items that do not accept user input.
WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW → const int: The window is intended to be used as a floating toolbar. A tool window has a title bar that is shorter than a normal title bar, and the window title is drawn using a smaller font. A tool window does not appear in the taskbar or in the dialog that appears when the user presses ALT+TAB. If a tool window has a system menu, its icon is not displayed on the title bar. However, you can display the system menu by right-clicking or by typing ALT+SPACE.
WS_EX_TOPMOST → const int: The window should be placed above all non-topmost windows and should stay above them, even when the window is deactivated. To add or remove this style, use the SetWindowPos function.
WS_EX_TRANSPARENT → const int: The window should not be painted until siblings beneath the window (that were created by the same thread) have been painted. The window appears transparent because the bits of underlying sibling windows have already been painted.
WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE → const int: The window has a border with a raised edge.
WS_GROUP → const int: The window is the first control of a group of controls.
WS_HSCROLL → const int: The window has a horizontal scroll bar.
WS_ICONIC → const int: The window is initially minimized. Same as the WS_MINIMIZE style.
WS_MAXIMIZE → const int: The window is initially maximized.
WS_MAXIMIZEBOX → const int: The window has a maximize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified.
WS_MINIMIZE → const int: The window is initially minimized. Same as the WS_ICONIC style.
WS_MINIMIZEBOX → const int: The window has a minimize button. Cannot be combined with the WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style. The WS_SYSMENU style must also be specified.
WS_OVERLAPPED → const int: The window is an overlapped window. An overlapped window has a title bar and a border. Same as the WS_TILED style.
WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW → const int: The window is an overlapped window. Same as the WS_TILEDWINDOW style.
WS_POPUP → const int: The window is a pop-up window. This style cannot be used with the WS_CHILD style.
WS_POPUPWINDOW → const int: The window is a pop-up window. The WS_CAPTION and WS_POPUPWINDOW styles must be combined to make the window menu visible.
WS_SIZEBOX → const int: The window has a sizing border. Same as the WS_THICKFRAME style.
WS_SYSMENU → const int: The window has a window menu on its title bar. The WS_CAPTION style must also be specified.
WS_TABSTOP → const int: The window is a control that can receive the keyboard focus when the user presses the TAB key.
WS_THICKFRAME → const int: The window has a sizing border. Same as the WS_SIZEBOX style.
WS_TILED → const int: The window is an overlapped window. An overlapped window has a title bar and a border. Same as the WS_OVERLAPPED style.
WS_TILEDWINDOW → const int: The window is an overlapped window. Same as the WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW style.
WS_VISIBLE → const int: The window is initially visible.
WS_VSCROLL → const int: The window has a vertical scroll bar.
WTS_CONSOLE_CONNECT → const int: The session identified by lParam was connected to the console terminal or RemoteFX session.
WTS_CONSOLE_DISCONNECT → const int: The session identified by lParam was disconnected from the console terminal or RemoteFX session.
WTS_REMOTE_CONNECT → const int: The session identified by lParam was connected to the remote terminal.
WTS_REMOTE_DISCONNECT → const int: The session identified by lParam was disconnected from the remote terminal.
WTS_SESSION_CREATE → const int: Reserved for future use.
WTS_SESSION_LOCK → const int: The session identified by lParam has been locked.
WTS_SESSION_LOGOFF → const int: A user has logged off the session identified by lParam.
WTS_SESSION_LOGON → const int: A user has logged on to the session identified by lParam.
WTS_SESSION_REMOTE_CONTROL → const int: The session identified by lParam has changed its remote controlled status.
WTS_SESSION_TERMINATE → const int: Reserved for future use.
WTS_SESSION_UNLOCK → const int: The session identified by lParam has been unlocked.

Properties

DISP_E_ARRAYISLOCKED → int: Memory is locked.
final
DISP_E_BADCALLEE → int: Invalid callee.
final
DISP_E_BADINDEX → int: Invalid index.
final
DISP_E_BADPARAMCOUNT → int: Invalid number of parameters.
final
DISP_E_BADVARTYPE → int: Bad variable type.
final
DISP_E_BUFFERTOOSMALL → int: Buffer too small.
final
DISP_E_DIVBYZERO → int: Division by zero.
final
DISP_E_EXCEPTION → int: Exception occurred.
final
DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND → int: Member not found.
final
DISP_E_NONAMEDARGS → int: No named arguments.
final
DISP_E_NOTACOLLECTION → int: Does not support a collection.
final
DISP_E_OVERFLOW → int: Out of present range.
final
DISP_E_PARAMNOTFOUND → int: Parameter not found.
final
DISP_E_PARAMNOTOPTIONAL → int: Parameter not optional.
final
DISP_E_TYPEMISMATCH → int: Type mismatch.
final
DISP_E_UNKNOWNINTERFACE → int: Unknown interface.
final
DISP_E_UNKNOWNLCID → int: Unknown language.
final
DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME → int: Unknown name.
final
E_ABORT → int: Operation aborted
final
E_ACCESSDENIED → int: General access denied error
final
E_FAIL → int: Unspecified failure
final
E_HANDLE → int: Handle that is not valid
final
E_INVALIDARG → int: One or more arguments are not valid
final
E_NOINTERFACE → int: No such interface supported
final
E_NOTIMPL → int: Not implemented
final
E_OUTOFMEMORY → int: Failed to allocate necessary memory
final
E_PENDING → int: The data necessary to complete this operation is not yet available.
final
E_POINTER → int: Pointer that is not valid
final
E_UNEXPECTED → int: Unexpected failure
final
IDC_APPSTARTING → Pointer<Utf16>: Standard arrow and small hourglass
final
IDC_ARROW → Pointer<Utf16>: Standard arrow
final
IDC_CROSS → Pointer<Utf16>: Crosshair
final
IDC_HAND → Pointer<Utf16>: Hand
final
IDC_HELP → Pointer<Utf16>: Arrow and question mark
final
IDC_IBEAM → Pointer<Utf16>: I-beam
final
IDC_NO → Pointer<Utf16>: Slashed circle
final
IDC_SIZEALL → Pointer<Utf16>: Four-pointed arrow pointing north, south, east, and west
final
IDC_SIZENESW → Pointer<Utf16>: Double-pointed arrow pointing northeast and southwest
final
IDC_SIZENS → Pointer<Utf16>: Double-pointed arrow pointing north and south
final
IDC_SIZENWSE → Pointer<Utf16>: Double-pointed arrow pointing northwest and southeast
final
IDC_SIZEWE → Pointer<Utf16>: Double-pointed arrow pointing west and east
final
IDC_UPARROW → Pointer<Utf16>: Vertical arrow
final
IDC_WAIT → Pointer<Utf16>: Hourglass
final
IDI_APPLICATION → Pointer<Utf16>: Default application icon.
final
IDI_ASTERISK → Pointer<Utf16>: Asterisk icon. Same as IDI_INFORMATION.
final
IDI_ERROR → Pointer<Utf16>: Hand-shaped icon.
final
IDI_EXCLAMATION → Pointer<Utf16>: Exclamation point icon. Same as IDI_WARNING.
final
IDI_HAND → Pointer<Utf16>: Hand-shaped icon. Same as IDI_ERROR.
final
IDI_INFORMATION → Pointer<Utf16>: Asterisk icon.
final
IDI_QUESTION → Pointer<Utf16>: Question mark icon.
final
IDI_SHIELD → Pointer<Utf16>: Security Shield icon.
final
IDI_WARNING → Pointer<Utf16>: Exclamation point icon.
final
IDI_WINLOGO → Pointer<Utf16>: Windows logo icon.
final
isComInitialized → bool: Determines whether the Component Object Model (COM) is initialized on the current thread.
no setter
isCOMInitialized → bool: Determines whether the Component Object Model (COM) is initialized on the current thread.
no setter
RT_ACCELERATOR → Pointer<Utf16>: Accelerator table.
final
RT_ANICURSOR → Pointer<Utf16>: Animated cursor.
final
RT_ANIICON → Pointer<Utf16>: Animated icon.
final
RT_BITMAP → Pointer<Utf16>: Bitmap resource.
final
RT_CURSOR → Pointer<Utf16>: Hardware-dependent cursor resource.
final
RT_DIALOG → Pointer<Utf16>: Dialog box.
final
RT_DLGINCLUDE → Pointer<Utf16>: Allows a resource editing tool to associate a string with an .rc file.
final
RT_FONT → Pointer<Utf16>: Font resource.
final
RT_FONTDIR → Pointer<Utf16>: Font directory resource.
final
RT_GROUP_CURSOR → Pointer<Utf16>: Hardware-independent cursor resource.
final
RT_GROUP_ICON → Pointer<Utf16>: Hardware-independent icon resource.
final
RT_HTML → Pointer<Utf16>: HTML resource.
final
RT_ICON → Pointer<Utf16>: Hardware-dependent icon resource.
final
RT_MANIFEST → Pointer<Utf16>: Side-by-Side Assembly Manifest.
final
RT_MENU → Pointer<Utf16>: Menu resource.
final
RT_MESSAGETABLE → Pointer<Utf16>: Message-table entry.
final
RT_PLUGPLAY → Pointer<Utf16>: Plug and Play resource.
final
RT_RCDATA → Pointer<Utf16>: Application-defined resource (raw data).
final
RT_STRING → Pointer<Utf16>: String-table entry.
final
RT_VERSION → Pointer<Utf16>: Version resource.
final
RT_VXD → Pointer<Utf16>: VXD.
final
VARIANT_FALSE → int: typedef short VARIANT_BOOL: 0 == FALSE
final
VARIANT_TRUE → int: typedef short VARIANT_BOOL: -1 == TRUE
final

Functions

AbortPath(int hdc) → int gdi32: The AbortPath function closes and discards any paths in the specified device context.
AbortPrinter(int hPrinter) → int winspool: The AbortPrinter function deletes a printer's spool file if the printer is configured for spooling.
ActivateActCtx(int hActCtx, Pointer<IntPtr> lpCookie) → int kernel32: The ActivateActCtx function activates the specified activation context. It does this by pushing the specified activation context to the top of the activation stack. The specified activation context is thus associated with the current thread and any appropriate side-by-side API functions.
ActivateKeyboardLayout(int hkl, int Flags) → int user32: Sets the input locale identifier (formerly called the keyboard layout handle) for the calling thread or the current process. The input locale identifier specifies a locale as well as the physical layout of the keyboard.
AddClipboardFormatListener(int hwnd) → int user32: Places the given window in the system-maintained clipboard format listener list.
AddDllDirectory(Pointer<Utf16> NewDirectory) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Adds a directory to the process DLL search path.
AddFontResource(Pointer<Utf16> param0) → int gdi32: The AddFontResource function adds the font resource from the specified file to the system font table. The font can subsequently be used for text output by any application.
AddFontResourceEx(Pointer<Utf16> name, int fl, Pointer<NativeType> res) → int gdi32: The AddFontResourceEx function adds the font resource from the specified file to the system. Fonts added with the AddFontResourceEx function can be marked as private and not enumerable.
AddForm(int hPrinter, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pForm) → int winspool: The AddForm function adds a form to the list of available forms that can be selected for the specified printer.
AddIPAddress(int Address, int IpMask, int IfIndex, Pointer<Uint32> NTEContext, Pointer<Uint32> NTEInstance) → int iphlpapi: The AddIPAddress function adds the specified IPv4 address to the specified adapter.
AddJob(int hPrinter, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pData, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded) → int winspool: The AddJob function adds a print job to the list of print jobs that can be scheduled by the print spooler. The function retrieves the name of the file you can use to store the job.
AddPrinter(Pointer<Utf16> pName, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pPrinter) → int winspool: The AddPrinter function adds a printer to the list of supported printers for a specified server.
AddPrinterConnection(Pointer<Utf16> pName) → int winspool: The AddPrinterConnection function adds a connection to the specified printer for the current user.
AddPrinterConnection2(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> pszName, int dwLevel, Pointer<NativeType> pConnectionInfo) → int winspool: Adds a connection to the specified printer for the current user and specifies connection details.
AddRefActCtx(int hActCtx) → void kernel32: The AddRefActCtx function increments the reference count of the specified activation context.
AdjustWindowRect(Pointer<RECT> lpRect, int dwStyle, int bMenu) → int user32: Calculates the required size of the window rectangle, based on the desired client-rectangle size. The window rectangle can then be passed to the CreateWindow function to create a window whose client area is the desired size.
AdjustWindowRectEx(Pointer<RECT> lpRect, int dwStyle, int bMenu, int dwExStyle) → int user32: Calculates the required size of the window rectangle, based on the desired size of the client rectangle. The window rectangle can then be passed to the CreateWindowEx function to create a window whose client area is the desired size.
AdjustWindowRectExForDpi(Pointer<RECT> lpRect, int dwStyle, int bMenu, int dwExStyle, int dpi) → int user32: Calculates the required size of the window rectangle, based on the desired size of the client rectangle and the provided DPI. This window rectangle can then be passed to the CreateWindowEx function to create a window with a client area of the desired size.
AdvancedDocumentProperties(int hWnd, int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pDeviceName, Pointer<DEVMODE> pDevModeOutput, Pointer<DEVMODE> pDevModeInput) → int winspool: The AdvancedDocumentProperties function displays a printer-configuration dialog box for the specified printer, allowing the user to configure that printer.
AllocConsole() → int kernel32: Allocates a new console for the calling process.
AllowSetForegroundWindow(int dwProcessId) → int user32: Enables the specified process to set the foreground window using the SetForegroundWindow function. The calling process must already be able to set the foreground window.
AngleArc(int hdc, int x, int y, int r, double StartAngle, double SweepAngle) → int gdi32: The AngleArc function draws a line segment and an arc. The line segment is drawn from the current position to the beginning of the arc. The arc is drawn along the perimeter of a circle with the given radius and center. The length of the arc is defined by the given start and sweep angles.
AnimatePalette(int hPal, int iStartIndex, int cEntries, Pointer<PALETTEENTRY> ppe) → int gdi32: The AnimatePalette function replaces entries in the specified logical palette.
AnimateWindow(int hWnd, int dwTime, int dwFlags) → int user32: Enables you to produce special effects when showing or hiding windows. There are four types of animation: roll, slide, collapse or expand, and alpha-blended fade.
AnyPopup() → int user32: Indicates whether an owned, visible, top-level pop-up, or overlapped window exists on the screen. The function searches the entire screen, not just the calling application's client area.
AppendMenu(int hMenu, int uFlags, int uIDNewItem, Pointer<Utf16> lpNewItem) → int user32: Appends a new item to the end of the specified menu bar, drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. You can use this function to specify the content, appearance, and behavior of the menu item.
Arc(int hdc, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) → int gdi32: The Arc function draws an elliptical arc.
ArcTo(int hdc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, int xr1, int yr1, int xr2, int yr2) → int gdi32: The ArcTo function draws an elliptical arc.
AreDpiAwarenessContextsEqual(int dpiContextA, int dpiContextB) → int user32: Determines whether two DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT values are identical.
AreFileApisANSI() → int kernel32: Determines whether the file I/O functions are using the ANSI or OEM character set code page. This function is useful for 8-bit console input and output operations.
ArrangeIconicWindows(int hWnd) → int user32: Arranges all the minimized (iconic) child windows of the specified parent window.
AssignProcessToJobObject(int hJob, int hProcess) → int kernel32: Assigns a process to an existing job object.
AttachConsole(int dwProcessId) → int kernel32: Attaches the calling process to the console of the specified process.
AttachThreadInput(int idAttach, int idAttachTo, int fAttach) → int user32: Attaches or detaches the input processing mechanism of one thread to that of another thread.
Beep(int dwFreq, int dwDuration) → int kernel32: Generates simple tones on the speaker. The function is synchronous; it performs an alertable wait and does not return control to its caller until the sound finishes.
BeginDeferWindowPos(int nNumWindows) → int user32: Allocates memory for a multiple-window- position structure and returns the handle to the structure.
BeginPaint(int hWnd, Pointer<PAINTSTRUCT> lpPaint) → int user32: The BeginPaint function prepares the specified window for painting and fills a PAINTSTRUCT structure with information about the painting.
BeginPath(int hdc) → int gdi32: The BeginPath function opens a path bracket in the specified device context.
BeginUpdateResource(Pointer<Utf16> pFileName, int bDeleteExistingResources) → int kernel32: Retrieves a handle that can be used by the UpdateResource function to add, delete, or replace resources in a binary module.
BitBlt(int hdc, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int hdcSrc, int x1, int y1, int rop) → int gdi32: The BitBlt function performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from the specified source device context into a destination device context.
BlockInput(int fBlockIt) → int user32: Blocks keyboard and mouse input events from reaching applications.
BluetoothAuthenticateDeviceEx(int hwndParentIn, int hRadioIn, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdiInout, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_OOB_DATA_INFO> pbtOobData, int authenticationRequirement) → int bthprops: The BluetoothAuthenticateDeviceEx function sends an authentication request to a remote Bluetooth device. Additionally, this function allows for out-of-band data to be passed into the function call for the device being authenticated.
BluetoothDisplayDeviceProperties(int hwndParent, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdi) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothDisplayDeviceProperties function opens the Control Panel device information property sheet.
BluetoothEnableDiscovery(int hRadio, int fEnabled) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothEnableDiscovery function changes the discovery state of a local Bluetooth radio or radios.
BluetoothEnableIncomingConnections(int hRadio, int fEnabled) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothEnableIncomingConnections function modifies whether a local Bluetooth radio accepts incoming connections.
BluetoothEnumerateInstalledServices(int hRadio, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdi, Pointer<Uint32> pcServiceInout, Pointer<GUID> pGuidServices) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothEnumerateInstalledServices function enumerates the services GUIDs (Globally Unique Identifiers) enabled on a Bluetooth device.
BluetoothFindDeviceClose(int hFind) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothFindDeviceClose function closes an enumeration handle associated with a device query.
BluetoothFindFirstDevice(Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_SEARCH_PARAMS> pbtsp, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdi) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothFindFirstDevice function begins the enumeration Bluetooth devices.
BluetoothFindFirstRadio(Pointer<BLUETOOTH_FIND_RADIO_PARAMS> pbtfrp, Pointer<IntPtr> phRadio) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothFindFirstRadio function begins the enumeration of local Bluetooth radios.
BluetoothFindNextDevice(int hFind, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdi) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothFindNextDevice function finds the next Bluetooth device.
BluetoothFindNextRadio(int hFind, Pointer<IntPtr> phRadio) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothFindNextRadio function finds the next Bluetooth radio.
BluetoothFindRadioClose(int hFind) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothFindRadioClose function closes the enumeration handle associated with finding Bluetooth radios.
BluetoothGATTAbortReliableWrite(int hDevice, int ReliableWriteContext, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Specifies the end of reliable write procedures, and the writes should be aborted.
BluetoothGATTBeginReliableWrite(int hDevice, Pointer<Uint64> ReliableWriteContext, int Flags) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothGATTBeginReliableWrite function specifies that reliable writes are about to begin.
BluetoothGATTEndReliableWrite(int hDevice, int ReliableWriteContext, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Specifies the end of reliable writes, and the writes should be committed.
BluetoothGATTGetCharacteristics(int hDevice, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_SERVICE> Service, int CharacteristicsBufferCount, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC> CharacteristicsBuffer, Pointer<Uint16> CharacteristicsBufferActual, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Gets all the characteristics available for the specified service.
BluetoothGATTGetCharacteristicValue(int hDevice, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC> Characteristic, int CharacteristicValueDataSize, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE> CharacteristicValue, Pointer<Uint16> CharacteristicValueSizeRequired, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Gets the value of the specified characteristic.
BluetoothGATTGetDescriptors(int hDevice, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC> Characteristic, int DescriptorsBufferCount, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR> DescriptorsBuffer, Pointer<Uint16> DescriptorsBufferActual, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Gets all the descriptors available for the specified characteristic.
BluetoothGATTGetDescriptorValue(int hDevice, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR> Descriptor, int DescriptorValueDataSize, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE> DescriptorValue, Pointer<Uint16> DescriptorValueSizeRequired, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Gets the value of the specified descriptor.
BluetoothGATTGetIncludedServices(int hDevice, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_SERVICE> ParentService, int IncludedServicesBufferCount, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_SERVICE> IncludedServicesBuffer, Pointer<Uint16> IncludedServicesBufferActual, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Gets all the included services available for a given service.
BluetoothGATTGetServices(int hDevice, int ServicesBufferCount, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_SERVICE> ServicesBuffer, Pointer<Uint16> ServicesBufferActual, int Flags) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothGATTGetServices function gets all the primary services available for a server.
BluetoothGATTRegisterEvent(int hService, int EventType, Pointer<NativeType> EventParameterIn, Pointer<NativeFunction<PFNBLUETOOTH_GATT_EVENT_CALLBACK>> Callback, Pointer<NativeType> CallbackContext, Pointer<IntPtr> pEventHandle, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Registers a routine to be called back during a characteristic value change event on the given characteristic identified by its characteristic handle.
BluetoothGATTSetCharacteristicValue(int hDevice, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC> Characteristic, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_CHARACTERISTIC_VALUE> CharacteristicValue, int ReliableWriteContext, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Writes the specified characteristic value to the Bluetooth device.
BluetoothGATTSetDescriptorValue(int hDevice, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR> Descriptor, Pointer<BTH_LE_GATT_DESCRIPTOR_VALUE> DescriptorValue, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Writes the specified descriptor value to the Bluetooth device.
BluetoothGATTUnregisterEvent(int EventHandle, int Flags) → int bluetooth: Unregisters the given characteristic value change event.
BluetoothGetDeviceInfo(int hRadio, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdi) → int bluetooth: TThe BluetoothGetDeviceInfo function retrieves information about a remote Bluetooth device. The Bluetooth device must have been previously identified through a successful device inquiry function call.
BluetoothGetRadioInfo(int hRadio, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_RADIO_INFO> pRadioInfo) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothGetRadioInfo function obtains information about a Bluetooth radio.
BluetoothIsConnectable(int hRadio) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothIsConnectable function determines whether a Bluetooth radio or radios is connectable.
BluetoothIsDiscoverable(int hRadio) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothIsDiscoverable function determines whether a Bluetooth radio or radios is discoverable.
BluetoothIsVersionAvailable(int MajorVersion, int MinorVersion) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothIsVersionAvailable function indicates if the installed Bluetooth binary set supports the requested version.
BluetoothRegisterForAuthenticationEx(Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdiIn, Pointer<IntPtr> phRegHandleOut, Pointer<NativeFunction<PFN_AUTHENTICATION_CALLBACK_EX>> pfnCallbackIn, Pointer<NativeType> pvParam) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothRegisterForAuthenticationEx function registers an application for a pin request, numeric comparison and callback function.
BluetoothRemoveDevice(Pointer<BLUETOOTH_ADDRESS> pAddress) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothRemoveDevice function removes authentication between a Bluetooth device and the computer and clears cached service information for the device.
BluetoothSdpEnumAttributes(Pointer<Uint8> pSDPStream, int cbStreamSize, Pointer<NativeFunction<PFN_BLUETOOTH_ENUM_ATTRIBUTES_CALLBACK>> pfnCallback, Pointer<NativeType> pvParam) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSdpEnumAttributes function enumerates through the SDP record stream, and calls the callback function for each attribute in the record.
BluetoothSdpGetAttributeValue(Pointer<Uint8> pRecordStream, int cbRecordLength, int usAttributeId, Pointer<SDP_ELEMENT_DATA> pAttributeData) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSdpGetAttributeValue function retrieves the attribute value for an attribute identifier.
BluetoothSdpGetContainerElementData(Pointer<Uint8> pContainerStream, int cbContainerLength, Pointer<IntPtr> pElement, Pointer<SDP_ELEMENT_DATA> pData) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSdpGetContainerElementData function iterates a container stream and returns each element contained within the container element.
BluetoothSdpGetElementData(Pointer<Uint8> pSdpStream, int cbSdpStreamLength, Pointer<SDP_ELEMENT_DATA> pData) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSdpGetElementData function retrieves and parses a single element from an SDP stream.
BluetoothSdpGetString(Pointer<Uint8> pRecordStream, int cbRecordLength, Pointer<SDP_STRING_TYPE_DATA> pStringData, int usStringOffset, Pointer<Utf16> pszString, Pointer<Uint32> pcchStringLength) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSdpGetString function converts a raw string embedded in the SDP record into a Unicode string.
BluetoothSelectDevices(Pointer<BLUETOOTH_SELECT_DEVICE_PARAMS> pbtsdp) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSelectDevices function enables Bluetooth device selection.
BluetoothSelectDevicesFree(Pointer<BLUETOOTH_SELECT_DEVICE_PARAMS> pbtsdp) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSelectDevicesFree function frees resources associated with a previous call to BluetoothSelectDevices.
BluetoothSendAuthenticationResponseEx(int hRadioIn, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATE_RESPONSE> pauthResponse) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSendAuthenticationResponseEx function is called when an authentication request to send the passkey or a Numeric Comparison response is made.
BluetoothSetServiceState(int hRadio, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdi, Pointer<GUID> pGuidService, int dwServiceFlags) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothSetServiceState function enables or disables services for a Bluetooth device.
BluetoothUnregisterAuthentication(int hRegHandle) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothUnregisterAuthentication function removes registration for a callback routine that was previously registered with a call to the BluetoothRegisterForAuthentication function.
BluetoothUpdateDeviceRecord(Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pbtdi) → int bluetooth: The BluetoothUpdateDeviceRecord function updates the local computer cache about a Bluetooth device.
BringWindowToTop(int hWnd) → int user32: Brings the specified window to the top of the Z order. If the window is a top-level window, it is activated. If the window is a child window, the top-level parent window associated with the child window is activated.
BroadcastSystemMessage(int flags, Pointer<Uint32> lpInfo, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Sends a message to the specified recipients. The recipients can be applications, installable drivers, network drivers, system-level device drivers, or any combination of these system components.
BroadcastSystemMessageEx(int flags, Pointer<Uint32> lpInfo, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam, Pointer<BSMINFO> pbsmInfo) → int user32: Sends a message to the specified recipients. The recipients can be applications, installable drivers, network drivers, system-level device drivers, or any combination of these system components.
BuildCommDCB(Pointer<Utf16> lpDef, Pointer<DCB> lpDCB) → int kernel32: Fills a specified DCB structure with values specified in a device-control string. The device-control string uses the syntax of the mode command.
BuildCommDCBAndTimeouts(Pointer<Utf16> lpDef, Pointer<DCB> lpDCB, Pointer<COMMTIMEOUTS> lpCommTimeouts) → int kernel32: Translates a device-definition string into appropriate device-control block codes and places them into a device control block. The function can also set up time-out values, including the possibility of no time-outs, for a device; the function's behavior in this regard depends on the contents of the device-definition string.
CalculatePopupWindowPosition(Pointer<POINT> anchorPoint, Pointer<SIZE> windowSize, int flags, Pointer<RECT> excludeRect, Pointer<RECT> popupWindowPosition) → int user32: Calculates an appropriate pop-up window position using the specified anchor point, pop-up window size, flags, and the optional exclude rectangle. When the specified pop-up window size is smaller than the desktop window size, use the CalculatePopupWindowPosition function to ensure that the pop-up window is fully visible on the desktop window, regardless of the specified anchor point.
CallMsgFilter(Pointer<MSG> lpMsg, int nCode) → int user32: Passes the specified message and hook code to the hook procedures associated with the WH_SYSMSGFILTER and WH_MSGFILTER hooks. A WH_SYSMSGFILTER or WH_MSGFILTER hook procedure is an application-defined callback function that examines and, optionally, modifies messages for a dialog box, message box, menu, or scroll bar.
CallNamedPipe(Pointer<Utf16> lpNamedPipeName, Pointer<NativeType> lpInBuffer, int nInBufferSize, Pointer<NativeType> lpOutBuffer, int nOutBufferSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpBytesRead, int nTimeOut) → int kernel32: Connects to a message-type pipe (and waits if an instance of the pipe is not available), writes to and reads from the pipe, and then closes the pipe.
CallNextHookEx(int hhk, int nCode, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Passes the hook information to the next hook procedure in the current hook chain. A hook procedure can call this function either before or after processing the hook information.
CallNtPowerInformation(int InformationLevel, Pointer<NativeType> InputBuffer, int InputBufferLength, Pointer<NativeType> OutputBuffer, int OutputBufferLength) → int powrprof: Sets or retrieves power information.
CallWindowProc(Pointer<NativeFunction<WNDPROC>> lpPrevWndFunc, int hWnd, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Passes message information to the specified window procedure.
CancelDC(int hdc) → int gdi32: The CancelDC function cancels any pending operation on the specified device context (DC).
CancelIo(int hFile) → int kernel32: Cancels all pending input and output (I/O) operations that are issued by the calling thread for the specified file. The function does not cancel I/O operations that other threads issue for a file handle.
CancelIoEx(int hFile, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Marks any outstanding I/O operations for the specified file handle. The function only cancels I/O operations in the current process, regardless of which thread created the I/O operation.
CancelSynchronousIo(int hThread) → int kernel32: Marks pending synchronous I/O operations that are issued by the specified thread as canceled.
CascadeWindows(int hwndParent, int wHow, Pointer<RECT> lpRect, int cKids, Pointer<IntPtr> lpKids) → int user32: Cascades the specified child windows of the specified parent window.
ChangeClipboardChain(int hWndRemove, int hWndNewNext) → int user32: Removes a specified window from the chain of clipboard viewers.
ChangeDisplaySettings(Pointer<DEVMODE> lpDevMode, int dwFlags) → int user32: The ChangeDisplaySettings function changes the settings of the default display device to the specified graphics mode.
ChangeDisplaySettingsEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpszDeviceName, Pointer<DEVMODE> lpDevMode, int hwnd, int dwflags, Pointer<NativeType> lParam) → int user32: The ChangeDisplaySettingsEx function changes the settings of the specified display device to the specified graphics mode.
ChangeServiceConfig2(int hService, int dwInfoLevel, Pointer<NativeType> lpInfo) → int advapi32: BOOL ChangeServiceConfig2W( [in] SC_HANDLE hService, [in] DWORD dwInfoLevel, [in, optional] LPVOID lpInfo );
ChangeWindowMessageFilter(int message, int dwFlag) → int user32: Adds or removes a message from the User Interface Privilege Isolation (UIPI) message filter.
ChangeWindowMessageFilterEx(int hwnd, int message, int action, Pointer<CHANGEFILTERSTRUCT> pChangeFilterStruct) → int user32: Modifies the User Interface Privilege Isolation (UIPI) message filter for a specified window.
CheckDlgButton(int hDlg, int nIDButton, int uCheck) → int user32: Changes the check state of a button control.
CheckRadioButton(int hDlg, int nIDFirstButton, int nIDLastButton, int nIDCheckButton) → int user32: Adds a check mark to (checks) a specified radio button in a group and removes a check mark from (clears) all other radio buttons in the group.
CheckRemoteDebuggerPresent(int hProcess, Pointer<Int32> pbDebuggerPresent) → int kernel32: Determines whether the specified process is being debugged.
ChildWindowFromPoint(int hWndParent, POINT Point) → int user32: Determines which, if any, of the child windows belonging to a parent window contains the specified point. The search is restricted to immediate child windows. Grandchildren, and deeper descendant windows are not searched.
ChildWindowFromPointEx(int hwnd, POINT pt, int flags) → int user32: Determines which, if any, of the child windows belonging to the specified parent window contains the specified point. The function can ignore invisible, disabled, and transparent child windows. Grandchildren and deeper descendants are not searched.
ChooseColor(Pointer<CHOOSECOLOR> param0) → int comdlg32: Creates a Color dialog box that enables the user to select a color.
ChooseFont(Pointer<CHOOSEFONT> param0) → int comdlg32: Creates a Font dialog box that enables the user to choose attributes for a logical font. These attributes include a font family and associated font style, a point size, effects (underline, strikeout, and text color), and a script (or character set).
Chord(int hdc, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) → int gdi32: The Chord function draws a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant). The chord is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush.
ClearCommBreak(int hFile) → int kernel32: Restores character transmission for a specified communications device and places the transmission line in a nonbreak state.
ClearCommError(int hFile, Pointer<Uint32> lpErrors, Pointer<COMSTAT> lpStat) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about a communications error and reports the current status of a communications device. The function is called when a communications error occurs, and it clears the device's error flag to enable additional input and output (I/O) operations.
ClientToScreen(int hWnd, Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: The ClientToScreen function converts the client-area coordinates of a specified point to screen coordinates.
ClipCursor(Pointer<RECT> lpRect) → int user32: Confines the cursor to a rectangular area on the screen. If a subsequent cursor position (set by the SetCursorPos function or the mouse) lies outside the rectangle, the system automatically adjusts the position to keep the cursor inside the rectangular area.
CloseClipboard() → int user32: Closes the clipboard.
CloseFigure(int hdc) → int gdi32: The CloseFigure function closes an open figure in a path.
CloseGestureInfoHandle(int hGestureInfo) → int user32: Closes resources associated with a gesture information handle.
CloseHandle(int hObject) → int kernel32: Closes an open object handle.
ClosePrinter(int hPrinter) → int winspool: The ClosePrinter function closes the specified printer object.
ClosePseudoConsole(int hPC) → void kernel32: Closes a pseudoconsole from the given handle.
CloseServiceHandle(int hSCObject) → int advapi32: Closes a handle to a service control manager or service object.
CloseSpoolFileHandle(int hPrinter, int hSpoolFile) → int winspool: The CloseSpoolFileHandle function closes a handle to a spool file associated with the print job currently submitted by the application.
CloseThemeData(int hTheme) → int uxtheme: Closes the theme data handle.
CloseTouchInputHandle(int hTouchInput) → int user32: Closes a touch input handle, frees process memory associated with it, and invalidates the handle.
CloseWindow(int hWnd) → int user32: Minimizes (but does not destroy) the specified window.
CLSIDFromProgID(Pointer<Utf16> lpszProgID, Pointer<GUID> lpclsid) → int ole32: Looks up a CLSID in the registry, given a ProgID.
CLSIDFromProgIDEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpszProgID, Pointer<GUID> lpclsid) → int ole32: Triggers automatic installation if the COMClassStore policy is enabled.
CLSIDFromString(Pointer<Utf16> lpsz, Pointer<GUID> pclsid) → int ole32: Converts a string generated by the StringFromCLSID function back into the original CLSID.
CoAddRefServerProcess() → int ole32: Increments a global per-process reference count.
CoCreateGuid(Pointer<GUID> pguid) → int ole32: Creates a GUID, a unique 128-bit integer used for CLSIDs and interface identifiers.
CoCreateInstance(Pointer<GUID> rclsid, Pointer<COMObject> pUnkOuter, int dwClsContext, Pointer<GUID> riid, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppv) → int ole32: Creates a single uninitialized object of the class associated with a specified CLSID. Call CoCreateInstance when you want to create only one object on the local system. To create a single object on a remote system, call the CoCreateInstanceEx function. To create multiple objects based on a single CLSID, call the CoGetClassObject function.
CoDecrementMTAUsage(int Cookie) → int ole32: Releases the increment made by a previous call to the CoIncrementMTAUsage function.
CoGetApartmentType(Pointer<Int32> pAptType, Pointer<Int32> pAptQualifier) → int ole32: Returns the current apartment type and type qualifier.
CoGetClassObject(Pointer<GUID> rclsid, int dwClsContext, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved, Pointer<GUID> riid, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppv) → int ole32: Provides a pointer to an interface on a class object associated with a specified CLSID. CoGetClassObject locates, and if necessary, dynamically loads the executable code required to do this.
CoGetCurrentProcess() → int ole32: Returns a value that is unique to the current thread. CoGetCurrentProcess can be used to avoid thread ID reuse problems.
CoIncrementMTAUsage(Pointer<IntPtr> pCookie) → int ole32: Keeps MTA support active when no MTA threads are running.
CoInitializeEx(Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved, int dwCoInit) → int ole32: Initializes the COM library for use by the calling thread, sets the thread's concurrency model, and creates a new apartment for the thread if one is required.
CoInitializeSecurity(Pointer<NativeType> pSecDesc, int cAuthSvc, Pointer<SOLE_AUTHENTICATION_SERVICE> asAuthSvc, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved1, int dwAuthnLevel, int dwImpLevel, Pointer<NativeType> pAuthList, int dwCapabilities, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved3) → int ole32: Registers security and sets the default security values for the process.
CommandLineToArgv(Pointer<Utf16> lpCmdLine, Pointer<Int32> pNumArgs) → Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> shell32: Retrieves the command-line string for the current process.
CommConfigDialog(Pointer<Utf16> lpszName, int hWnd, Pointer<COMMCONFIG> lpCC) → int kernel32: Displays a driver-supplied configuration dialog box.
CommitSpoolData(int hPrinter, int hSpoolFile, int cbCommit) → int winspool: The CommitSpoolData function notifies the print spooler that a specified amount of data has been written to a specified spool file and is ready to be rendered.
CompareObjectHandles(int hFirstObjectHandle, int hSecondObjectHandle) → int kernel32: Compares two object handles to determine if they refer to the same underlying kernel object.
ConfigurePort(Pointer<Utf16> pName, int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> pPortName) → int winspool: The ConfigurePort function displays the port-configuration dialog box for a port on the specified server.
ConnectNamedPipe(int hNamedPipe, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Enables a named pipe server process to wait for a client process to connect to an instance of a named pipe. A client process connects by calling either the CreateFile or CallNamedPipe function.
ConnectToPrinterDlg(int hwnd, int Flags) → int winspool: The ConnectToPrinterDlg function displays a dialog box that lets users browse and connect to printers on a network. If the user selects a printer, the function attempts to create a connection to it; if a suitable driver is not installed on the server, the user is given the option of creating a printer locally.
ContinueDebugEvent(int dwProcessId, int dwThreadId, int dwContinueStatus) → int kernel32: Enables a debugger to continue a thread that previously reported a debugging event.
ControlService(int hService, int dwControl, Pointer<SERVICE_STATUS> lpServiceStatus) → int advapi32: Sends a control code to a service.
ControlServiceEx(int hService, int dwControl, int dwInfoLevel, Pointer<NativeType> pControlParams) → int advapi32: Sends a control code to a service.
convertFromHString(int hstring) → String winrt: Takes a HSTRING (a WinRT String handle), and converts it to a Dart String.
ConvertInterfaceGuidToLuid(Pointer<GUID> InterfaceGuid, Pointer<NET_LUID_LH> InterfaceLuid) → int iphlpapi: The ConvertInterfaceGuidToLuid function converts a globally unique identifier (GUID) for a network interface to the locally unique identifier (LUID) for the interface.
convertToCLSID(String strCLSID, {Allocator allocator = calloc}) → Pointer<GUID> com: Converts a Dart string into an CLSID using the CLSIDFromString call.
convertToHString(String string) → int winrt: Takes a Dart String and converts it to an HSTRING (a WinRT String), returning an integer handle.
convertToIID(String strIID, {Allocator allocator = calloc}) → Pointer<GUID> com: Converts a Dart string into an IID using the IIDFromString call.
CopyAcceleratorTable(int hAccelSrc, Pointer<ACCEL> lpAccelDst, int cAccelEntries) → int user32: Copies the specified accelerator table. This function is used to obtain the accelerator-table data that corresponds to an accelerator-table handle, or to determine the size of the accelerator-table data.
CopyIcon(int hIcon) → int user32: Copies the specified icon from another module to the current module.
CopyImage(int h, int type, int cx, int cy, int flags) → int user32: Creates a new image (icon, cursor, or bitmap) and copies the attributes of the specified image to the new one. If necessary, the function stretches the bits to fit the desired size of the new image.
CopyRect(Pointer<RECT> lprcDst, Pointer<RECT> lprcSrc) → int user32: The CopyRect function copies the coordinates of one rectangle to another.
CoSetProxyBlanket(Pointer<COMObject> pProxy, int dwAuthnSvc, int dwAuthzSvc, Pointer<Utf16> pServerPrincName, int dwAuthnLevel, int dwImpLevel, Pointer<NativeType> pAuthInfo, int dwCapabilities) → int ole32: Sets the authentication information that will be used to make calls on the specified proxy. This is a helper function for IClientSecurity::SetBlanket.
CoTaskMemAlloc(int cb) → Pointer<NativeType> ole32: Allocates a block of task memory in the same way that IMalloc::Alloc does.
CoTaskMemFree(Pointer<NativeType> pv) → void ole32: Frees a block of task memory previously allocated through a call to the CoTaskMemAlloc or CoTaskMemRealloc function.
CoTaskMemRealloc(Pointer<NativeType> pv, int cb) → Pointer<NativeType> ole32: Changes the size of a previously allocated block of task memory.
CoUninitialize() → void ole32: Closes the COM library on the current thread, unloads all DLLs loaded by the thread, frees any other resources that the thread maintains, and forces all RPC connections on the thread to close.
CountClipboardFormats() → int user32: Retrieves the number of different data formats currently on the clipboard.
CoWaitForMultipleHandles(int dwFlags, int dwTimeout, int cHandles, Pointer<IntPtr> pHandles, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwindex) → int ole32: Waits for specified handles to be signaled or for a specified timeout period to elapse.
CoWaitForMultipleObjects(int dwFlags, int dwTimeout, int cHandles, Pointer<IntPtr> pHandles, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwindex) → int ole32: A replacement for CoWaitForMultipleHandles. This replacement API hides the options for CoWaitForMultipleHandles that are not supported in ASTA.
CreateAcceleratorTable(Pointer<ACCEL> paccel, int cAccel) → int user32: Creates an accelerator table.
CreateActCtx(Pointer<ACTCTX> pActCtx) → int kernel32: The CreateActCtx function creates an activation context.
CreateBitmap(int nWidth, int nHeight, int nPlanes, int nBitCount, Pointer<NativeType> lpBits) → int gdi32: The CreateBitmap function creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel).
CreateBitmapIndirect(Pointer<BITMAP> pbm) → int gdi32: The CreateBitmapIndirect function creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel).
CreateCaret(int hWnd, int hBitmap, int nWidth, int nHeight) → int user32: Creates a new shape for the system caret and assigns ownership of the caret to the specified window. The caret shape can be a line, a block, or a bitmap.
CreateCompatibleBitmap(int hdc, int cx, int cy) → int gdi32: The CreateCompatibleBitmap function creates a bitmap compatible with the device that is associated with the specified device context.
CreateCompatibleDC(int hdc) → int gdi32: The CreateCompatibleDC function creates a memory device context (DC) compatible with the specified device.
CreateConsoleScreenBuffer(int dwDesiredAccess, int dwShareMode, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpSecurityAttributes, int dwFlags, Pointer<NativeType> lpScreenBufferData) → int kernel32: Creates a console screen buffer.
CreateCursor(int hInst, int xHotSpot, int yHotSpot, int nWidth, int nHeight, Pointer<NativeType> pvANDPlane, Pointer<NativeType> pvXORPlane) → int user32: Creates a monochrome cursor having the specified size, bit patterns, and hot spot.
CreateDC(Pointer<Utf16> pwszDriver, Pointer<Utf16> pwszDevice, Pointer<Utf16> pszPort, Pointer<DEVMODE> pdm) → int gdi32: The CreateDC function creates a device context (DC) for a device using the specified name.
CreateDesktop(Pointer<Utf16> lpszDesktop, Pointer<Utf16> lpszDevice, Pointer<DEVMODE> pDevmode, int dwFlags, int dwDesiredAccess, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpsa) → int user32: Creates a new desktop, associates it with the current window station of the calling process, and assigns it to the calling thread. The calling process must have an associated window station, either assigned by the system at process creation time or set by the SetProcessWindowStation function.
CreateDesktopEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpszDesktop, Pointer<Utf16> lpszDevice, Pointer<DEVMODE> pDevmode, int dwFlags, int dwDesiredAccess, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpsa, int ulHeapSize, Pointer<NativeType> pvoid) → int user32: Creates a new desktop with the specified heap, associates it with the current window station of the calling process, and assigns it to the calling thread. The calling process must have an associated window station, either assigned by the system at process creation time or set by the SetProcessWindowStation function.
CreateDialogIndirectParam(int hInstance, Pointer<DLGTEMPLATE> lpTemplate, int hWndParent, Pointer<NativeFunction<DLGPROC>> lpDialogFunc, int dwInitParam) → int user32: Creates a modeless dialog box from a dialog box template in memory. Before displaying the dialog box, the function passes an application-defined value to the dialog box procedure as the lParam parameter of the WM_INITDIALOG message. An application can use this value to initialize dialog box controls.
CreateDIBitmap(int hdc, Pointer<BITMAPINFOHEADER> pbmih, int flInit, Pointer<NativeType> pjBits, Pointer<BITMAPINFO> pbmi, int iUsage) → int gdi32: The CreateDIBitmap function creates a compatible bitmap (DDB) from a DIB and, optionally, sets the bitmap bits.
CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(Pointer<NativeType> lpPackedDIB, int iUsage) → int gdi32: The CreateDIBPatternBrushPt function creates a logical brush that has the pattern specified by the device-independent bitmap (DIB).
CreateDIBSection(int hdc, Pointer<BITMAPINFO> pbmi, int usage, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppvBits, int hSection, int offset) → int gdi32: The CreateDIBSection function creates a DIB that applications can write to directly. The function gives you a pointer to the location of the bitmap bit values. You can supply a handle to a file-mapping object that the function will use to create the bitmap, or you can let the system allocate the memory for the bitmap.
CreateDirectory(Pointer<Utf16> lpPathName, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpSecurityAttributes) → int kernel32: Creates a new directory. If the underlying file system supports security on files and directories, the function applies a specified security descriptor to the new directory.
CreateEllipticRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) → int gdi32: The CreateEllipticRgn function creates an elliptical region.
CreateEvent(Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpEventAttributes, int bManualReset, int bInitialState, Pointer<Utf16> lpName) → int kernel32: Creates or opens a named or unnamed event object.
CreateEventEx(Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpEventAttributes, Pointer<Utf16> lpName, int dwFlags, int dwDesiredAccess) → int kernel32: Creates or opens a named or unnamed event object and returns a handle to the object.
CreateFile(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int dwDesiredAccess, int dwShareMode, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpSecurityAttributes, int dwCreationDisposition, int dwFlagsAndAttributes, int hTemplateFile) → int kernel32: Creates or opens a file or I/O device. The most commonly used I/O devices are as follows: file, file stream, directory, physical disk, volume, console buffer, tape drive, communications resource, mailslot, and pipe. The function returns a handle that can be used to access the file or device for various types of I/O depending on the file or device and the flags and attributes specified.
CreateFile2(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int dwDesiredAccess, int dwShareMode, int dwCreationDisposition, Pointer<CREATEFILE2_EXTENDED_PARAMETERS> pCreateExParams) → int kernel32: Creates or opens a file or I/O device. The most commonly used I/O devices are as follows: file, file stream, directory, physical disk, volume, console buffer, tape drive, communications resource, mailslot, and pipe. The function returns a handle that can be used to access the file or device for various types of I/O depending on the file or device and the flags and attributes specified.
CreateFontIndirect(Pointer<LOGFONT> lplf) → int gdi32: The CreateFontIndirect function creates a logical font that has the specified characteristics. The font can subsequently be selected as the current font for any device context.
CreateHalftonePalette(int hdc) → int gdi32: The CreateHalftonePalette function creates a halftone palette for the specified device context (DC).
CreateHatchBrush(int iHatch, int color) → int gdi32: The CreateHatchBrush function creates a logical brush that has the specified hatch pattern and color.
CreateIcon(int hInstance, int nWidth, int nHeight, int cPlanes, int cBitsPixel, Pointer<Uint8> lpbANDbits, Pointer<Uint8> lpbXORbits) → int user32: Creates an icon that has the specified size, colors, and bit patterns.
CreateIconFromResource(Pointer<Uint8> presbits, int dwResSize, int fIcon, int dwVer) → int user32: Creates an icon or cursor from resource bits describing the icon.
CreateIconFromResourceEx(Pointer<Uint8> presbits, int dwResSize, int fIcon, int dwVer, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, int Flags) → int user32: Creates an icon or cursor from resource bits describing the icon.
CreateIconIndirect(Pointer<ICONINFO> piconinfo) → int user32: Creates an icon or cursor from an ICONINFO structure.
CreateIoCompletionPort(int FileHandle, int ExistingCompletionPort, int CompletionKey, int NumberOfConcurrentThreads) → int kernel32: Creates an input/output (I/O) completion port and associates it with a specified file handle, or creates an I/O completion port that is not yet associated with a file handle, allowing association at a later time.
CreateJobObject(Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpJobAttributes, Pointer<Utf16> lpName) → int kernel32: Creates or opens a job object.
CreateMDIWindow(Pointer<Utf16> lpClassName, Pointer<Utf16> lpWindowName, int dwStyle, int X, int Y, int nWidth, int nHeight, int hWndParent, int hInstance, int lParam) → int user32: Creates a multiple-document interface (MDI) child window.
CreateMenu() → int user32: Creates a menu. The menu is initially empty, but it can be filled with menu items by using the InsertMenuItem, AppendMenu, and InsertMenu functions.
CreateNamedPipe(Pointer<Utf16> lpName, int dwOpenMode, int dwPipeMode, int nMaxInstances, int nOutBufferSize, int nInBufferSize, int nDefaultTimeOut, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpSecurityAttributes) → int kernel32: Creates an instance of a named pipe and returns a handle for subsequent pipe operations. A named pipe server process uses this function either to create the first instance of a specific named pipe and establish its basic attributes or to create a new instance of an existing named pipe.
CreatePen(int iStyle, int cWidth, int color) → int gdi32: The CreatePen function creates a logical pen that has the specified style, width, and color. The pen can subsequently be selected into a device context and used to draw lines and curves.
CreatePipe(Pointer<IntPtr> hReadPipe, Pointer<IntPtr> hWritePipe, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpPipeAttributes, int nSize) → int kernel32: Creates an anonymous pipe, and returns handles to the read and write ends of the pipe.
CreatePopupMenu() → int user32: Creates a drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. The menu is initially empty. You can insert or append menu items by using the InsertMenuItem function. You can also use the InsertMenu function to insert menu items and the AppendMenu function to append menu items.
CreateProcess(Pointer<Utf16> lpApplicationName, Pointer<Utf16> lpCommandLine, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpProcessAttributes, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpThreadAttributes, int bInheritHandles, int dwCreationFlags, Pointer<NativeType> lpEnvironment, Pointer<Utf16> lpCurrentDirectory, Pointer<STARTUPINFO> lpStartupInfo, Pointer<PROCESS_INFORMATION> lpProcessInformation) → int kernel32: Creates a new process and its primary thread. The new process runs in the security context of the calling process.
CreatePseudoConsole(COORD size, int hInput, int hOutput, int dwFlags, Pointer<IntPtr> phPC) → int kernel32: Creates a new pseudoconsole object for the calling process.
CreateRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) → int gdi32: The CreateRectRgn function creates a rectangular region.
CreateRemoteThread(int hProcess, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpThreadAttributes, int dwStackSize, Pointer<NativeFunction<LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE>> lpStartAddress, Pointer<NativeType> lpParameter, int dwCreationFlags, Pointer<Uint32> lpThreadId) → int kernel32: Creates a thread that runs in the virtual address space of another process. Use the CreateRemoteThreadEx function to create a thread that runs in the virtual address space of another process and optionally specify extended attributes.
CreateRemoteThreadEx(int hProcess, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpThreadAttributes, int dwStackSize, Pointer<NativeFunction<LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE>> lpStartAddress, Pointer<NativeType> lpParameter, int dwCreationFlags, Pointer<NativeType> lpAttributeList, Pointer<Uint32> lpThreadId) → int kernel32: Creates a thread that runs in the virtual address space of another process and optionally specifies extended attributes such as processor group affinity.
CreateSolidBrush(int color) → int gdi32: The CreateSolidBrush function creates a logical brush that has the specified solid color.
CreateStreamOnHGlobal(Pointer<NativeType> hGlobal, int fDeleteOnRelease, Pointer<Pointer<COMObject>> ppstm) → int ole32: The CreateStreamOnHGlobal function creates a stream object that uses an HGLOBAL memory handle to store the stream contents. This object is the OLE-provided implementation of the IStream interface.
CreateThread(Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpThreadAttributes, int dwStackSize, Pointer<NativeFunction<LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE>> lpStartAddress, Pointer<NativeType> lpParameter, int dwCreationFlags, Pointer<Uint32> lpThreadId) → int kernel32: Creates a thread to execute within the virtual address space of the calling process.
CreateWindow(Pointer<Utf16> lpClassName, Pointer<Utf16> lpWindowName, int dwStyle, int X, int Y, int nWidth, int nHeight, int hWndParent, int hMenu, int hInstance, Pointer<NativeType> lpParam) → int user32: Creates an overlapped, pop-up, or child window. It specifies the window class, window title, window style, and (optionally) the initial position and size of the window. The function also specifies the window's parent or owner, if any, and the window's menu.
CreateWindowEx(int dwExStyle, Pointer<Utf16> lpClassName, Pointer<Utf16> lpWindowName, int dwStyle, int X, int Y, int nWidth, int nHeight, int hWndParent, int hMenu, int hInstance, Pointer<NativeType> lpParam) → int user32: Creates an overlapped, pop-up, or child window. It specifies the window class, window title, window style, and (optionally) the initial position and size of the window. The function also specifies the window's parent or owner, if any, and the window's menu.
CreateWindowStation(Pointer<Utf16> lpwinsta, int dwFlags, int dwDesiredAccess, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpsa) → int user32: Creates a window station object, associates it with the calling process, and assigns it to the current session.
CredDelete(Pointer<Utf16> TargetName, int Type, int Flags) → int advapi32: The CredDelete function deletes a credential from the user's credential set. The credential set used is the one associated with the logon session of the current token. The token must not have the user's SID disabled.
CredFree(Pointer<NativeType> Buffer) → void advapi32: The CredFree function frees a buffer returned by any of the credentials management functions.
CredRead(Pointer<Utf16> TargetName, int Type, int Flags, Pointer<Pointer<CREDENTIAL>> Credential) → int advapi32: The CredRead function reads a credential from the user's credential set. The credential set used is the one associated with the logon session of the current token. The token must not have the user's SID disabled.
CredWrite(Pointer<CREDENTIAL> Credential, int Flags) → int advapi32: The CredWrite function creates a new credential or modifies an existing credential in the user's credential set. The new credential is associated with the logon session of the current token. The token must not have the user's security identifier (SID) disabled.
CryptProtectData(Pointer<CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB> pDataIn, Pointer<Utf16> szDataDescr, Pointer<CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB> pOptionalEntropy, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved, Pointer<CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT> pPromptStruct, int dwFlags, Pointer<CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB> pDataOut) → int crypt32: The CryptProtectData function performs encryption on the data in a DATA_BLOB structure. Typically, only a user with the same logon credential as the user who encrypted the data can decrypt the data. In addition, the encryption and decryption usually must be done on the same computer.
CryptProtectMemory(Pointer<NativeType> pDataIn, int cbDataIn, int dwFlags) → int crypt32: The CryptProtectMemory function encrypts memory to prevent others from viewing sensitive information in your process. For example, use the CryptProtectMemory function to encrypt memory that contains a password. Encrypting the password prevents others from viewing it when the process is paged out to the swap file. Otherwise, the password is in plaintext and viewable by others.
CryptUnprotectData(Pointer<CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB> pDataIn, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> ppszDataDescr, Pointer<CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB> pOptionalEntropy, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved, Pointer<CRYPTPROTECT_PROMPTSTRUCT> pPromptStruct, int dwFlags, Pointer<CRYPT_INTEGER_BLOB> pDataOut) → int crypt32: The CryptUnprotectData function decrypts and does an integrity check of the data in a DATA_BLOB structure. Usually, the only user who can decrypt the data is a user with the same logon credentials as the user who encrypted the data. In addition, the encryption and decryption must be done on the same computer.
CryptUnprotectMemory(Pointer<NativeType> pDataIn, int cbDataIn, int dwFlags) → int crypt32: The CryptUnprotectMemory function decrypts memory that was encrypted using the CryptProtectMemory function.
CryptUpdateProtectedState(Pointer<NativeType> pOldSid, Pointer<Utf16> pwszOldPassword, int dwFlags, Pointer<Uint32> pdwSuccessCount, Pointer<Uint32> pdwFailureCount) → int crypt32: The CryptUpdateProtectedState function migrates the current user's master keys after the user's security identifier (SID) has changed. This function can be used to preserve encrypted data after a user has been moved from one domain to another.
CTL_CODE(int DeviceType, int Function, int Method, int Access) → int: Maps a control code to a constant
DeactivateActCtx(int dwFlags, int ulCookie) → int kernel32: The DeactivateActCtx function deactivates the activation context corresponding to the specified cookie.
DebugBreak() → void kernel32: Causes a breakpoint exception to occur in the current process. This allows the calling thread to signal the debugger to handle the exception.
DebugBreakProcess(int Process) → int kernel32: Causes a breakpoint exception to occur in the specified process. This allows the calling thread to signal the debugger to handle the exception.
DebugSetProcessKillOnExit(int KillOnExit) → int kernel32: Sets the action to be performed when the calling thread exits.
DecryptFile(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int dwReserved) → int advapi32: Decrypts an encrypted file or directory.
DeferWindowPos(int hWinPosInfo, int hWnd, int hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int uFlags) → int user32: Updates the specified multiple-window – position structure for the specified window. The function then returns a handle to the updated structure. The EndDeferWindowPos function uses the information in this structure to change the position and size of a number of windows simultaneously. The BeginDeferWindowPos function creates the structure.
DefineDosDevice(int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpDeviceName, Pointer<Utf16> lpTargetPath) → int kernel32: Defines, redefines, or deletes MS-DOS device names.
DefMDIChildProc(int hWnd, int uMsg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Provides default processing for any window message that the window procedure of a multiple-document interface (MDI) child window does not process. A window message not processed by the window procedure must be passed to the DefMDIChildProc function, not to the DefWindowProc function.
DefRawInputProc(Pointer<Pointer<RAWINPUT>> paRawInput, int nInput, int cbSizeHeader) → int user32: Unlike DefWindowProcA and DefWindowProcW, this function doesn't do any processing. DefRawInputProc only checks whether cbSizeHeader's value corresponds to the expected size of RAWINPUTHEADER.
DefSubclassProc(int hWnd, int uMsg, int wParam, int lParam) → int comctl32: Calls the next handler in a window's subclass chain. The last handler in the subclass chain calls the original window procedure for the window.
DefWindowProc(int hWnd, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Calls the default window procedure to provide default processing for any window messages that an application does not process. This function ensures that every message is processed. DefWindowProc is called with the same parameters received by the window procedure.
DeleteDC(int hdc) → int gdi32: The DeleteDC function deletes the specified device context (DC).
DeleteFile(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName) → int kernel32: Deletes an existing file.
DeleteForm(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pFormName) → int winspool: The DeleteForm function removes a form name from the list of supported forms.
DeleteIPAddress(int NTEContext) → int iphlpapi: The DeleteIPAddress function deletes an IP address previously added using AddIPAddress.
DeleteMenu(int hMenu, int uPosition, int uFlags) → int user32: Deletes an item from the specified menu. If the menu item opens a menu or submenu, this function destroys the handle to the menu or submenu and frees the memory used by the menu or submenu.
DeleteObject(int ho) → int gdi32: The DeleteObject function deletes a logical pen, brush, font, bitmap, region, or palette, freeing all system resources associated with the object. After the object is deleted, the specified handle is no longer valid.
DeletePrinter(int hPrinter) → int winspool: The DeletePrinter function deletes the specified printer object.
DeletePrinterConnection(Pointer<Utf16> pName) → int winspool: The DeletePrinterConnection function deletes a connection to a printer that was established by a call to AddPrinterConnection or ConnectToPrinterDlg.
DeletePrinterData(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pValueName) → int winspool: The DeletePrinterData function deletes specified configuration data for a printer. A printer's configuration data consists of a set of named and typed values. The DeletePrinterData function deletes one of these values, specified by its value name.
DeletePrinterDataEx(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pKeyName, Pointer<Utf16> pValueName) → int winspool: The DeletePrinterDataEx function deletes a specified value from the configuration data for a printer. A printer's configuration data consists of a set of named and typed values stored in a hierarchy of registry keys. The function deletes a specified value under a specified key.
DeletePrinterKey(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pKeyName) → int winspool: The DeletePrinterKey function deletes a specified key and all its subkeys for a specified printer.
DeleteService(int hService) → int advapi32: Marks the specified service for deletion from the service control manager database.
DeleteVolumeMountPoint(Pointer<Utf16> lpszVolumeMountPoint) → int kernel32: Deletes a drive letter or mounted folder.
DestroyAcceleratorTable(int hAccel) → int user32: Destroys an accelerator table.
DestroyCaret() → int user32: Destroys the caret's current shape, frees the caret from the window, and removes the caret from the screen.
DestroyCursor(int hCursor) → int user32: Destroys a cursor and frees any memory the cursor occupied. Do not use this function to destroy a shared cursor.
DestroyIcon(int hIcon) → int user32: Destroys an icon and frees any memory the icon occupied.
DestroyMenu(int hMenu) → int user32: Destroys the specified menu and frees any memory that the menu occupies.
DestroyPhysicalMonitor(int hMonitor) → int dxva2: Closes a handle to a physical monitor. Call this function to close a monitor handle obtained from the GetPhysicalMonitorsFromHMONITOR or GetPhysicalMonitorsFromIDirect3DDevice9 function.
DestroyPhysicalMonitors(int dwPhysicalMonitorArraySize, Pointer<PHYSICAL_MONITOR> pPhysicalMonitorArray) → int dxva2: Closes an array of physical monitor handles. Call this function to close an array of monitor handles obtained from the GetPhysicalMonitorsFromHMONITOR or GetPhysicalMonitorsFromIDirect3DDevice9 function.
DestroyWindow(int hWnd) → int user32: Destroys the specified window. The function sends WM_DESTROY and WM_NCDESTROY messages to the window to deactivate it and remove the keyboard focus from it. The function also destroys the window's menu, flushes the thread message queue, destroys timers, removes clipboard ownership, and breaks the clipboard viewer chain (if the window is at the top of the viewer chain).
DeviceIoControl(int hDevice, int dwIoControlCode, Pointer<NativeType> lpInBuffer, int nInBufferSize, Pointer<NativeType> lpOutBuffer, int nOutBufferSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpBytesReturned, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Sends a control code directly to a specified device driver, causing the corresponding device to perform the corresponding operation.
DialogBoxIndirect(int hInstance, Pointer<DLGTEMPLATE> lpTemplate, int hWndParent, Pointer<NativeFunction<DLGPROC>> lpDialogFunc) → void user32: Creates a modal dialog box from a dialog box template in memory. DialogBoxIndirect does not return control until the specified callback function terminates the modal dialog box by calling the EndDialog function.
DialogBoxIndirectParam(int hInstance, Pointer<DLGTEMPLATE> hDialogTemplate, int hWndParent, Pointer<NativeFunction<DLGPROC>> lpDialogFunc, int dwInitParam) → int user32: Creates a modal dialog box from a dialog box template in memory. Before displaying the dialog box, the function passes an application-defined value to the dialog box procedure as the lParam parameter of the WM_INITDIALOG message. An application can use this value to initialize dialog box controls.
DisableProcessWindowsGhosting() → void user32: Disables the window ghosting feature for the calling GUI process. Window ghosting is a Windows Manager feature that lets the user minimize, move, or close the main window of an application that is not responding.
DisableThreadLibraryCalls(int hLibModule) → int kernel32: Disables the DLL_THREAD_ATTACH and DLL_THREAD_DETACH notifications for the specified dynamic-link library (DLL). This can reduce the size of the working set for some applications.
DisconnectNamedPipe(int hNamedPipe) → int kernel32: Disconnects the server end of a named pipe instance from a client process.
DispatchMessage(Pointer<MSG> lpMsg) → int user32: Dispatches a message to a window procedure. It is typically used to dispatch a message retrieved by the GetMessage function.
DnsHostnameToComputerName(Pointer<Utf16> Hostname, Pointer<Utf16> ComputerName, Pointer<Uint32> nSize) → int kernel32: Converts a DNS-style host name to a NetBIOS-style computer name.
DocumentProperties(int hWnd, int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pDeviceName, Pointer<DEVMODE> pDevModeOutput, Pointer<DEVMODE> pDevModeInput, int fMode) → int winspool: The DocumentProperties function retrieves or modifies printer initialization information or displays a printer-configuration property sheet for the specified printer.
DosDateTimeToFileTime(int wFatDate, int wFatTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpFileTime) → int kernel32: Converts MS-DOS date and time values to a file time.
DosDateTimeToVariantTime(int wDosDate, int wDosTime, Pointer<Double> pvtime) → int oleaut32: Converts the MS-DOS representation of time to the date and time representation stored in a variant.
DragDetect(int hwnd, POINT pt) → int user32: Captures the mouse and tracks its movement until the user releases the left button, presses the ESC key, or moves the mouse outside the drag rectangle around the specified point.
DragQueryFile(int hDrop, int iFile, Pointer<Utf16> lpszFile, int cch) → int shell32: Retrieves the names of dropped files that result from a successful drag-and-drop operation.
DrawAnimatedRects(int hwnd, int idAni, Pointer<RECT> lprcFrom, Pointer<RECT> lprcTo) → int user32: Animates the caption of a window to indicate the opening of an icon or the minimizing or maximizing of a window.
DrawCaption(int hwnd, int hdc, Pointer<RECT> lprect, int flags) → int user32: The DrawCaption function draws a window caption.
DrawEdge(int hdc, Pointer<RECT> qrc, int edge, int grfFlags) → int user32: The DrawEdge function draws one or more edges of rectangle.
DrawEscape(int hdc, int iEscape, int cjIn, Pointer<Utf8> lpIn) → int gdi32: The DrawEscape function provides drawing capabilities of the specified video display that are not directly available through the graphics device interface (GDI).
DrawFocusRect(int hDC, Pointer<RECT> lprc) → int user32: The DrawFocusRect function draws a rectangle in the style used to indicate that the rectangle has the focus.
DrawFrameControl(int param0, Pointer<RECT> param1, int param2, int param3) → int user32: The DrawFrameControl function draws a frame control of the specified type and style.
DrawIcon(int hDC, int X, int Y, int hIcon) → int user32: Draws an icon or cursor into the specified device context.
DrawState(int hdc, int hbrFore, Pointer<NativeFunction<DRAWSTATEPROC>> qfnCallBack, int lData, int wData, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, int uFlags) → int user32: The DrawState function displays an image and applies a visual effect to indicate a state, such as a disabled or default state.
DrawStatusText(int hDC, Pointer<RECT> lprc, Pointer<Utf16> pszText, int uFlags) → void comctl32: The DrawStatusText function draws the specified text in the style of a status window with borders.
DrawText(int hdc, Pointer<Utf16> lpchText, int cchText, Pointer<RECT> lprc, int format) → int user32: The DrawText function draws formatted text in the specified rectangle. It formats the text according to the specified method (expanding tabs, justifying characters, breaking lines, and so forth).
DrawTextEx(int hdc, Pointer<Utf16> lpchText, int cchText, Pointer<RECT> lprc, int format, Pointer<DRAWTEXTPARAMS> lpdtp) → int user32: The DrawTextEx function draws formatted text in the specified rectangle.
DrawThemeBackground(int hTheme, int hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, Pointer<RECT> pRect, Pointer<RECT> pClipRect) → int uxtheme: Draws the border and fill defined by the visual style for the specified control part.
DrawThemeEdge(int hTheme, int hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, Pointer<RECT> pDestRect, int uEdge, int uFlags, Pointer<RECT> pContentRect) → int uxtheme: Draws one or more edges defined by the visual style of a rectangle.
DrawThemeIcon(int hTheme, int hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, Pointer<RECT> pRect, int himl, int iImageIndex) → int uxtheme: Draws an image from an image list with the icon effect defined by the visual style.
DrawThemeParentBackground(int hwnd, int hdc, Pointer<RECT> prc) → int uxtheme: Draws the part of a parent control that is covered by a partially-transparent or alpha-blended child control.
DrawThemeParentBackgroundEx(int hwnd, int hdc, int dwFlags, Pointer<RECT> prc) → int uxtheme: Used by partially-transparent or alpha-blended child controls to draw the part of their parent in front of which they appear. Sends a WM_ERASEBKGND message followed by a WM_PRINTCLIENT.
DrawThemeTextEx(int hTheme, int hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, Pointer<Utf16> pszText, int cchText, int dwTextFlags, Pointer<RECT> pRect, Pointer<DTTOPTS> pOptions) → int uxtheme: Draws text using the color and font defined by the visual style.
DuplicateHandle(int hSourceProcessHandle, int hSourceHandle, int hTargetProcessHandle, Pointer<IntPtr> lpTargetHandle, int dwDesiredAccess, int bInheritHandle, int dwOptions) → int kernel32: Duplicates an object handle.
DwmEnableBlurBehindWindow(int hWnd, Pointer<DWM_BLURBEHIND> pBlurBehind) → int dwmapi: Enables the blur effect on a specified window.
DwmEnableMMCSS(int fEnableMMCSS) → int dwmapi: Notifies the Desktop Window Manager (DWM) to opt in to or out of Multimedia Class Schedule Service (MMCSS) scheduling while the calling process is alive.
DwmExtendFrameIntoClientArea(int hWnd, Pointer<MARGINS> pMarInset) → int dwmapi: Extends the window frame into the client area.
DwmFlush() → int dwmapi: Issues a flush call that blocks the caller until the next present, when all of the Microsoft DirectX surface updates that are currently outstanding have been made. This compensates for very complex scenes or calling processes with very low priority.
DwmGetColorizationColor(Pointer<Uint32> pcrColorization, Pointer<Int32> pfOpaqueBlend) → int dwmapi: Retrieves the current color used for Desktop Window Manager (DWM) glass composition. This value is based on the current color scheme and can be modified by the user. Applications can listen for color changes by handling the WM_DWMCOLORIZATIONCOLORCHANGED notification.
DwmGetTransportAttributes(Pointer<Int32> pfIsRemoting, Pointer<Int32> pfIsConnected, Pointer<Uint32> pDwGeneration) → int dwmapi: Retrieves transport attributes.
DwmGetWindowAttribute(int hwnd, int dwAttribute, Pointer<NativeType> pvAttribute, int cbAttribute) → int dwmapi: Retrieves the current value of a specified Desktop Window Manager (DWM) attribute applied to a window.
DwmInvalidateIconicBitmaps(int hwnd) → int dwmapi: Called by an application to indicate that all previously provided iconic bitmaps from a window, both thumbnails and peek representations, should be refreshed.
DwmRenderGesture(int gt, int cContacts, Pointer<Uint32> pdwPointerID, Pointer<POINT> pPoints) → int dwmapi: Notifies Desktop Window Manager (DWM) that a touch contact has been recognized as a gesture, and that DWM should draw feedback for that gesture.
DwmSetWindowAttribute(int hwnd, int dwAttribute, Pointer<NativeType> pvAttribute, int cbAttribute) → int dwmapi: Sets the value of Desktop Window Manager (DWM) non-client rendering attributes for a window.
DwmShowContact(int dwPointerID, int eShowContact) → int dwmapi: Called by an app or framework to specify the visual feedback type to draw in response to a particular touch or pen contact.
Ellipse(int hdc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom) → int gdi32: The Ellipse function draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle. The ellipse is outlined by using the current pen and is filled by using the current brush.
EmptyClipboard() → int user32: Empties the clipboard and frees handles to data in the clipboard. The function then assigns ownership of the clipboard to the window that currently has the clipboard open.
EmptyWorkingSet(int hProcess) → int kernel32: Removes as many pages as possible from the working set of the specified process.
EnableMenuItem(int hMenu, int uIDEnableItem, int uEnable) → int user32: Enables, disables, or grays the specified menu item.
EnableMouseInPointer(int fEnable) → int user32: Enables the mouse to act as a pointer input device and send WM_POINTER messages.
EnableNonClientDpiScaling(int hwnd) → int user32: In high-DPI displays, enables automatic display scaling of the non-client area portions of the specified top-level window. Must be called during the initialization of that window.
EnableScrollBar(int hWnd, int wSBflags, int wArrows) → int user32: The EnableScrollBar function enables or disables one or both scroll bar arrows.
EnableThemeDialogTexture(int hwnd, int dwFlags) → int uxtheme: Enables or disables the visual style of the background of a dialog window.
EnableWindow(int hWnd, int bEnable) → int user32: Enables or disables mouse and keyboard input to the specified window or control. When input is disabled, the window does not receive input such as mouse clicks and key presses. When input is enabled, the window receives all input.
EncryptFile(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName) → int advapi32: Encrypts a file or directory. All data streams in a file are encrypted. All new files created in an encrypted directory are encrypted.
EndDeferWindowPos(int hWinPosInfo) → int user32: Simultaneously updates the position and size of one or more windows in a single screen-refreshing cycle.
EndDialog(int hDlg, int nResult) → int user32: Destroys a modal dialog box, causing the system to end any processing for the dialog box.
EndDocPrinter(int hPrinter) → int winspool: The EndDocPrinter function ends a print job for the specified printer.
EndMenu() → int user32: Ends the calling thread's active menu.
EndPagePrinter(int hPrinter) → int winspool: The EndPagePrinter function notifies the print spooler that the application is at the end of a page in a print job.
EndPaint(int hWnd, Pointer<PAINTSTRUCT> lpPaint) → int user32: The EndPaint function marks the end of painting in the specified window. This function is required for each call to the BeginPaint function, but only after painting is complete.
EndPath(int hdc) → int gdi32: The EndPath function closes a path bracket and selects the path defined by the bracket into the specified device context.
EndUpdateResource(int hUpdate, int fDiscard) → int kernel32: Commits or discards changes made prior to a call to UpdateResource.
EnumChildWindows(int hWndParent, Pointer<NativeFunction<WNDENUMPROC>> lpEnumFunc, int lParam) → int user32: Enumerates the child windows that belong to the specified parent window by passing the handle to each child window, in turn, to an application-defined callback function. EnumChildWindows continues until the last child window is enumerated or the callback function returns FALSE.
EnumClipboardFormats(int format) → int user32: Enumerates the data formats currently available on the clipboard.
EnumDependentServices(int hService, int dwServiceState, Pointer<ENUM_SERVICE_STATUS> lpServices, int cbBufSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbBytesNeeded, Pointer<Uint32> lpServicesReturned) → int advapi32: Retrieves the name and status of each service that depends on the specified service; that is, the specified service must be running before the dependent services can run.
EnumDesktopWindows(int hDesktop, Pointer<NativeFunction<WNDENUMPROC>> lpfn, int lParam) → int user32: Enumerates all top-level windows associated with the specified desktop. It passes the handle to each window, in turn, to an application-defined callback function.
EnumDeviceDrivers(Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> lpImageBase, int cb, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbNeeded) → int kernel32: Retrieves the load address for each device driver in the system.
EnumDisplayDevices(Pointer<Utf16> lpDevice, int iDevNum, Pointer<DISPLAY_DEVICE> lpDisplayDevice, int dwFlags) → int user32: The EnumDisplayDevices function lets you obtain information about the display devices in the current session.
EnumDisplayMonitors(int hdc, Pointer<RECT> lprcClip, Pointer<NativeFunction<MONITORENUMPROC>> lpfnEnum, int dwData) → int user32: The EnumDisplayMonitors function enumerates display monitors (including invisible pseudo-monitors associated with the mirroring drivers) that intersect a region formed by the intersection of a specified clipping rectangle and the visible region of a device context. EnumDisplayMonitors calls an application-defined MonitorEnumProc callback function once for each monitor that is enumerated. Note that GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMONITORS) counts only the display monitors.
EnumDisplaySettings(Pointer<Utf16> lpszDeviceName, int iModeNum, Pointer<DEVMODE> lpDevMode) → int user32: The EnumDisplaySettings function retrieves information about one of the graphics modes for a display device. To retrieve information for all the graphics modes of a display device, make a series of calls to this function.
EnumDisplaySettingsEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpszDeviceName, int iModeNum, Pointer<DEVMODE> lpDevMode, int dwFlags) → int user32: The EnumDisplaySettingsEx function retrieves information about one of the graphics modes for a display device. To retrieve information for all the graphics modes for a display device, make a series of calls to this function.
EnumFontFamiliesEx(int hdc, Pointer<LOGFONT> lpLogfont, Pointer<NativeFunction<FONTENUMPROC>> lpProc, int lParam, int dwFlags) → int gdi32: The EnumFontFamiliesEx function enumerates all uniquely-named fonts in the system that match the font characteristics specified by the LOGFONT structure. EnumFontFamiliesEx enumerates fonts based on typeface name, character set, or both.
EnumForms(int hPrinter, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pForm, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded, Pointer<Uint32> pcReturned) → int winspool: The EnumForms function enumerates the forms supported by the specified printer.
EnumJobs(int hPrinter, int FirstJob, int NoJobs, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pJob, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded, Pointer<Uint32> pcReturned) → int winspool: The EnumJobs function retrieves information about a specified set of print jobs for a specified printer.
EnumPageFiles(Pointer<NativeFunction<PENUM_PAGE_FILE_CALLBACK>> pCallBackRoutine, Pointer<NativeType> pContext) → int kernel32: Calls the callback routine for each installed pagefile in the system.
EnumPrinterData(int hPrinter, int dwIndex, Pointer<Utf16> pValueName, int cbValueName, Pointer<Uint32> pcbValueName, Pointer<Uint32> pType, Pointer<Uint8> pData, int cbData, Pointer<Uint32> pcbData) → int winspool: The EnumPrinterData function enumerates configuration data for a specified printer.
EnumPrinterDataEx(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pKeyName, Pointer<Uint8> pEnumValues, int cbEnumValues, Pointer<Uint32> pcbEnumValues, Pointer<Uint32> pnEnumValues) → int winspool: The EnumPrinterDataEx function enumerates all value names and data for a specified printer and key.
EnumPrinterKey(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pKeyName, Pointer<Utf16> pSubkey, int cbSubkey, Pointer<Uint32> pcbSubkey) → int winspool: The EnumPrinterKey function enumerates the subkeys of a specified key for a specified printer.
EnumPrinters(int Flags, Pointer<Utf16> Name, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pPrinterEnum, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded, Pointer<Uint32> pcReturned) → int winspool: The EnumPrinters function enumerates available printers, print servers, domains, or print providers.
EnumProcesses(Pointer<Uint32> lpidProcess, int cb, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbNeeded) → int kernel32: Retrieves the process identifier for each process object in the system.
EnumProcessModules(int hProcess, Pointer<IntPtr> lphModule, int cb, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbNeeded) → int kernel32: Retrieves a handle for each module in the specified process.
EnumProcessModulesEx(int hProcess, Pointer<IntPtr> lphModule, int cb, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbNeeded, int dwFilterFlag) → int kernel32: Retrieves a handle for each module in the specified process that meets the specified filter criteria.
EnumResourceNames(int hModule, Pointer<Utf16> lpType, Pointer<NativeFunction<ENUMRESNAMEPROC>> lpEnumFunc, int lParam) → int kernel32: Enumerates resources of a specified type within a binary module. For Windows Vista and later, this is typically a language-neutral Portable Executable (LN file), and the enumeration will also include resources from the corresponding language-specific resource files (.mui files) that contain localizable language resources. It is also possible for hModule to specify an .mui file, in which case only that file is searched for resources.
EnumResourceTypes(int hModule, Pointer<NativeFunction<ENUMRESTYPEPROC>> lpEnumFunc, int lParam) → int kernel32: Enumerates resource types within a binary module. Starting with Windows Vista, this is typically a language-neutral Portable Executable (LN file), and the enumeration also includes resources from one of the corresponding language-specific resource files (.mui files)—if one exists—that contain localizable language resources. It is also possible to use hModule to specify a .mui file, in which case only that file is searched for resource types.
EnumServicesStatus(int hSCManager, int dwServiceType, int dwServiceState, Pointer<ENUM_SERVICE_STATUS> lpServices, int cbBufSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbBytesNeeded, Pointer<Uint32> lpServicesReturned, Pointer<Uint32> lpResumeHandle) → int advapi32: Enumerates services in the specified service control manager database. The name and status of each service are provided.
EnumServicesStatusEx(int hSCManager, int InfoLevel, int dwServiceType, int dwServiceState, Pointer<Uint8> lpServices, int cbBufSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbBytesNeeded, Pointer<Uint32> lpServicesReturned, Pointer<Uint32> lpResumeHandle, Pointer<Utf16> pszGroupName) → int advapi32: Enumerates services in the specified service control manager database. The name and status of each service are provided, along with additional data based on the specified information level.
EnumSystemFirmwareTables(int FirmwareTableProviderSignature, Pointer<Uint8> pFirmwareTableEnumBuffer, int BufferSize) → int kernel32: Enumerates all system firmware tables of the specified type.
EnumThreadWindows(int dwThreadId, Pointer<NativeFunction<WNDENUMPROC>> lpfn, int lParam) → int user32: Enumerates all nonchild windows associated with a thread by passing the handle to each window, in turn, to an application-defined callback function. EnumThreadWindows continues until the last window is enumerated or the callback function returns FALSE.
EnumWindows(Pointer<NativeFunction<WNDENUMPROC>> lpEnumFunc, int lParam) → int user32: Enumerates all top-level windows on the screen by passing the handle to each window, in turn, to an application-defined callback function. EnumWindows continues until the last top-level window is enumerated or the callback function returns FALSE.
EqualRect(Pointer<RECT> lprc1, Pointer<RECT> lprc2) → int user32: The EqualRect function determines whether the two specified rectangles are equal by comparing the coordinates of their upper-left and lower-right corners.
EscapeCommFunction(int hFile, int dwFunc) → int kernel32: Directs the specified communications device to perform an extended function.
ExcludeUpdateRgn(int hDC, int hWnd) → int user32: The ExcludeUpdateRgn function prevents drawing within invalid areas of a window by excluding an updated region in the window from a clipping region.
ExitProcess(int uExitCode) → void kernel32: Ends the calling process and all its threads.
ExitThread(int dwExitCode) → void kernel32: Ends the calling thread.
ExtCreatePen(int iPenStyle, int cWidth, Pointer<LOGBRUSH> plbrush, int cStyle, Pointer<Uint32> pstyle) → int gdi32: The ExtCreatePen function creates a logical cosmetic or geometric pen that has the specified style, width, and brush attributes.
ExtractAssociatedIcon(int hInst, Pointer<Utf16> pszIconPath, Pointer<Uint16> piIcon) → int shell32: Gets a handle to an icon stored as a resource in a file or an icon stored in a file's associated executable file.
ExtTextOut(int hdc, int x, int y, int options, Pointer<RECT> lprect, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int c, Pointer<Int32> lpDx) → int gdi32: The ExtTextOut function draws text using the currently selected font, background color, and text color. You can optionally provide dimensions to be used for clipping, opaquing, or both.
FAILED(int result) → bool: Provides a generic test for failure on any status value.
FileEncryptionStatus(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, Pointer<Uint32> lpStatus) → int advapi32: Retrieves the encryption status of the specified file.
FileTimeToDosDateTime(Pointer<FILETIME> lpFileTime, Pointer<Uint16> lpFatDate, Pointer<Uint16> lpFatTime) → int kernel32: Converts a file time to MS-DOS date and time values.
FileTimeToSystemTime(Pointer<FILETIME> lpFileTime, Pointer<SYSTEMTIME> lpSystemTime) → int kernel32: Converts a file time to system time format. System time is based on Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
FillConsoleOutputAttribute(int hConsoleOutput, int wAttribute, int nLength, COORD dwWriteCoord, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfAttrsWritten) → int kernel32: Sets the character attributes for a specified number of character cells, beginning at the specified coordinates in a screen buffer.
FillConsoleOutputCharacter(int hConsoleOutput, int cCharacter, int nLength, COORD dwWriteCoord, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfCharsWritten) → int kernel32: Writes a character to the console screen buffer a specified number of times, beginning at the specified coordinates.
FillMemory(Pointer<NativeType> destination, int length, int fill) → void kernel32: Fills a block of memory with a specified value.
FillPath(int hdc) → int gdi32: The FillPath function closes any open figures in the current path and fills the path's interior by using the current brush and polygon-filling mode.
FillRect(int hDC, Pointer<RECT> lprc, int hbr) → int user32: The FillRect function fills a rectangle by using the specified brush. This function includes the left and top borders, but excludes the right and bottom borders of the rectangle.
FindClose(int hFindFile) → int kernel32: Closes a file search handle opened by the FindFirstFile, FindFirstFileEx, FindFirstFileNameW, FindFirstFileNameTransactedW, FindFirstFileTransacted, FindFirstStreamTransactedW, or FindFirstStreamW functions.
FindCloseChangeNotification(int hChangeHandle) → int kernel32: Stops change notification handle monitoring.
FindClosePrinterChangeNotification(int hChange) → int winspool: The FindClosePrinterChangeNotification function closes a change notification object created by calling the FindFirstPrinterChangeNotification function. The printer or print server associated with the change notification object will no longer be monitored by that object.
FindExecutable(Pointer<Utf16> lpFile, Pointer<Utf16> lpDirectory, Pointer<Utf16> lpResult) → int shell32: Retrieves the name of and handle to the executable (.exe) file associated with a specific document file.
FindFirstChangeNotification(Pointer<Utf16> lpPathName, int bWatchSubtree, int dwNotifyFilter) → int kernel32: Creates a change notification handle and sets up initial change notification filter conditions. A wait on a notification handle succeeds when a change matching the filter conditions occurs in the specified directory or subtree. The function does not report changes to the specified directory itself.
FindFirstFile(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, Pointer<WIN32_FIND_DATA> lpFindFileData) → int kernel32: Searches a directory for a file or subdirectory with a name that matches a specific name (or partial name if wildcards are used).
FindFirstFileEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int fInfoLevelId, Pointer<NativeType> lpFindFileData, int fSearchOp, Pointer<NativeType> lpSearchFilter, int dwAdditionalFlags) → int kernel32: Searches a directory for a file or subdirectory with a name and attributes that match those specified.
FindFirstFileName(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int dwFlags, Pointer<Uint32> StringLength, Pointer<Utf16> LinkName) → int kernel32: Creates an enumeration of all the hard links to the specified file. The FindFirstFileNameW function returns a handle to the enumeration that can be used on subsequent calls to the FindNextFileNameW function.
FindFirstPrinterChangeNotification(int hPrinter, int fdwFilter, int fdwOptions, Pointer<NativeType> pPrinterNotifyOptions) → int winspool: The FindFirstPrinterChangeNotification function creates a change notification object and returns a handle to the object. You can then use this handle in a call to one of the wait functions to monitor changes to the printer or print server.
FindFirstStream(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int InfoLevel, Pointer<NativeType> lpFindStreamData, int dwFlags) → int kernel32: Enumerates the first stream with a ::$DATA stream type in the specified file or directory.
FindFirstVolume(Pointer<Utf16> lpszVolumeName, int cchBufferLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves the name of a volume on a computer. FindFirstVolume is used to begin scanning the volumes of a computer.
FindNextChangeNotification(int hChangeHandle) → int kernel32: Requests that the operating system signal a change notification handle the next time it detects an appropriate change.
FindNextFile(int hFindFile, Pointer<WIN32_FIND_DATA> lpFindFileData) → int kernel32: Continues a file search from a previous call to the FindFirstFile, FindFirstFileEx, or FindFirstFileTransacted functions.
FindNextFileName(int hFindStream, Pointer<Uint32> StringLength, Pointer<Utf16> LinkName) → int kernel32: Continues enumerating the hard links to a file using the handle returned by a successful call to the FindFirstFileNameW function.
FindNextPrinterChangeNotification(int hChange, Pointer<Uint32> pdwChange, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppPrinterNotifyInfo) → int winspool: The FindNextPrinterChangeNotification function retrieves information about the most recent change notification for a change notification object associated with a printer or print server. Call this function when a wait operation on the change notification object is satisfied.
FindNextStream(int hFindStream, Pointer<NativeType> lpFindStreamData) → int kernel32: Continues a stream search started by a previous call to the FindFirstStreamW function.
FindNextVolume(int hFindVolume, Pointer<Utf16> lpszVolumeName, int cchBufferLength) → int kernel32: Continues a volume search started by a call to the FindFirstVolume function. FindNextVolume finds one volume per call.
FindPackagesByPackageFamily(Pointer<Utf16> packageFamilyName, int packageFilters, Pointer<Uint32> count, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> packageFullNames, Pointer<Uint32> bufferLength, Pointer<Utf16> buffer, Pointer<Uint32> packageProperties) → int kernel32: Finds the packages with the specified family name for the current user.
FindResource(int hModule, Pointer<Utf16> lpName, Pointer<Utf16> lpType) → int kernel32: Determines the location of a resource with the specified type and name in the specified module.
FindResourceEx(int hModule, Pointer<Utf16> lpType, Pointer<Utf16> lpName, int wLanguage) → int kernel32: Determines the location of the resource with the specified type, name, and language in the specified module.
FindStringOrdinal(int dwFindStringOrdinalFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpStringSource, int cchSource, Pointer<Utf16> lpStringValue, int cchValue, int bIgnoreCase) → int kernel32: Locates a Unicode string (wide characters) in another Unicode string for a non-linguistic comparison.
FindText(Pointer<FINDREPLACE> param0) → int comdlg32: Creates a system-defined modeless Find dialog box that lets the user specify a string to search for and options to use when searching for text in a document.
FindVolumeClose(int hFindVolume) → int kernel32: Closes the specified volume search handle. The FindFirstVolume and FindNextVolume functions use this search handle to locate volumes.
FindWindow(Pointer<Utf16> lpClassName, Pointer<Utf16> lpWindowName) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the top-level window whose class name and window name match the specified strings. This function does not search child windows. This function does not perform a case-sensitive search.
FindWindowEx(int hWndParent, int hWndChildAfter, Pointer<Utf16> lpszClass, Pointer<Utf16> lpszWindow) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to a window whose class name and window name match the specified strings. The function searches child windows, beginning with the one following the specified child window. This function does not perform a case-sensitive search.
FlattenPath(int hdc) → int gdi32: The FlattenPath function transforms any curves in the path that is selected into the current device context (DC), turning each curve into a sequence of lines.
FlushConsoleInputBuffer(int hConsoleInput) → int kernel32: Flushes the console input buffer. All input records currently in the input buffer are discarded.
FlushPrinter(int hPrinter, Pointer<NativeType> pBuf, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcWritten, int cSleep) → int winspool: The FlushPrinter function sends a buffer to the printer in order to clear it from a transient state.
FormatMessage(int dwFlags, Pointer<NativeType> lpSource, int dwMessageId, int dwLanguageId, Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer, int nSize, Pointer<Pointer<Int8>> Arguments) → int kernel32: Formats a message string. The function requires a message definition as input. The message definition can come from a buffer passed into the function. It can come from a message table resource in an already-loaded module. Or the caller can ask the function to search the system's message table resource(s) for the message definition. The function finds the message definition in a message table resource based on a message identifier and a language identifier. The function copies the formatted message text to an output buffer, processing any embedded insert sequences if requested.
FrameRect(int hDC, Pointer<RECT> lprc, int hbr) → int user32: The FrameRect function draws a border around the specified rectangle by using the specified brush. The width and height of the border are always one logical unit.
free(Pointer<NativeType> pointer) → void: Frees allocated memory.
FreeConsole() → int kernel32: Detaches the calling process from its console.
FreeLibrary(int hLibModule) → int kernel32: Frees the loaded dynamic-link library (DLL) module and, if necessary, decrements its reference count. When the reference count reaches zero, the module is unloaded from the address space of the calling process and the handle is no longer valid.
FreeLibraryAndExitThread(int hLibModule, int dwExitCode) → void kernel32: Decrements the reference count of a loaded dynamic-link library (DLL) by one, then calls ExitThread to terminate the calling thread. The function does not return.
FreeMemoryJobObject(Pointer<NativeType> Buffer) → void kernel32: Frees memory that a function related to job objects allocated.
FreePrinterNotifyInfo(Pointer<PRINTER_NOTIFY_INFO> pPrinterNotifyInfo) → int winspool: The FreePrinterNotifyInfo function frees a system-allocated buffer created by the FindNextPrinterChangeNotification function.
GET_SC_WPARAM(int wParam) → int user32: Retrieves the parameters to WM_SYSCOMMAND.
GetActiveObject(Pointer<GUID> rclsid, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved, Pointer<Pointer<COMObject>> ppunk) → int oleaut32: Retrieves a pointer to a running object that has been registered with OLE.
GetActiveProcessorCount(int GroupNumber) → int kernel32: Returns the number of active processors in a processor group or in the system.
GetActiveProcessorGroupCount() → int kernel32: Returns the number of active processor groups in the system.
GetActiveWindow() → int user32: Retrieves the window handle to the active window attached to the calling thread's message queue.
GetAdapterIndex(Pointer<Utf16> AdapterName, Pointer<Uint32> IfIndex) → int iphlpapi: The GetAdapterIndex function obtains the index of an adapter, given its name.
GetAdaptersAddresses(int Family, int Flags, Pointer<NativeType> Reserved, Pointer<IP_ADAPTER_ADDRESSES_LH> AdapterAddresses, Pointer<Uint32> SizePointer) → int iphlpapi: The GetAdaptersAddresses function retrieves the addresses associated with the adapters on the local computer.
GetAltTabInfo(int hwnd, int iItem, Pointer<ALTTABINFO> pati, Pointer<Utf16> pszItemText, int cchItemText) → int user32: Retrieves status information for the specified window if it is the application-switching (ALT+TAB) window.
GetAncestor(int hwnd, int gaFlags) → int user32: Retrieves the handle to the ancestor of the specified window.
GetAsyncKeyState(int vKey) → int user32: Determines whether a key is up or down at the time the function is called, and whether the key was pressed after a previous call to GetAsyncKeyState.
GetAwarenessFromDpiAwarenessContext(int value) → int user32: Retrieves the DPI_AWARENESS value from a DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT.
GetBinaryType(Pointer<Utf16> lpApplicationName, Pointer<Uint32> lpBinaryType) → int kernel32: Determines whether a file is an executable (.exe) file, and if so, which subsystem runs the executable file.
GetBValue(int rgb) → int: Retrieves an intensity value for the blue component of a red, green, blue (RGB) value.
GetCapture() → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the window (if any) that has captured the mouse. Only one window at a time can capture the mouse; this window receives mouse input whether or not the cursor is within its borders.
GetCaretBlinkTime() → int user32: Retrieves the time required to invert the caret's pixels. The user can set this value.
GetCaretPos(Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: Copies the caret's position to the specified POINT structure.
GetClassFile(Pointer<Utf16> szFilename, Pointer<GUID> pclsid) → int ole32: Returns the CLSID associated with the specified file name.
GetClassInfo(int hInstance, Pointer<Utf16> lpClassName, Pointer<WNDCLASS> lpWndClass) → int user32: Retrieves information about a window class.
GetClassInfoEx(int hInstance, Pointer<Utf16> lpszClass, Pointer<WNDCLASSEX> lpwcx) → int user32: Retrieves information about a window class, including a handle to the small icon associated with the window class. The GetClassInfo function does not retrieve a handle to the small icon.
GetClassLongPtr(int hWnd, int nIndex) → int user32: Retrieves the specified value from the WNDCLASSEX structure associated with the specified window.
getClassName(IInspectable object) → String: Gets the fully qualified name of the Windows Runtime object.
GetClassName(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpClassName, int nMaxCount) → int user32: Retrieves the name of the class to which the specified window belongs.
GetClientRect(int hWnd, Pointer<RECT> lpRect) → int user32: Retrieves the coordinates of a window's client area. The client coordinates specify the upper-left and lower-right corners of the client area. Because client coordinates are relative to the upper-left corner of a window's client area, the coordinates of the upper-left corner are (0,0).
GetClipboardData(int uFormat) → int user32: Retrieves data from the clipboard in a specified format. The clipboard must have been opened previously.
GetClipboardFormatName(int format, Pointer<Utf16> lpszFormatName, int cchMaxCount) → int user32: Retrieves from the clipboard the name of the specified registered format. The function copies the name to the specified buffer.
GetClipboardOwner() → int user32: Retrieves the window handle of the current owner of the clipboard.
GetClipboardSequenceNumber() → int user32: Retrieves the clipboard sequence number for the current window station.
GetClipboardViewer() → int user32: Retrieves the handle to the first window in the clipboard viewer chain.
GetClipCursor(Pointer<RECT> lpRect) → int user32: Retrieves the screen coordinates of the rectangular area to which the cursor is confined.
GetCommandLine() → Pointer<Utf16> kernel32: Parses a Unicode command line string and returns an array of pointers to the command line arguments, along with a count of such arguments, in a way that is similar to the standard C run-time argv and argc values.
GetCommConfig(int hCommDev, Pointer<COMMCONFIG> lpCC, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the current configuration of a communications device.
GetCommMask(int hFile, Pointer<Uint32> lpEvtMask) → int kernel32: Retrieves the value of the event mask for a specified communications device.
GetCommModemStatus(int hFile, Pointer<Uint32> lpModemStat) → int kernel32: Retrieves the modem control-register values.
GetCommPorts(Pointer<Uint32> lpPortNumbers, int uPortNumbersCount, Pointer<Uint32> puPortNumbersFound) → int kernel32: Gets an array that contains the well-formed COM ports.
GetCommProperties(int hFile, Pointer<COMMPROP> lpCommProp) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the communications properties for a specified communications device.
GetCommState(int hFile, Pointer<DCB> lpDCB) → int kernel32: Retrieves the current control settings for a specified communications device.
GetCommTimeouts(int hFile, Pointer<COMMTIMEOUTS> lpCommTimeouts) → int kernel32: Retrieves the time-out parameters for all read and write operations on a specified communications device.
GetCompressedFileSize(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, Pointer<Uint32> lpFileSizeHigh) → int kernel32: Retrieves the actual number of bytes of disk storage used to store a specified file. If the file is located on a volume that supports compression and the file is compressed, the value obtained is the compressed size of the specified file. If the file is located on a volume that supports sparse files and the file is a sparse file, the value obtained is the sparse size of the specified file.
GetComputerName(Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer, Pointer<Uint32> nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the NetBIOS name of the local computer. This name is established at system startup, when the system reads it from the registry.
GetComputerNameEx(int NameType, Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer, Pointer<Uint32> nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves a NetBIOS or DNS name associated with the local computer. The names are established at system startup, when the system reads them from the registry.
GetConsoleCP() → int kernel32: Retrieves the input code page used by the console associated with the calling process. A console uses its input code page to translate keyboard input into the corresponding character value.
GetConsoleCursorInfo(int hConsoleOutput, Pointer<CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO> lpConsoleCursorInfo) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the size and visibility of the cursor for the specified console screen buffer.
GetConsoleMode(int hConsoleHandle, Pointer<Uint32> lpMode) → int kernel32: Retrieves the current input mode of a console's input buffer or the current output mode of a console screen buffer.
GetConsoleOutputCP() → int kernel32: Retrieves the output code page used by the console associated with the calling process. A console uses its output code page to translate the character values written by the various output functions into the images displayed in the console window.
GetConsoleScreenBufferInfo(int hConsoleOutput, Pointer<CONSOLE_SCREEN_BUFFER_INFO> lpConsoleScreenBufferInfo) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the specified console screen buffer.
GetConsoleSelectionInfo(Pointer<CONSOLE_SELECTION_INFO> lpConsoleSelectionInfo) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the current console selection.
GetConsoleTitle(Pointer<Utf16> lpConsoleTitle, int nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the title for the current console window.
GetConsoleWindow() → int kernel32: Retrieves the window handle used by the console associated with the calling process.
GetCurrentActCtx(Pointer<IntPtr> lphActCtx) → int kernel32: The GetCurrentActCtx function returns the handle to the active activation context of the calling thread.
GetCurrentProcess() → int kernel32: Retrieves a pseudo handle for the current process.
GetCurrentProcessId() → int kernel32: Retrieves the process identifier of the calling process.
GetCurrentProcessorNumber() → int kernel32: Retrieves the number of the processor the current thread was running on during the call to this function.
GetCurrentProcessToken() → int advapi32: Retrieves a pseudo-handle that you can use as a shorthand way to refer to the access token associated with a process.
GetCurrentThemeName(Pointer<Utf16> pszThemeFileName, int cchMaxNameChars, Pointer<Utf16> pszColorBuff, int cchMaxColorChars, Pointer<Utf16> pszSizeBuff, int cchMaxSizeChars) → int uxtheme: Retrieves the name of the current visual style, and optionally retrieves the color scheme name and size name.
GetCurrentThread() → int kernel32: Retrieves a pseudo handle for the calling thread.
GetCurrentThreadEffectiveToken() → int advapi32: Retrieves a pseudo-handle that you can use as a shorthand way to refer to the impersonation token that was assigned to the current thread.
GetCurrentThreadId() → int kernel32: Retrieves the thread identifier of the calling thread.
GetCurrentThreadToken() → int advapi32: Retrieves a pseudo-handle that you can use as a shorthand way to refer to the impersonation token that was assigned to the current thread.
GetCursor() → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the current cursor.
GetCursorInfo(Pointer<CURSORINFO> pci) → int user32: Retrieves information about the global cursor.
GetCursorPos(Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: Retrieves the position of the mouse cursor, in screen coordinates.
GetDC(int hWnd) → int user32: The GetDC function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen. You can use the returned handle in subsequent GDI functions to draw in the DC. The device context is an opaque data structure, whose values are used internally by GDI.
GetDCEx(int hWnd, int hrgnClip, int flags) → int user32: The GetDCEx function retrieves a handle to a device context (DC) for the client area of a specified window or for the entire screen. You can use the returned handle in subsequent GDI functions to draw in the DC. The device context is an opaque data structure, whose values are used internally by GDI.
GetDefaultCommConfig(Pointer<Utf16> lpszName, Pointer<COMMCONFIG> lpCC, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the default configuration for the specified communications device.
GetDefaultPrinter(Pointer<Utf16> pszBuffer, Pointer<Uint32> pcchBuffer) → int winspool: The GetDefaultPrinter function retrieves the printer name of the default printer for the current user on the local computer.
GetDesktopWindow() → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the desktop window. The desktop window covers the entire screen. The desktop window is the area on top of which other windows are painted.
GetDeviceCaps(int hdc, int index) → int gdi32: The GetDeviceCaps function retrieves device-specific information for the specified device.
GetDeviceDriverBaseName(Pointer<NativeType> ImageBase, Pointer<Utf16> lpBaseName, int nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the base name of the specified device driver.
GetDeviceDriverFileName(Pointer<NativeType> ImageBase, Pointer<Utf16> lpFilename, int nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the path available for the specified device driver.
GetDialogBaseUnits() → int user32: Retrieves the system's dialog base units, which are the average width and height of characters in the system font. For dialog boxes that use the system font, you can use these values to convert between dialog template units, as specified in dialog box templates, and pixels. For dialog boxes that do not use the system font, the conversion from dialog template units to pixels depends on the font used by the dialog box.
GetDialogControlDpiChangeBehavior(int hWnd) → int user32: Retrieves and per-monitor DPI scaling behavior overrides of a child window in a dialog.
GetDialogDpiChangeBehavior(int hDlg) → int user32: Returns the flags that might have been set on a given dialog by an earlier call to SetDialogDpiChangeBehavior. If that function was never called on the dialog, the return value will be zero.
GetDIBits(int hdc, int hbm, int start, int cLines, Pointer<NativeType> lpvBits, Pointer<BITMAPINFO> lpbmi, int usage) → int gdi32: The GetDIBits function retrieves the bits of the specified compatible bitmap and copies them into a buffer as a DIB using the specified format.
GetDiskFreeSpace(Pointer<Utf16> lpRootPathName, Pointer<Uint32> lpSectorsPerCluster, Pointer<Uint32> lpBytesPerSector, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfFreeClusters, Pointer<Uint32> lpTotalNumberOfClusters) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the specified disk, including the amount of free space on the disk.
GetDiskFreeSpaceEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpDirectoryName, Pointer<Uint64> lpFreeBytesAvailableToCaller, Pointer<Uint64> lpTotalNumberOfBytes, Pointer<Uint64> lpTotalNumberOfFreeBytes) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the amount of space that is available on a disk volume, which is the total amount of space, the total amount of free space, and the total amount of free space available to the user that is associated with the calling thread.
GetDisplayAutoRotationPreferences(Pointer<Int32> pOrientation) → int user32: Retrieves the screen auto-rotation preferences for the current process.
GetDlgItem(int hDlg, int nIDDlgItem) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to a control in the specified dialog box.
GetDlgItemInt(int hDlg, int nIDDlgItem, Pointer<Int32> lpTranslated, int bSigned) → int user32: Translates the text of a specified control in a dialog box into an integer value.
GetDlgItemText(int hDlg, int nIDDlgItem, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int cchMax) → int user32: Retrieves the title or text associated with a control in a dialog box.
GetDllDirectory(int nBufferLength, Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer) → int kernel32: Retrieves the application-specific portion of the search path used to locate DLLs for the application.
GetDoubleClickTime() → int user32: Retrieves the current double-click time for the mouse. A double-click is a series of two clicks of the mouse button, the second occurring within a specified time after the first. The double-click time is the maximum number of milliseconds that may occur between the first and second click of a double-click. The maximum double-click time is 5000 milliseconds.
GetDpiForMonitor(int hmonitor, int dpiType, Pointer<Uint32> dpiX, Pointer<Uint32> dpiY) → int user32: Queries the dots per inch (dpi) of a display.
GetDpiForSystem() → int user32: Returns the system DPI.
GetDpiForWindow(int hwnd) → int user32: Returns the dots per inch (dpi) value for the associated window.
GetDpiFromDpiAwarenessContext(int value) → int user32: Retrieves the DPI from a given DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT handle. This enables you to determine the DPI of a thread without needed to examine a window created within that thread.
GetDriveType(Pointer<Utf16> lpRootPathName) → int kernel32: Determines whether a disk drive is a removable, fixed, CD-ROM, RAM disk, or network drive.
GetEnvironmentVariable(Pointer<Utf16> lpName, Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer, int nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the contents of the specified variable from the environment block of the calling process.
GetExitCodeProcess(int hProcess, Pointer<Uint32> lpExitCode) → int kernel32: Retrieves the termination status of the specified process.
GetFileAttributes(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName) → int kernel32: Retrieves file system attributes for a specified file or directory.
GetFileAttributesEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int fInfoLevelId, Pointer<NativeType> lpFileInformation) → int kernel32: Retrieves attributes for a specified file or directory.
GetFileInformationByHandle(int hFile, Pointer<BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION> lpFileInformation) → int kernel32: Retrieves file information for the specified file.
GetFileSize(int hFile, Pointer<Uint32> lpFileSizeHigh) → int kernel32: Retrieves the size of the specified file, in bytes. It is recommended that you use GetFileSizeEx.
GetFileSizeEx(int hFile, Pointer<Int64> lpFileSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the size of the specified file.
GetFileType(int hFile) → int kernel32: Retrieves the file type of the specified file.
GetFileVersionInfo(Pointer<Utf16> lptstrFilename, int dwHandle, int dwLen, Pointer<NativeType> lpData) → int version: Retrieves version information for the specified file.
GetFileVersionInfoEx(int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpwstrFilename, int dwHandle, int dwLen, Pointer<NativeType> lpData) → int version: Retrieves version information for the specified file.
GetFileVersionInfoSize(Pointer<Utf16> lptstrFilename, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwHandle) → int version: Determines whether the operating system can retrieve version information for a specified file. If version information is available, GetFileVersionInfoSize returns the size, in bytes, of that information.
GetFileVersionInfoSizeEx(int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpwstrFilename, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwHandle) → int version: Determines whether the operating system can retrieve version information for a specified file. If version information is available, GetFileVersionInfoSizeEx returns the size, in bytes, of that information.
GetFinalPathNameByHandle(int hFile, Pointer<Utf16> lpszFilePath, int cchFilePath, int dwFlags) → int kernel32: Retrieves the final path for the specified file.
GetFocus() → int user32: Retrieves the handle to the window that has the keyboard focus, if the window is attached to the calling thread's message queue.
GetForegroundWindow() → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the foreground window (the window with which the user is currently working). The system assigns a slightly higher priority to the thread that creates the foreground window than it does to other threads.
GetForm(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pFormName, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pForm, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded) → int winspool: The GetForm function retrieves information about a specified form.
GetFullPathName(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int nBufferLength, Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> lpFilePart) → int kernel32: Retrieves the full path and file name of the specified file.
GetGestureConfig(int hwnd, int dwReserved, int dwFlags, Pointer<Uint32> pcIDs, Pointer<GESTURECONFIG> pGestureConfig, int cbSize) → int user32: Retrieves the configuration for which Windows Touch gesture messages are sent from a window.
GetGestureExtraArgs(int hGestureInfo, int cbExtraArgs, Pointer<Uint8> pExtraArgs) → int user32: Retrieves additional information about a gesture from its GESTUREINFO handle.
GetGestureInfo(int hGestureInfo, Pointer<GESTUREINFO> pGestureInfo) → int user32: Retrieves a GESTUREINFO structure given a handle to the gesture information.
GetGUIThreadInfo(int idThread, Pointer<GUITHREADINFO> pgui) → int user32: Retrieves information about the active window or a specified GUI thread.
GetGValue(int rgb) → int: Retrieves an intensity value for the green component of a red, green, blue (RGB) value.
GetHandleInformation(int hObject, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwFlags) → int kernel32: Retrieves certain properties of an object handle.
GetHGlobalFromStream(Pointer<COMObject> pstm, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> phglobal) → int ole32: The GetHGlobalFromStream function retrieves the global memory handle to a stream that was created through a call to the CreateStreamOnHGlobal function.
GetIconInfo(int hIcon, Pointer<ICONINFO> piconinfo) → int user32: Retrieves information about the specified icon or cursor.
GetIconInfoEx(int hicon, Pointer<ICONINFOEX> piconinfo) → int user32: Retrieves the opacity and transparency color key of a layered window.
GetInputState() → int user32: Determines whether there are mouse-button or keyboard messages in the calling thread's message queue.
GetIntegratedDisplaySize(Pointer<Double> sizeInInches) → int kernel32: Retrieves the best estimate of the diagonal size of the built-in screen, in inches.
GetInterfaceInfo(Pointer<IP_INTERFACE_INFO> pIfTable, Pointer<Uint32> dwOutBufLen) → int iphlpapi: The GetInterfaceInfo function obtains the list of the network interface adapters with IPv4 enabled on the local system.
getInterfaces(IInspectable object) → List<String>: Returns the interface IDs that are implemented by the Windows Runtime object.
GetJob(int hPrinter, int JobId, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pJob, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded) → int winspool: The GetJob function retrieves information about a specified print job.
GetKeyboardLayout(int idThread) → int user32: Retrieves the active input locale identifier (formerly called the keyboard layout).
GetKeyboardLayoutList(int nBuff, Pointer<IntPtr> lpList) → int user32: Retrieves the input locale identifiers (formerly called keyboard layout handles) corresponding to the current set of input locales in the system. The function copies the identifiers to the specified buffer.
GetKeyboardLayoutName(Pointer<Utf16> pwszKLID) → int user32: Retrieves the name of the active input locale identifier (formerly called the keyboard layout) for the system.
GetKeyboardState(Pointer<Uint8> lpKeyState) → int user32: Copies the status of the 256 virtual keys to the specified buffer.
GetKeyboardType(int nTypeFlag) → int user32: Retrieves information about the current keyboard.
GetKeyNameText(int lParam, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int cchSize) → int user32: Retrieves a string that represents the name of a key.
GetKeyState(int nVirtKey) → int user32: Retrieves the status of the specified virtual key. The status specifies whether the key is up, down, or toggled (on, off—alternating each time the key is pressed).
GetLargestConsoleWindowSize(int hConsoleOutput) → COORD kernel32: Retrieves the size of the largest possible console window, based on the current font and the size of the display.
GetLastError() → int kernel32: Retrieves the calling thread's last-error code value. The last-error code is maintained on a per-thread basis. Multiple threads do not overwrite each other's last-error code.
GetLastInputInfo(Pointer<LASTINPUTINFO> plii) → int user32: Retrieves the time of the last input event.
GetLayeredWindowAttributes(int hwnd, Pointer<Uint32> pcrKey, Pointer<Uint8> pbAlpha, Pointer<Uint32> pdwFlags) → int user32: Retrieves the opacity and transparency color key of a layered window.
GetLocaleInfoEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpLocaleName, int LCType, Pointer<Utf16> lpLCData, int cchData) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about a locale specified by name.
GetLocalTime(Pointer<SYSTEMTIME> lpSystemTime) → void kernel32: Retrieves the current local date and time.
GetLogicalDrives() → int kernel32: Retrieves a bitmask representing the currently available disk drives.
GetLogicalDriveStrings(int nBufferLength, Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer) → int kernel32: Fills a buffer with strings that specify valid drives in the system.
GetLogicalProcessorInformation(Pointer<SYSTEM_LOGICAL_PROCESSOR_INFORMATION> Buffer, Pointer<Uint32> ReturnedLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about logical processors and related hardware.
GetLongPathName(Pointer<Utf16> lpszShortPath, Pointer<Utf16> lpszLongPath, int cchBuffer) → int kernel32: Converts the specified path to its long form.
GetMachineTypeAttributes(int Machine, Pointer<Int32> MachineTypeAttributes) → int kernel32: Queries if the specified architecture is supported on the current system, either natively or by any form of compatibility or emulation layer.
GetMappedFileName(int hProcess, Pointer<NativeType> lpv, Pointer<Utf16> lpFilename, int nSize) → int kernel32: Checks whether the specified address is within a memory-mapped file in the address space of the specified process. If so, the function returns the name of the memory-mapped file.
GetMaximumProcessorCount(int GroupNumber) → int kernel32: Returns the maximum number of logical processors that a processor group or the system can have.
GetMaximumProcessorGroupCount() → int kernel32: Returns the maximum number of processor groups that the system can have.
GetMenu(int hWnd) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the menu assigned to the specified window.
GetMenuBarInfo(int hwnd, int idObject, int idItem, Pointer<MENUBARINFO> pmbi) → int user32: Retrieves information about the specified menu bar.
GetMenuDefaultItem(int hMenu, int fByPos, int gmdiFlags) → int user32: Determines the default menu item on the specified menu.
GetMenuInfo(int param0, Pointer<MENUINFO> param1) → int user32: Retrieves information about a specified menu.
GetMenuItemCount(int hMenu) → int user32: Determines the number of items in the specified menu.
GetMenuItemID(int hMenu, int nPos) → int user32: Retrieves the menu item identifier of a menu item located at the specified position in a menu.
GetMenuItemInfo(int hmenu, int item, int fByPosition, Pointer<MENUITEMINFO> lpmii) → int user32: Retrieves information about a menu item.
GetMenuItemRect(int hWnd, int hMenu, int uItem, Pointer<RECT> lprcItem) → int user32: Retrieves the bounding rectangle for the specified menu item.
GetMenuState(int hMenu, int uId, int uFlags) → int user32: Retrieves the menu flags associated with the specified menu item. If the menu item opens a submenu, this function also returns the number of items in the submenu.
GetMenuString(int hMenu, int uIDItem, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int cchMax, int flags) → int user32: Copies the text string of the specified menu item into the specified buffer.
GetMessage(Pointer<MSG> lpMsg, int hWnd, int wMsgFilterMin, int wMsgFilterMax) → int user32: Retrieves a message from the calling thread's message queue. The function dispatches incoming sent messages until a posted message is available for retrieval.
GetMessageExtraInfo() → int user32: Retrieves the extra message information for the current thread. Extra message information is an application- or driver-defined value associated with the current thread's message queue.
GetMessagePos() → int user32: Retrieves the cursor position for the last message retrieved by the GetMessage function.
GetMessageTime() → int user32: Retrieves the message time for the last message retrieved by the GetMessage function. The time is a long integer that specifies the elapsed time, in milliseconds, from the time the system was started to the time the message was created (that is, placed in the thread's message queue).
GetModuleBaseName(int hProcess, int hModule, Pointer<Utf16> lpBaseName, int nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the base name of the specified module.
GetModuleFileName(int hModule, Pointer<Utf16> lpFilename, int nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the fully qualified path for the file that contains the specified module. The module must have been loaded by the current process.
GetModuleFileNameEx(int hProcess, int hModule, Pointer<Utf16> lpFilename, int nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the fully qualified path for the file containing the specified module.
GetModuleHandle(Pointer<Utf16> lpModuleName) → int kernel32: Retrieves a module handle for the specified module. The module must have been loaded by the calling process.
GetModuleHandleEx(int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpModuleName, Pointer<IntPtr> phModule) → int kernel32: Retrieves a module handle for the specified module and increments the module's reference count unless GET_MODULE_HANDLE_EX_FLAG_UNCHANGED_REFCOUNT is specified. The module must have been loaded by the calling process.
GetModuleInformation(int hProcess, int hModule, Pointer<MODULEINFO> lpmodinfo, int cb) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the specified module in the MODULEINFO structure.
GetMonitorBrightness(int hMonitor, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMinimumBrightness, Pointer<Uint32> pdwCurrentBrightness, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMaximumBrightness) → int dxva2: Retrieves a monitor's minimum, maximum, and current brightness settings.
GetMonitorCapabilities(int hMonitor, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMonitorCapabilities, Pointer<Uint32> pdwSupportedColorTemperatures) → int dxva2: Retrieves the configuration capabilities of a monitor. Call this function to find out which high-level monitor configuration functions are supported by the monitor.
GetMonitorColorTemperature(int hMonitor, Pointer<Int32> pctCurrentColorTemperature) → int dxva2: Retrieves a monitor's current color temperature.
GetMonitorContrast(int hMonitor, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMinimumContrast, Pointer<Uint32> pdwCurrentContrast, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMaximumContrast) → int dxva2: Retrieves a monitor's minimum, maximum, and current contrast settings.
GetMonitorDisplayAreaPosition(int hMonitor, int ptPositionType, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMinimumPosition, Pointer<Uint32> pdwCurrentPosition, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMaximumPosition) → int dxva2: Retrieves a monitor's minimum, maximum, and current horizontal or vertical position.
GetMonitorDisplayAreaSize(int hMonitor, int stSizeType, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMinimumWidthOrHeight, Pointer<Uint32> pdwCurrentWidthOrHeight, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMaximumWidthOrHeight) → int dxva2: Retrieves a monitor's minimum, maximum, and current width or height.
GetMonitorInfo(int hMonitor, Pointer<MONITORINFO> lpmi) → int user32: The GetMonitorInfo function retrieves information about a display monitor.
GetMonitorRedGreenOrBlueDrive(int hMonitor, int dtDriveType, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMinimumDrive, Pointer<Uint32> pdwCurrentDrive, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMaximumDrive) → int dxva2: Retrieves a monitor's red, green, or blue drive value.
GetMonitorRedGreenOrBlueGain(int hMonitor, int gtGainType, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMinimumGain, Pointer<Uint32> pdwCurrentGain, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMaximumGain) → int dxva2: Retrieves a monitor's red, green, or blue gain value.
GetMonitorTechnologyType(int hMonitor, Pointer<Int32> pdtyDisplayTechnologyType) → int dxva2: Retrieves the type of technology used by a monitor.
GetMouseMovePointsEx(int cbSize, Pointer<MOUSEMOVEPOINT> lppt, Pointer<MOUSEMOVEPOINT> lpptBuf, int nBufPoints, int resolution) → int user32: Retrieves a history of up to 64 previous coordinates of the mouse or pen.
GetNamedPipeClientComputerName(int Pipe, Pointer<Utf16> ClientComputerName, int ClientComputerNameLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves the client computer name for the specified named pipe.
GetNamedPipeClientProcessId(int Pipe, Pointer<Uint32> ClientProcessId) → int kernel32: Retrieves the client process identifier for the specified named pipe.
GetNamedPipeClientSessionId(int Pipe, Pointer<Uint32> ClientSessionId) → int kernel32: Retrieves the client process identifier for the specified named pipe.
GetNamedPipeHandleState(int hNamedPipe, Pointer<Uint32> lpState, Pointer<Uint32> lpCurInstances, Pointer<Uint32> lpMaxCollectionCount, Pointer<Uint32> lpCollectDataTimeout, Pointer<Utf16> lpUserName, int nMaxUserNameSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about a specified named pipe. The information returned can vary during the lifetime of an instance of the named pipe.
GetNamedPipeInfo(int hNamedPipe, Pointer<Uint32> lpFlags, Pointer<Uint32> lpOutBufferSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpInBufferSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpMaxInstances) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the specified named pipe.
GetNativeSystemInfo(Pointer<SYSTEM_INFO> lpSystemInfo) → void kernel32: Retrieves information about the current system to an application running under WOW64. If the function is called from a 64-bit application, or on a 64-bit system that does not have an Intel64 or x64 processor (such as ARM64), it is equivalent to the GetSystemInfo function.
GetNearestColor(int hdc, int color) → int gdi32: The GetNearestColor function retrieves a color value identifying a color from the system palette that will be displayed when the specified color value is used.
GetNextDlgGroupItem(int hDlg, int hCtl, int bPrevious) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the first control in a group of controls that precedes (or follows) the specified control in a dialog box.
GetNextDlgTabItem(int hDlg, int hCtl, int bPrevious) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the first control that has the WS_TABSTOP style that precedes (or follows) the specified control.
GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(int hConsoleInput, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfEvents) → int kernel32: Retrieves the number of unread input records in the console's input buffer.
GetNumberOfPhysicalMonitorsFromHMONITOR(int hMonitor, Pointer<Uint32> pdwNumberOfPhysicalMonitors) → int dxva2: Retrieves the number of physical monitors associated with an HMONITOR monitor handle. Call this function before calling GetPhysicalMonitorsFromHMONITOR.
GetObject(int h, int c, Pointer<NativeType> pv) → int gdi32: The GetObject function retrieves information for the specified graphics object.
GetOpenClipboardWindow() → int user32: Retrieves the handle to the window that currently has the clipboard open.
GetOpenFileName(Pointer<OPENFILENAME> param0) → int comdlg32: Creates an Open dialog box that lets the user specify the drive, directory, and the name of a file or set of files to be opened.
GetOverlappedResult(int hFile, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfBytesTransferred, int bWait) → int kernel32: Retrieves the results of an overlapped operation on the specified file, named pipe, or communications device. To specify a timeout interval or wait on an alertable thread, use GetOverlappedResultEx.
GetOverlappedResultEx(int hFile, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfBytesTransferred, int dwMilliseconds, int bAlertable) → int kernel32: Retrieves the results of an overlapped operation on the specified file, named pipe, or communications device within the specified time-out interval. The calling thread can perform an alertable wait.
GetParent(int hWnd) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the specified window's parent or owner.
GetPath(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, Pointer<Uint8> aj, int cpt) → int gdi32: The GetPath function retrieves the coordinates defining the endpoints of lines and the control points of curves found in the path that is selected into the specified device context.
GetPerAdapterInfo(int IfIndex, Pointer<IP_PER_ADAPTER_INFO_W2KSP1> pPerAdapterInfo, Pointer<Uint32> pOutBufLen) → int iphlpapi: The GetPerAdapterInfo function retrieves information about the adapter corresponding to the specified interface.
GetPerformanceInfo(Pointer<PERFORMANCE_INFORMATION> pPerformanceInformation, int cb) → int kernel32: Retrieves the performance values contained in the PERFORMANCE_INFORMATION structure.
GetPhysicalCursorPos(Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: Retrieves the position of the cursor in physical coordinates.
GetPhysicallyInstalledSystemMemory(Pointer<Uint64> TotalMemoryInKilobytes) → int kernel32: Retrieves the amount of RAM that is physically installed on the computer.
GetPhysicalMonitorsFromHMONITOR(int hMonitor, int dwPhysicalMonitorArraySize, Pointer<PHYSICAL_MONITOR> pPhysicalMonitorArray) → int dxva2: Retrieves the physical monitors associated with an HMONITOR monitor handle.
GetPixel(int hdc, int x, int y) → int gdi32: The GetPixel function retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the specified coordinates.
GetPointerCursorId(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> cursorId) → int user32: Retrieves the cursor identifier associated with the specified pointer.
GetPointerFrameInfo(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> pointerCount, Pointer<POINTER_INFO> pointerInfo) → int user32: Gets the entire frame of information for the specified pointers associated with the current message.
GetPointerFrameInfoHistory(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> entriesCount, Pointer<Uint32> pointerCount, Pointer<POINTER_INFO> pointerInfo) → int user32: Gets the entire frame of information (including coalesced input frames) for the specified pointers associated with the current message.
GetPointerFramePenInfo(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> pointerCount, Pointer<POINTER_PEN_INFO> penInfo) → int user32: Gets the entire frame of pen-based information for the specified pointers (of type PT_PEN) associated with the current message.
GetPointerFramePenInfoHistory(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> entriesCount, Pointer<Uint32> pointerCount, Pointer<POINTER_PEN_INFO> penInfo) → int user32: Gets the entire frame of pen-based information (including coalesced input frames) for the specified pointers (of type PT_PEN) associated with the current message.
GetPointerFrameTouchInfo(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> pointerCount, Pointer<POINTER_TOUCH_INFO> touchInfo) → int user32: Gets the entire frame of touch-based information for the specified pointers (of type PT_TOUCH) associated with the current message.
GetPointerFrameTouchInfoHistory(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> entriesCount, Pointer<Uint32> pointerCount, Pointer<POINTER_TOUCH_INFO> touchInfo) → int user32: Gets the entire frame of touch-based information (including coalesced input frames) for the specified pointers (of type PT_TOUCH) associated with the current message.
GetPointerInfo(int pointerId, Pointer<POINTER_INFO> pointerInfo) → int user32: Gets the information for the specified pointer associated with the current message.
GetPointerInfoHistory(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> entriesCount, Pointer<POINTER_INFO> pointerInfo) → int user32: Gets the information associated with the individual inputs, if any, that were coalesced into the current message for the specified pointer. The most recent input is included in the returned history and is the same as the most recent input returned by the GetPointerInfo function.
GetPointerInputTransform(int pointerId, int historyCount, Pointer<INPUT_TRANSFORM> inputTransform) → int user32: Gets one or more transforms for the pointer information coordinates associated with the current message.
GetPointerPenInfo(int pointerId, Pointer<POINTER_PEN_INFO> penInfo) → int user32: Gets the pen-based information for the specified pointer (of type PT_PEN) associated with the current message.
GetPointerPenInfoHistory(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> entriesCount, Pointer<POINTER_PEN_INFO> penInfo) → int user32: Gets the pen-based information associated with the individual inputs, if any, that were coalesced into the current message for the specified pointer (of type PT_PEN). The most recent input is included in the returned history and is the same as the most recent input returned by the GetPointerPenInfo function.
GetPointerTouchInfo(int pointerId, Pointer<POINTER_TOUCH_INFO> touchInfo) → int user32: Gets the touch-based information for the specified pointer (of type PT_TOUCH) associated with the current message.
GetPointerTouchInfoHistory(int pointerId, Pointer<Uint32> entriesCount, Pointer<POINTER_TOUCH_INFO> touchInfo) → int user32: Gets the touch-based information associated with the individual inputs, if any, that were coalesced into the current message for the specified pointer (of type PT_TOUCH). The most recent input is included in the returned history and is the same as the most recent input returned by the GetPointerTouchInfo function.
GetPointerType(int pointerId, Pointer<Int32> pointerType) → int user32: Retrieves the pointer type for a specified pointer.
GetPrinter(int hPrinter, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pPrinter, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded) → int winspool: The GetPrinter function retrieves information about a specified printer.
GetPrinterData(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pValueName, Pointer<Uint32> pType, Pointer<Uint8> pData, int nSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded) → int winspool: The GetPrinterData function retrieves configuration data for the specified printer or print server.
GetPrinterDataEx(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pKeyName, Pointer<Utf16> pValueName, Pointer<Uint32> pType, Pointer<Uint8> pData, int nSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbNeeded) → int winspool: The GetPrinterDataEx function retrieves configuration data for the specified printer or print server. GetPrinterDataEx can retrieve values that the SetPrinterData function stored. In addition, GetPrinterDataEx can retrieve values that the SetPrinterDataEx function stored under a specified key.
GetPrintExecutionData(Pointer<PRINT_EXECUTION_DATA> pData) → int winspool: The GetPrintExecutionData retrieves the current print context.
GetPriorityClipboardFormat(Pointer<Uint32> paFormatPriorityList, int cFormats) → int user32: Retrieves the first available clipboard format in the specified list.
GetProcAddress(int hModule, Pointer<Utf8> lpProcName) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Retrieves the address of an exported function or variable from the specified dynamic-link library (DLL).
GetProcessDpiAwareness(int hprocess, Pointer<Int32> value) → int user32: Retrieves the dots per inch (dpi) awareness of the specified process.
GetProcessHeap() → int kernel32: Retrieves a handle to the default heap of the calling process. This handle can then be used in subsequent calls to the heap functions.
GetProcessHeaps(int NumberOfHeaps, Pointer<IntPtr> ProcessHeaps) → int kernel32: Returns the number of active heaps and retrieves handles to all of the active heaps for the calling process.
GetProcessId(int Process) → int kernel32: Retrieves the process identifier of the specified process.
GetProcessImageFileName(int hProcess, Pointer<Utf16> lpImageFileName, int nSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the name of the executable file for the specified process.
GetProcessShutdownParameters(Pointer<Uint32> lpdwLevel, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwFlags) → int kernel32: Retrieves the shutdown parameters for the currently calling process.
GetProcessTimes(int hProcess, Pointer<FILETIME> lpCreationTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpExitTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpKernelTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpUserTime) → int kernel32: Retrieves timing information for the specified process.
GetProcessVersion(int ProcessId) → int kernel32: Retrieves the major and minor version numbers of the system on which the specified process expects to run.
GetProcessWindowStation() → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the current window station for the calling process.
GetProcessWorkingSetSize(int hProcess, Pointer<IntPtr> lpMinimumWorkingSetSize, Pointer<IntPtr> lpMaximumWorkingSetSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the minimum and maximum working set sizes of the specified process.
GetProductInfo(int dwOSMajorVersion, int dwOSMinorVersion, int dwSpMajorVersion, int dwSpMinorVersion, Pointer<Uint32> pdwReturnedProductType) → int kernel32: Retrieves the product type for the operating system on the local computer, and maps the type to the product types supported by the specified operating system.
GetProp(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpString) → int user32: Retrieves a data handle from the property list of the specified window. The character string identifies the handle to be retrieved. The string and handle must have been added to the property list by a previous call to the SetProp function.
GetQueuedCompletionStatus(int CompletionPort, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfBytesTransferred, Pointer<IntPtr> lpCompletionKey, Pointer<Pointer<OVERLAPPED>> lpOverlapped, int dwMilliseconds) → int kernel32: Attempts to dequeue an I/O completion packet from the specified I/O completion port. If there is no completion packet queued, the function waits for a pending I/O operation associated with the completion port to complete.
GetQueuedCompletionStatusEx(int CompletionPort, Pointer<OVERLAPPED_ENTRY> lpCompletionPortEntries, int ulCount, Pointer<Uint32> ulNumEntriesRemoved, int dwMilliseconds, int fAlertable) → int kernel32: Retrieves multiple completion port entries simultaneously. It waits for pending I/O operations that are associated with the specified completion port to complete.
GetRawInputBuffer(Pointer<RAWINPUT> pData, Pointer<Uint32> pcbSize, int cbSizeHeader) → int user32: Performs a buffered read of the raw input messages data found in the calling thread's message queue.
GetRawInputData(int hRawInput, int uiCommand, Pointer<NativeType> pData, Pointer<Uint32> pcbSize, int cbSizeHeader) → int user32: Retrieves the raw input from the specified device.
GetRawInputDeviceInfo(int hDevice, int uiCommand, Pointer<NativeType> pData, Pointer<Uint32> pcbSize) → int user32: Retrieves information about the raw input device.
GetRawInputDeviceList(Pointer<RAWINPUTDEVICELIST> pRawInputDeviceList, Pointer<Uint32> puiNumDevices, int cbSize) → int user32: Enumerates the raw input devices attached to the system.
GetRegisteredRawInputDevices(Pointer<RAWINPUTDEVICE> pRawInputDevices, Pointer<Uint32> puiNumDevices, int cbSize) → int user32: Retrieves the information about the raw input devices for the current application.
GetRestrictedErrorInfo(Pointer<Pointer<COMObject>> ppRestrictedErrorInfo) → int winrt: Gets the restricted error information object set by a previous call to SetRestrictedErrorInfo in the current logical thread.
GetRValue(int rgb) → int: Retrieves an intensity value for the red component of a red, green, blue (RGB) value.
GetSaveFileName(Pointer<OPENFILENAME> param0) → int comdlg32: Creates a Save dialog box that lets the user specify the drive, directory, and name of a file to save.
GetScaleFactorForMonitor(int hMon, Pointer<Int32> pScale) → int user32: Gets the scale factor of a specific monitor.
GetScrollBarInfo(int hwnd, int idObject, Pointer<SCROLLBARINFO> psbi) → int user32: The GetScrollBarInfo function retrieves information about the specified scroll bar.
GetScrollInfo(int hwnd, int nBar, Pointer<SCROLLINFO> lpsi) → int user32: The GetScrollInfo function retrieves the parameters of a scroll bar, including the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, the page size, and the position of the scroll box (thumb).
GetServiceDisplayName(int hSCManager, Pointer<Utf16> lpServiceName, Pointer<Utf16> lpDisplayName, Pointer<Uint32> lpcchBuffer) → int advapi32: Retrieves the display name of the specified service.
GetServiceKeyName(int hSCManager, Pointer<Utf16> lpDisplayName, Pointer<Utf16> lpServiceName, Pointer<Uint32> lpcchBuffer) → int advapi32: Retrieves the service name of the specified service.
GetShellWindow() → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the Shell's desktop window.
GetShortPathName(Pointer<Utf16> lpszLongPath, Pointer<Utf16> lpszShortPath, int cchBuffer) → int kernel32: Retrieves the short path form of the specified path.
GetSpoolFileHandle(int hPrinter) → int winspool: The GetSpoolFileHandle function retrieves a handle for the spool file associated with the job currently submitted by the application.
GetStartupInfo(Pointer<STARTUPINFO> lpStartupInfo) → void kernel32: Retrieves the contents of the STARTUPINFO structure that was specified when the calling process was created.
GetStdHandle(int nStdHandle) → int kernel32: Retrieves a handle to the specified standard device (standard input, standard output, or standard error).
GetStockObject(int i) → int gdi32: The GetStockObject function retrieves a handle to one of the stock pens, brushes, fonts, or palettes.
GetSubMenu(int hMenu, int nPos) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the drop-down menu or submenu activated by the specified menu item.
GetSysColor(int nIndex) → int user32: Retrieves the current color of the specified display element. Display elements are the parts of a window and the display that appear on the system display screen.
GetSysColorBrush(int nIndex) → int user32: The GetSysColorBrush function retrieves a handle identifying a logical brush that corresponds to the specified color index.
GetSystemDefaultLangID() → int kernel32: Returns the language identifier for the system locale.
GetSystemDefaultLocaleName(Pointer<Utf16> lpLocaleName, int cchLocaleName) → int kernel32: Retrieves the system default locale name.
GetSystemDirectory(Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer, int uSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the path of the system directory. The system directory contains system files such as dynamic-link libraries and drivers.
GetSystemDpiForProcess(int hProcess) → int user32: Retrieves the system DPI associated with a given process. This is useful for avoiding compatibility issues that arise from sharing DPI-sensitive information between multiple system-aware processes with different system DPI values.
GetSystemInfo(Pointer<SYSTEM_INFO> lpSystemInfo) → void kernel32: Retrieves information about the current system. To retrieve accurate information for an application running on WOW64, call the GetNativeSystemInfo function.
GetSystemMenu(int hWnd, int bRevert) → int user32: Enables the application to access the window menu (also known as the system menu or the control menu) for copying and modifying.
GetSystemMetrics(int nIndex) → int user32: Retrieves the specified system metric or system configuration setting. Note that all dimensions retrieved by GetSystemMetrics are in pixels.
GetSystemMetricsForDpi(int nIndex, int dpi) → int user32: Retrieves the specified system metric or system configuration setting taking into account a provided DPI.
GetSystemPowerStatus(Pointer<SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS> lpSystemPowerStatus) → int kernel32: Retrieves the power status of the system. The status indicates whether the system is running on AC or DC power, whether the battery is currently charging, how much battery life remains, and if battery saver is on or off.
GetSystemTime(Pointer<SYSTEMTIME> lpSystemTime) → void kernel32: Retrieves the current local date and time.
GetSystemTimeAdjustment(Pointer<Uint32> lpTimeAdjustment, Pointer<Uint32> lpTimeIncrement, Pointer<Int32> lpTimeAdjustmentDisabled) → int kernel32: Determines whether the system is applying periodic time adjustments to its time-of-day clock, and obtains the value and period of any such adjustments.
GetSystemTimes(Pointer<FILETIME> lpIdleTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpKernelTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpUserTime) → int kernel32: Retrieves system timing information. On a multiprocessor system, the values returned are the sum of the designated times across all processors.
GetTabbedTextExtent(int hdc, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int chCount, int nTabPositions, Pointer<Int32> lpnTabStopPositions) → int user32: The GetTabbedTextExtent function computes the width and height of a character string. If the string contains one or more tab characters, the width of the string is based upon the specified tab stops. The GetTabbedTextExtent function uses the currently selected font to compute the dimensions of the string.
GetTempFileName(Pointer<Utf16> lpPathName, Pointer<Utf16> lpPrefixString, int uUnique, Pointer<Utf16> lpTempFileName) → int kernel32: Creates a name for a temporary file. If a unique file name is generated, an empty file is created and the handle to it is released; otherwise, only a file name is generated.
GetTempPath(int nBufferLength, Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer) → int kernel32: Retrieves the path of the directory designated for temporary files.
GetTempPath2(int BufferLength, Pointer<Utf16> Buffer) → int kernel32: Retrieves the path of the directory designated for temporary files, based on the privileges of the calling process.
GetTextMetrics(int hdc, Pointer<TEXTMETRIC> lptm) → int gdi32: The GetTextMetrics function fills the specified buffer with the metrics for the currently selected font.
GetThemeMetric(int hTheme, int hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, int iPropId, Pointer<Int32> piVal) → int uxtheme: Retrieves the value of a metric property.
GetThemePartSize(int hTheme, int hdc, int iPartId, int iStateId, Pointer<RECT> prc, int eSize, Pointer<SIZE> psz) → int uxtheme: Calculates the original size of the part defined by a visual style.
GetThemeRect(int hTheme, int iPartId, int iStateId, int iPropId, Pointer<RECT> pRect) → int uxtheme: Retrieves the value of a RECT property.
GetThemeSysColor(int hTheme, int iColorId) → int uxtheme: Retrieves the value of a system color.
GetThemeSysColorBrush(int hTheme, int iColorId) → int uxtheme: Retrieves a system color brush.
GetThemeSysFont(int hTheme, int iFontId, Pointer<LOGFONT> plf) → int uxtheme: Retrieves the LOGFONT of a system font.
GetThemeSysSize(int hTheme, int iSizeId) → int uxtheme: Retrieves the value of a system size metric from theme data.
GetThreadDesktop(int dwThreadId) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the desktop assigned to the specified thread.
GetThreadDpiAwarenessContext() → int user32: Gets the DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT for the current thread.
GetThreadDpiHostingBehavior() → int user32: Retrieves the DPI_HOSTING_BEHAVIOR from the current thread.
GetThreadId(int Thread) → int kernel32: Retrieves the thread identifier of the specified thread.
GetThreadLocale() → int kernel32: Returns the locale identifier of the current locale for the calling thread.
GetThreadTimes(int hThread, Pointer<FILETIME> lpCreationTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpExitTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpKernelTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpUserTime) → int kernel32: Retrieves timing information for the specified thread.
GetThreadUILanguage() → int kernel32: Returns the language identifier of the first user interface language for the current thread.
GetTickCount() → int kernel32: Retrieves the number of milliseconds that have elapsed since the system was started, up to 49.7 days.
GetTitleBarInfo(int hwnd, Pointer<TITLEBARINFO> pti) → int user32: Retrieves information about the specified title bar.
GetTokenInformation(int TokenHandle, int TokenInformationClass, Pointer<NativeType> TokenInformation, int TokenInformationLength, Pointer<Uint32> ReturnLength) → int advapi32: The GetTokenInformation function retrieves a specified type of information about an access token. The calling process must have appropriate access rights to obtain the information.
GetTopWindow(int hWnd) → int user32: Examines the Z order of the child windows associated with the specified parent window and retrieves a handle to the child window at the top of the Z order.
GetTouchInputInfo(int hTouchInput, int cInputs, Pointer<TOUCHINPUT> pInputs, int cbSize) → int user32: Retrieves detailed information about touch inputs associated with a particular touch input handle.
getTrustLevel(IInspectable object) → TrustLevel: Gets the trust level of the Windows Runtime object.
GetUnpredictedMessagePos() → int user32: Gets pointer data before it has gone through touch prediction processing.
GetUpdatedClipboardFormats(Pointer<Uint32> lpuiFormats, int cFormats, Pointer<Uint32> pcFormatsOut) → int user32: Retrieves the currently supported clipboard formats.
GetUpdateRect(int hWnd, Pointer<RECT> lpRect, int bErase) → int user32: The GetUpdateRect function retrieves the coordinates of the smallest rectangle that completely encloses the update region of the specified window. GetUpdateRect retrieves the rectangle in logical coordinates. If there is no update region, GetUpdateRect retrieves an empty rectangle (sets all coordinates to zero).
GetUpdateRgn(int hWnd, int hRgn, int bErase) → int user32: The GetUpdateRgn function retrieves the update region of a window by copying it into the specified region. The coordinates of the update region are relative to the upper-left corner of the window (that is, they are client coordinates).
GetUserDefaultLangID() → int kernel32: Returns the language identifier of the Region Format setting for the current user.
GetUserDefaultLCID() → int kernel32: Returns the locale identifier for the user default locale.
GetUserDefaultLocaleName(Pointer<Utf16> lpLocaleName, int cchLocaleName) → int kernel32: Retrieves the user default locale name.
GetUserName(Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer, Pointer<Uint32> pcbBuffer) → int advapi32: Retrieves the name of the user associated with the current thread.
GetUserObjectInformation(int hObj, int nIndex, Pointer<NativeType> pvInfo, int nLength, Pointer<Uint32> lpnLengthNeeded) → int user32: Retrieves information about the specified window station or desktop object.
GetVersionEx(Pointer<OSVERSIONINFO> lpVersionInformation) → int kernel32: Gets information about the operating system version.
GetVolumeInformation(Pointer<Utf16> lpRootPathName, Pointer<Utf16> lpVolumeNameBuffer, int nVolumeNameSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpVolumeSerialNumber, Pointer<Uint32> lpMaximumComponentLength, Pointer<Uint32> lpFileSystemFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpFileSystemNameBuffer, int nFileSystemNameSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the file system and volume associated with the specified root directory.
GetVolumeInformationByHandle(int hFile, Pointer<Utf16> lpVolumeNameBuffer, int nVolumeNameSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpVolumeSerialNumber, Pointer<Uint32> lpMaximumComponentLength, Pointer<Uint32> lpFileSystemFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpFileSystemNameBuffer, int nFileSystemNameSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the file system and volume associated with the specified file.
GetVolumeNameForVolumeMountPoint(Pointer<Utf16> lpszVolumeMountPoint, Pointer<Utf16> lpszVolumeName, int cchBufferLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves a volume GUID path for the volume that is associated with the specified volume mount point (drive letter, volume GUID path, or mounted folder).
GetVolumePathName(Pointer<Utf16> lpszFileName, Pointer<Utf16> lpszVolumePathName, int cchBufferLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves the volume mount point where the specified path is mounted.
GetVolumePathNamesForVolumeName(Pointer<Utf16> lpszVolumeName, Pointer<Utf16> lpszVolumePathNames, int cchBufferLength, Pointer<Uint32> lpcchReturnLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves a list of drive letters and mounted folder paths for the specified volume.
GetWindow(int hWnd, int uCmd) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to a window that has the specified relationship (Z-Order or owner) to the specified window.
GetWindowCompositionAttribute(int hwnd, Pointer<WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIBDATA> pwcad) → int user32: Retrieves the current value of a specified Desktop Window Manager (DWM) attribute applied to a window.
GetWindowDC(int hWnd) → int user32: The GetWindowDC function retrieves the device context (DC) for the entire window, including title bar, menus, and scroll bars. A window device context permits painting anywhere in a window, because the origin of the device context is the upper-left corner of the window instead of the client area.
GetWindowDisplayAffinity(int hWnd, Pointer<Uint32> pdwAffinity) → int user32: Retrieves the current display affinity setting, from any process, for a given window.
GetWindowDpiAwarenessContext(int hwnd) → int user32: Returns the DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT associated with a window.
GetWindowDpiHostingBehavior(int hwnd) → int user32: Returns the DPI_HOSTING_BEHAVIOR of the specified window.
GetWindowExtEx(int hdc, Pointer<SIZE> lpsize) → int gdi32: This function retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the window for the specified device context.
GetWindowInfo(int hwnd, Pointer<WINDOWINFO> pwi) → int user32: Retrieves information about the specified window.
GetWindowLongPtr(int hWnd, int nIndex) → int user32: Retrieves information about the specified window. The function also retrieves the value at a specified offset into the extra window memory.
GetWindowModuleFileName(int hwnd, Pointer<Utf16> pszFileName, int cchFileNameMax) → int user32: Retrieves the full path and file name of the module associated with the specified window handle.
GetWindowOrgEx(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> lppoint) → int gdi32: The GetWindowOrgEx function retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the specified device context.
GetWindowPlacement(int hWnd, Pointer<WINDOWPLACEMENT> lpwndpl) → int user32: Retrieves the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window.
GetWindowRect(int hWnd, Pointer<RECT> lpRect) → int user32: Retrieves the dimensions of the bounding rectangle of the specified window. The dimensions are given in screen coordinates that are relative to the upper-left corner of the screen.
GetWindowRgn(int hWnd, int hRgn) → int user32: The GetWindowRgn function obtains a copy of the window region of a window. The window region of a window is set by calling the SetWindowRgn function. The window region determines the area within the window where the system permits drawing. The system does not display any portion of a window that lies outside of the window region.
GetWindowRgnBox(int hWnd, Pointer<RECT> lprc) → int user32: The GetWindowRgnBox function retrieves the dimensions of the tightest bounding rectangle for the window region of a window.
GetWindowText(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int nMaxCount) → int user32: Copies the text of the specified window's title bar (if it has one) into a buffer. If the specified window is a control, the text of the control is copied. However, GetWindowText cannot retrieve the text of a control in another application.
GetWindowTextLength(int hWnd) → int user32: Retrieves the length, in characters, of the specified window's title bar text (if the window has a title bar). If the specified window is a control, the function retrieves the length of the text within the control. However, GetWindowTextLength cannot retrieve the length of the text of an edit control in another application.
GetWindowTheme(int hwnd) → int uxtheme: Retrieves a theme handle to a window that has visual styles applied.
GetWindowThreadProcessId(int hWnd, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwProcessId) → int user32: Retrieves the identifier of the thread that created the specified window and, optionally, the identifier of the process that created the window.
GlobalAlloc(int uFlags, int dwBytes) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Allocates the specified number of bytes from the heap.
GlobalFree(Pointer<NativeType> hMem) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Frees the specified global memory object and invalidates its handle.
GlobalLock(Pointer<NativeType> hMem) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Locks a global memory object and returns a pointer to the first byte of the object's memory block.
GlobalMemoryStatusEx(Pointer<MEMORYSTATUSEX> lpBuffer) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the system's current usage of both physical and virtual memory.
GlobalSize(Pointer<NativeType> hMem) → int kernel32: Retrieves the current size of the specified global memory object, in bytes.
GlobalUnlock(Pointer<NativeType> hMem) → int kernel32: Decrements the lock count associated with a memory object that was allocated with GMEM_MOVEABLE. This function has no effect on memory objects allocated with GMEM_FIXED.
GrayString(int hDC, int hBrush, Pointer<NativeFunction<GRAYSTRINGPROC>> lpOutputFunc, int lpData, int nCount, int X, int Y, int nWidth, int nHeight) → int user32: The GrayString function draws gray text at the specified location. The function draws the text by copying it into a memory bitmap, graying the bitmap, and then copying the bitmap to the screen. The function grays the text regardless of the selected brush and background. GrayString uses the font currently selected for the specified device context.
GUIDFromString(String guid, {Allocator allocator = calloc}) → Pointer<GUID>
HeapAlloc(int hHeap, int dwFlags, int dwBytes) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Allocates a block of memory from a heap. The allocated memory is not movable.
HeapCompact(int hHeap, int dwFlags) → int kernel32: Returns the size of the largest committed free block in the specified heap. If the Disable heap coalesce on free global flag is set, this function also coalesces adjacent free blocks of memory in the heap.
HeapCreate(int flOptions, int dwInitialSize, int dwMaximumSize) → int kernel32: Creates a private heap object that can be used by the calling process. The function reserves space in the virtual address space of the process and allocates physical storage for a specified initial portion of this block.
HeapDestroy(int hHeap) → int kernel32: Destroys the specified heap object. It decommits and releases all the pages of a private heap object, and it invalidates the handle to the heap.
HeapFree(int hHeap, int dwFlags, Pointer<NativeType> lpMem) → int kernel32: Frees a memory block allocated from a heap by the HeapAlloc or HeapReAlloc function.
HeapLock(int hHeap) → int kernel32: Attempts to acquire the critical section object, or lock, that is associated with a specified heap.
HeapQueryInformation(int HeapHandle, int HeapInformationClass, Pointer<NativeType> HeapInformation, int HeapInformationLength, Pointer<IntPtr> ReturnLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about the specified heap.
HeapReAlloc(int hHeap, int dwFlags, Pointer<NativeType> lpMem, int dwBytes) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Retrieves information about the specified heap.
HeapSetInformation(int HeapHandle, int HeapInformationClass, Pointer<NativeType> HeapInformation, int HeapInformationLength) → int kernel32: Enables features for a specified heap.
HeapSize(int hHeap, int dwFlags, Pointer<NativeType> lpMem) → int kernel32: Retrieves the size of a memory block allocated from a heap by the HeapAlloc or HeapReAlloc function.
HeapUnlock(int hHeap) → int kernel32: Releases ownership of the critical section object, or lock, that is associated with a specified heap. It reverses the action of the HeapLock function.
HeapValidate(int hHeap, int dwFlags, Pointer<NativeType> lpMem) → int kernel32: Validates the specified heap. The function scans all the memory blocks in the heap and verifies that the heap control structures maintained by the heap manager are in a consistent state. You can also use the HeapValidate function to validate a single memory block within a specified heap without checking the validity of the entire heap.
HeapWalk(int hHeap, Pointer<PROCESS_HEAP_ENTRY> lpEntry) → int kernel32: Enumerates the memory blocks in the specified heap.
HIBYTE(int w) → int: Retrieves the high-order byte from the specified 16-bit value.
HideCaret(int hWnd) → int user32: Removes the caret from the screen. Hiding a caret does not destroy its current shape or invalidate the insertion point.
HiliteMenuItem(int hWnd, int hMenu, int uIDHiliteItem, int uHilite) → int user32: Adds or removes highlighting from an item in a menu bar.
HIWORD(int l) → int: Retrieves the high-order word from the specified 32-bit value.
HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(int x) → int: Maps a system error code to an HRESULT value.
IIDFromString(Pointer<Utf16> lpsz, Pointer<GUID> lpiid) → int ole32: Converts a string generated by the StringFromIID function back into the original interface identifier (IID).
InflateRect(Pointer<RECT> lprc, int dx, int dy) → int user32: The InflateRect function increases or decreases the width and height of the specified rectangle. The InflateRect function adds -dx units to the left end and dx to the right end of the rectangle and -dy units to the top and dy to the bottom. The dx and dy parameters are signed values; positive values increase the width and height, and negative values decrease them.
initApp(Function winMain) → void: Sets up a WinMain function with all the relevant information.
InitCommonControlsEx(Pointer<INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX> picce) → int comctl32: Ensures that the common control DLL (Comctl32.dll) is loaded, and registers specific common control classes from the DLL. An application must call this function before creating a common control.
InitializeProcThreadAttributeList(Pointer<NativeType> lpAttributeList, int dwAttributeCount, int dwFlags, Pointer<IntPtr> lpSize) → int kernel32: Initializes the specified list of attributes for process and thread creation.
InitiateShutdown(Pointer<Utf16> lpMachineName, Pointer<Utf16> lpMessage, int dwGracePeriod, int dwShutdownFlags, int dwReason) → int advapi32: Initiates a shutdown and restart of the specified computer, and restarts any applications that have been registered for restart.
InSendMessage() → int user32: Determines whether the current window procedure is processing a message that was sent from another thread (in the same process or a different process) by a call to the SendMessage function.
InSendMessageEx(Pointer<NativeType> lpReserved) → int user32: Determines whether the current window procedure is processing a message that was sent from another thread (in the same process or a different process).
InsertMenu(int hMenu, int uPosition, int uFlags, int uIDNewItem, Pointer<Utf16> lpNewItem) → int user32: Inserts a new menu item into a menu, moving other items down the menu.
InsertMenuItem(int hmenu, int item, int fByPosition, Pointer<MENUITEMINFO> lpmi) → int user32: Inserts a new menu item at the specified position in a menu.
IntersectRect(Pointer<RECT> lprcDst, Pointer<RECT> lprcSrc1, Pointer<RECT> lprcSrc2) → int user32: The IntersectRect function calculates the intersection of two source rectangles and places the coordinates of the intersection rectangle into the destination rectangle. If the source rectangles do not intersect, an empty rectangle (in which all coordinates are set to zero) is placed into the destination rectangle.
InvalidateRect(int hWnd, Pointer<RECT> lpRect, int bErase) → int user32: The InvalidateRect function adds a rectangle to the specified window's update region. The update region represents the portion of the window's client area that must be redrawn.
InvalidateRgn(int hWnd, int hRgn, int bErase) → int user32: The InvalidateRgn function invalidates the client area within the specified region by adding it to the current update region of a window. The invalidated region, along with all other areas in the update region, is marked for painting when the next WM_PAINT message occurs.
InvertRect(int hDC, Pointer<RECT> lprc) → int user32: The InvertRect function inverts a rectangle in a window by performing a logical NOT operation on the color values for each pixel in the rectangle's interior.
IpReleaseAddress(Pointer<IP_ADAPTER_INDEX_MAP> AdapterInfo) → int iphlpapi: The IpReleaseAddress function releases an IPv4 address previously obtained through the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
IpRenewAddress(Pointer<IP_ADAPTER_INDEX_MAP> AdapterInfo) → int iphlpapi: The IpRenewAddress function renews a lease on an IPv4 address previously obtained through Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).
IsApiSetImplemented(Pointer<Utf8> Contract) → int onecore: The IsApiSetImplemented function tests if a specified API set is present on the computer.
IsAppThemed() → int uxtheme: Reports whether the current application's user interface displays using visual styles.
IsChild(int hWndParent, int hWnd) → int user32: Determines whether a window is a child window or descendant window of a specified parent window. A child window is the direct descendant of a specified parent window if that parent window is in the chain of parent windows; the chain of parent windows leads from the original overlapped or pop-up window to the child window.
IsClipboardFormatAvailable(int format) → int user32: Determines whether the clipboard contains data in the specified format.
IsCompositionActive() → int uxtheme: Determines whether Desktop Window Manager (DWM) composition effects are available to the theme.
IsDebuggerPresent() → int kernel32: Determines whether the calling process is being debugged by a user-mode debugger.
IsDialogMessage(int hDlg, Pointer<MSG> lpMsg) → int user32: Determines whether a message is intended for the specified dialog box and, if it is, processes the message.
IsDlgButtonChecked(int hDlg, int nIDButton) → int user32: The IsDlgButtonChecked function determines whether a button control is checked or whether a three-state button control is checked, unchecked, or indeterminate.
IsGUIThread(int bConvert) → int user32: Determines whether the calling thread is already a GUI thread. It can also optionally convert the thread to a GUI thread.
IsHungAppWindow(int hwnd) → int user32: Determines whether the system considers that a specified application is not responding. An application is considered to be not responding if it is not waiting for input, is not in startup processing, and has not called PeekMessage within the internal timeout period of 5 seconds.
IsIconic(int hWnd) → int user32: Determines whether the specified window is minimized (iconic).
IsImmersiveProcess(int hProcess) → int user32: Determines whether the process belongs to a Windows Store app.
IsMenu(int hMenu) → int user32: Determines whether a handle is a menu handle.
IsMouseInPointerEnabled() → int user32: Indicates whether EnableMouseInPointer is set for the mouse to act as a pointer input device and send WM_POINTER messages.
IsNativeVhdBoot(Pointer<Int32> NativeVhdBoot) → int kernel32: Indicates if the OS was booted from a VHD container.
IsProcessDPIAware() → int user32: Determines whether the current process is dots per inch (dpi) aware such that it adjusts the sizes of UI elements to compensate for the dpi setting.
IsProcessInJob(int ProcessHandle, int JobHandle, Pointer<Int32> Result) → int kernel32: Determines whether the process is running in the specified job.
IsPropVariantString(Pointer<PROPVARIANT> propvar) → int: Specifies whether a specified PROPVARIANT structure is a string type.
IsRectEmpty(Pointer<RECT> lprc) → int user32: The IsRectEmpty function determines whether the specified rectangle is empty. An empty rectangle is one that has no area; that is, the coordinate of the right side is less than or equal to the coordinate of the left side, or the coordinate of the bottom side is less than or equal to the coordinate of the top side.
IsSystemResumeAutomatic() → int kernel32: Determines the current state of the computer.
IsThemeActive() → int uxtheme: Tests if a visual style for the current application is active.
IsThemeBackgroundPartiallyTransparent(int hTheme, int iPartId, int iStateId) → int uxtheme: Retrieves whether the background specified by the visual style has transparent pieces or alpha-blended pieces.
IsThemeDialogTextureEnabled(int hwnd) → int uxtheme: Reports whether a specified dialog window supports background texturing.
IsThemePartDefined(int hTheme, int iPartId, int iStateId) → int uxtheme: Retrieves whether a visual style has defined parameters for the specified part and state.
IsTouchWindow(int hwnd, Pointer<Uint32> pulFlags) → int user32: Checks whether a specified window is touch-capable and, optionally, retrieves the modifier flags set for the window's touch capability.
IsValidDevmode(Pointer<DEVMODE> pDevmode, int DevmodeSize) → int winspool: The IsValidDevmode function verifies that the contents of a DEVMODE structure are valid.
IsValidDpiAwarenessContext(int value) → int user32: Determines if a specified DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT is valid and supported by the current system.
IsValidLocaleName(Pointer<Utf16> lpLocaleName) → int kernel32: Determines if the specified locale name is valid for a locale that is installed or supported on the operating system.
IsWindow(int hWnd) → int user32: Determines whether the specified window handle identifies an existing window.
IsWindowEnabled(int hWnd) → int user32: Determines whether the specified window is enabled for mouse and keyboard input.
IsWindows10OrGreater() → int version: Indicates if the current OS version matches, or is greater than, the Windows 10 version.
isWindowsRuntimeAvailable() → bool: Detects whether the Windows Runtime (WinRT) is available by attempting to open its core library.
IsWindowsServer() → int version: Indicates if the current OS is a Windows Server release. Applications that need to distinguish between server and client versions of Windows should call this function.
IsWindowsVersionOrGreater(int wMajorVersion, int wMinorVersion, int wServicePackMajor) → int version: Indicates if the current OS version matches, or is greater than, the provided version information. This function is useful in confirming a version of Windows Server that doesn't share a version number with a client release.
IsWindowUnicode(int hWnd) → int user32: Determines whether the specified window is a native Unicode window.
IsWindowVisible(int hWnd) → int user32: Determines the visibility state of the specified window.
IsWow64Message() → int user32: Determines whether the last message read from the current thread's queue originated from a WOW64 process.
IsWow64Process2(int hProcess, Pointer<Uint16> pProcessMachine, Pointer<Uint16> pNativeMachine) → int kernel32: Determines whether the specified process is running under WOW64. Also returns additional machine process and architecture information.
IsZoomed(int hWnd) → int user32: Determines whether a window is maximized.
KillTimer(int hWnd, int uIDEvent) → int user32: Destroys the specified timer.
LineTo(int hdc, int x, int y) → int gdi32: The LineTo function draws a line from the current position up to, but not including, the specified point.
LoadAccelerators(int hInstance, Pointer<Utf16> lpTableName) → int user32: Loads the specified accelerator table.
LoadCursor(int hInstance, Pointer<Utf16> lpCursorName) → int user32: Loads the specified cursor resource from the executable (.EXE) file associated with an application instance. Note: this function has been superseded by the LoadImage function.
LoadCursorFromFile(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName) → int user32: Creates a cursor based on data contained in a file.
LoadIcon(int hInstance, Pointer<Utf16> lpIconName) → int user32: Loads the specified icon resource from the executable (.exe) file associated with an application instance.
LoadImage(int hInst, Pointer<Utf16> name, int type, int cx, int cy, int fuLoad) → int user32: Loads an icon, cursor, animated cursor, or bitmap.
LoadKeyboardLayout(Pointer<Utf16> pwszKLID, int Flags) → int user32: Loads a new input locale identifier (formerly called the keyboard layout) into the system.
LoadLibrary(Pointer<Utf16> lpLibFileName) → int kernel32: Loads the specified module into the address space of the calling process. The specified module may cause other modules to be loaded.
LoadLibraryEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpLibFileName, int hFile, int dwFlags) → int kernel32: Loads the specified module into the address space of the calling process. The specified module may cause other modules to be loaded.
LoadMenu(int hInstance, Pointer<Utf16> lpMenuName) → int user32: Loads the specified menu resource from the executable (.exe) file associated with an application instance.
LoadMenuIndirect(Pointer<NativeType> lpMenuTemplate) → int user32: Creates a cursor based on data contained in a file.
LoadResource(int hModule, int hResInfo) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Retrieves a handle that can be used to obtain a pointer to the first byte of the specified resource in memory.
LoadString(int hInstance, int uID, Pointer<Utf16> lpBuffer, int cchBufferMax) → int user32: Loads a string resource from the executable file associated with a specified module and either copies the string into a buffer with a terminating null character or returns a read-only pointer to the string resource itself.
LOBYTE(int w) → int: Retrieves the low-order byte from the specified 16-bit value.
LocalFree(Pointer<NativeType> hMem) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Frees the specified local memory object and invalidates its handle.
LockFile(int hFile, int dwFileOffsetLow, int dwFileOffsetHigh, int nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, int nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh) → int kernel32: Locks the specified file for exclusive access by the calling process.
LockFileEx(int hFile, int dwFlags, int dwReserved, int nNumberOfBytesToLockLow, int nNumberOfBytesToLockHigh, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Locks the specified file for exclusive access by the calling process. This function can operate either synchronously or asynchronously and can request either an exclusive or a shared lock.
LockResource(Pointer<NativeType> hResData) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Retrieves a pointer to the specified resource in memory.
LockSetForegroundWindow(int uLockCode) → int user32: The foreground process can call the LockSetForegroundWindow function to disable calls to the SetForegroundWindow function.
LockWindowUpdate(int hWndLock) → int user32: The LockWindowUpdate function disables or enables drawing in the specified window. Only one window can be locked at a time.
LockWorkStation() → int user32: Locks the workstation's display. Locking a workstation protects it from unauthorized use.
LogicalToPhysicalPoint(int hWnd, Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: Converts the logical coordinates of a point in a window to physical coordinates.
LogicalToPhysicalPointForPerMonitorDPI(int hWnd, Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: Converts a point in a window from logical coordinates into physical coordinates, regardless of the dots per inch (dpi) awareness of the caller.
LookupIconIdFromDirectory(Pointer<Uint8> presbits, int fIcon) → int user32: Searches through icon or cursor data for the icon or cursor that best fits the current display device.
LookupIconIdFromDirectoryEx(Pointer<Uint8> presbits, int fIcon, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, int Flags) → int user32: Searches through icon or cursor data for the icon or cursor that best fits the current display device.
LOWORD(int l) → int: Retrieves the low-order word from the specified 32-bit value.
MagGetColorEffect(int hwnd, Pointer<MAGCOLOREFFECT> pEffect) → int magnification: Gets the color transformation matrix for a magnifier control.
MagGetFullscreenColorEffect(Pointer<MAGCOLOREFFECT> pEffect) → int magnification: Retrieves the color transformation matrix associated with the full-screen magnifier.
MagGetFullscreenTransform(Pointer<Float> pMagLevel, Pointer<Int32> pxOffset, Pointer<Int32> pyOffset) → int magnification: Retrieves the magnification settings for the full-screen magnifier.
MagGetImageScalingCallback(int hwnd) → Pointer<NativeFunction<MagImageScalingCallback>> magnification: Retrieves the registered callback function that implements a custom transform for image scaling.
MagGetInputTransform(Pointer<Int32> pfEnabled, Pointer<RECT> pRectSource, Pointer<RECT> pRectDest) → int magnification: Retrieves the current input transformation for pen and touch input, represented as a source rectangle and a destination rectangle.
MagGetWindowFilterList(int hwnd, Pointer<Uint32> pdwFilterMode, int count, Pointer<IntPtr> pHWND) → int magnification: Retrieves the list of windows that are magnified or excluded from magnification.
MagGetWindowSource(int hwnd, Pointer<RECT> pRect) → int magnification: Gets the rectangle of the area that is being magnified.
MagGetWindowTransform(int hwnd, Pointer<MAGTRANSFORM> pTransform) → int magnification: Retrieves the transformation matrix associated with a magnifier control.
MagInitialize() → int magnification: Creates and initializes the magnifier run-time objects.
MagSetColorEffect(int hwnd, Pointer<MAGCOLOREFFECT> pEffect) → int magnification: Sets the color transformation matrix for a magnifier control.
MagSetFullscreenColorEffect(Pointer<MAGCOLOREFFECT> pEffect) → int magnification: Changes the color transformation matrix associated with the full-screen magnifier.
MagSetFullscreenTransform(double magLevel, int xOffset, int yOffset) → int magnification: Changes the magnification settings for the full-screen magnifier.
MagSetImageScalingCallback(int hwnd, Pointer<NativeFunction<MagImageScalingCallback>> callback) → int magnification: Sets the callback function for external image filtering and scaling.
MagSetInputTransform(int fEnabled, Pointer<RECT> pRectSource, Pointer<RECT> pRectDest) → int magnification: Sets the current active input transformation for pen and touch input, represented as a source rectangle and a destination rectangle.
MagSetWindowFilterList(int hwnd, int dwFilterMode, int count, Pointer<IntPtr> pHWND) → int magnification: Sets the list of windows to be magnified or the list of windows to be excluded from magnification.
MagSetWindowSource(int hwnd, RECT rect) → int magnification: Sets the source rectangle for the magnification window.
MagSetWindowTransform(int hwnd, Pointer<MAGTRANSFORM> pTransform) → int magnification: Sets the transformation matrix for a magnifier control.
MagShowSystemCursor(int fShowCursor) → int magnification: Shows or hides the system cursor.
MagUninitialize() → int magnification: Destroys the magnifier run-time objects.
MAKEINTRESOURCE(int i) → Pointer<Utf16>: Converts an integer value to a resource type compatible with the resource-management functions.
MAKELONG(int a, int b) → int: Creates a LONG value by concatenating the specified values.
MAKEWORD(int a, int b) → int: Creates a WORD value by concatenating the specified values.
MapDialogRect(int hDlg, Pointer<RECT> lpRect) → int user32: Converts the specified dialog box units to screen units (pixels). The function replaces the coordinates in the specified RECT structure with the converted coordinates, which allows the structure to be used to create a dialog box or position a control within a dialog box.
MapVirtualKey(int uCode, int uMapType) → int user32: Translates (maps) a virtual-key code into a scan code or character value, or translates a scan code into a virtual-key code.
MapVirtualKeyEx(int uCode, int uMapType, int dwhkl) → int user32: Translates (maps) a virtual-key code into a scan code or character value, or translates a scan code into a virtual-key code. The function translates the codes using the input language and an input locale identifier.
MapWindowPoints(int hWndFrom, int hWndTo, Pointer<POINT> lpPoints, int cPoints) → int user32: The MapWindowPoints function converts (maps) a set of points from a coordinate space relative to one window to a coordinate space relative to another window.
mciGetDeviceID(Pointer<Utf16> pszDevice) → int winmm: The mciGetDeviceID function retrieves the device identifier corresponding to the name of an open device.
mciGetDeviceIDFromElementID(int dwElementID, Pointer<Utf16> lpstrType) → int winmm: The mciGetDeviceIDFromElementID function retrieves the MCI device identifier corresponding to an element identifier.
mciGetErrorString(int mcierr, Pointer<Utf16> pszText, int cchText) → int winmm: The mciGetErrorString function retrieves a string that describes the specified MCI error code.
mciSendCommand(int mciId, int uMsg, int dwParam1, int dwParam2) → int winmm: The mciSendCommand function sends a command message to the specified MCI device.
mciSendString(Pointer<Utf16> lpstrCommand, Pointer<Utf16> lpstrReturnString, int uReturnLength, int hwndCallback) → int winmm: The mciSendString function sends a command string to an MCI device. The device that the command is sent to is specified in the command string.
MenuItemFromPoint(int hWnd, int hMenu, POINT ptScreen) → int user32: Determines which menu item, if any, is at the specified location.
MessageBox(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpText, Pointer<Utf16> lpCaption, int uType) → int user32: Displays a modal dialog box that contains a system icon, a set of buttons, and a brief application-specific message, such as status or error information. The message box returns an integer value that indicates which button the user clicked.
MessageBoxEx(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpText, Pointer<Utf16> lpCaption, int uType, int wLanguageId) → int user32: Creates, displays, and operates a message box. The message box contains an application-defined message and title, plus any combination of predefined icons and push buttons. The buttons are in the language of the system user interface.
MetaDataGetDispenser(Pointer<GUID> rclsid, Pointer<GUID> riid, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppv) → int winrt: Creates a dispenser class.
midiConnect(int hmi, int hmo, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int winmm: The midiConnect function connects a MIDI input device to a MIDI thru or output device, or connects a MIDI thru device to a MIDI output device.
midiDisconnect(int hmi, int hmo, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int winmm: The midiDisconnect function disconnects a MIDI input device from a MIDI thru or output device, or disconnects a MIDI thru device from a MIDI output device.
midiInAddBuffer(int hmi, Pointer<MIDIHDR> pmh, int cbmh) → int winmm: The midiInAddBuffer function sends an input buffer to a specified opened MIDI input device. This function is used for system-exclusive messages.
midiInClose(int hmi) → int winmm: The midiInClose function closes the specified MIDI input device.
midiInGetDevCaps(int uDeviceID, Pointer<MIDIINCAPS> pmic, int cbmic) → int winmm: The midiInGetDevCaps function determines the capabilities of a specified MIDI input device.
midiInGetErrorText(int mmrError, Pointer<Utf16> pszText, int cchText) → int winmm: The midiInGetErrorText function retrieves a textual description for an error identified by the specified error code.
midiInGetID(int hmi, Pointer<Uint32> puDeviceID) → int winmm: The midiInGetID function gets the device identifier for the given MIDI input device.
midiInGetNumDevs() → int winmm: The midiInGetNumDevs function retrieves the number of MIDI input devices in the system.
midiInMessage(int hmi, int uMsg, int dw1, int dw2) → int winmm: The midiInMessage function sends a message to the MIDI device driver.
midiInOpen(Pointer<IntPtr> phmi, int uDeviceID, int dwCallback, int dwInstance, int fdwOpen) → int winmm: The midiInOpen function opens a specified MIDI input device.
midiInPrepareHeader(int hmi, Pointer<MIDIHDR> pmh, int cbmh) → int winmm: The midiInPrepareHeader function prepares a buffer for MIDI input.
midiInReset(int hmi) → int winmm: The midiInReset function stops input on a given MIDI input device.
midiInStart(int hmi) → int winmm: The midiInStart function starts MIDI input on the specified MIDI input device.
midiInStop(int hmi) → int winmm: The midiInStop function stops MIDI input on the specified MIDI input device.
midiInUnprepareHeader(int hmi, Pointer<MIDIHDR> pmh, int cbmh) → int winmm: The midiInUnprepareHeader function cleans up the preparation performed by the midiInPrepareHeader function.
midiOutCacheDrumPatches(int hmo, int uPatch, Pointer<Uint16> pwkya, int fuCache) → int winmm: The midiOutCacheDrumPatches function requests that an internal MIDI synthesizer device preload and cache a specified set of key-based percussion patches.
midiOutCachePatches(int hmo, int uBank, Pointer<Uint16> pwpa, int fuCache) → int winmm: The midiOutCachePatches function requests that an internal MIDI synthesizer device preload and cache a specified set of patches.
midiOutClose(int hmo) → int winmm: The midiOutClose function closes the specified MIDI output device.
midiOutGetDevCaps(int uDeviceID, Pointer<MIDIOUTCAPS> pmoc, int cbmoc) → int winmm: The midiOutGetDevCaps function queries a specified MIDI output device to determine its capabilities.
midiOutGetErrorText(int mmrError, Pointer<Utf16> pszText, int cchText) → int winmm: The midiOutGetErrorText function retrieves a textual description for an error identified by the specified error code.
midiOutGetID(int hmo, Pointer<Uint32> puDeviceID) → int winmm: The midiOutGetID function retrieves the device identifier for the given MIDI output device.
midiOutGetNumDevs() → int winmm: The midiOutGetNumDevs function retrieves the number of MIDI output devices present in the system.
midiOutGetVolume(int hmo, Pointer<Uint32> pdwVolume) → int winmm: The midiOutGetVolume function retrieves the current volume setting of a MIDI output device.
midiOutLongMsg(int hmo, Pointer<MIDIHDR> pmh, int cbmh) → int winmm: The midiOutLongMsg function sends a system-exclusive MIDI message to the specified MIDI output device.
midiOutMessage(int hmo, int uMsg, int dw1, int dw2) → int winmm: The midiOutMessage function sends a message to the MIDI device drivers. This function is used only for driver-specific messages that are not supported by the MIDI API.
midiOutOpen(Pointer<IntPtr> phmo, int uDeviceID, int dwCallback, int dwInstance, int fdwOpen) → int winmm: The midiOutOpen function opens a MIDI output device for playback.
midiOutPrepareHeader(int hmo, Pointer<MIDIHDR> pmh, int cbmh) → int winmm: The midiOutPrepareHeader function prepares a MIDI system-exclusive or stream buffer for output.
midiOutReset(int hmo) → int winmm: The midiOutReset function turns off all notes on all MIDI channels for the specified MIDI output device.
midiOutSetVolume(int hmo, int dwVolume) → int winmm: The midiOutSetVolume function sets the volume of a MIDI output device.
midiOutShortMsg(int hmo, int dwMsg) → int winmm: The midiOutShortMsg function sends a short MIDI message to the specified MIDI output device.
midiOutUnprepareHeader(int hmo, Pointer<MIDIHDR> pmh, int cbmh) → int winmm: The midiOutUnprepareHeader function cleans up the preparation performed by the midiOutPrepareHeader function.
ModifyMenu(int hMnu, int uPosition, int uFlags, int uIDNewItem, Pointer<Utf16> lpNewItem) → int user32: Changes an existing menu item. This function is used to specify the content, appearance, and behavior of the menu item.
MonitorFromPoint(POINT pt, int dwFlags) → int user32: The MonitorFromPoint function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that contains a specified point.
MonitorFromRect(Pointer<RECT> lprc, int dwFlags) → int user32: The MonitorFromRect function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with a specified rectangle.
MonitorFromWindow(int hwnd, int dwFlags) → int user32: The MonitorFromWindow function retrieves a handle to the display monitor that has the largest area of intersection with the bounding rectangle of a specified window.
MoveFile(Pointer<Utf16> lpExistingFileName, Pointer<Utf16> lpNewFileName) → int kernel32: Moves an existing file or a directory, including its children.
MoveToEx(int hdc, int x, int y, Pointer<POINT> lppt) → int gdi32: The MoveToEx function updates the current position to the specified point and optionally returns the previous position.
MoveWindow(int hWnd, int X, int Y, int nWidth, int nHeight, int bRepaint) → int user32: Changes the position and dimensions of the specified window. For a top-level window, the position and dimensions are relative to the upper-left corner of the screen. For a child window, they are relative to the upper-left corner of the parent window's client area.
MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(int nCount, Pointer<IntPtr> pHandles, int fWaitAll, int dwMilliseconds, int dwWakeMask) → int user32: Waits until one or all of the specified objects are in the signaled state or the time-out interval elapses. The objects can include input event objects, which you specify using the dwWakeMask parameter.
MsgWaitForMultipleObjectsEx(int nCount, Pointer<IntPtr> pHandles, int dwMilliseconds, int dwWakeMask, int dwFlags) → int user32: Waits until one or all of the specified objects are in the signaled state, an I/O completion routine or asynchronous procedure call (APC) is queued to the thread, or the time-out interval elapses. The array of objects can include input event objects, which you specify using the dwWakeMask parameter.
NetFreeAadJoinInformation(Pointer<DSREG_JOIN_INFO> pJoinInfo) → void netapi32: Frees the memory allocated for the specified DSREG_JOIN_INFO structure, which contains join information for a tenant and which you retrieved by calling the NetGetAadJoinInformation function.
NetGetAadJoinInformation(Pointer<Utf16> pcszTenantId, Pointer<Pointer<DSREG_JOIN_INFO>> ppJoinInfo) → int netapi32: Retrieves the join information for the specified tenant. This function examines the join information for Microsoft Azure Active Directory and the work account that the current user added.
NotifyBootConfigStatus(int BootAcceptable) → int advapi32: Reports the boot status to the service control manager. It is used by boot verification programs. This function can be called only by a process running in the LocalSystem or Administrator's account.
NotifyServiceStatusChange(int hService, int dwNotifyMask, Pointer<SERVICE_NOTIFY_2> pNotifyBuffer) → int advapi32: Enables an application to receive notification when the specified service is created or deleted or when its status changes.
NotifyWinEvent(int event, int hwnd, int idObject, int idChild) → void user32: Signals the system that a predefined event occurred. If any client applications have registered a hook function for the event, the system calls the client's hook function.
NtQuerySystemInformation(int SystemInformationClass, Pointer<NativeType> SystemInformation, int SystemInformationLength, Pointer<Uint32> ReturnLength) → int ntdll: Retrieves the specified system information.
OemKeyScan(int wOemChar) → int user32: Maps OEMASCII codes 0 through 0x0FF into the OEM scan codes and shift states. The function provides information that allows a program to send OEM text to another program by simulating keyboard input.
OffsetRect(Pointer<RECT> lprc, int dx, int dy) → int user32: The OffsetRect function moves the specified rectangle by the specified offsets.
OleInitialize(Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int ole32: Initializes the COM library on the current apartment, and identifies the concurrency model as single-thread apartment (STA). Applications must initialize the COM library before they can call COM library functions other than CoGetMalloc and memory allocation functions.
OleUninitialize() → void ole32: Closes the COM library on the apartment, releases any class factories, other COM objects, or servers held by the apartment, disables RPC on the apartment, and frees any resources the apartment maintains.
OpenClipboard(int hWndNewOwner) → int user32: Opens the clipboard for examination and prevents other applications from modifying the clipboard content.
OpenCommPort(int uPortNumber, int dwDesiredAccess, int dwFlagsAndAttributes) → int kernel32: Attempts to open a communication device.
OpenDesktop(Pointer<Utf16> lpszDesktop, int dwFlags, int fInherit, int dwDesiredAccess) → int user32: Opens the specified desktop object.
OpenEvent(int dwDesiredAccess, int bInheritHandle, Pointer<Utf16> lpName) → int kernel32: Opens an existing named event object.
OpenIcon(int hWnd) → int user32: Restores a minimized (iconic) window to its previous size and position; it then activates the window.
OpenInputDesktop(int dwFlags, int fInherit, int dwDesiredAccess) → int user32: Opens the desktop that receives user input.
OpenJobObject(int dwDesiredAccess, int bInheritHandle, Pointer<Utf16> lpName) → int kernel32: Opens an existing job object.
OpenPrinter(Pointer<Utf16> pPrinterName, Pointer<IntPtr> phPrinter, Pointer<PRINTER_DEFAULTS> pDefault) → int winspool: The OpenPrinter function retrieves a handle to the specified printer or print server or other types of handles in the print subsystem.
OpenPrinter2(Pointer<Utf16> pPrinterName, Pointer<IntPtr> phPrinter, Pointer<PRINTER_DEFAULTS> pDefault, Pointer<PRINTER_OPTIONS> pOptions) → int winspool: Retrieves a handle to the specified printer, print server, or other types of handles in the print subsystem, while setting some of the printer options.
OpenProcess(int dwDesiredAccess, int bInheritHandle, int dwProcessId) → int kernel32: Opens an existing local process object.
OpenProcessToken(int ProcessHandle, int DesiredAccess, Pointer<IntPtr> TokenHandle) → int advapi32: The OpenProcessToken function opens the access token associated with a process.
OpenSCManager(Pointer<Utf16> lpMachineName, Pointer<Utf16> lpDatabaseName, int dwDesiredAccess) → int advapi32: Establishes a connection to the service control manager on the specified computer and opens the specified service control manager database.
OpenService(int hSCManager, Pointer<Utf16> lpServiceName, int dwDesiredAccess) → int advapi32: Opens an existing service.
OpenThemeData(int hwnd, Pointer<Utf16> pszClassList) → int uxtheme: Opens the theme data for a window and its associated class.
OpenThemeDataEx(int hwnd, Pointer<Utf16> pszClassList, int dwFlags) → int uxtheme: Opens the theme data associated with a window for specified theme classes.
OpenThemeDataForDpi(int hwnd, Pointer<Utf16> pszClassList, int dpi) → int uxtheme: A variant of OpenThemeData that opens a theme handle associated with a specific DPI.
OpenThreadToken(int ThreadHandle, int DesiredAccess, int OpenAsSelf, Pointer<IntPtr> TokenHandle) → int advapi32: The OpenThreadToken function opens the access token associated with a thread.
OpenWindowStation(Pointer<Utf16> lpszWinSta, int fInherit, int dwDesiredAccess) → int user32: Opens the specified window station.
OutputDebugString(Pointer<Utf16> lpOutputString) → void kernel32: Sends a string to the debugger for display.
PackageFamilyNameFromFullName(Pointer<Utf16> packageFullName, Pointer<Uint32> packageFamilyNameLength, Pointer<Utf16> packageFamilyName) → int kernel32: Gets the package family name for the specified package full name.
PaintDesktop(int hdc) → int user32: The PaintDesktop function fills the clipping region in the specified device context with the desktop pattern or wallpaper. The function is provided primarily for shell desktops.
PeekConsoleInput(int hConsoleInput, Pointer<INPUT_RECORD> lpBuffer, int nLength, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfEventsRead) → int kernel32: Reads data from the specified console input buffer without removing it from the buffer.
PeekMessage(Pointer<MSG> lpMsg, int hWnd, int wMsgFilterMin, int wMsgFilterMax, int wRemoveMsg) → int user32: Dispatches incoming sent messages, checks the thread message queue for a posted message, and retrieves the message (if any exist).
PeekNamedPipe(int hNamedPipe, Pointer<NativeType> lpBuffer, int nBufferSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpBytesRead, Pointer<Uint32> lpTotalBytesAvail, Pointer<Uint32> lpBytesLeftThisMessage) → int kernel32: Copies data from a named or anonymous pipe into a buffer without removing it from the pipe. It also returns information about data in the pipe.
PhysicalToLogicalPoint(int hWnd, Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: Converts the physical coordinates of a point in a window to logical coordinates.
PhysicalToLogicalPointForPerMonitorDPI(int hWnd, Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: Converts a point in a window from physical coordinates into logical coordinates, regardless of the dots per inch (dpi) awareness of the caller.
Pie(int hdc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, int xr1, int yr1, int xr2, int yr2) → int gdi32: The Pie function draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two radials. The pie is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush.
PlaySound(Pointer<Utf16> pszSound, int hmod, int fdwSound) → int winmm: The PlaySound function plays a sound specified by the given file name, resource, or system event.
PolyBezier(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, int cpt) → int gdi32: The PolyBezier function draws one or more Bézier curves.
PolyBezierTo(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, int cpt) → int gdi32: The PolyBezierTo function draws one or more Bézier curves.
PolyDraw(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, Pointer<Uint8> aj, int cpt) → int gdi32: The PolyDraw function draws a set of line segments and Bézier curves.
Polygon(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, int cpt) → int gdi32: The Polygon function draws a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines. The polygon is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode.
Polyline(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, int cpt) → int gdi32: The Polyline function draws a series of line segments by connecting the points in the specified array.
PolylineTo(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, int cpt) → int gdi32: The PolylineTo function draws one or more straight lines.
PolyPolygon(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, Pointer<Int32> asz, int csz) → int gdi32: The PolyPolygon function draws a series of closed polygons. Each polygon is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush and polygon fill mode. The polygons drawn by this function can overlap.
PolyPolyline(int hdc, Pointer<POINT> apt, Pointer<Uint32> asz, int csz) → int gdi32: The PolyPolyline function draws multiple series of connected line segments.
PostMessage(int hWnd, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Places (posts) a message in the message queue associated with the thread that created the specified window and returns without waiting for the thread to process the message.
PostQueuedCompletionStatus(int CompletionPort, int dwNumberOfBytesTransferred, int dwCompletionKey, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Posts an I/O completion packet to an I/O completion port.
PostQuitMessage(int nExitCode) → void user32: Indicates to the system that a thread has made a request to terminate (quit). It is typically used in response to a WM_DESTROY message.
PostThreadMessage(int idThread, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Posts a message to the message queue of the specified thread. It returns without waiting for the thread to process the message.
PrinterProperties(int hWnd, int hPrinter) → int winspool: The PrinterProperties function displays a printer-properties property sheet for the specified printer.
printStruct(Pointer<NativeType> struct, int sizeInBytes) → void: For debugging, print the memory structure of a given struct.
PrintWindow(int hwnd, int hdcBlt, int nFlags) → int user32: The PrintWindow function copies a visual window into the specified device context (DC), typically a printer DC.
PrivateExtractIcons(Pointer<Utf16> szFileName, int nIconIndex, int cxIcon, int cyIcon, Pointer<IntPtr> phicon, Pointer<Uint32> piconid, int nIcons, int flags) → int user32: Creates an array of handles to icons that are extracted from a specified file.
ProgIDFromCLSID(Pointer<GUID> clsid, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> lplpszProgID) → int ole32: Retrieves the ProgID for a given CLSID.
PropVariantClear(Pointer<PROPVARIANT> pvar) → int ole32: Clears a PROPVARIANT structure.
PropVariantInit(Pointer<PROPVARIANT> pvar) → void: The PropVariantInit function initializes a PROPVARIANT structure.
PropVariantToStringWithDefault(Pointer<PROPVARIANT> propvarIn, Pointer<Utf16> pszDefault) → Pointer<Utf16> propsys: Extracts the string property value of a PROPVARIANT structure. If no value exists, then the specified default value is returned.
PropVariantToStrRet(Pointer<PROPVARIANT> propvar, Pointer<STRRET> pstrret) → int propsys: Extracts a string from a PROPVARIANT structure and places it into a STRRET structure.
PtInRect(Pointer<RECT> lprc, POINT pt) → int user32: The PtInRect function determines whether the specified point lies within the specified rectangle. A point is within a rectangle if it lies on the left or top side or is within all four sides. A point on the right or bottom side is considered outside the rectangle.
PtInRegion(int hrgn, int x, int y) → int gdi32: The PtInRegion function determines whether the specified point is inside the specified region.
PurgeComm(int hFile, int dwFlags) → int kernel32: Discards all characters from the output or input buffer of a specified communications resource. It can also terminate pending read or write operations on the resource.
QueryDosDevice(Pointer<Utf16> lpDeviceName, Pointer<Utf16> lpTargetPath, int ucchMax) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about MS-DOS device names. The function can obtain the current mapping for a particular MS-DOS device name. The function can also obtain a list of all existing MS-DOS device names.
QueryFullProcessImageName(int hProcess, int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpExeName, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwSize) → int kernel32: Retrieves the full name of the executable image for the specified process.
QueryInformationJobObject(int hJob, int JobObjectInformationClass, Pointer<NativeType> lpJobObjectInformation, int cbJobObjectInformationLength, Pointer<Uint32> lpReturnLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves limit and job state information from the job object.
QueryIoRateControlInformationJobObject(int hJob, Pointer<Utf16> VolumeName, Pointer<Pointer<JOBOBJECT_IO_RATE_CONTROL_INFORMATION>> InfoBlocks, Pointer<Uint32> InfoBlockCount) → int kernel32: Gets information about the control of the I/O rate for a job object.
QueryPerformanceCounter(Pointer<Int64> lpPerformanceCount) → int kernel32: Retrieves the current value of the performance counter, which is a high resolution (<1us) time stamp that can be used for time-interval measurements.
QueryPerformanceFrequency(Pointer<Int64> lpFrequency) → int kernel32: Retrieves the frequency of the performance counter. The frequency of the performance counter is fixed at system boot and is consistent across all processors. Therefore, the frequency need only be queried upon application initialization, and the result can be cached.
QueryServiceConfig(int hService, Pointer<QUERY_SERVICE_CONFIG> lpServiceConfig, int cbBufSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbBytesNeeded) → int advapi32: Retrieves the configuration parameters of the specified service. Optional configuration parameters are available using the QueryServiceConfig2 function.
QueryServiceConfig2(int hService, int dwInfoLevel, Pointer<Uint8> lpBuffer, int cbBufSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbBytesNeeded) → int advapi32: Retrieves the optional configuration parameters of the specified service.
QueryServiceDynamicInformation(int hServiceStatus, int dwInfoLevel, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppDynamicInfo) → int advapi32: Retrieves dynamic information related to the current service start.
QueryServiceObjectSecurity(int hService, int dwSecurityInformation, Pointer<NativeType> lpSecurityDescriptor, int cbBufSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbBytesNeeded) → int advapi32: The QueryServiceObjectSecurity function retrieves a copy of the security descriptor associated with a service object. You can also use the GetNamedSecurityInfo function to retrieve a security descriptor.
QueryServiceStatus(int hService, Pointer<SERVICE_STATUS> lpServiceStatus) → int advapi32: Retrieves the current status of the specified service.
QueryServiceStatusEx(int hService, int InfoLevel, Pointer<Uint8> lpBuffer, int cbBufSize, Pointer<Uint32> pcbBytesNeeded) → int advapi32: Retrieves the current status of the specified service based on the specified information level.
ReadConsole(int hConsoleInput, Pointer<NativeType> lpBuffer, int nNumberOfCharsToRead, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfCharsRead, Pointer<CONSOLE_READCONSOLE_CONTROL> pInputControl) → int kernel32: Reads character input from the console input buffer and removes it from the buffer.
ReadConsoleInput(int hConsoleInput, Pointer<INPUT_RECORD> lpBuffer, int nLength, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfEventsRead) → int kernel32: Reads data from a console input buffer and removes it from the buffer.
ReadFile(int hFile, Pointer<Uint8> lpBuffer, int nNumberOfBytesToRead, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfBytesRead, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Reads data from the specified file or input/output (I/O) device. Reads occur at the position specified by the file pointer if supported by the device.
ReadFileEx(int hFile, Pointer<Uint8> lpBuffer, int nNumberOfBytesToRead, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped, Pointer<NativeFunction<LPOVERLAPPED_COMPLETION_ROUTINE>> lpCompletionRoutine) → int kernel32: Reads data from the specified file or input/output (I/O) device. It reports its completion status asynchronously, calling the specified completion routine when reading is completed or canceled and the calling thread is in an alertable wait state.
ReadFileScatter(int hFile, Pointer<FILE_SEGMENT_ELEMENT> aSegmentArray, int nNumberOfBytesToRead, Pointer<Uint32> lpReserved, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Reads data from a file and stores it in an array of buffers. The function starts reading data from the file at a position that is specified by an OVERLAPPED structure. The ReadFileScatter function operates asynchronously.
ReadPrinter(int hPrinter, Pointer<NativeType> pBuf, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pNoBytesRead) → int winspool: The ReadPrinter function retrieves data from the specified printer.
ReadProcessMemory(int hProcess, Pointer<NativeType> lpBaseAddress, Pointer<NativeType> lpBuffer, int nSize, Pointer<IntPtr> lpNumberOfBytesRead) → int kernel32: ReadProcessMemory copies the data in the specified address range from the address space of the specified process into the specified buffer of the current process. Any process that has a handle with PROCESS_VM_READ access can call the function.
Rectangle(int hdc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom) → int gdi32: The Rectangle function draws a rectangle. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush.
RectInRegion(int hrgn, Pointer<RECT> lprect) → int gdi32: The RectInRegion function determines whether any part of the specified rectangle is within the boundaries of a region.
RedrawWindow(int hWnd, Pointer<RECT> lprcUpdate, int hrgnUpdate, int flags) → int user32: The RedrawWindow function updates the specified rectangle or region in a window's client area.
refCount(IUnknown unk) → int: Returns the current reference count of the COM object.
RegCloseKey(int hKey) → int advapi32: Closes a handle to the specified registry key.
RegConnectRegistry(Pointer<Utf16> lpMachineName, int hKey, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult) → int advapi32: Establishes a connection to a predefined registry key on another computer.
RegCopyTree(int hKeySrc, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, int hKeyDest) → int advapi32: Copies the specified registry key, along with its values and subkeys, to the specified destination key.
RegCreateKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult) → int advapi32: Creates the specified registry key. If the key already exists in the registry, the function opens it.
RegCreateKeyEx(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, int Reserved, Pointer<Utf16> lpClass, int dwOptions, int samDesired, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpSecurityAttributes, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwDisposition) → int advapi32: Creates the specified registry key. If the key already exists, the function opens it. Note that key names are not case sensitive.
RegCreateKeyTransacted(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, int Reserved, Pointer<Utf16> lpClass, int dwOptions, int samDesired, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpSecurityAttributes, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult, Pointer<Uint32> lpdwDisposition, int hTransaction, Pointer<NativeType> pExtendedParemeter) → int advapi32: Establishes a connection to a predefined registry key on another computer.
RegDeleteKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey) → int advapi32: Deletes a subkey and its values. Note that key names are not case sensitive.
RegDeleteKeyEx(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, int samDesired, int Reserved) → int advapi32: Deletes a subkey and its values from the specified platform-specific view of the registry. Note that key names are not case sensitive.
RegDeleteKeyTransacted(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, int samDesired, int Reserved, int hTransaction, Pointer<NativeType> pExtendedParameter) → int advapi32: Deletes a subkey and its values from the specified platform-specific view of the registry as a transacted operation. Note that key names are not case sensitive.
RegDeleteKeyValue(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpValueName) → int advapi32: Removes the specified value from the specified registry key and subkey.
RegDeleteTree(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey) → int advapi32: Deletes the subkeys and values of the specified key recursively.
RegDeleteValue(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpValueName) → int advapi32: Removes a named value from the specified registry key. Note that value names are not case sensitive.
RegDisablePredefinedCache() → int advapi32: Disables handle caching of the predefined registry handle for HKEY_CURRENT_USER for the current process. This function does not work on a remote computer.
RegDisablePredefinedCacheEx() → int advapi32: Disables handle caching for all predefined registry handles for the current process.
RegDisableReflectionKey(int hBase) → int advapi32: Disables registry reflection for the specified key. Disabling reflection for a key does not affect reflection of any subkeys.
RegEnableReflectionKey(int hBase) → int advapi32: Restores registry reflection for the specified disabled key. Restoring reflection for a key does not affect reflection of any subkeys.
RegEnumKey(int hKey, int dwIndex, Pointer<Utf16> lpName, int cchName) → int advapi32: Enumerates the subkeys of the specified open registry key. The function retrieves the name of one subkey each time it is called.
RegEnumKeyEx(int hKey, int dwIndex, Pointer<Utf16> lpName, Pointer<Uint32> lpcchName, Pointer<Uint32> lpReserved, Pointer<Utf16> lpClass, Pointer<Uint32> lpcchClass, Pointer<FILETIME> lpftLastWriteTime) → int advapi32: Enumerates the subkeys of the specified open registry key. The function retrieves information about one subkey each time it is called.
RegEnumValue(int hKey, int dwIndex, Pointer<Utf16> lpValueName, Pointer<Uint32> lpcchValueName, Pointer<Uint32> lpReserved, Pointer<Uint32> lpType, Pointer<Uint8> lpData, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbData) → int advapi32: Enumerates the values for the specified open registry key. The function copies one indexed value name and data block for the key each time it is called.
RegFlushKey(int hKey) → int advapi32: Writes all the attributes of the specified open registry key into the registry.
RegGetValue(int hkey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpValue, int dwFlags, Pointer<Uint32> pdwType, Pointer<NativeType> pvData, Pointer<Uint32> pcbData) → int advapi32: Retrieves the type and data for the specified registry value.
RegisterClass(Pointer<WNDCLASS> lpWndClass) → int user32: Registers a window class for subsequent use in calls to the CreateWindow or CreateWindowEx function.
RegisterClassEx(Pointer<WNDCLASSEX> param0) → int user32: Registers a window class for subsequent use in calls to the CreateWindow or CreateWindowEx function.
RegisterClipboardFormat(Pointer<Utf16> lpszFormat) → int user32: Registers a new clipboard format. This format can then be used as a valid clipboard format.
RegisterDeviceNotification(int hRecipient, Pointer<NativeType> NotificationFilter, int Flags) → Pointer<NativeType> user32: Registers the device or type of device for which a window will receive notifications.
registerHighDPISupport() → void: Registers a traditional Win32 app process as supporting high-DPI.
RegisterHotKey(int hWnd, int id, int fsModifiers, int vk) → int user32: Defines a system-wide hot key.
RegisterPowerSettingNotification(int hRecipient, Pointer<GUID> PowerSettingGuid, int Flags) → int user32: Registers the application to receive power setting notifications for the specific power setting event.
RegisterRawInputDevices(Pointer<RAWINPUTDEVICE> pRawInputDevices, int uiNumDevices, int cbSize) → int user32: Registers the devices that supply the raw input data.
RegisterServiceCtrlHandler(Pointer<Utf16> lpServiceName, Pointer<NativeFunction<LPHANDLER_FUNCTION>> lpHandlerProc) → int advapi32: Registers a function to handle service control requests.
RegisterServiceCtrlHandlerEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpServiceName, Pointer<NativeFunction<LPHANDLER_FUNCTION_EX>> lpHandlerProc, Pointer<NativeType> lpContext) → int advapi32: Registers a function to handle extended service control requests.
RegisterTouchHitTestingWindow(int hwnd, int value) → int user32: Registers a window to process the WM_TOUCHHITTESTING notification.
RegisterTouchWindow(int hwnd, int ulFlags) → int user32: Registers a window as being touch-capable.
RegisterWindowMessage(Pointer<Utf16> lpString) → int user32: Defines a new window message that is guaranteed to be unique throughout the system. The message value can be used when sending or posting messages.
RegLoadAppKey(Pointer<Utf16> lpFile, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult, int samDesired, int dwOptions, int Reserved) → int advapi32: Loads the specified registry hive as an application hive.
RegLoadKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpFile) → int advapi32: Creates a subkey under HKEY_USERS or HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE and loads the data from the specified registry hive into that subkey.
RegLoadMUIString(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> pszValue, Pointer<Utf16> pszOutBuf, int cbOutBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcbData, int Flags, Pointer<Utf16> pszDirectory) → int advapi32: Loads the specified string from the specified key and subkey.
RegNotifyChangeKeyValue(int hKey, int bWatchSubtree, int dwNotifyFilter, int hEvent, int fAsynchronous) → int advapi32: Notifies the caller about changes to the attributes or contents of a specified registry key.
RegOpenCurrentUser(int samDesired, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult) → int advapi32: Retrieves a handle to the HKEY_CURRENT_USER key for the user the current thread is impersonating.
RegOpenKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult) → int advapi32: Opens the specified registry key.
RegOpenKeyEx(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, int ulOptions, int samDesired, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult) → int advapi32: Opens the specified registry key. Note that key names are not case sensitive.
RegOpenKeyTransacted(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, int ulOptions, int samDesired, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult, int hTransaction, Pointer<NativeType> pExtendedParemeter) → int advapi32: Opens the specified registry key and associates it with a transaction. Note that key names are not case sensitive.
RegOpenUserClassesRoot(int hToken, int dwOptions, int samDesired, Pointer<IntPtr> phkResult) → int advapi32: Retrieves a handle to the HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT key for a specified user. The user is identified by an access token.
RegOverridePredefKey(int hKey, int hNewHKey) → int advapi32: Maps a predefined registry key to the specified registry key.
RegQueryInfoKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpClass, Pointer<Uint32> lpcchClass, Pointer<Uint32> lpReserved, Pointer<Uint32> lpcSubKeys, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbMaxSubKeyLen, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbMaxClassLen, Pointer<Uint32> lpcValues, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbMaxValueNameLen, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbMaxValueLen, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbSecurityDescriptor, Pointer<FILETIME> lpftLastWriteTime) → int advapi32: Retrieves information about the specified registry key.
RegQueryMultipleValues(int hKey, Pointer<VALENT> val_list, int num_vals, Pointer<Utf16> lpValueBuf, Pointer<Uint32> ldwTotsize) → int advapi32: Retrieves the type and data for a list of value names associated with an open registry key.
RegQueryReflectionKey(int hBase, Pointer<Int32> bIsReflectionDisabled) → int advapi32: Determines whether reflection has been disabled or enabled for the specified key.
RegQueryValue(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpData, Pointer<Int32> lpcbData) → int advapi32: Retrieves the data associated with the default or unnamed value of a specified registry key. The data must be a null-terminated string.
RegQueryValueEx(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpValueName, Pointer<Uint32> lpReserved, Pointer<Uint32> lpType, Pointer<Uint8> lpData, Pointer<Uint32> lpcbData) → int advapi32: Retrieves the type and data for the specified value name associated with an open registry key. To ensure that any string values (REG_SZ, REG_MULTI_SZ, and REG_EXPAND_SZ) returned are null-terminated, use the RegGetValue function.
RegRenameKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKeyName, Pointer<Utf16> lpNewKeyName) → int advapi32: Changes the name of the specified registry key.
RegReplaceKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpNewFile, Pointer<Utf16> lpOldFile) → int advapi32: Replaces the file backing a registry key and all its subkeys with another file, so that when the system is next started, the key and subkeys will have the values stored in the new file.
RegRestoreKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpFile, int dwFlags) → int advapi32: Reads the registry information in a specified file and copies it over the specified key. This registry information may be in the form of a key and multiple levels of subkeys.
RegSaveKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpFile, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpSecurityAttributes) → int advapi32: Saves the specified key and all of its subkeys and values to a new file, in the standard format.
RegSaveKeyEx(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpFile, Pointer<SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES> lpSecurityAttributes, int Flags) → int advapi32: Saves the specified key and all of its subkeys and values to a registry file, in the specified format.
RegSetKeyValue(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpValueName, int dwType, Pointer<NativeType> lpData, int cbData) → int advapi32: Sets the data for the specified value in the specified registry key and subkey.
RegSetValue(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey, int dwType, Pointer<Utf16> lpData, int cbData) → int advapi32: Sets the data for the default or unnamed value of a specified registry key. The data must be a text string.
RegSetValueEx(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpValueName, int Reserved, int dwType, Pointer<Uint8> lpData, int cbData) → int advapi32: Sets the data and type of a specified value under a registry key.
RegUnLoadKey(int hKey, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubKey) → int advapi32: Unloads the specified registry key and its subkeys from the registry.
ReleaseActCtx(int hActCtx) → void kernel32: The ReleaseActCtx function decrements the reference count of the specified activation context.
ReleaseCapture() → int user32: Releases the mouse capture from a window in the current thread and restores normal mouse input processing. A window that has captured the mouse receives all mouse input, regardless of the position of the cursor, except when a mouse button is clicked while the cursor hot spot is in the window of another thread.
ReleaseDC(int hWnd, int hDC) → int user32: The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use by other applications. The effect of the ReleaseDC function depends on the type of DC. It frees only common and window DCs. It has no effect on class or private DCs.
RemoveClipboardFormatListener(int hwnd) → int user32: Removes the given window from the system-maintained clipboard format listener list.
RemoveDirectory(Pointer<Utf16> lpPathName) → int kernel32: Deletes an existing empty directory.
RemoveDllDirectory(Pointer<NativeType> Cookie) → int kernel32: Removes a directory that was added to the process DLL search path by using AddDllDirectory.
RemoveMenu(int hMenu, int uPosition, int uFlags) → int user32: Deletes a menu item or detaches a submenu from the specified menu. If the menu item opens a drop-down menu or submenu, RemoveMenu does not destroy the menu or its handle, allowing the menu to be reused. Before this function is called, the GetSubMenu function should retrieve a handle to the drop-down menu or submenu.
RemoveProp(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpString) → int user32: Removes an entry from the property list of the specified window. The specified character string identifies the entry to be removed.
RemoveWindowSubclass(int hWnd, Pointer<NativeFunction<SUBCLASSPROC>> pfnSubclass, int uIdSubclass) → int comctl32: Removes a subclass callback from a window.
ReOpenFile(int hOriginalFile, int dwDesiredAccess, int dwShareMode, int dwFlagsAndAttributes) → int kernel32: Reopens the specified file system object with different access rights, sharing mode, and flags.
ReplaceText(Pointer<FINDREPLACE> param0) → int comdlg32: Creates a system-defined modeless dialog box that lets the user specify a string to search for and a replacement string, as well as options to control the find and replace operations.
ReplyMessage(int lResult) → int user32: Replies to a message sent from another thread by the SendMessage function.
ReportJobProcessingProgress(int printerHandle, int jobId, int jobOperation, int jobProgress) → int winspool: Reports to the Print Spooler service whether an XPS print job is in the spooling or the rendering phase and what part of the processing is currently underway.
ResetEvent(int hEvent) → int kernel32: Sets the specified event object to the nonsignaled state.
ResetPrinter(int hPrinter, Pointer<PRINTER_DEFAULTS> pDefault) → int winspool: The ResetPrinter function specifies the data type and device mode values to be used for printing documents submitted by the StartDocPrinter function. These values can be overridden by using the SetJob function after document printing has started.
ResizePseudoConsole(int hPC, COORD size) → int kernel32: Resizes the internal buffers for a pseudoconsole to the given size.
RGB(int r, int g, int b) → int: Selects a red, green, blue (RGB) color based on the arguments supplied and the color capabilities of the output device.
RoActivateInstance(int activatableClassId, Pointer<Pointer<COMObject>> instance) → int winrt: Activates the specified Windows Runtime class.
RoGetActivationFactory(int activatableClassId, Pointer<GUID> iid, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> factory) → int winrt: Gets the activation factory for the specified runtime class.
RoGetApartmentIdentifier(Pointer<Uint64> apartmentIdentifier) → int winrt: Gets a unique identifier for the current apartment.
RoGetMetaDataFile(int name, Pointer<COMObject> metaDataDispenser, Pointer<IntPtr> metaDataFilePath, Pointer<Pointer<COMObject>> metaDataImport, Pointer<Uint32> typeDefToken) → int winrt: Locates and retrieves the metadata file that describes the Application Binary Interface (ABI) for the specified typename.
RoInitialize(int initType) → int winrt: Initializes the Windows Runtime on the current thread with the specified concurrency model.
RoIsApiContractMajorVersionPresent(Pointer<Utf16> name, int majorVersion, Pointer<Int32> present) → int winrt: Returns true or false to indicate whether the API contract with the specified name and major version number is present.
RoIsApiContractPresent(Pointer<Utf16> name, int majorVersion, int minorVersion, Pointer<Int32> present) → int winrt: Returns true or false to indicate whether the API contract with the specified name and major and minor version number is present.
RoundRect(int hdc, int left, int top, int right, int bottom, int width, int height) → int gdi32: The RoundRect function draws a rectangle with rounded corners. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush.
RoUninitialize() → void winrt: Closes the Windows Runtime on the current thread.
SafeArrayAccessData(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppvData) → int oleaut32: Increments the lock count of an array, and retrieves a pointer to the array data.
SafeArrayAddRef(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppDataToRelease) → int oleaut32: Increases the pinning reference count of the descriptor for the specified safe array by one, and may increase the pinning reference count of the data for the specified safe array by one if that data was dynamically allocated, as determined by the descriptor of the safe array.
SafeArrayAllocData(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Allocates memory for a safe array, based on a descriptor created with SafeArrayAllocDescriptor.
SafeArrayAllocDescriptor(int cDims, Pointer<Pointer<SAFEARRAY>> ppsaOut) → int oleaut32: Allocates memory for a safe array descriptor.
SafeArrayAllocDescriptorEx(int vt, int cDims, Pointer<Pointer<SAFEARRAY>> ppsaOut) → int oleaut32: Creates a safe array descriptor for an array of any valid variant type, including VT_RECORD, without allocating the array data.
SafeArrayCopy(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<Pointer<SAFEARRAY>> ppsaOut) → int oleaut32: Creates a copy of an existing safe array.
SafeArrayCopyData(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psaSource, Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psaTarget) → int oleaut32: Copies the source array to the specified target array after releasing any resources in the target array. This is similar to SafeArrayCopy, except that the target array has to be set up by the caller. The target is not allocated or reallocated.
SafeArrayCreate(int vt, int cDims, Pointer<SAFEARRAYBOUND> rgsabound) → Pointer<SAFEARRAY> oleaut32: Creates a new array descriptor, allocates and initializes the data for the array, and returns a pointer to the new array descriptor.
SafeArrayCreateEx(int vt, int cDims, Pointer<SAFEARRAYBOUND> rgsabound, Pointer<NativeType> pvExtra) → Pointer<SAFEARRAY> oleaut32: Creates and returns a safe array descriptor from the specified VARTYPE, number of dimensions and bounds.
SafeArrayCreateVector(int vt, int lLbound, int cElements) → Pointer<SAFEARRAY> oleaut32: Creates a one-dimensional array. A safe array created with SafeArrayCreateVector is a fixed size, so the constant FADF_FIXEDSIZE is always set.
SafeArrayCreateVectorEx(int vt, int lLbound, int cElements, Pointer<NativeType> pvExtra) → Pointer<SAFEARRAY> oleaut32: Creates and returns a one-dimensional safe array of the specified VARTYPE and bounds.
SafeArrayDestroy(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Destroys an existing array descriptor and all of the data in the array. If objects are stored in the array, Release is called on each object in the array.
SafeArrayDestroyData(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Destroys all the data in the specified safe array.
SafeArrayDestroyDescriptor(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Destroys the descriptor of the specified safe array.
SafeArrayGetDim(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Gets the number of dimensions in the array.
SafeArrayGetElement(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<Int32> rgIndices, Pointer<NativeType> pv) → int oleaut32: Retrieves a single element of the array.
SafeArrayGetElemsize(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Gets the size of an element.
SafeArrayGetIID(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<GUID> pguid) → int oleaut32: Gets the GUID of the interface contained within the specified safe array.
SafeArrayGetLBound(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, int nDim, Pointer<Int32> plLbound) → int oleaut32: Gets the lower bound for any dimension of the specified safe array.
SafeArrayGetRecordInfo(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<Pointer<COMObject>> prinfo) → int oleaut32: Retrieves the IRecordInfo interface of the UDT contained in the specified safe array.
SafeArrayGetUBound(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, int nDim, Pointer<Int32> plUbound) → int oleaut32: Gets the upper bound for any dimension of the specified safe array.
SafeArrayGetVartype(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<Uint16> pvt) → int oleaut32: Gets the VARTYPE stored in the specified safe array.
SafeArrayLock(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Increments the lock count of an array, and places a pointer to the array data in pvData of the array descriptor.
SafeArrayPtrOfIndex(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<Int32> rgIndices, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppvData) → int oleaut32: Gets a pointer to an array element.
SafeArrayPutElement(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<Int32> rgIndices, Pointer<NativeType> pv) → int oleaut32: Stores the data element at the specified location in the array.
SafeArrayRedim(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<SAFEARRAYBOUND> psaboundNew) → int oleaut32: Changes the right-most (least significant) bound of the specified safe array.
SafeArrayReleaseData(Pointer<NativeType> pData) → void oleaut32: Decreases the pinning reference count for the specified safe array data by one. When that count reaches 0, the memory for that data is no longer prevented from being freed.
SafeArrayReleaseDescriptor(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → void oleaut32: Decreases the pinning reference count for the descriptor of the specified safe array by one. When that count reaches 0, the memory for that descriptor is no longer prevented from being freed.
SafeArraySetIID(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<GUID> guid) → int oleaut32: Sets the GUID of the interface for the specified safe array.
SafeArraySetRecordInfo(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa, Pointer<COMObject> prinfo) → int oleaut32: Sets the record info in the specified safe array.
SafeArrayUnaccessData(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Decrements the lock count of an array, and invalidates the pointer retrieved by SafeArrayAccessData.
SafeArrayUnlock(Pointer<SAFEARRAY> psa) → int oleaut32: Decrements the lock count of an array so it can be freed or resized.
SaveCurrentMonitorSettings(int hMonitor) → int dxva2: Saves the current monitor settings to the display's nonvolatile storage.
SaveDC(int hdc) → int gdi32: The SaveDC function saves the current state of the specified device context (DC) by copying data describing selected objects and graphic modes (such as the bitmap, brush, palette, font, pen, region, drawing mode, and mapping mode) to a context stack.
SCardAccessStartedEvent() → int winscard: The SCardAccessStartedEvent function returns an event handle when an event signals that the smart card resource manager is started. The event-object handle can be specified in a call to one of the wait functions.
SCardAddReaderToGroup(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szReaderName, Pointer<Utf16> szGroupName) → int winscard: The SCardAddReaderToGroup function adds a reader to a reader group.
SCardAudit(int hContext, int dwEvent) → int winscard: The SCardAudit function writes event messages to the Windows application log Microsoft-Windows-SmartCard-Audit/Authentication.
SCardBeginTransaction(int hCard) → int winscard: The SCardBeginTransaction function starts a transaction. The function waits for the completion of all other transactions before it begins. After the transaction starts, all other applications are blocked from accessing the smart card while the transaction is in progress.
SCardCancel(int hContext) → int winscard: The SCardCancel function terminates all outstanding actions within a specific resource manager context. The only requests that you can cancel are those that require waiting for external action by the smart card or user. Any such outstanding action requests will terminate with a status indication that the action was canceled. This is especially useful to force outstanding SCardGetStatusChange calls to terminate.
SCardConnect(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szReader, int dwShareMode, int dwPreferredProtocols, Pointer<IntPtr> phCard, Pointer<Uint32> pdwActiveProtocol) → int winscard: The SCardConnect function establishes a connection (using a specific resource manager context) between the calling application and a smart card contained by a specific reader. If no card exists in the specified reader, an error is returned.
SCardControl(int hCard, int dwControlCode, Pointer<NativeType> lpInBuffer, int cbInBufferSize, Pointer<NativeType> lpOutBuffer, int cbOutBufferSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpBytesReturned) → int winscard: The SCardControl function gives you direct control of the reader. You can call it any time after a successful call to SCardConnect and before a successful call to SCardDisconnect. The effect on the state of the reader depends on the control code.
SCardDisconnect(int hCard, int dwDisposition) → int winscard: The SCardDisconnect function terminates a connection previously opened between the calling application and a smart card in the target reader.
SCardEndTransaction(int hCard, int dwDisposition) → int winscard: The SCardEndTransaction function completes a previously declared transaction, allowing other applications to resume interactions with the card.
SCardEstablishContext(int dwScope, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved1, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved2, Pointer<IntPtr> phContext) → int winscard: The SCardEstablishContext function establishes the resource manager context (the scope) within which database operations are performed.
SCardForgetCardType(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szCardName) → int winscard: The SCardForgetCardType function removes an introduced smart card from the smart card subsystem.
SCardForgetReader(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szReaderName) → int winscard: The SCardForgetReader function removes a previously introduced reader from control by the smart card subsystem. It is removed from the smart card database, including from any reader group that it may have been added to.
SCardForgetReaderGroup(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szGroupName) → int winscard: The SCardForgetReaderGroup function removes a previously introduced smart card reader group from the smart card subsystem. Although this function automatically clears all readers from the group, it does not affect the existence of the individual readers in the database.
SCardFreeMemory(int hContext, Pointer<NativeType> pvMem) → int winscard: The SCardFreeMemory function releases memory that has been returned from the resource manager using the SCARD_AUTOALLOCATE length designator.
SCardGetAttrib(int hCard, int dwAttrId, Pointer<Uint8> pbAttr, Pointer<Uint32> pcbAttrLen) → int winscard: The SCardGetAttrib function retrieves the current reader attributes for the given handle. It does not affect the state of the reader, driver, or card.
SCardGetCardTypeProviderName(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szCardName, int dwProviderId, Pointer<Utf16> szProvider, Pointer<Uint32> pcchProvider) → int winscard: The SCardGetCardTypeProviderName function returns the name of the module (dynamic link library) that contains the provider for a given card name and provider type.
SCardGetDeviceTypeId(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szReaderName, Pointer<Uint32> pdwDeviceTypeId) → int winscard: The SCardGetDeviceTypeId function gets the device type identifier of the card reader for the given reader name. This function does not affect the state of the reader.
SCardGetProviderId(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szCard, Pointer<GUID> pguidProviderId) → int winscard: The SCardGetProviderId function returns the identifier (GUID) of the primary service provider for a given card. The caller supplies the name of a smart card (previously introduced to the system) and receives the registered identifier of the primary service provider GUID, if one exists.
SCardGetReaderDeviceInstanceId(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szReaderName, Pointer<Utf16> szDeviceInstanceId, Pointer<Uint32> pcchDeviceInstanceId) → int winscard: The SCardGetReaderDeviceInstanceId function gets the device instance identifier of the card reader for the given reader name. This function does not affect the state of the reader.
SCardGetReaderIcon(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szReaderName, Pointer<Uint8> pbIcon, Pointer<Uint32> pcbIcon) → int winscard: The SCardGetReaderIcon function gets an icon of the smart card reader for a given reader's name. This function does not affect the state of the card reader.
SCardGetStatusChange(int hContext, int dwTimeout, Pointer<SCARD_READERSTATE> rgReaderStates, int cReaders) → int winscard: The SCardGetStatusChange function blocks execution until the current availability of the cards in a specific set of readers changes. The caller supplies a list of readers to be monitored by an SCARD_READERSTATE array and the maximum amount of time (in milliseconds) that it is willing to wait for an action to occur on one of the listed readers. Note that SCardGetStatusChange uses the user-supplied value in the dwCurrentState members of the rgReaderStatesSCARD_READERSTATE array as the definition of the current state of the readers. The function returns when there is a change in availability, having filled in the dwEventState members of rgReaderStates appropriately.
SCardGetTransmitCount(int hCard, Pointer<Uint32> pcTransmitCount) → int winscard: The SCardGetTransmitCount function retrieves the number of transmit operations that have completed since the specified card reader was inserted.
SCardIntroduceCardType(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szCardName, Pointer<GUID> pguidPrimaryProvider, Pointer<GUID> rgguidInterfaces, int dwInterfaceCount, Pointer<Uint8> pbAtr, Pointer<Uint8> pbAtrMask, int cbAtrLen) → int winscard: The SCardIntroduceCardType function introduces a smart card to the smart card subsystem (for the active user) by adding it to the smart card database.
SCardIntroduceReader(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szReaderName, Pointer<Utf16> szDeviceName) → int winscard: The SCardIntroduceReader function introduces a new name for an existing smart card reader.
SCardIntroduceReaderGroup(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szGroupName) → int winscard: The SCardIntroduceReaderGroup function introduces a reader group to the smart card subsystem. However, the reader group is not created until the group is specified when adding a reader to the smart card database.
SCardIsValidContext(int hContext) → int winscard: The SCardIsValidContext function determines whether a smart card context handle is valid.
SCardListCards(int hContext, Pointer<Uint8> pbAtr, Pointer<GUID> rgquidInterfaces, int cguidInterfaceCount, Pointer<Utf16> mszCards, Pointer<Uint32> pcchCards) → int winscard: The SCardListCards function searches the smart card database and provides a list of named cards previously introduced to the system by the user. The caller specifies an ATR string, a set of interface identifiers (GUIDs), or both. If both an ATR string and an identifier array are supplied, the cards returned will match the ATR string supplied and support the interfaces specified.
SCardListInterfaces(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szCard, Pointer<GUID> pguidInterfaces, Pointer<Uint32> pcguidInterfaces) → int winscard: The SCardListInterfaces function provides a list of interfaces supplied by a given card. The caller supplies the name of a smart card previously introduced to the subsystem, and receives the list of interfaces supported by the card.
SCardListReaderGroups(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> mszGroups, Pointer<Uint32> pcchGroups) → int winscard: The SCardListReaderGroups function provides the list of reader groups that have previously been introduced to the system.
SCardListReaders(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> mszGroups, Pointer<Utf16> mszReaders, Pointer<Uint32> pcchReaders) → int winscard: The SCardListReaders function provides the list of readers within a set of named reader groups, eliminating duplicates. The caller supplies a list of reader groups, and receives the list of readers within the named groups. Unrecognized group names are ignored. This function only returns readers within the named groups that are currently attached to the system and available for use.
SCardListReadersWithDeviceInstanceId(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szDeviceInstanceId, Pointer<Utf16> mszReaders, Pointer<Uint32> pcchReaders) → int winscard: The SCardListReadersWithDeviceInstanceId function gets the list of readers that have provided a device instance identifier. This function does not affect the state of the reader.
SCardLocateCards(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> mszCards, Pointer<SCARD_READERSTATE> rgReaderStates, int cReaders) → int winscard: The SCardLocateCards function searches the readers listed in the rgReaderStates parameter for a card with an ATR string that matches one of the card names specified in mszCards, returning immediately with the result.
SCardLocateCardsByATR(int hContext, Pointer<SCARD_ATRMASK> rgAtrMasks, int cAtrs, Pointer<SCARD_READERSTATE> rgReaderStates, int cReaders) → int winscard: The SCardLocateCardsByATR function searches the readers listed in the rgReaderStates parameter for a card with a name that matches one of the card names contained in one of the SCARD_ATRMASK structures specified by the rgAtrMasks parameter.
SCardReadCache(int hContext, Pointer<GUID> CardIdentifier, int FreshnessCounter, Pointer<Utf16> LookupName, Pointer<Uint8> Data, Pointer<Uint32> DataLen) → int winscard: The SCardReadCache function retrieves the value portion of a name-value pair from the global cache maintained by the Smart Card Resource Manager.
SCardReconnect(int hCard, int dwShareMode, int dwPreferredProtocols, int dwInitialization, Pointer<Uint32> pdwActiveProtocol) → int winscard: The SCardReconnect function reestablishes an existing connection between the calling application and a smart card. This function moves a card handle from direct access to general access, or acknowledges and clears an error condition that is preventing further access to the card.
SCardReleaseContext(int hContext) → int winscard: The SCardReleaseContext function closes an established resource manager context, freeing any resources allocated under that context, including SCARDHANDLE objects and memory allocated using the SCARD_AUTOALLOCATE length designator.
SCardReleaseStartedEvent() → void winscard: The SCardReleaseStartedEvent function decrements the reference count for a handle acquired by a previous call to the SCardAccessStartedEvent function.
SCardRemoveReaderFromGroup(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szReaderName, Pointer<Utf16> szGroupName) → int winscard: The SCardRemoveReaderFromGroup function removes a reader from an existing reader group. This function has no effect on the reader.
SCardSetAttrib(int hCard, int dwAttrId, Pointer<Uint8> pbAttr, int cbAttrLen) → int winscard: The SCardSetAttrib function sets the given reader attribute for the given handle. It does not affect the state of the reader, reader driver, or smart card. Not all attributes are supported by all readers (nor can they be set at all times) as many of the attributes are under direct control of the transport protocol.
SCardSetCardTypeProviderName(int hContext, Pointer<Utf16> szCardName, int dwProviderId, Pointer<Utf16> szProvider) → int winscard: The SCardSetCardTypeProviderName function specifies the name of the module (dynamic link library) containing the provider for a given card name and provider type.
SCardStatus(int hCard, Pointer<Utf16> mszReaderNames, Pointer<Uint32> pcchReaderLen, Pointer<Uint32> pdwState, Pointer<Uint32> pdwProtocol, Pointer<Uint8> pbAtr, Pointer<Uint32> pcbAtrLen) → int winscard: The SCardStatus function provides the current status of a smart card in a reader. You can call it any time after a successful call to SCardConnect and before a successful call to SCardDisconnect. It does not affect the state of the reader or reader driver.
SCardTransmit(int hCard, Pointer<SCARD_IO_REQUEST> pioSendPci, Pointer<Uint8> pbSendBuffer, int cbSendLength, Pointer<SCARD_IO_REQUEST> pioRecvPci, Pointer<Uint8> pbRecvBuffer, Pointer<Uint32> pcbRecvLength) → int winscard: The SCardTransmit function sends a service request to the smart card and expects to receive data back from the card.
SCardUIDlgSelectCard(Pointer<OPENCARDNAME_EX> param0) → int winscard: The SCardUIDlgSelectCard function displays the smart card Select Card dialog box.
SCardWriteCache(int hContext, Pointer<GUID> CardIdentifier, int FreshnessCounter, Pointer<Utf16> LookupName, Pointer<Uint8> Data, int DataLen) → int winscard: The SCardWriteCache function writes a name-value pair from a smart card to the global cache maintained by the Smart Card Resource Manager.
ScheduleJob(int hPrinter, int JobId) → int winspool: The ScheduleJob function requests that the print spooler schedule a specified print job for printing.
ScreenToClient(int hWnd, Pointer<POINT> lpPoint) → int user32: The ScreenToClient function converts the screen coordinates of a specified point on the screen to client-area coordinates.
ScrollConsoleScreenBuffer(int hConsoleOutput, Pointer<SMALL_RECT> lpScrollRectangle, Pointer<SMALL_RECT> lpClipRectangle, COORD dwDestinationOrigin, Pointer<CHAR_INFO> lpFill) → int kernel32: Moves a block of data in a screen buffer. The effects of the move can be limited by specifying a clipping rectangle, so the contents of the console screen buffer outside the clipping rectangle are unchanged.
ScrollDC(int hDC, int dx, int dy, Pointer<RECT> lprcScroll, Pointer<RECT> lprcClip, int hrgnUpdate, Pointer<RECT> lprcUpdate) → int user32: The ScrollDC function scrolls a rectangle of bits horizontally and vertically.
ScrollWindow(int hWnd, int XAmount, int YAmount, Pointer<RECT> lpRect, Pointer<RECT> lpClipRect) → int user32: The ScrollWindow function scrolls the contents of the specified window's client area.
ScrollWindowEx(int hWnd, int dx, int dy, Pointer<RECT> prcScroll, Pointer<RECT> prcClip, int hrgnUpdate, Pointer<RECT> prcUpdate, int flags) → int user32: The ScrollWindowEx function scrolls the contents of the specified window's client area.
SelectClipPath(int hdc, int mode) → int gdi32: The SelectClipPath function selects the current path as a clipping region for a device context, combining the new region with any existing clipping region using the specified mode.
SelectObject(int hdc, int h) → int gdi32: The SelectObject function selects an object into the specified device context (DC). The new object replaces the previous object of the same type.
SendDlgItemMessage(int hDlg, int nIDDlgItem, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Sends a message to the specified control in a dialog box.
SendInput(int cInputs, Pointer<INPUT> pInputs, int cbSize) → int user32: Synthesizes keystrokes, mouse motions, and button clicks.
SendMessage(int hWnd, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Sends the specified message to a window or windows. The SendMessage function calls the window procedure for the specified window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message.
SendMessageCallback(int hWnd, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam, Pointer<NativeFunction<SENDASYNCPROC>> lpResultCallBack, int dwData) → int user32: Sends the specified message to a window or windows. It calls the window procedure for the specified window and returns immediately if the window belongs to another thread. After the window procedure processes the message, the system calls the specified callback function, passing the result of the message processing and an application-defined value to the callback function.
SendMessageTimeout(int hWnd, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam, int fuFlags, int uTimeout, Pointer<IntPtr> lpdwResult) → int user32: Sends the specified message to one or more windows.
SendNotifyMessage(int hWnd, int Msg, int wParam, int lParam) → int user32: Sends the specified message to a window or windows. If the window was created by the calling thread, SendNotifyMessage calls the window procedure for the window and does not return until the window procedure has processed the message. If the window was created by a different thread, SendNotifyMessage passes the message to the window procedure and returns immediately; it does not wait for the window procedure to finish processing the message.
SetActiveWindow(int hWnd) → int user32: Activates a window. The window must be attached to the calling thread's message queue.
SetBkColor(int hdc, int color) → int gdi32: The SetBkColor function sets the current background color to the specified color value, or to the nearest physical color if the device cannot represent the specified color value.
SetBkMode(int hdc, int mode) → int gdi32: The SetBkMode function sets the background mix mode of the specified device context. The background mix mode is used with text, hatched brushes, and pen styles that are not solid lines.
SetCapture(int hWnd) → int user32: Sets the mouse capture to the specified window belonging to the current thread. SetCapture captures mouse input either when the mouse is over the capturing window, or when the mouse button was pressed while the mouse was over the capturing window and the button is still down. Only one window at a time can capture the mouse.
SetCaretBlinkTime(int uMSeconds) → int user32: Sets the caret blink time to the specified number of milliseconds. The blink time is the elapsed time, in milliseconds, required to invert the caret's pixels.
SetCaretPos(int X, int Y) → int user32: Moves the caret to the specified coordinates. If the window that owns the caret was created with the CS_OWNDC class style, then the specified coordinates are subject to the mapping mode of the device context associated with that window.
SetClassLongPtr(int hWnd, int nIndex, int dwNewLong) → int user32: Changes an attribute of the specified window class.
SetClipboardData(int uFormat, int hMem) → int user32: Places data on the clipboard in a specified clipboard format. The window must be the current clipboard owner, and the application must have called the OpenClipboard function.
SetClipboardViewer(int hWndNewViewer) → int user32: Adds the specified window to the chain of clipboard viewers.
SetCoalescableTimer(int hWnd, int nIDEvent, int uElapse, Pointer<NativeFunction<TIMERPROC>> lpTimerFunc, int uToleranceDelay) → int user32: Creates a timer with the specified time-out value and coalescing tolerance delay.
SetCommBreak(int hFile) → int kernel32: Suspends character transmission for a specified communications device and places the transmission line in a break state until the ClearCommBreak function is called.
SetCommConfig(int hCommDev, Pointer<COMMCONFIG> lpCC, int dwSize) → int kernel32: Sets the current configuration of a communications device.
SetCommMask(int hFile, int dwEvtMask) → int kernel32: Specifies a set of events to be monitored for a communications device.
SetCommState(int hFile, Pointer<DCB> lpDCB) → int kernel32: Configures a communications device according to the specifications in a device-control block (a DCB structure). The function reinitializes all hardware and control settings, but it does not empty output or input queues.
SetCommTimeouts(int hFile, Pointer<COMMTIMEOUTS> lpCommTimeouts) → int kernel32: Sets the time-out parameters for all read and write operations on a specified communications device.
SetConsoleCtrlHandler(Pointer<NativeFunction<PHANDLER_ROUTINE>> HandlerRoutine, int Add) → int kernel32: Adds or removes an application-defined HandlerRoutine function from the list of handler functions for the calling process.
SetConsoleCursorInfo(int hConsoleOutput, Pointer<CONSOLE_CURSOR_INFO> lpConsoleCursorInfo) → int kernel32: Sets the size and visibility of the cursor for the specified console screen buffer.
SetConsoleCursorPosition(int hConsoleOutput, COORD dwCursorPosition) → int kernel32: Sets the cursor position in the specified console screen buffer.
SetConsoleDisplayMode(int hConsoleOutput, int dwFlags, Pointer<COORD> lpNewScreenBufferDimensions) → int kernel32: Sets the display mode of the specified console screen buffer.
SetConsoleMode(int hConsoleHandle, int dwMode) → int kernel32: Sets the input mode of a console's input buffer or the output mode of a console screen buffer.
SetConsoleTextAttribute(int hConsoleOutput, int wAttributes) → int kernel32: Sets the attributes of characters written to the console screen buffer by the WriteFile or WriteConsole function, or echoed by the ReadFile or ReadConsole function. This function affects text written after the function call.
SetConsoleWindowInfo(int hConsoleOutput, int bAbsolute, Pointer<SMALL_RECT> lpConsoleWindow) → int kernel32: Sets the current size and position of a console screen buffer's window.
SetCurrentDirectory(Pointer<Utf16> lpPathName) → int kernel32: Changes the current directory for the current process.
SetCursor(int hCursor) → int user32: Sets the cursor shape.
SetCursorPos(int X, int Y) → int user32: Moves the cursor to the specified screen coordinates. If the new coordinates are not within the screen rectangle set by the most recent ClipCursor function call, the system automatically adjusts the coordinates so that the cursor stays within the rectangle.
SetDefaultCommConfig(Pointer<Utf16> lpszName, Pointer<COMMCONFIG> lpCC, int dwSize) → int kernel32: Sets the default configuration for a communications device.
SetDefaultDllDirectories(int DirectoryFlags) → int kernel32: Specifies a default set of directories to search when the calling process loads a DLL. This search path is used when LoadLibraryEx is called with no LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH flags.
SetDefaultPrinter(Pointer<Utf16> pszPrinter) → int winspool: The SetDefaultPrinter function sets the printer name of the default printer for the current user on the local computer.
SetDialogControlDpiChangeBehavior(int hWnd, int mask, int values) → int user32: Overrides the default per-monitor DPI scaling behavior of a child window in a dialog.
SetDialogDpiChangeBehavior(int hDlg, int mask, int values) → int user32: Dialogs in Per-Monitor v2 contexts are automatically DPI scaled. This method lets you customize their DPI change behavior. This function works in conjunction with the DIALOG_DPI_CHANGE_BEHAVIORS enum in order to override the default DPI scaling behavior for dialogs. This function is called on a specified dialog, for which the specified flags are individually saved.
SetDisplayAutoRotationPreferences(int orientation) → int user32: Sets the screen auto-rotation preferences for the current process.
SetDisplayConfig(int numPathArrayElements, Pointer<DISPLAYCONFIG_PATH_INFO> pathArray, int numModeInfoArrayElements, Pointer<DISPLAYCONFIG_MODE_INFO> modeInfoArray, int flags) → int user32: The SetDisplayConfig function modifies the display topology, source, and target modes by exclusively enabling the specified paths in the current session.
SetDlgItemInt(int hDlg, int nIDDlgItem, int uValue, int bSigned) → int user32: Sets the text of a control in a dialog box to the string representation of a specified integer value.
SetDlgItemText(int hDlg, int nIDDlgItem, Pointer<Utf16> lpString) → int user32: Sets the title or text of a control in a dialog box.
SetDoubleClickTime(int param0) → int user32: Sets the double-click time for the mouse. A double-click is a series of two clicks of a mouse button, the second occurring within a specified time after the first. The double-click time is the maximum number of milliseconds that may occur between the first and second clicks of a double-click.
SetEndOfFile(int hFile) → int kernel32: Sets the physical file size for the specified file to the current position of the file pointer.
SetEnvironmentVariable(Pointer<Utf16> lpName, Pointer<Utf16> lpValue) → int kernel32: Sets the contents of the specified environment variable for the current process.
SetErrorMode(int uMode) → int kernel32: Sets the specified event object to the signaled state.
SetEvent(int hEvent) → int kernel32: Sets the specified event object to the signaled state.
SetFileApisToANSI() → void kernel32: Causes the file I/O functions to use the ANSI character set code page for the current process.
SetFileApisToOEM() → void kernel32: Causes the file I/O functions for the process to use the OEM character set code page.
SetFileAttributes(Pointer<Utf16> lpFileName, int dwFileAttributes) → int kernel32: Sets the attributes for a file or directory.
SetFileInformationByHandle(int hFile, int FileInformationClass, Pointer<NativeType> lpFileInformation, int dwBufferSize) → int kernel32: Sets the file information for the specified file.
SetFileIoOverlappedRange(int FileHandle, Pointer<Uint8> OverlappedRangeStart, int Length) → int kernel32: Associates a virtual address range with the specified file handle. This indicates that the kernel should optimize any further asynchronous I/O requests with overlapped structures inside this range. The overlapped range is locked in memory, and then unlocked when the file is closed. After a range is associated with a file handle, it cannot be disassociated.
SetFilePointer(int hFile, int lDistanceToMove, Pointer<Int32> lpDistanceToMoveHigh, int dwMoveMethod) → int kernel32: Moves the file pointer of the specified file.
SetFilePointerEx(int hFile, int liDistanceToMove, Pointer<Int64> lpNewFilePointer, int dwMoveMethod) → int kernel32: Moves the file pointer of the specified file.
SetFileShortName(int hFile, Pointer<Utf16> lpShortName) → int kernel32: Sets the short name for the specified file. The file must be on an NTFS file system volume.
SetFileValidData(int hFile, int ValidDataLength) → int kernel32: Sets the valid data length of the specified file. This function is useful in very limited scenarios.
SetFirmwareEnvironmentVariable(Pointer<Utf16> lpName, Pointer<Utf16> lpGuid, Pointer<NativeType> pValue, int nSize) → int kernel32: Sets the value of the specified firmware environment variable.
SetFirmwareEnvironmentVariableEx(Pointer<Utf16> lpName, Pointer<Utf16> lpGuid, Pointer<NativeType> pValue, int nSize, int dwAttributes) → int kernel32: Sets the value of the specified firmware environment variable and the attributes that indicate how this variable is stored and maintained.
SetFocus(int hWnd) → int user32: Sets the keyboard focus to the specified window. The window must be attached to the calling thread's message queue.
SetForegroundWindow(int hWnd) → int user32: Brings the thread that created the specified window into the foreground and activates the window. Keyboard input is directed to the window, and various visual cues are changed for the user. The system assigns a slightly higher priority to the thread that created the foreground window than it does to other threads.
SetForm(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pFormName, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pForm) → int winspool: The SetForm function sets the form information for the specified printer.
SetGestureConfig(int hwnd, int dwReserved, int cIDs, Pointer<GESTURECONFIG> pGestureConfig, int cbSize) → int user32: Configures the messages that are sent from a window for Windows Touch gestures.
SetHandleInformation(int hObject, int dwMask, int dwFlags) → int kernel32: Sets certain properties of an object handle.
SetInformationJobObject(int hJob, int JobObjectInformationClass, Pointer<NativeType> lpJobObjectInformation, int cbJobObjectInformationLength) → int kernel32: Sets limits for a job object.
SetIoRateControlInformationJobObject(int hJob, Pointer<JOBOBJECT_IO_RATE_CONTROL_INFORMATION> IoRateControlInfo) → int kernel32: Sets I/O limits on a job object.
SetJob(int hPrinter, int JobId, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pJob, int Command) → int winspool: The SetJob function pauses, resumes, cancels, or restarts a print job on a specified printer. You can also use the SetJob function to set print job parameters, such as the print job priority and the document name.
SetKeyboardState(Pointer<Uint8> lpKeyState) → int user32: Copies an array of keyboard key states into the calling thread's keyboard input-state table. This is the same table accessed by the GetKeyboardState and GetKeyState functions. Changes made to this table do not affect keyboard input to any other thread.
SetLayeredWindowAttributes(int hwnd, int crKey, int bAlpha, int dwFlags) → int user32: Sets the opacity and transparency color key of a layered window.
SetMapMode(int hdc, int iMode) → int gdi32: The SetMapMode function sets the mapping mode of the specified device context. The mapping mode defines the unit of measure used to transform page-space units into device-space units, and also defines the orientation of the device's x and y axes.
SetMenu(int hWnd, int hMenu) → int user32: Assigns a new menu to the specified window.
SetMenuDefaultItem(int hMenu, int uItem, int fByPos) → int user32: Sets the default menu item for the specified menu.
SetMenuInfo(int param0, Pointer<MENUINFO> param1) → int user32: Sets information for a specified menu.
SetMenuItemBitmaps(int hMenu, int uPosition, int uFlags, int hBitmapUnchecked, int hBitmapChecked) → int user32: Associates the specified bitmap with a menu item. Whether the menu item is selected or clear, the system displays the appropriate bitmap next to the menu item.
SetMenuItemInfo(int hmenu, int item, int fByPositon, Pointer<MENUITEMINFO> lpmii) → int user32: Changes information about a menu item.
SetMessageExtraInfo(int lParam) → int user32: Sets the extra message information for the current thread. Extra message information is an application- or driver-defined value associated with the current thread's message queue. An application can use the GetMessageExtraInfo function to retrieve a thread's extra message information.
SetMonitorBrightness(int hMonitor, int dwNewBrightness) → int dxva2: Sets a monitor's brightness value. Increasing the brightness value makes the display on the monitor brighter, and decreasing it makes the display dimmer.
SetMonitorColorTemperature(int hMonitor, int ctCurrentColorTemperature) → int dxva2: Sets a monitor's color temperature.
SetMonitorContrast(int hMonitor, int dwNewContrast) → int dxva2: Sets a monitor's contrast value.
SetMonitorDisplayAreaPosition(int hMonitor, int ptPositionType, int dwNewPosition) → int dxva2: Sets the horizontal or vertical position of a monitor's display area. Increasing the horizontal position moves the display area toward the right side of the screen; decreasing it moves the display area toward the left. Increasing the vertical position moves the display area toward the top of the screen; decreasing it moves the display area toward the bottom.
SetMonitorDisplayAreaSize(int hMonitor, int stSizeType, int dwNewDisplayAreaWidthOrHeight) → int dxva2: Sets the width or height of a monitor's display area.
SetMonitorRedGreenOrBlueDrive(int hMonitor, int dtDriveType, int dwNewDrive) → int dxva2: Sets a monitor's red, green, or blue drive value.
SetMonitorRedGreenOrBlueGain(int hMonitor, int gtGainType, int dwNewGain) → int dxva2: Sets a monitor's red, green, or blue gain value.
SetNamedPipeHandleState(int hNamedPipe, Pointer<Uint32> lpMode, Pointer<Uint32> lpMaxCollectionCount, Pointer<Uint32> lpCollectDataTimeout) → int kernel32: Sets the read mode and the blocking mode of the specified named pipe. If the specified handle is to the client end of a named pipe and if the named pipe server process is on a remote computer, the function can also be used to control local buffering.
SetParent(int hWndChild, int hWndNewParent) → int user32: Changes the parent window of the specified child window.
SetPhysicalCursorPos(int X, int Y) → int user32: Sets the position of the cursor in physical coordinates.
SetPixel(int hdc, int x, int y, int color) → int gdi32: The SetPixel function sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the specified color.
SetPort(Pointer<Utf16> pName, Pointer<Utf16> pPortName, int dwLevel, Pointer<Uint8> pPortInfo) → int winspool: The SetPort function sets the status associated with a printer port.
SetPrinter(int hPrinter, int Level, Pointer<Uint8> pPrinter, int Command) → int winspool: The SetPrinter function sets the data for a specified printer or sets the state of the specified printer by pausing printing, resuming printing, or clearing all print jobs.
SetPrinterData(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pValueName, int Type, Pointer<Uint8> pData, int cbData) → int winspool: The SetPrinterData function sets the configuration data for a printer or print server.
SetPrinterDataEx(int hPrinter, Pointer<Utf16> pKeyName, Pointer<Utf16> pValueName, int Type, Pointer<Uint8> pData, int cbData) → int winspool: The SetPrinterDataEx function sets the configuration data for a printer or print server. The function stores the configuration data under the printer's registry key.
SetProcessAffinityMask(int hProcess, int dwProcessAffinityMask) → int kernel32: Sets a processor affinity mask for the threads of the specified process.
SetProcessDPIAware() → int user32: Sets the process-default DPI awareness to system-DPI awareness.
SetProcessDpiAwareness(int value) → int user32: Sets the process-default DPI awareness level. This is equivalent to calling SetProcessDpiAwarenessContext with the corresponding DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT value.
SetProcessDpiAwarenessContext(int value) → int user32: It is recommended that you set the process-default DPI awareness via application manifest. See Setting the default DPI awareness for a process for more information. Setting the process-default DPI awareness via API call can lead to unexpected application behavior. Sets the current process to a specified dots per inch (dpi) awareness context. The DPI awareness contexts are from the DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT value.
SetProcessPriorityBoost(int hProcess, int bDisablePriorityBoost) → int kernel32: Disables or enables the ability of the system to temporarily boost the priority of the threads of the specified process.
SetProcessWorkingSetSize(int hProcess, int dwMinimumWorkingSetSize, int dwMaximumWorkingSetSize) → int kernel32: Sets the minimum and maximum working set sizes for the specified process.
SetProp(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int hData) → int user32: Adds a new entry or changes an existing entry in the property list of the specified window. The function adds a new entry to the list if the specified character string does not exist already in the list. The new entry contains the string and the handle. Otherwise, the function replaces the string's current handle with the specified handle.
SetRect(Pointer<RECT> lprc, int xLeft, int yTop, int xRight, int yBottom) → int user32: The SetRect function sets the coordinates of the specified rectangle. This is equivalent to assigning the left, top, right, and bottom arguments to the appropriate members of the RECT structure.
SetRectEmpty(Pointer<RECT> lprc) → int user32: The SetRectEmpty function creates an empty rectangle in which all coordinates are set to zero.
SetScrollInfo(int hwnd, int nBar, Pointer<SCROLLINFO> lpsi, int redraw) → int user32: The SetScrollInfo function sets the parameters of a scroll bar, including the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, the page size, and the position of the scroll box (thumb). The function also redraws the scroll bar, if requested.
SetServiceObjectSecurity(int hService, int dwSecurityInformation, Pointer<NativeType> lpSecurityDescriptor) → int advapi32: The SetServiceObjectSecurity function sets the security descriptor of a service object.
SetServiceStatus(int hServiceStatus, Pointer<SERVICE_STATUS> lpServiceStatus) → int advapi32: Updates the service control manager's status information for the calling service.
SetStdHandle(int nStdHandle, int hHandle) → int kernel32: Sets the handle for the specified standard device (standard input, standard output, or standard error).
SetStretchBltMode(int hdc, int mode) → int gdi32: The SetStretchBltMode function sets the bitmap stretching mode in the specified device context.
SetSysColors(int cElements, Pointer<Int32> lpaElements, Pointer<Uint32> lpaRgbValues) → int user32: Sets the colors for the specified display elements. Display elements are the various parts of a window and the display that appear on the system display screen.
SetSystemCursor(int hcur, int id) → int user32: Enables an application to customize the system cursors. It replaces the contents of the system cursor specified by the id parameter with the contents of the cursor specified by the hcur parameter and then destroys hcur.
SetTextColor(int hdc, int color) → int gdi32: The SetTextColor function sets the text color for the specified device context to the specified color.
SetThemeAppProperties(int dwFlags) → void uxtheme: Sets the flags that determine how visual styles are implemented in the calling application.
SetThreadAffinityMask(int hThread, int dwThreadAffinityMask) → int kernel32: Sets a processor affinity mask for the specified thread.
SetThreadDpiAwarenessContext(int dpiContext) → int user32: Set the DPI awareness for the current thread to the provided value.
SetThreadDpiHostingBehavior(int value) → int user32: Sets the thread's DPI_HOSTING_BEHAVIOR. This behavior allows windows created in the thread to host child windows with a different DPI_AWARENESS_CONTEXT.
SetThreadErrorMode(int dwNewMode, Pointer<Uint32> lpOldMode) → int kernel32: Controls whether the system will handle the specified types of serious errors or whether the calling thread will handle them.
SetThreadExecutionState(int esFlags) → int kernel32: Enables an application to inform the system that it is in use, thereby preventing the system from entering sleep or turning off the display while the application is running.
SetThreadToken(Pointer<IntPtr> Thread, int Token) → int advapi32: The SetThreadToken function assigns an impersonation token to a thread. The function can also cause a thread to stop using an impersonation token.
SetThreadUILanguage(int LangId) → int kernel32: Sets the user interface language for the current thread.
SetTimer(int hWnd, int nIDEvent, int uElapse, Pointer<NativeFunction<TIMERPROC>> lpTimerFunc) → int user32: Creates a timer with the specified time-out value.
SetupComm(int hFile, int dwInQueue, int dwOutQueue) → int kernel32: Initializes the communications parameters for a specified communications device.
SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList(int DeviceInfoSet) → int setupapi: The SetupDiDestroyDeviceInfoList function deletes a device information set and frees all associated memory.
SetupDiEnumDeviceInfo(int DeviceInfoSet, int MemberIndex, Pointer<SP_DEVINFO_DATA> DeviceInfoData) → int setupapi: The SetupDiEnumDeviceInfo function returns a SP_DEVINFO_DATA structure that specifies a device information element in a device information set.
SetupDiEnumDeviceInterfaces(int DeviceInfoSet, Pointer<SP_DEVINFO_DATA> DeviceInfoData, Pointer<GUID> InterfaceClassGuid, int MemberIndex, Pointer<SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA> DeviceInterfaceData) → int setupapi: The SetupDiEnumDeviceInterfaces function enumerates the device interfaces that are contained in a device information set.
SetupDiGetClassDevs(Pointer<GUID> ClassGuid, Pointer<Utf16> Enumerator, int hwndParent, int Flags) → int setupapi: The SetupDiGetClassDevs function returns a handle to a device information set that contains requested device information elements for a local computer.
SetupDiGetDeviceInstanceId(int DeviceInfoSet, Pointer<SP_DEVINFO_DATA> DeviceInfoData, Pointer<Utf16> DeviceInstanceId, int DeviceInstanceIdSize, Pointer<Uint32> RequiredSize) → int setupapi: The SetupDiGetDeviceInstanceId function retrieves the device instance ID that is associated with a device information element.
SetupDiGetDeviceInterfaceDetail(int DeviceInfoSet, Pointer<SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DATA> DeviceInterfaceData, Pointer<SP_DEVICE_INTERFACE_DETAIL_DATA_> DeviceInterfaceDetailData, int DeviceInterfaceDetailDataSize, Pointer<Uint32> RequiredSize, Pointer<SP_DEVINFO_DATA> DeviceInfoData) → int setupapi: The SetupDiGetDeviceInterfaceDetail function returns details about a device interface.
SetupDiGetDeviceRegistryProperty(int DeviceInfoSet, Pointer<SP_DEVINFO_DATA> DeviceInfoData, int Property, Pointer<Uint32> PropertyRegDataType, Pointer<Uint8> PropertyBuffer, int PropertyBufferSize, Pointer<Uint32> RequiredSize) → int setupapi: The SetupDiGetDeviceRegistryProperty function retrieves a specified Plug and Play device property.
SetupDiOpenDevRegKey(int DeviceInfoSet, Pointer<SP_DEVINFO_DATA> DeviceInfoData, int Scope, int HwProfile, int KeyType, int samDesired) → int setupapi: The SetupDiOpenDevRegKey function opens a registry key for device-specific configuration information.
SetUserObjectInformation(int hObj, int nIndex, Pointer<NativeType> pvInfo, int nLength) → int user32: Sets information about the specified window station or desktop object.
SetViewportExtEx(int hdc, int x, int y, Pointer<SIZE> lpsz) → int gdi32: The SetViewportExtEx function sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the viewport for a device context by using the specified values.
SetViewportOrgEx(int hdc, int x, int y, Pointer<POINT> lppt) → int gdi32: The SetViewportOrgEx function specifies which device point maps to the window origin (0,0).
SetVolumeLabel(Pointer<Utf16> lpRootPathName, Pointer<Utf16> lpVolumeName) → int kernel32: Sets the label of a file system volume.
SetWindowCompositionAttribute(int hwnd, Pointer<WINDOWCOMPOSITIONATTRIBDATA> pwcad) → int user32: Sets the current value of a specified Desktop Window Manager (DWM) attribute applied to a window.
SetWindowDisplayAffinity(int hWnd, int dwAffinity) → int user32: Specifies where the content of the window can be displayed.
SetWindowExtEx(int hdc, int x, int y, Pointer<SIZE> lpsz) → int gdi32: The SetWindowExtEx function sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the window for a device context by using the specified values.
SetWindowLongPtr(int hWnd, int nIndex, int dwNewLong) → int user32: Changes an attribute of the specified window. The function also sets a value at the specified offset in the extra window memory.
SetWindowPlacement(int hWnd, Pointer<WINDOWPLACEMENT> lpwndpl) → int user32: Sets the show state and the restored, minimized, and maximized positions of the specified window.
SetWindowPos(int hWnd, int hWndInsertAfter, int X, int Y, int cx, int cy, int uFlags) → int user32: Changes the size, position, and Z order of a child, pop-up, or top-level window. These windows are ordered according to their appearance on the screen. The topmost window receives the highest rank and is the first window in the Z order.
SetWindowRgn(int hWnd, int hRgn, int bRedraw) → int user32: The SetWindowRgn function sets the window region of a window. The window region determines the area within the window where the system permits drawing. The system does not display any portion of a window that lies outside of the window region
SetWindowsHookEx(int idHook, Pointer<NativeFunction<HOOKPROC>> lpfn, int hmod, int dwThreadId) → int user32: Installs an application-defined hook procedure into a hook chain. You would install a hook procedure to monitor the system for certain types of events. These events are associated either with a specific thread or with all threads in the same desktop as the calling thread.
SetWindowSubclass(int hWnd, Pointer<NativeFunction<SUBCLASSPROC>> pfnSubclass, int uIdSubclass, int dwRefData) → int comctl32: Installs or updates a window subclass callback.
SetWindowText(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpString) → int user32: Changes the text of the specified window's title bar (if it has one). If the specified window is a control, the text of the control is changed. However, SetWindowText cannot change the text of a control in another application.
SetWindowTheme(int hwnd, Pointer<Utf16> pszSubAppName, Pointer<Utf16> pszSubIdList) → int uxtheme: Causes a window to use a different set of visual style information than its class normally uses.
SetWindowThemeAttribute(int hwnd, int eAttribute, Pointer<NativeType> pvAttribute, int cbAttribute) → int uxtheme: Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window.
SetWindowThemeNonClientAttributes(int hwnd, int dwMask, int dwAttributes) → int uxtheme: Sets attributes to control how visual styles are applied to a specified window.
SHCreateItemFromParsingName(Pointer<Utf16> pszPath, Pointer<COMObject> pbc, Pointer<GUID> riid, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppv) → int shell32: Creates and initializes a Shell item object from a parsing name.
SHCreateMemStream(Pointer<Uint8> pInit, int cbInit) → Pointer<COMObject> shell32: Creates a memory stream using a similar process to CreateStreamOnHGlobal.
Shell_NotifyIcon(int dwMessage, Pointer<NOTIFYICONDATA> lpData) → int shell32: Sends a message to the taskbar's status area.
ShellAbout(int hWnd, Pointer<Utf16> szApp, Pointer<Utf16> szOtherStuff, int hIcon) → int shell32: Displays a ShellAbout dialog box.
ShellExecute(int hwnd, Pointer<Utf16> lpOperation, Pointer<Utf16> lpFile, Pointer<Utf16> lpParameters, Pointer<Utf16> lpDirectory, int nShowCmd) → int shell32: Performs an operation on a specified file.
ShellExecuteEx(Pointer<SHELLEXECUTEINFO> pExecInfo) → int shell32: Performs an operation on a specified file.
SHEmptyRecycleBin(int hwnd, Pointer<Utf16> pszRootPath, int dwFlags) → int shell32: Empties the Recycle Bin on the specified drive.
SHFileOperation(Pointer<SHFILEOPSTRUCT> lpFileOp) → int shell32: Copies, moves, renames, or deletes a file system object.
SHFreeNameMappings(int hNameMappings) → void shell32: Frees a file name mapping object that was retrieved by the SHFileOperation function.
SHGetDesktopFolder(Pointer<Pointer<COMObject>> ppshf) → int shell32: Retrieves the IShellFolder interface for the desktop folder, which is the root of the Shell's namespace.
SHGetDiskFreeSpaceEx(Pointer<Utf16> pszDirectoryName, Pointer<Uint64> pulFreeBytesAvailableToCaller, Pointer<Uint64> pulTotalNumberOfBytes, Pointer<Uint64> pulTotalNumberOfFreeBytes) → int shell32: Retrieves disk space information for a disk volume.
SHGetDriveMedia(Pointer<Utf16> pszDrive, Pointer<Uint32> pdwMediaContent) → int shell32: Returns the type of media that is in the given drive.
SHGetFileInfo(Pointer<Utf16> pszPath, int dwFileAttributes, Pointer<SHFILEINFO> psfi, int cbFileInfo, int uFlags) → int shell32: Retrieves information about an object in the file system, such as a file, folder, directory, or drive root.
SHGetFolderPath(int hwnd, int csidl, int hToken, int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> pszPath) → int shell32: Gets the path of a folder identified by a CSIDL value.
SHGetKnownFolderPath(Pointer<GUID> rfid, int dwFlags, int hToken, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> ppszPath) → int shell32: Retrieves the full path of a known folder identified by the folder's KNOWNFOLDERID.
SHGetLocalizedName(Pointer<Utf16> pszPath, Pointer<Utf16> pszResModule, int cch, Pointer<Int32> pidsRes) → int shell32: Retrieves the localized name of a file in a Shell folder.
ShowCaret(int hWnd) → int user32: Makes the caret visible on the screen at the caret's current position. When the caret becomes visible, it begins flashing automatically.
ShowCursor(int bShow) → int user32: Displays or hides the cursor.
ShowOwnedPopups(int hWnd, int fShow) → int user32: Shows or hides all pop-up windows owned by the specified window.
ShowWindow(int hWnd, int nCmdShow) → int user32: Sets the specified window's show state.
ShowWindowAsync(int hWnd, int nCmdShow) → int user32: Sets the show state of a window without waiting for the operation to complete.
SHQueryRecycleBin(Pointer<Utf16> pszRootPath, Pointer<SHQUERYRBINFO> pSHQueryRBInfo) → int shell32: Retrieves the size of the Recycle Bin and the number of items in it, for a specified drive.
SizeofResource(int hModule, int hResInfo) → int kernel32: Retrieves the size, in bytes, of the specified resource.
SkipPointerFrameMessages(int pointerId) → int user32: Determines which pointer input frame generated the most recently retrieved message for the specified pointer and discards any queued (unretrieved) pointer input messages generated from the same pointer input frame. If an application has retrieved information for an entire frame using the GetPointerFrameInfo function, the GetPointerFrameInfoHistory function or one of their type-specific variants, it can use this function to avoid retrieving and discarding remaining messages from that frame one by one.
Sleep(int dwMilliseconds) → void kernel32: Suspends the execution of the current thread until the time-out interval elapses.
SleepEx(int dwMilliseconds, int bAlertable) → int kernel32: Suspends the current thread until the specified condition is met. Execution resumes when one of the following occurs: (i) an I/O completion callback function is called; (ii) an asynchronous procedure call (APC) is queued to the thread; (iii) the time-out interval elapses.
SoundSentry() → int user32: Triggers a visual signal to indicate that a sound is playing.
StartDocPrinter(int hPrinter, int Level, Pointer<DOC_INFO_1> pDocInfo) → int winspool: The StartDocPrinter function notifies the print spooler that a document is to be spooled for printing.
StartPagePrinter(int hPrinter) → int winspool: The StartPagePrinter function notifies the spooler that a page is about to be printed on the specified printer.
StartService(int hService, int dwNumServiceArgs, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> lpServiceArgVectors) → int advapi32: Starts a service.
StartServiceCtrlDispatcher(Pointer<SERVICE_TABLE_ENTRY> lpServiceStartTable) → int advapi32: Connects the main thread of a service process to the service control manager, which causes the thread to be the service control dispatcher thread for the calling process.
StretchBlt(int hdcDest, int xDest, int yDest, int wDest, int hDest, int hdcSrc, int xSrc, int ySrc, int wSrc, int hSrc, int rop) → int gdi32: The StretchBlt function copies a bitmap from a source rectangle into a destination rectangle, stretching or compressing the bitmap to fit the dimensions of the destination rectangle, if necessary. The system stretches or compresses the bitmap according to the stretching mode currently set in the destination device context.
StretchDIBits(int hdc, int xDest, int yDest, int DestWidth, int DestHeight, int xSrc, int ySrc, int SrcWidth, int SrcHeight, Pointer<NativeType> lpBits, Pointer<BITMAPINFO> lpbmi, int iUsage, int rop) → int gdi32: The StretchDIBits function copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB, JPEG, or PNG image to the specified destination rectangle. If the destination rectangle is larger than the source rectangle, this function stretches the rows and columns of color data to fit the destination rectangle. If the destination rectangle is smaller than the source rectangle, this function compresses the rows and columns by using the specified raster operation.
StringFromCLSID(Pointer<GUID> rclsid, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> lplpsz) → int ole32: Converts a CLSID into a string of printable characters. Different CLSIDs always convert to different strings.
StringFromGUID2(Pointer<GUID> rguid, Pointer<Utf16> lpsz, int cchMax) → int ole32: Converts a globally unique identifier (GUID) into a string of printable characters.
StringFromIID(Pointer<GUID> rclsid, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> lplpsz) → int ole32: Converts an interface identifier into a string of printable characters.
StrokeAndFillPath(int hdc) → int gdi32: The StrokeAndFillPath function closes any open figures in a path, strokes the outline of the path by using the current pen, and fills its interior by using the current brush.
StrokePath(int hdc) → int gdi32: The StrokePath function renders the specified path by using the current pen.
SubtractRect(Pointer<RECT> lprcDst, Pointer<RECT> lprcSrc1, Pointer<RECT> lprcSrc2) → int user32: The SubtractRect function determines the coordinates of a rectangle formed by subtracting one rectangle from another.
SUCCEEDED(int result) → bool: Provides a generic test for success on any status value.
SwapMouseButton(int fSwap) → int user32: Reverses or restores the meaning of the left and right mouse buttons.
SwitchDesktop(int hDesktop) → int user32: Makes the specified desktop visible and activates it. This enables the desktop to receive input from the user. The calling process must have DESKTOP_SWITCHDESKTOP access to the desktop for the SwitchDesktop function to succeed.
SwitchToThisWindow(int hwnd, int fUnknown) → void user32: Switches focus to the specified window and brings it to the foreground.
SymCleanup(int hProcess) → int dbghelp: Deallocates all resources associated with the process handle.
SymEnumSymbols(int hProcess, int BaseOfDll, Pointer<Utf16> Mask, Pointer<NativeFunction<PSYM_ENUMERATESYMBOLS_CALLBACK>> EnumSymbolsCallback, Pointer<NativeType> UserContext) → int dbghelp: Enumerates all symbols in a process.
SymFromAddr(int hProcess, int Address, Pointer<Uint64> Displacement, Pointer<SYMBOL_INFO> Symbol) → int dbghelp: Retrieves symbol information for the specified address.
SymFromToken(int hProcess, int Base, int Token, Pointer<SYMBOL_INFO> Symbol) → int dbghelp: Retrieves symbol information for the specified managed code token.
SymGetExtendedOption(int option) → int dbghelp: Gets whether the specified extended symbol option on or off.
SymInitialize(int hProcess, Pointer<Utf16> UserSearchPath, int fInvadeProcess) → int dbghelp: Initializes the symbol handler for a process.
SymLoadModuleEx(int hProcess, int hFile, Pointer<Utf16> ImageName, Pointer<Utf16> ModuleName, int BaseOfDll, int DllSize, Pointer<MODLOAD_DATA> Data, int Flags) → int dbghelp: Loads the symbol table for the specified module.
SymSetExtendedOption(int option, int value) → int dbghelp: Turns the specified extended symbol option on or off.
SymSetOptions(int SymOptions) → int dbghelp: Sets the options mask.
SymSetParentWindow(int hwnd) → int dbghelp: Sets the window that the caller will use to display a user interface.
SymSetScopeFromAddr(int hProcess, int Address) → int dbghelp: Sets the local scope to the symbol that matches the specified address.
SymSetScopeFromIndex(int hProcess, int BaseOfDll, int Index) → int dbghelp: Sets the local scope to the symbol that matches the specified index.
SymSetScopeFromInlineContext(int hProcess, int Address, int InlineContext) → int dbghelp: Sets the local scope to the symbol that matches the specified address and inline context.
SymSetSearchPath(int hProcess, Pointer<Utf16> SearchPathA) → int dbghelp: Sets the search path for the specified process.
SymUnloadModule(int hProcess, int BaseOfDll) → int dbghelp: Unloads the symbol table.
SymUnloadModule64(int hProcess, int BaseOfDll) → int dbghelp: Unloads the symbol table.
SysAllocString(Pointer<Utf16> psz) → Pointer<Utf16> oleaut32: Allocates a new string and copies the passed string into it.
SysAllocStringByteLen(Pointer<Utf8> psz, int len) → Pointer<Utf16> oleaut32: Takes an ANSI string as input, and returns a BSTR that contains an ANSI string. Does not perform any ANSI-to-Unicode translation.
SysAllocStringLen(Pointer<Utf16> strIn, int ui) → Pointer<Utf16> oleaut32: Allocates a new string, copies the specified number of characters from the passed string, and appends a null-terminating character.
SysFreeString(Pointer<Utf16> bstrString) → void oleaut32: Deallocates a string allocated previously by SysAllocString, SysAllocStringByteLen, SysReAllocString, SysAllocStringLen, or SysReAllocStringLen.
SysReAllocString(Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> pbstr, Pointer<Utf16> psz) → int oleaut32: Reallocates a previously allocated string to be the size of a second string and copies the second string into the reallocated memory.
SysReAllocStringLen(Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> pbstr, Pointer<Utf16> psz, int len) → int oleaut32: Creates a new BSTR containing a specified number of characters from an old BSTR, and frees the old BSTR.
SysReleaseString(Pointer<Utf16> bstrString) → void oleaut32: Decreases the pinning reference count for the specified string by one. When that count reaches 0, the memory for that string is no longer prevented from being freed.
SysStringByteLen(Pointer<Utf16> bstr) → int oleaut32: Returns the length (in bytes) of a BSTR.
SysStringLen(Pointer<Utf16> pbstr) → int oleaut32: Returns the length of a BSTR.
SystemParametersInfo(int uiAction, int uiParam, Pointer<NativeType> pvParam, int fWinIni) → int user32: Retrieves or sets the value of one of the system-wide parameters. This function can also update the user profile while setting a parameter.
SystemParametersInfoForDpi(int uiAction, int uiParam, Pointer<NativeType> pvParam, int fWinIni, int dpi) → int user32: Retrieves the value of one of the system-wide parameters, taking into account the provided DPI value.
SystemTimeToFileTime(Pointer<SYSTEMTIME> lpSystemTime, Pointer<FILETIME> lpFileTime) → int kernel32: Converts a system time to file time format. System time is based on Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
TabbedTextOut(int hdc, int x, int y, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int chCount, int nTabPositions, Pointer<Int32> lpnTabStopPositions, int nTabOrigin) → int user32: The TabbedTextOut function writes a character string at a specified location, expanding tabs to the values specified in an array of tab-stop positions. Text is written in the currently selected font, background color, and text color.
TaskDialog(int hwndOwner, int hInstance, Pointer<Utf16> pszWindowTitle, Pointer<Utf16> pszMainInstruction, Pointer<Utf16> pszContent, int dwCommonButtons, Pointer<Utf16> pszIcon, Pointer<Int32> pnButton) → int comctl32: The TaskDialog function creates, displays, and operates a task dialog. The task dialog contains application-defined message text and title, icons, and any combination of predefined push buttons. This function does not support the registration of a callback function to receive notifications.
TaskDialogIndirect(Pointer<TASKDIALOGCONFIG> pTaskConfig, Pointer<Int32> pnButton, Pointer<Int32> pnRadioButton, Pointer<Int32> pfVerificationFlagChecked) → int comctl32: The TaskDialogIndirect function creates, displays, and operates a task dialog. The task dialog contains application-defined icons, messages, title, verification check box, command links, push buttons, and radio buttons. This function can register a callback function to receive notification messages.
TerminateJobObject(int hJob, int uExitCode) → int kernel32: Terminates all processes currently associated with the job. If the job is nested, this function terminates all processes currently associated with the job and all of its child jobs in the hierarchy.
TerminateProcess(int hProcess, int uExitCode) → int kernel32: Terminates the specified process and all of its threads.
TerminateThread(int hThread, int dwExitCode) → int kernel32: Terminates a thread.
TEXT(String string) → LPWSTR: Converts a Dart string to a natively-allocated string.
TextOut(int hdc, int x, int y, Pointer<Utf16> lpString, int c) → int gdi32: The TextOut function writes a character string at the specified location, using the currently selected font, background color, and text color.
TileWindows(int hwndParent, int wHow, Pointer<RECT> lpRect, int cKids, Pointer<IntPtr> lpKids) → int user32: Tiles the specified child windows of the specified parent window.
ToAscii(int uVirtKey, int uScanCode, Pointer<Uint8> lpKeyState, Pointer<Uint16> lpChar, int uFlags) → int user32: Translates the specified virtual-key code and keyboard state to the corresponding character or characters. The function translates the code using the input language and physical keyboard layout identified by the keyboard layout handle.
ToAsciiEx(int uVirtKey, int uScanCode, Pointer<Uint8> lpKeyState, Pointer<Uint16> lpChar, int uFlags, int dwhkl) → int user32: Translates the specified virtual-key code and keyboard state to the corresponding character or characters. The function translates the code using the input language and physical keyboard layout identified by the input locale identifier.
ToUnicode(int wVirtKey, int wScanCode, Pointer<Uint8> lpKeyState, Pointer<Utf16> pwszBuff, int cchBuff, int wFlags) → int user32: Translates the specified virtual-key code and keyboard state to the corresponding Unicode character or characters.
ToUnicodeEx(int wVirtKey, int wScanCode, Pointer<Uint8> lpKeyState, Pointer<Utf16> pwszBuff, int cchBuff, int wFlags, int dwhkl) → int user32: Translates the specified virtual-key code and keyboard state to the corresponding Unicode character or characters.
TrackPopupMenu(int hMenu, int uFlags, int x, int y, int nReserved, int hWnd, Pointer<RECT> prcRect) → int user32: Displays a shortcut menu at the specified location and tracks the selection of items on the menu. The shortcut menu can appear anywhere on the screen.
TrackPopupMenuEx(int hMenu, int uFlags, int x, int y, int hwnd, Pointer<TPMPARAMS> lptpm) → int user32: Displays a shortcut menu at the specified location and tracks the selection of items on the shortcut menu. The shortcut menu can appear anywhere on the screen.
TransactNamedPipe(int hNamedPipe, Pointer<NativeType> lpInBuffer, int nInBufferSize, Pointer<NativeType> lpOutBuffer, int nOutBufferSize, Pointer<Uint32> lpBytesRead, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Combines the functions that write a message to and read a message from the specified named pipe into a single network operation.
TranslateAccelerator(int hWnd, int hAccTable, Pointer<MSG> lpMsg) → int user32: Processes accelerator keys for menu commands. The function translates a WM_KEYDOWN or WM_SYSKEYDOWN message to a WM_COMMAND or WM_SYSCOMMAND message (if there is an entry for the key in the specified accelerator table) and then sends the WM_COMMAND or WM_SYSCOMMAND message directly to the specified window procedure. TranslateAccelerator does not return until the window procedure has processed the message.
TranslateMDISysAccel(int hWndClient, Pointer<MSG> lpMsg) → int user32: Processes accelerator keystrokes for window menu commands of the multiple-document interface (MDI) child windows associated with the specified MDI client window. The function translates WM_KEYUP and WM_KEYDOWN messages to WM_SYSCOMMAND messages and sends them to the appropriate MDI child windows.
TranslateMessage(Pointer<MSG> lpMsg) → int user32: Translates virtual-key messages into character messages. The character messages are posted to the calling thread's message queue, to be read the next time the thread calls the GetMessage or PeekMessage function.
TransmitCommChar(int hFile, int cChar) → int kernel32: Transmits a specified character ahead of any pending data in the output buffer of the specified communications device.
UnDecorateSymbolName(Pointer<Utf16> name, Pointer<Utf16> outputString, int maxStringLength, int flags) → int dbghelp: Undecorates the specified decorated C++ symbol name.
UnhookWindowsHookEx(int hhk) → int user32: Removes a hook procedure installed in a hook chain by the SetWindowsHookEx function.
UnionRect(Pointer<RECT> lprcDst, Pointer<RECT> lprcSrc1, Pointer<RECT> lprcSrc2) → int user32: The UnionRect function creates the union of two rectangles. The union is the smallest rectangle that contains both source rectangles.
UnloadKeyboardLayout(int hkl) → int user32: Unloads an input locale identifier (formerly called a keyboard layout).
UnlockFile(int hFile, int dwFileOffsetLow, int dwFileOffsetHigh, int nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, int nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh) → int kernel32: Unlocks a region in an open file. Unlocking a region enables other processes to access the region.
UnlockFileEx(int hFile, int dwReserved, int nNumberOfBytesToUnlockLow, int nNumberOfBytesToUnlockHigh, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Unlocks a region in the specified file. This function can operate either synchronously or asynchronously.
UnregisterClass(Pointer<Utf16> lpClassName, int hInstance) → int user32: Unregisters a window class, freeing the memory required for the class.
UnregisterDeviceNotification(Pointer<NativeType> Handle) → int user32: Closes the specified device notification handle.
UnregisterHotKey(int hWnd, int id) → int user32: Frees a hot key previously registered by the calling thread.
UnregisterPowerSettingNotification(int Handle) → int user32: Unregisters the power setting notification.
UnregisterTouchWindow(int hwnd) → int user32: Registers a window as no longer being touch-capable.
UpdateLayeredWindowIndirect(int hWnd, Pointer<UPDATELAYEREDWINDOWINFO> pULWInfo) → int user32: Updates the position, size, shape, content, and translucency of a layered window.
UpdateProcThreadAttribute(Pointer<NativeType> lpAttributeList, int dwFlags, int Attribute, Pointer<NativeType> lpValue, int cbSize, Pointer<NativeType> lpPreviousValue, Pointer<IntPtr> lpReturnSize) → int kernel32: Updates the specified attribute in a list of attributes for process and thread creation.
UpdateResource(int hUpdate, Pointer<Utf16> lpType, Pointer<Utf16> lpName, int wLanguage, Pointer<NativeType> lpData, int cb) → int kernel32: Adds, deletes, or replaces a resource in a portable executable (PE) file.
UpdateWindow(int hWnd) → int user32: The UpdateWindow function updates the client area of the specified window by sending a WM_PAINT message to the window if the window's update region is not empty. The function sends a WM_PAINT message directly to the window procedure of the specified window, bypassing the application queue. If the update region is empty, no message is sent.
UserHandleGrantAccess(int hUserHandle, int hJob, int bGrant) → int user32: Grants or denies access to a handle to a User object to a job that has a user-interface restriction. When access is granted, all processes associated with the job can subsequently recognize and use the handle. When access is denied, the processes can no longer use the handle.
ValidateRect(int hWnd, Pointer<RECT> lpRect) → int user32: The ValidateRect function validates the client area within a rectangle by removing the rectangle from the update region of the specified window.
ValidateRgn(int hWnd, int hRgn) → int user32: The ValidateRgn function validates the client area within a region by removing the region from the current update region of the specified window.
VarBstrCat(Pointer<Utf16> bstrLeft, Pointer<Utf16> bstrRight, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> pbstrResult) → int oleaut32: Converts a variant from one type to another.
VarBstrCmp(Pointer<Utf16> bstrLeft, Pointer<Utf16> bstrRight, int lcid, int dwFlags) → int oleaut32: Compares two variants of type BSTR.
VariantChangeType(Pointer<VARIANT> pvargDest, Pointer<VARIANT> pvarSrc, int wFlags, int vt) → int oleaut32: Converts a variant from one type to another.
VariantClear(Pointer<VARIANT> pvarg) → int oleaut32: Clears a variant.
VariantCopy(Pointer<VARIANT> pvargDest, Pointer<VARIANT> pvargSrc) → int oleaut32: Frees the destination variant and makes a copy of the source variant.
VariantInit(Pointer<VARIANT> pvarg) → void oleaut32: Initializes a variant.
VariantTimeToDosDateTime(double vtime, Pointer<Uint16> pwDosDate, Pointer<Uint16> pwDosTime) → int oleaut32: Converts the variant representation of a date and time to MS-DOS date and time values.
VariantTimeToSystemTime(double vtime, Pointer<SYSTEMTIME> lpSystemTime) → int oleaut32: Converts the variant representation of time to system time values.
VerFindFile(int uFlags, Pointer<Utf16> szFileName, Pointer<Utf16> szWinDir, Pointer<Utf16> szAppDir, Pointer<Utf16> szCurDir, Pointer<Uint32> puCurDirLen, Pointer<Utf16> szDestDir, Pointer<Uint32> puDestDirLen) → int version: Determines where to install a file based on whether it locates another version of the file in the system. The values VerFindFile returns in the specified buffers are used in a subsequent call to the VerInstallFile function.
VerifyVersionInfo(Pointer<OSVERSIONINFOEX> lpVersionInformation, int dwTypeMask, int dwlConditionMask) → int kernel32: Compares a set of operating system version requirements to the corresponding values for the currently running version of the system. This function is subject to manifest-based behavior.
VerInstallFile(int uFlags, Pointer<Utf16> szSrcFileName, Pointer<Utf16> szDestFileName, Pointer<Utf16> szSrcDir, Pointer<Utf16> szDestDir, Pointer<Utf16> szCurDir, Pointer<Utf16> szTmpFile, Pointer<Uint32> puTmpFileLen) → int version: Installs the specified file based on information returned from the VerFindFile function. VerInstallFile decompresses the file, if necessary, assigns a unique filename, and checks for errors, such as outdated files.
VerLanguageName(int wLang, Pointer<Utf16> szLang, int cchLang) → int kernel32: Retrieves a description string for the language associated with a specified binary Microsoft language identifier.
VerQueryValue(Pointer<NativeType> pBlock, Pointer<Utf16> lpSubBlock, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> lplpBuffer, Pointer<Uint32> puLen) → int version: Retrieves specified version information from the specified version-information resource. To retrieve the appropriate resource, before you call VerQueryValue, you must first call the GetFileVersionInfoSize function, and then the GetFileVersionInfo function.
VerSetConditionMask(int ConditionMask, int TypeMask, int Condition) → int kernel32: Sets the bits of a 64-bit value to indicate the comparison operator to use for a specified operating system version attribute. This function is used to build the dwlConditionMask parameter of the VerifyVersionInfo function.
VirtualAlloc(Pointer<NativeType> lpAddress, int dwSize, int flAllocationType, int flProtect) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Reserves, commits, or changes the state of a region of pages in the virtual address space of the calling process. Memory allocated by this function is automatically initialized to zero.
VirtualAllocEx(int hProcess, Pointer<NativeType> lpAddress, int dwSize, int flAllocationType, int flProtect) → Pointer<NativeType> kernel32: Reserves, commits, or changes the state of a region of memory within the virtual address space of a specified process. The function initializes the memory it allocates to zero.
VirtualFree(Pointer<NativeType> lpAddress, int dwSize, int dwFreeType) → int kernel32: Releases, decommits, or releases and decommits a region of pages within the virtual address space of the calling process.
VirtualFreeEx(int hProcess, Pointer<NativeType> lpAddress, int dwSize, int dwFreeType) → int kernel32: Releases, decommits, or releases and decommits a region of memory within the virtual address space of a specified process.
VirtualLock(Pointer<NativeType> lpAddress, int dwSize) → int kernel32: Locks the specified region of the process's virtual address space into physical memory, ensuring that subsequent access to the region will not incur a page fault.
VirtualQuery(Pointer<NativeType> lpAddress, Pointer<MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION> lpBuffer, int dwLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about a range of pages in the virtual address space of the calling process.
VirtualQueryEx(int hProcess, Pointer<NativeType> lpAddress, Pointer<MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION> lpBuffer, int dwLength) → int kernel32: Retrieves information about a range of pages within the virtual address space of a specified process.
VirtualUnlock(Pointer<NativeType> lpAddress, int dwSize) → int kernel32: Unlocks a specified range of pages in the virtual address space of a process, enabling the system to swap the pages out to the paging file if necessary.
VkKeyScan(int ch) → int user32: Translates a character to the corresponding virtual-key code and shift state for the current keyboard.
VkKeyScanEx(int ch, int dwhkl) → int user32: Translates a character to the corresponding virtual-key code and shift state. The function translates the character using the input language and physical keyboard layout identified by the input locale identifier.
WaitCommEvent(int hFile, Pointer<Uint32> lpEvtMask, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Waits for an event to occur for a specified communications device. The set of events that are monitored by this function is contained in the event mask associated with the device handle.
WaitForInputIdle(int hProcess, int dwMilliseconds) → int user32: Waits until the specified process has finished processing its initial input and is waiting for user input with no input pending, or until the time-out interval has elapsed.
WaitForSingleObject(int hHandle, int dwMilliseconds) → int kernel32: Waits until the specified object is in the signaled state or the time-out interval elapses.
WaitMessage() → int user32: Yields control to other threads when a thread has no other messages in its message queue. The WaitMessage function suspends the thread and does not return until a new message is placed in the thread's message queue.
waveInAddBuffer(int hwi, Pointer<WAVEHDR> pwh, int cbwh) → int winmm: The waveInAddBuffer function sends an input buffer to the given waveform-audio input device. When the buffer is filled, the application is notified.
waveInClose(int hwi) → int winmm: The waveInClose function closes the given waveform-audio input device.
waveInGetDevCaps(int uDeviceID, Pointer<WAVEINCAPS> pwic, int cbwic) → int winmm: The waveInGetDevCaps function retrieves the capabilities of a given waveform-audio input device.
waveInGetErrorText(int mmrError, Pointer<Utf16> pszText, int cchText) → int winmm: The waveInGetErrorText function retrieves a textual description of the error identified by the given error number.
waveInGetID(int hwi, Pointer<Uint32> puDeviceID) → int winmm: The waveInGetID function gets the device identifier for the given waveform-audio input device.
waveInGetNumDevs() → int winmm: The waveInGetNumDevs function returns the number of waveform-audio input devices present in the system.
waveInGetPosition(int hwi, Pointer<MMTIME> pmmt, int cbmmt) → int winmm: The waveInGetPosition function retrieves the current input position of the given waveform-audio input device.
waveInMessage(int hwi, int uMsg, int dw1, int dw2) → int winmm: The waveInMessage function sends messages to the waveform-audio input device drivers.
waveInOpen(Pointer<IntPtr> phwi, int uDeviceID, Pointer<WAVEFORMATEX> pwfx, int dwCallback, int dwInstance, int fdwOpen) → int winmm: The waveInOpen function opens the given waveform-audio input device for recording.
waveInPrepareHeader(int hwi, Pointer<WAVEHDR> pwh, int cbwh) → int winmm: The waveInPrepareHeader function prepares a buffer for waveform-audio input.
waveInReset(int hwi) → int winmm: The waveInReset function stops input on the given waveform-audio input device and resets the current position to zero.
waveInStart(int hwi) → int winmm: The waveInStart function starts input on the given waveform-audio input device.
waveInStop(int hwi) → int winmm: The waveInStop function stops waveform-audio input.
waveInUnprepareHeader(int hwi, Pointer<WAVEHDR> pwh, int cbwh) → int winmm: The waveInUnprepareHeader function cleans up the preparation performed by the waveInPrepareHeader function. This function must be called after the device driver fills a buffer and returns it to the application. You must call this function before freeing the buffer.
waveOutClose(int hwo) → int winmm: The waveOutClose function closes the given waveform-audio output device.
waveOutGetDevCaps(int uDeviceID, Pointer<WAVEOUTCAPS> pwoc, int cbwoc) → int winmm: The waveOutGetDevCaps function retrieves the capabilities of a given waveform-audio output device.
waveOutGetErrorText(int mmrError, Pointer<Utf16> pszText, int cchText) → int winmm: The waveOutGetErrorText function retrieves a textual description of the error identified by the given error number.
waveOutGetID(int hwo, Pointer<Uint32> puDeviceID) → int winmm: The waveOutGetID function retrieves the device identifier for the given waveform-audio output device.
waveOutGetNumDevs() → int winmm: The waveOutGetNumDevs function retrieves the number of waveform-audio output devices present in the system.
waveOutGetPitch(int hwo, Pointer<Uint32> pdwPitch) → int winmm: The waveOutGetPitch function retrieves the current pitch setting for the specified waveform-audio output device.
waveOutGetPlaybackRate(int hwo, Pointer<Uint32> pdwRate) → int winmm: The waveOutGetPlaybackRate function retrieves the current playback rate for the specified waveform-audio output device.
waveOutGetPosition(int hwo, Pointer<MMTIME> pmmt, int cbmmt) → int winmm: The waveOutGetPosition function retrieves the current playback position of the given waveform-audio output device.
waveOutGetVolume(int hwo, Pointer<Uint32> pdwVolume) → int winmm: The waveOutGetVolume function retrieves the current volume level of the specified waveform-audio output device.
waveOutMessage(int hwo, int uMsg, int dw1, int dw2) → int winmm: The waveOutMessage function sends messages to the waveform-audio output device drivers.
waveOutOpen(Pointer<IntPtr> phwo, int uDeviceID, Pointer<WAVEFORMATEX> pwfx, int dwCallback, int dwInstance, int fdwOpen) → int winmm: The waveOutOpen function opens the given waveform-audio output device for playback.
waveOutPause(int hwo) → int winmm: The waveOutPause function pauses playback on the given waveform-audio output device. The current position is saved. Use the waveOutRestart function to resume playback from the current position.
waveOutPrepareHeader(int hwo, Pointer<WAVEHDR> pwh, int cbwh) → int winmm: The waveOutPrepareHeader function prepares a waveform-audio data block for playback.
waveOutReset(int hwo) → int winmm: The waveOutReset function stops playback on the given waveform-audio output device and resets the current position to zero. All pending playback buffers are marked as done (WHDR_DONE) and returned to the application.
waveOutRestart(int hwo) → int winmm: The waveOutRestart function resumes playback on a paused waveform-audio output device.
waveOutSetPitch(int hwo, int dwPitch) → int winmm: The waveOutSetPitch function sets the pitch for the specified waveform-audio output device.
waveOutSetPlaybackRate(int hwo, int dwRate) → int winmm: The waveOutSetPlaybackRate function sets the playback rate for the specified waveform-audio output device.
waveOutSetVolume(int hwo, int dwVolume) → int winmm: The waveOutSetVolume function sets the volume level of the specified waveform-audio output device.
waveOutUnprepareHeader(int hwo, Pointer<WAVEHDR> pwh, int cbwh) → int winmm: The waveOutUnprepareHeader function cleans up the preparation performed by the waveOutPrepareHeader function. This function must be called after the device driver is finished with a data block. You must call this function before freeing the buffer.
waveOutWrite(int hwo, Pointer<WAVEHDR> pwh, int cbwh) → int winmm: The waveOutWrite function sends a data block to the given waveform-audio output device.
WideCharToMultiByte(int CodePage, int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> lpWideCharStr, int cchWideChar, Pointer<Utf8> lpMultiByteStr, int cbMultiByte, Pointer<Utf8> lpDefaultChar, Pointer<Int32> lpUsedDefaultChar) → int kernel32: Maps a UTF-16 (wide character) string to a new character string. The new character string is not necessarily from a multibyte character set.
WidenPath(int hdc) → int gdi32: The WidenPath function redefines the current path as the area that would be painted if the path were stroked using the pen currently selected into the given device context.
WindowFromDC(int hDC) → int user32: The WindowFromDC function returns a handle to the window associated with the specified display device context (DC). Output functions that use the specified device context draw into this window.
WindowFromPhysicalPoint(POINT Point) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the window that contains the specified physical point.
WindowFromPoint(POINT Point) → int user32: Retrieves a handle to the window that contains the specified point.
WindowsCompareStringOrdinal(int string1, int string2, Pointer<Int32> result) → int winrt: Compares two specified HSTRING objects and returns an integer that indicates their relative position in a sort order.
WindowsConcatString(int string1, int string2, Pointer<IntPtr> newString) → int winrt: Concatenates two specified strings.
WindowsCreateString(Pointer<Utf16> sourceString, int length, Pointer<IntPtr> string) → int winrt: Creates a new HSTRING based on the specified source string.
WindowsDeleteString(int string) → int winrt: Decrements the reference count of a string buffer.
WindowsDeleteStringBuffer(int bufferHandle) → int winrt: Discards a preallocated string buffer if it was not promoted to an HSTRING.
WindowsDuplicateString(int string, Pointer<IntPtr> newString) → int winrt: Creates a copy of the specified string.
WindowsGetStringLen(int string) → int winrt: Gets the length, in Unicode characters, of the specified string.
WindowsGetStringRawBuffer(int string, Pointer<Uint32> length) → Pointer<Utf16> winrt: Retrieves the backing buffer for the specified string.
WindowsIsStringEmpty(int string) → int winrt: Indicates whether the specified string is the empty string.
WindowsPreallocateStringBuffer(int length, Pointer<Pointer<Uint16>> charBuffer, Pointer<IntPtr> bufferHandle) → int winrt: Allocates a mutable character buffer for use in HSTRING creation.
WindowsPromoteStringBuffer(int bufferHandle, Pointer<IntPtr> string) → int winrt: Creates an HSTRING from the specified HSTRING_BUFFER.
WindowsReplaceString(int string, int stringReplaced, int stringReplaceWith, Pointer<IntPtr> newString) → int winrt: Replaces all occurrences of a set of characters in the specified string with another set of characters to create a new string.
WindowsStringHasEmbeddedNull(int string, Pointer<Int32> hasEmbedNull) → int winrt: Indicates whether the specified string has embedded null characters.
WindowsSubstring(int string, int startIndex, Pointer<IntPtr> newString) → int winrt: Retrieves a substring from the specified string. The substring starts at the specified character position.
WindowsSubstringWithSpecifiedLength(int string, int startIndex, int length, Pointer<IntPtr> newString) → int winrt: Retrieves a substring from the specified string. The substring starts at a specified character position and has a specified length.
WindowsTrimStringEnd(int string, int trimString, Pointer<IntPtr> newString) → int winrt: Removes all trailing occurrences of a specified set of characters from the source string.
WindowsTrimStringStart(int string, int trimString, Pointer<IntPtr> newString) → int winrt: Removes all leading occurrences of a specified set of characters from the source string.
WlanAllocateMemory(int dwMemorySize) → Pointer<NativeType> wlanapi: The WlanAllocateMemory function allocates memory. Any memory passed to other Native Wifi functions must be allocated with this function.
WlanCloseHandle(int hClientHandle, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanCloseHandle function closes a connection to the server.
WlanConnect(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<WLAN_CONNECTION_PARAMETERS> pConnectionParameters, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanConnect function attempts to connect to a specific network.
WlanDeleteProfile(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileName, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanDeleteProfile function deletes a wireless profile for a wireless interface on the local computer.
WlanDeviceServiceCommand(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<GUID> pDeviceServiceGuid, int dwOpCode, int dwInBufferSize, Pointer<NativeType> pInBuffer, int dwOutBufferSize, Pointer<NativeType> pOutBuffer, Pointer<Uint32> pdwBytesReturned) → int wlanapi: Allows an original equipment manufacturer (OEM) or independent hardware vendor (IHV) component to communicate with a device service on a particular wireless LAN interface.
WlanDisconnect(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanDisconnect function disconnects an interface from its current network.
WlanEnumInterfaces(int hClientHandle, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Pointer<WLAN_INTERFACE_INFO_LIST>> ppInterfaceList) → int wlanapi: The WlanEnumInterfaces function enumerates all of the wireless LAN interfaces currently enabled on the local computer.
WlanExtractPsdIEDataList(int hClientHandle, int dwIeDataSize, Pointer<Uint8> pRawIeData, Pointer<Utf16> strFormat, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Pointer<WLAN_RAW_DATA_LIST>> ppPsdIEDataList) → int wlanapi: The WlanExtractPsdIEDataList function extracts the proximity service discovery (PSD) information element (IE) data list from raw IE data included in a beacon.
WlanFreeMemory(Pointer<NativeType> pMemory) → void wlanapi: The WlanFreeMemory function frees memory. Any memory returned from Native Wifi functions must be freed.
WlanGetAvailableNetworkList(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, int dwFlags, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Pointer<WLAN_AVAILABLE_NETWORK_LIST>> ppAvailableNetworkList) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetAvailableNetworkList function retrieves the list of available networks on a wireless LAN interface.
WlanGetFilterList(int hClientHandle, int wlanFilterListType, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Pointer<DOT11_NETWORK_LIST>> ppNetworkList) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetFilterList function retrieves a group policy or user permission list.
WlanGetInterfaceCapability(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Pointer<WLAN_INTERFACE_CAPABILITY>> ppCapability) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetInterfaceCapability function retrieves the capabilities of an interface.
WlanGetNetworkBssList(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<DOT11_SSID> pDot11Ssid, int dot11BssType, int bSecurityEnabled, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Pointer<WLAN_BSS_LIST>> ppWlanBssList) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetNetworkBssList function retrieves a list of the basic service set (BSS) entries of the wireless network or networks on a given wireless LAN interface.
WlanGetProfile(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileName, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> pstrProfileXml, Pointer<Uint32> pdwFlags, Pointer<Uint32> pdwGrantedAccess) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetProfile function retrieves all information about a specified wireless profile.
WlanGetProfileCustomUserData(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileName, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Uint32> pdwDataSize, Pointer<Pointer<Uint8>> ppData) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetProfileCustomUserData function gets the custom user data associated with a wireless profile.
WlanGetProfileList(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Pointer<WLAN_PROFILE_INFO_LIST>> ppProfileList) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetProfileList function retrieves the list of profiles in preference order.
WlanGetSecuritySettings(int hClientHandle, int SecurableObject, Pointer<Int32> pValueType, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> pstrCurrentSDDL, Pointer<Uint32> pdwGrantedAccess) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetSecuritySettings function gets the security settings associated with a configurable object.
WlanGetSupportedDeviceServices(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Pointer<WLAN_DEVICE_SERVICE_GUID_LIST>> ppDevSvcGuidList) → int wlanapi: Retrieves a list of the supported device services on a given wireless LAN interface.
WlanHostedNetworkForceStart(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkForceStart function transitions the wireless Hosted Network to the wlan_hosted_network_active state without associating the request with the application's calling handle.
WlanHostedNetworkForceStop(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkForceStop function transitions the wireless Hosted Network to the wlan_hosted_network_idle without associating the request with the application's calling handle.
WlanHostedNetworkInitSettings(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkInitSettings function configures and persists to storage the network connection settings (SSID and maximum number of peers, for example) on the wireless Hosted Network if these settings are not already configured.
WlanHostedNetworkQueryProperty(int hClientHandle, int OpCode, Pointer<Uint32> pdwDataSize, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppvData, Pointer<Int32> pWlanOpcodeValueType, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkQueryProperty function queries the current static properties of the wireless Hosted Network.
WlanHostedNetworkQuerySecondaryKey(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Uint32> pdwKeyLength, Pointer<Pointer<Uint8>> ppucKeyData, Pointer<Int32> pbIsPassPhrase, Pointer<Int32> pbPersistent, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkQuerySecondaryKey function queries the secondary security key that is configured to be used by the wireless Hosted Network.
WlanHostedNetworkQueryStatus(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Pointer<WLAN_HOSTED_NETWORK_STATUS>> ppWlanHostedNetworkStatus, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkQueryStatus function queries the current status of the wireless Hosted Network.
WlanHostedNetworkRefreshSecuritySettings(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkRefreshSecuritySettings function refreshes the configurable and auto-generated parts of the wireless Hosted Network security settings.
WlanHostedNetworkSetProperty(int hClientHandle, int OpCode, int dwDataSize, Pointer<NativeType> pvData, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkSetProperty function sets static properties of the wireless Hosted Network.
WlanHostedNetworkSetSecondaryKey(int hClientHandle, int dwKeyLength, Pointer<Uint8> pucKeyData, int bIsPassPhrase, int bPersistent, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkSetSecondaryKey function configures the secondary security key that will be used by the wireless Hosted Network.
WlanHostedNetworkStartUsing(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkStartUsing function starts the wireless Hosted Network.
WlanHostedNetworkStopUsing(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Int32> pFailReason, Pointer<NativeType> pvReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanHostedNetworkStopUsing function stops the wireless Hosted Network.
WlanIhvControl(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, int Type, int dwInBufferSize, Pointer<NativeType> pInBuffer, int dwOutBufferSize, Pointer<NativeType> pOutBuffer, Pointer<Uint32> pdwBytesReturned) → int wlanapi: The WlanIhvControl function provides a mechanism for independent hardware vendor (IHV) control of WLAN drivers or services.
WlanOpenHandle(int dwClientVersion, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Uint32> pdwNegotiatedVersion, Pointer<IntPtr> phClientHandle) → int wlanapi: The WlanOpenHandle function opens a connection to the server.
WlanQueryAutoConfigParameter(int hClientHandle, int OpCode, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Uint32> pdwDataSize, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppData, Pointer<Int32> pWlanOpcodeValueType) → int wlanapi: The WlanQueryAutoConfigParameter function queries for the parameters of the auto configuration service.
WlanQueryInterface(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, int OpCode, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Uint32> pdwDataSize, Pointer<Pointer<NativeType>> ppData, Pointer<Int32> pWlanOpcodeValueType) → int wlanapi: The WlanQueryInterface function queries various parameters of a specified interface.
WlanReasonCodeToString(int dwReasonCode, int dwBufferSize, Pointer<Utf16> pStringBuffer, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanReasonCodeToString function retrieves a string that describes a specified reason code.
WlanRegisterDeviceServiceNotification(int hClientHandle, Pointer<WLAN_DEVICE_SERVICE_GUID_LIST> pDevSvcGuidList) → int wlanapi: Allows user mode clients with admin privileges, or User-Mode Driver Framework (UMDF) drivers, to register for unsolicited notifications corresponding to device services that they're interested in.
WlanRegisterNotification(int hClientHandle, int dwNotifSource, int bIgnoreDuplicate, Pointer<NativeFunction<WLAN_NOTIFICATION_CALLBACK>> funcCallback, Pointer<NativeType> pCallbackContext, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Uint32> pdwPrevNotifSource) → int wlanapi: The WlanRegisterNotification function is used to register and unregister notifications on all wireless interfaces.
WlanRegisterVirtualStationNotification(int hClientHandle, int bRegister, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanRegisterVirtualStationNotification function is used to register and unregister notifications on a virtual station.
WlanRenameProfile(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strOldProfileName, Pointer<Utf16> strNewProfileName, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanRenameProfile function renames the specified profile.
WlanSaveTemporaryProfile(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileName, Pointer<Utf16> strAllUserProfileSecurity, int dwFlags, int bOverWrite, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSaveTemporaryProfile function saves a temporary profile to the profile store.
WlanScan(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<DOT11_SSID> pDot11Ssid, Pointer<WLAN_RAW_DATA> pIeData, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanScan function requests a scan for available networks on the indicated interface.
WlanSetAutoConfigParameter(int hClientHandle, int OpCode, int dwDataSize, Pointer<NativeType> pData, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetAutoConfigParameter function sets parameters for the automatic configuration service.
WlanSetFilterList(int hClientHandle, int wlanFilterListType, Pointer<DOT11_NETWORK_LIST> pNetworkList, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetFilterList function sets the permit/deny list.
WlanSetInterface(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, int OpCode, int dwDataSize, Pointer<NativeType> pData, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetInterface function sets user-configurable parameters for a specified interface.
WlanSetProfile(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileXml, Pointer<Utf16> strAllUserProfileSecurity, int bOverwrite, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved, Pointer<Uint32> pdwReasonCode) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetProfile function sets the content of a specific profile.
WlanSetProfileCustomUserData(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileName, int dwDataSize, Pointer<Uint8> pData, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetProfileCustomUserData function sets the custom user data associated with a profile.
WlanSetProfileEapUserData(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileName, EAP_METHOD_TYPE eapType, int dwFlags, int dwEapUserDataSize, Pointer<Uint8> pbEapUserData, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetProfileEapUserData function sets the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) user credentials as specified by raw EAP data. The user credentials apply to a profile on an interface.
WlanSetProfileEapXmlUserData(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileName, int dwFlags, Pointer<Utf16> strEapXmlUserData, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetProfileEapXmlUserData function sets the Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) user credentials as specified by an XML string. The user credentials apply to a profile on an adapter. These credentials can be used only by the caller.
WlanSetProfileList(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, int dwItems, Pointer<Pointer<Utf16>> strProfileNames, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetProfileList function sets the preference order of profiles for a given interface.
WlanSetProfilePosition(int hClientHandle, Pointer<GUID> pInterfaceGuid, Pointer<Utf16> strProfileName, int dwPosition, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetProfilePosition function sets the position of a single, specified profile in the preference list.
WlanSetPsdIEDataList(int hClientHandle, Pointer<Utf16> strFormat, Pointer<WLAN_RAW_DATA_LIST> pPsdIEDataList, Pointer<NativeType> pReserved) → int wlanapi: The WlanSetPsdIeDataList function sets the proximity service discovery (PSD) information element (IE) data list.
WlanSetSecuritySettings(int hClientHandle, int SecurableObject, Pointer<Utf16> strModifiedSDDL) → int wlanapi: The WlanGetProfileList function sets the security settings for a configurable object.
Wow64SuspendThread(int hThread) → int kernel32: Suspends the specified WOW64 thread.
WriteConsole(int hConsoleOutput, Pointer<NativeType> lpBuffer, int nNumberOfCharsToWrite, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfCharsWritten, Pointer<NativeType> lpReserved) → int kernel32: Writes a character string to a console screen buffer beginning at the current cursor location.
WriteFile(int hFile, Pointer<Uint8> lpBuffer, int nNumberOfBytesToWrite, Pointer<Uint32> lpNumberOfBytesWritten, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Writes data to the specified file or input/output (I/O) device.
WriteFileEx(int hFile, Pointer<Uint8> lpBuffer, int nNumberOfBytesToWrite, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped, Pointer<NativeFunction<LPOVERLAPPED_COMPLETION_ROUTINE>> lpCompletionRoutine) → int kernel32: Writes data to the specified file or input/output (I/O) device. It reports its completion status asynchronously, calling the specified completion routine when writing is completed or canceled and the calling thread is in an alertable wait state.
WriteFileGather(int hFile, Pointer<FILE_SEGMENT_ELEMENT> aSegmentArray, int nNumberOfBytesToWrite, Pointer<Uint32> lpReserved, Pointer<OVERLAPPED> lpOverlapped) → int kernel32: Retrieves data from an array of buffers and writes the data to a file. The function starts writing data to the file at a position that is specified by an OVERLAPPED structure. The WriteFileGather function operates asynchronously.
WritePrinter(int hPrinter, Pointer<NativeType> pBuf, int cbBuf, Pointer<Uint32> pcWritten) → int winspool: The WritePrinter function notifies the print spooler that data should be written to the specified printer.
WriteProcessMemory(int hProcess, Pointer<NativeType> lpBaseAddress, Pointer<NativeType> lpBuffer, int nSize, Pointer<IntPtr> lpNumberOfBytesWritten) → int kernel32: Writes data to an area of memory in a specified process. The entire area to be written to must be accessible or the operation fails.
wsalloc(int wChars) → LPWSTR: Allocates memory for a Unicode string and returns a pointer.
WslConfigureDistribution(Pointer<Utf16> distributionName, int defaultUID, int wslDistributionFlags) → int wslapi: Modifies the behavior of a distribution registered with the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL).
WslGetDistributionConfiguration(Pointer<Utf16> distributionName, Pointer<Uint32> distributionVersion, Pointer<Uint32> defaultUID, Pointer<Int32> wslDistributionFlags, Pointer<Pointer<Pointer<Utf8>>> defaultEnvironmentVariables, Pointer<Uint32> defaultEnvironmentVariableCount) → int wslapi: Retrieves the current configuration of a distribution registered with the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL).
WslIsDistributionRegistered(Pointer<Utf16> distributionName) → int wslapi: Determines if a distribution is registered with the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL).
WslLaunch(Pointer<Utf16> distributionName, Pointer<Utf16> command, int useCurrentWorkingDirectory, int stdIn, int stdOut, int stdErr, Pointer<IntPtr> process) → int wslapi: Launches a Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) process in the context of a particular distribution.
WslLaunchInteractive(Pointer<Utf16> distributionName, Pointer<Utf16> command, int useCurrentWorkingDirectory, Pointer<Uint32> exitCode) → int wslapi: Launches an interactive Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) process in the context of a particular distribution.This differs from WslLaunch in that the end user will be able to interact with the newly-created process.
WslRegisterDistribution(Pointer<Utf16> distributionName, Pointer<Utf16> tarGzFilename) → int wslapi: Registers a new distribution with the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL).
WslUnregisterDistribution(Pointer<Utf16> distributionName) → int wslapi: Unregisters a distribution from the Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL).
WTSRegisterSessionNotification(int hWnd, int dwFlags) → int wtsapi32: Registers the specified window to receive session change notifications.
WTSUnRegisterSessionNotification(int hWnd) → int wtsapi32: Unregisters the specified window so that it receives no further session change notifications.
XInputEnable(int enable) → void xinput: Sets the reporting state of XInput.
XInputGetAudioDeviceIds(int dwUserIndex, Pointer<Utf16> pRenderDeviceId, Pointer<Uint32> pRenderCount, Pointer<Utf16> pCaptureDeviceId, Pointer<Uint32> pCaptureCount) → int xinput: Retrieves the sound rendering and sound capture audio device IDs that are associated with the headset connected to the specified controller.
XInputGetBatteryInformation(int dwUserIndex, int devType, Pointer<XINPUT_BATTERY_INFORMATION> pBatteryInformation) → int xinput: Retrieves the battery type and charge status of a wireless controller.
XInputGetCapabilities(int dwUserIndex, int dwFlags, Pointer<XINPUT_CAPABILITIES> pCapabilities) → int xinput: Retrieves the capabilities and features of a connected controller.
XInputGetKeystroke(int dwUserIndex, int dwReserved, Pointer<XINPUT_KEYSTROKE> pKeystroke) → int xinput: Retrieves a gamepad input event.
XInputGetState(int dwUserIndex, Pointer<XINPUT_STATE> pState) → int xinput: Retrieves the current state of the specified controller.
XInputSetState(int dwUserIndex, Pointer<XINPUT_VIBRATION> pVibration) → int xinput: Sends data to a connected controller. This function is used to activate the vibration function of a controller.
ZeroMemory(Pointer<NativeType> destination, int length) → void kernel32: Fills a block of memory with zeros.

Typedefs

ATOM = WORD
BOOL = Uint32
BOOLEAN = BYTE
BYTE = Uint8
CallWndProc = HOOKPROC
CCHookProc = LPCCHOOKPROC
CFHookProc = LPCFHOOKPROC
CHAR = Uint8
COLORREF = DWORD
DlgProc = DLGPROC
DLGPROC = INT_PTR Function(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM): Application-defined callback function used with the CreateDialog and DialogBox families of functions. It processes messages sent to a modal or modeless dialog box.
DOUBLE = Double
DRAWSTATEPROC = Int32 Function(IntPtr hdc, IntPtr lData, IntPtr wData, Int32 cx, Int32 cy): Application-defined callback function that renders a complex image for the DrawState function.
DrawStateProc = DRAWSTATEPROC
DrawTextCallback = DTT_CALLBACK_PROC
DTT_CALLBACK_PROC = Int32 Function(HDC hdc, LPWSTR pszText, Int32 cchText, Pointer<RECT> prc, UINT dwFlags, LPARAM lparam): Application-defined callback function used with the DrawThemeTextEx function. This function is used instead of DrawText.
DWORD = Uint32
DWORD32 = Uint32
DWORD64 = Uint64
DWORD_PTR = ULONG_PTR
DWORDLONG = Uint64
EnumFontFamExProc = FONTENUMPROC
EnumPageFilesProc = PENUM_PAGE_FILE_CALLBACK
EnumResNameProc = ENUMRESNAMEPROC
ENUMRESNAMEPROC = BOOL Function(HMODULE hModule, Pointer<Utf16> lpType, Pointer<Utf16> lpName, LONG_PTR lParam): Application-defined callback function used with the EnumResourceNames and EnumResourceNamesEx functions. It receives the type and name of a resource.
EnumResTypeProc = ENUMRESTYPEPROC
ENUMRESTYPEPROC = BOOL Function(HMODULE hModule, Pointer<Utf16> lpszType, LONG_PTR lParam): Application-defined callback function used with the EnumResourceTypes and EnumResourceTypesEx functions. It receives resource types.
EnumWindowsProc = WNDENUMPROC
ExcepInfoProc = IntPtr Function(Pointer<EXCEPINFO>)
FLOAT = Float
FONTENUMPROC = Int32 Function(Pointer<LOGFONT> lpelfe, Pointer<TEXTMETRIC> lpntme, DWORD FontType, LPARAM lParam): Application defined callback function used with the EnumFontFamiliesEx function. It is used to process the fonts.
FRHookProc = LPFRHOOKPROC
GRAYSTRINGPROC = Int32 Function(IntPtr Arg1, IntPtr Arg2, Int32 Arg3): Application-defined callback function used with the GrayString function. It is used to draw a string.
HANDLE = IntPtr
HandlerRoutine = PHANDLER_ROUTINE
HCALL = DWORD
HDC = IntPtr
HINSTANCE = IntPtr
HKEY = IntPtr
HMIDIIN = IntPtr
HMODULE = IntPtr
HMONITOR = IntPtr
HOOKPROC = LRESULT Function(Int32 nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam): An application-defined or library-defined callback function used with the SetWindowsHookEx function. The system calls this function before calling the window procedure to process a message sent to the thread.
HRESULT = LONG
HRGN = IntPtr
HSTRING = IntPtr
HWND = IntPtr
INT = Int32
INT16 = Int16
INT32 = Int32
INT64 = Int64
INT8 = Int8
INT_PTR = IntPtr
LANGID = WORD
LCID = DWORD
LCTYPE = DWORD
LGRPID = DWORD
LONG = Int32
LONG32 = Int32
LONG64 = Int64
LONG_PTR = IntPtr
LONGLONG = Int64
LPARAM = LONG_PTR
LPBYTE = Pointer<BYTE>
LPCCHOOKPROC = UINT_PTR Function(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM): Application-defined callback function used with the ChooseColor function. Receives messages or notifications intended for the default dialog box procedure of the Color dialog box.
LPCFHOOKPROC = UINT_PTR Function(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM): Application-defined callback function used with the ChooseFont function. Receives messages or notifications intended for the default dialog box procedure of the Font dialog box.
LPEXCEPFINO_DEFERRED_FILLIN = IntPtr Function(Pointer<EXCEPINFO>): Application-defined callback function used with the IDispatch::Invoke function to defer filling in bstrDescription, bstrHelpFile, and dwHelpContext fields until they are needed.
LPFRHOOKPROC = UINT_PTR Function(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM): Application-defined callback function used with the FindText or ReplaceText function. Receives messages or notifications intended for the default dialog box procedure of the Find or Replace dialog box.
LPHANDLER_FUNCTION = Void Function(DWORD dwControl): Application-defined callback function used with the RegisterServiceCtrlHandler function. A service program can use it as the control handler function of a particular service.
LPHANDLER_FUNCTION_EX = DWORD Function(DWORD dwControl, DWORD dwEventType, LPVOID lpEventData, LPVOID lpContext): Application-defined callback function used with the RegisterServiceCtrlHandlerEx function. A service program can use it as the control handler function of a particular service.
LphandlerFunction = LPHANDLER_FUNCTION
LphandlerFunctionEx = LPHANDLER_FUNCTION_EX
LPOCNCHKPROC = Int32 Function(IntPtr, IntPtr, Pointer<NativeType>): Application-defined callback function that provides special verification for smart card searches.
LPOCNCONNPROC = IntPtr Function(IntPtr, Pointer<Utf16>, Pointer<Utf16>, Pointer<NativeType>): Application-defined callback function that allows callers to perform additional processing to connect to the smart card.
LPOCNDSCPROC = Void Function(IntPtr, IntPtr, Pointer<NativeType>): Application-defined callback function that can be used for disconnecting smart cards.
LPOFNHOOKPROC = UINT_PTR Function(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM): Application-defined callback function used with the Explorer-style Open and Save As dialog boxes. Receives notification messages sent from the dialog box. The function also receives messages for any additional controls that you defined by specifying a child dialog template.
LPOVERLAPPED_COMPLETION_ROUTINE = Void Function(DWORD dwErrorCode, DWORD dwNumberOfBytesTransfered, OVERLAPPED lpOverlapped): Application-defined callback function used with the ReadFileEx and WriteFileEx functions. It is called when the asynchronous input and output (I/O) operation is completed or canceled and the calling thread is in an alertable state (by using the SleepEx, MsgWaitForMultipleObjectsEx, WaitForSingleObjectEx, or WaitForMultipleObjectsEx function with the fAlertable parameter set to TRUE).
LpoverlappedCompletionRoutine = LPOVERLAPPED_COMPLETION_ROUTINE
LPSERVICE_MAIN_FUNCTION = Void Function(DWORD dwNumServicesArgs, Pointer<LPWSTR> lpServiceArgVectors): Application-defined callback function used as the entry point for a service. The LPSERVICE_MAIN_FUNCTION type defines a pointer to this callback function. ServiceMain is a placeholder for an application-defined function name.
LpserviceMainFunctionw = LPSERVICE_MAIN_FUNCTION
LPSTR = Pointer<Utf8>
LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE = DWORD Function(Pointer<NativeType> lpParameter): Application-defined callback function that serves as the starting address for a thread. Specify this address when calling the CreateThread, CreateRemoteThread, or CreateRemoteThreadEx function.
LPVOID = Pointer<NativeType>
LPWSTR = Pointer<Utf16>
LRESULT = LONG_PTR
MagImageScalingCallback = BOOL Function(HWND hwnd, Pointer<NativeType> srcdata, MAGIMAGEHEADER srcheader, Pointer<NativeType> destdata, MAGIMAGEHEADER destheader, RECT unclipped, RECT clipped, HRGN dirty): Application-defined callback function implements a custom transform for image scaling.
MidiInProc = MIDIINPROC
MIDIINPROC = Void Function(HMIDIIN hMidiIn, UINT wMsg, DWORD_PTR dwInstance, DWORD_PTR dwParam1, DWORD_PTR dwParam2): Application-defined callback function for handling incoming MIDI messages. MidiInProc is a placeholder for the application-supplied function name. The address of this function can be specified in the callback-address parameter of the midiInOpen function.
MidiOutProc = MIDIOUTPROC
MIDIOUTPROC = Void Function(IntPtr hmo, Uint32 wMsg, IntPtr dwInstance, IntPtr dwParam1, IntPtr dwParam2): Application-defined callback function for handling outgoing MIDI messages. MidiOutProc is a placeholder for the application-supplied function name. The address of the function can be specified in the callback-address parameter of the midiOutOpen function.
MonitorEnumProc = MONITORENUMPROC
MONITORENUMPROC = Int32 Function(IntPtr hMonitor, IntPtr hDC, Pointer<NativeType> lpRect, IntPtr lParam): Application-defined callback function used with the EnumDisplayMonitors function. It receives display monitors in the calculated enumeration set.
NTSTATUS = Int32
OFNHookProc = LPOFNHOOKPROC
OpenCardCheckProc = LPOCNCHKPROC
OpenCardConnProc = LPOCNCONNPROC
OpenCardDisconnProc = LPOCNDSCPROC
OutputProc = GRAYSTRINGPROC
PENUM_PAGE_FILE_CALLBACK = BOOL Function(PVOID pContext, Pointer<ENUM_PAGE_FILE_INFORMATION> pPageFileInfo, LPWSTR lpFilename): Application-defined callback function used with the EnumPageFiles function.
PFN_AUTHENTICATION_CALLBACK_EX = Int32 Function(Pointer<NativeType> pvParam, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_AUTHENTICATION_CALLBACK_PARAMS> pAuthCallbackParams): Application-defined callback function used with the BluetoothRegisterForAuthenticationEx function.
PFN_BLUETOOTH_ENUM_ATTRIBUTES_CALLBACK = BOOL Function(ULONG uAttribId, LPBYTE pValueStream, ULONG cbStreamSize, LPVOID pvParam): Application-defined callback function that is called once for each attribute found in the pSDPStream parameter passed to the BluetoothSdpEnumAttributes function call.
PFN_DEVICE_CALLBACK = BOOL Function(LPVOID pvParam, Pointer<BLUETOOTH_DEVICE_INFO> pDevice): Application-defined callback function used in association with selecting Bluetooth devices. The PFN_DEVICE_CALLBACK function can be set to NULL if no specialized filtering is required.
PFN_SC_NOTIFY_CALLBACK = PVOID Function(PVOID pParameter): Application-defined callback function that receives a pointer to the SERVICE_NOTIFY structure provided by the caller.
PfnAuthenticationCallbackEx = PFN_AUTHENTICATION_CALLBACK_EX
PFNBLUETOOTH_GATT_EVENT_CALLBACK = Void Function(Int32 EventType, Pointer<NativeType> EventOutParameter, Pointer<NativeType> Context): Application-defined callback function used with profile drivers to implement a Bluetooth GATT event callback to be called whenever the value of a specific characteristic changes.
PfnBluetoothEnumAttributesCallback = PFN_BLUETOOTH_ENUM_ATTRIBUTES_CALLBACK
PfnbluetoothGattEventCallback = PFNBLUETOOTH_GATT_EVENT_CALLBACK
PfnDeviceCallback = PFN_DEVICE_CALLBACK
PfnScNotifyCallbackFunction = PFN_SC_NOTIFY_CALLBACK
PFTASKDIALOGCALLBACK = IntPtr Function(IntPtr hwnd, Uint32 uMsg, IntPtr wParam, IntPtr lParam, IntPtr lpRefData): Application-defined callback function used with the TaskDialogIndirect function. It receives messages from the task dialog when various events occur.
PHANDLER_ROUTINE = BOOL Function(DWORD dwCtrlType): Application-defined callback function used with the SetConsoleCtrlHandler function. A console process uses this function to handle control signals received by the process. When the signal is received, the system creates a new thread in the process to execute the function.
PSTR = Pointer<Utf8>
PSYM_ENUMERATESYMBOLS_CALLBACK = Int32 Function(Pointer<SYMBOL_INFO> pSymInfo, Uint32 SymbolSize, Pointer<NativeType> UserContext): Application-defined callback function used with the SymEnumSymbols, SymEnumTypes, and SymEnumTypesByName functions.
PVOID = Pointer<NativeType>
PWSTR = Pointer<Utf16>
QWORD = Uint64
SENDASYNCPROC = Void Function(IntPtr, Uint32, IntPtr, IntPtr): Application-defined callback function used with the SendMessageCallback function. The system passes the message to the callback function after passing the message to the destination window procedure. The SENDASYNCPROC type defines a pointer to this callback function. SendAsyncProc is a placeholder for the application-defined function name.
SendAsyncProc = SENDASYNCPROC
SHORT = Int16
SIZE_T = ULONG_PTR
SPNOTIFYCALLBACK = Void Function(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
SpNotifyCallback = SPNOTIFYCALLBACK
SubclassProc = SUBCLASSPROC
SUBCLASSPROC = LRESULT Function(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, UINT_PTR uIdSubclass, DWORD_PTR dwRefData): Application-defined callback function used with the RemoveWindowSubclass and SetWindowSubclass functions.
SymEnumSymbolsProc = PSYM_ENUMERATESYMBOLS_CALLBACK
TaskDialogCallbackProc = PFTASKDIALOGCALLBACK
ThreadProc = LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE
TimerProc = TIMERPROC
TIMERPROC = Void Function(IntPtr, Uint32, Pointer<Uint32>, Int32): Application-defined callback function that processes WM_TIMER messages.
UCHAR = Uint8
UINT = Uint32
UINT16 = Uint16
UINT32 = Uint32
UINT64 = Uint64
UINT8 = Uint8
UINT_PTR = IntPtr
ULONG = Uint32
ULONG32 = Uint32
ULONG64 = Uint64
ULONG_PTR = IntPtr
ULONGLONG = Uint64
USHORT = Uint16
VARIANT_BOOL = Int16
VTablePointer = Pointer<Pointer<IntPtr>>: Type alias that represents a Pointer to the COM v-table.
WCHAR = Uint16
WindowProc = WNDPROC
WLAN_NOTIFICATION_CALLBACK = Void Function(Pointer<L2_NOTIFICATION_DATA>, Pointer<NativeType>): Application-defined callback function that is used by an application to register and unregister notifications on all wireless interfaces.
WlanNotificationCallback = WLAN_NOTIFICATION_CALLBACK
WNDENUMPROC = BOOL Function(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam): Application-defined callback function used with the EnumChildWindows function. It receives the child window handles.
WNDPROC = LRESULT Function(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam): Application-defined callback function that processes messages sent to a window.
WORD = Uint16
WPARAM = UINT_PTR

Exceptions / Errors

COMException: Generic COM Exception
WindowsException: Generalized Windows exception

win32 library

Classes

Enums

Extension Types

Extensions

Constants

Properties

Functions

Typedefs

Exceptions / Errors

win32 package

win32 library